^-> 


i^^  "^a^ 


%.> 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


fe 


A 


/- 


f/u 


1.0 


I.I 


11.25 


m 

112 


1^ 

US 

us 
<*  I. 

wuu 


I 


40 


2.5 
2.2 

2.0 


u 

JA  nil  1.6 


P 


/i 


<^ 


/I 


^;. 


%'V^ 


y^ 


o^. 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


4r 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


vV 


Tachnicai  and  Bibliographic  Notas/Notas  tachniques  at  bibliographiquas 


Tha  Instituta  has  attamptad  to  obtain  tha  bast 
original  copy  availabia  for  filming.  Faaturas  of  this 
copy  which  may  ba  bibliographically  uniqua, 
which  may  altar  any  of  tha  Imagas  in  tha 
raproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  changa 
tha  usual  mathod  of  filming,  ara  chackad  balow. 


□    Colourad  covars/ 
Couvartura  da  couiaur 


I — I    Covars  damagad/ 


D 
D 


D 
D 

0 


D 


D 


Couvartura  andommagia 


Covars  rastorad  and/or  laminatad/ 
Couvartura  rastaurte  at/ou  pallicul4to 


Cover  titia  missing/ 

La  titra  da  couvartura  manqua 


r~n    Colourad  maps/ 


Cartas  gtegraphiquas  an  couiaur 


Colourad  ink  (i.a.  othar  than  blua  or  black)/ 
Encra  da  couiaur  (i.a.  autra  qua  blaua  ou  noira) 


Colourad  platas  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planchas  at/ou  illustrations  an  couiaur 


Bound  with  other  material/ 
ReliA  avac  d'autrea  documents 


r~7|    Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 


along  interior  margin/ 

La  re  liura  serria  paut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 

distorsion  la  long  de  la  marge  intArieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenevsr  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajoutias 
lore  d'une  rest^s.-ation  apparaissent  dans  la  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  i»ia  Atait  possible,  ces  pagea  n'ont 
pas  4t6  filmtes. 

Additional-  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppl^mentaires; 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  iti  possible  de  se  procurer.  Las  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-dtre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  una 
modification  dans  la  m^thoda  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiqu6s  ci-dessous. 


I — I    Coloured  pages/ 


D 
D 

D 
0 


D 


Pagea  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagias 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restauries  at/ou  pelliculdes 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  d6colories,  tachaties  ou  piquies 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  d^tach^as 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 


r~1    QuBlity  of  print  varies/ 


Quality  inigala  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  material  suppiamentaire 


n~|    Only  edition  available/ 


Seule  Edition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  ref limed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partieilement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc..  ont  iti  fiim^es  d  nouveau  de  faqon  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmi  au  taux  de  reduction  ^ndiquA  ci-dessous. 


10X 

14X 

18X 

22X 

26X 

aox 

w 

y 

12X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


32X 


>J 


Th«  copy  filmad  here  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

New  Brunswick  Museum 
Saint  John 


L'exemplaire  fiimi  fut  reproduit  grAce  A  la 
g^niroslti  de: 

New  Brunswicic  Museum 
Saint  John 


The  imagee  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  eech  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  —»-( meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  y  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 


Las  images  suivantes  ont  4tA  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  at 
de  ia  nettet*  de  l'exemplaire  filmi,  «t  en 
sonformitA  avec  las  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 

Lee  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  eouverture  en 
papier  est  imprimte  sont  fiimfo  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  at  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
dernlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  le  second 
pint,  selon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  filmto  en  commenpant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  at  en  terminant  par 
la  dernlAre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  dee  symboles  suivants  apparattra  sur  la 
dernlAre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbols  — »>  signifie  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbols  V  signifie  "FIN". 


Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc..  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hend  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Lea  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  Atre 
filmte  A  dee  taux  de  reduction  diff Arents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  clichA,  11  est  filmA  A  partir 
de  I'angle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gauche  A  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bes,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  nAcessaire.  Las  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrent  la  mAthode. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

wmm 


'^WL'J      *• 


■MlmiptH^ 


r 


THE    FIRST   PRIZE    OF   A 


Silver  Medal  and  Diploma 


WAS    AWARDED 


ELDRIDGE  CHARTS  AND  COAST  PILOT, 


At  the  Berlin  International  Fishery  Exhibition,  1880; 


'] 


and  a  GOLD  MEDAL  and  DIPLOMA 


At  the  IVIassachusetts  Mechanics'  Fair,  1881. 

(2) 


^ 


E3T 


ELDRIDGE'S 


COAST   PILOT.. 

IsTo.  1. 
Eastern  Section. 

CHATHAM  TO  ST.  JOHN,  N.  B. 


COMPILED  BT 

GEORGE   ELDRIDGE,  Hydrographer. 


SIGN  OF  THE 
LITTLE  ADMIRAL. 


BUSINESS  ESTABLISHED 
1770. 


BOSTON : 
S.    THAXTER     AND     SON. 

PUBLISHERS  OF  ELDRIDGE'S  CHARTS. 

A0ENT8  FOB  TBB  8ALR  OF  V.  V.  COAST  SCRVET  CHARTS  ;   IMPORTERS  AND  DEALBBB 

IN  CHBONOMETKRS,  NAUTICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  CHARTS, 

NAUTICAL   BOOKS,   ETC. 

ISO    STA.XE    STREET. 


COFYRIOHT, 
1880, 

Bt  Gborob  Eldbidob,  and  S.  Thaitbb  CrsHi»«. 


All  Rightt  Rtsirotd. 


»'r;skt  &>  Potter  Printing  Company, 

18  Post  Office  Square, 

Bo:! OH. 


IMPORTANT  TO  MARINERS. 


For  the  last  twenty-five  years  I  have  been  engaged  in 
making  surveys  for  the  purpose  of  constructing  charts  for 
seamen,  and  during  that  time  have  found  great  uncertainty 
attending  the  use  of  the  Compass  both  on  sea  and  land.  I 
have  no  doubt,  therefore,  from  the  above,  that  many  of  the 
shipwrecks  that  are  constantly  occurring  are  in  consequence 
of  its  not  being  known  that  the  Compass  was  deranged  from 
the  effects  of  the  local  attraction  of  iron  or  other  magnetic 
substances  accidentally  placed  within  the  reach  of  its  influ- 
ence on  the  needle  on  board  the  vessel.  These  unsuspected 
causes  may  also  exist,  and  powerfully  attract  the  Compass, 
in  the  iron  used  in  the  construction  of  the  vessel;  also  in 
cargoes  such  as  iron,  coal,  &c. 

No  class  of  men  appear  more  ignorant  of  the  uncertainties 
of  the  Magnetic  Needle  from  various  causes  than  the  Mar- 
iner. The  most  of  them  make  no  effort  to  test  their  Com- 
passes in  fine  weather,  and  are  therefore  helpless  in  ascertain- 
ing what  course  they  are  steering  in  thick  or  bad  weather. 

The  Liquid  Compass,  though  a  superior  instrument  in 
many  respects  (especially  in  its  traversing  quickly  in  smooth 
water,  and  not  oscillating  in  rough  water),  is  no  protection, 
as  many  suppose,  from  the  evils  arising  from  local  attraction. 

From  the  above  the  intelligent  Mariner,  by  inspecting  the 


VI 


IMPORTANT  TO  MARINERS. 


Pilotf  will  readily  perceive  that  an  error  in  the  course  may 
lead  to  difficulty.  In  order  to  insure  confidence  and  safety 
in  sailing  at  night,  or  in  thick  weather,  into  Harbors,  Rivers, 
Bays,  and  also  through  Sounds,  Reaches,  and  Thoroughfares, 
his  Compass  should  be  tested  often. 

In  a  work  of  this  kind  absolute  accuracy  is  nearly  impos* 
sible.  Mariners  are  therefore  earnestly  requested  to  note  all 
errors  or  omissions  which  they  may  discover,  and  forward  the 
same  to  the  author. 

GEORGE  ELDRIDGE, 

Hydrographer. 


INDEX. 


HARBORS,  RIVERS,  BAYS,  Ac. 

Annisquam  Harbor,     . 

Bar  Harbor,     .... 

Barnstable  Harbor, 

Bass  Harbor,   .... 

Beaver  Harbor, 

Belfast  Harbor,        .        ... 

Beverly  Harbor, . 

Booth  Bay,  or  Town  send  Harbor, 

Boston  Harbor,    . 

Bliss  Harbor,   .... 

Bl"  >  Hill  Harbor, 

Brewster  Landing,  . 

Buck's  Harbor,  . 

Burnt-Coat  Harbor, 

Cohasset  Harbor, 

Chelsea  Creek  and  Saugus  River, 

Cape  Neddick  Roads, 

Cape  Porpoise  Harbor,     . 

Cape  Small  Point  Harbor,   . 

Camden  Harbor, 

Castine  Harbor,  . 


•  • 


•  • 


•  • 


FAOE 

.    82 

230 
..  18 

219 
.  272 

190 
.    67 

146 
.    28 

268 

.211 

17 

.  210 

217 

.    26 

52 

.  106 

108 
.  137 

185 
.  194 


VII 


vm 


INDEX. 


Carver's  Harbor,     .... 
Cranberry  Island,  or  Hadlock's  Harbor, 
Cape  Split  Harbor,  .... 
Cobscook  Bay  and  Pembroke  River,  . 
Cundiz  Harbor,        .... 

Duxbury, 

Danvers,  .        .        .        . 

Dover, 

Damariscotta  River, 

Davis'  Straits, 

Deer  Island  Thoroughfare, 

Dyer's  Bay,         .  '  *^. 

Douglass  Harbor,     .... 

Essex  Harbor,     .        .        . 

Ebenicook  Harbor,  .... 

Eggemoji^ghi  Reach,    .... 

Eastport  Harbor,     .        .        .        ; 

Freeport  River, 

Friendship  Harbor,  .... 
Fort  Point  Harbor,      .        .        .        . 
Fox  Islands  Thoroughfare, 

Flag  Cove, 

Gloucester  Harbor, 

Greenland  Cove,  .        .        .         . 

George's  Harbor,     .... 
Gilkey's  Harbor,  .... 

Gouldsborough  Bay  and  Harbor,    • 
Grand  Menan,     ..... 
Grand  Harbor,         .... 
Hingham  Harbor,        .... 


PAOR 

199 

228 

245 

265 

285 

24 

07 

99 

15.3 

KM 

205 

240 

242 

.  84 
145 
207 
259 

,  130 
161 

,  193 
201 

.  282 
68 

.  159 
166 

.  188 
238 

.  279 
281 

.    48 


w* 


S59SmSBn 


INDEX. 

Hodgkins'  Cove,  or  Bay  Yiew, 
Hampton  Harbor,        .... 
Hog  Island  Roads,  .... 
Harpswell  Harbor,  or  Stover's  Cove,   . 
Herring  Gut  Harbor, 
Head  Harbor  (Isle  an  Haut), 
Harrington  River,    .... 
Head  Harbor,  Moose-A-Bec, 
Head  Harbor  (East  Quoddy  Head), 
Harbor  Delute,    .        .        .        . 
Horse  Island  Harbor,       .        .        . 
Ipswich  Harbor,  .        .        .        , 

Isles  of  Shoals,  or  Gosport  Harbor, 

John's  Bay, 

Jonesport  Harbor,    .        .        . 

Kingston, 

Kennebec  River,      .... 
Kennebunk  River,       .        .        .        . 
Lynn  Harbor, 

Lane's  Cove,       .        .        .        .        . 
Linekin's  Bay,         .        .        .       '. 
Lincolnville,  or  Duck  Trap  Harbor,    . 

Little  River, 

Lubec  Harbor, 

L'Etang  Harbor,      .... 
Marblehead  Harbor,    .        .        ,        . 
Manehestei*  Harbor, 
jMerrimac  River, 
Mackerel  Cove,        .        .        . 
iMcFarlin's  Cove,         .        .        .        . 


ix 

PAOB 

81 
.  92 
125-6 
.  132 

170 
.  216 

245 
.  252 

260 
.  261 

284 
.    85 

101 
.454 

252 
.    24 

138 

.  107 

51 

.    81 

151 
.  187 

255 
.  265 

270 

.    55 

68 

.    91 

135* 
.  156 


t^wfw'qfw^nwpwpiir^  iiwui  m"^\ m  tmmfM    ■ 


im 


iv 


I 

K  ■  ■ 


Z  INDEX. 

PAQR 

Muscongus  Harbor, 169 

Monhegan  Harbor, ,      169 

Mosquito  Harbor,        .......  172 

Matinicus  Roads, 199 

Mosquito  Harbor  (Winter  Harbor  Sound),         .  234 

Moose- A-Bec  Reach, 247 

Machias  Bay  and  River, 253 

Musquash  Harbor, 273 

North  Dennis  Landing, 18 

Neponset  River,       .        .        .        ,        ,        .        60 

iNahant  Harbor, .63 

Newburyport  Harbor, 88 

New  Meadows  River, ^36 

Netr  Harbor,  .  .  ^  .  .  .  .  167 
Northeast  Harbor  (Mount  Desert),  .  .  .  226 
Narraguagus  Bay  and  River,  .        .        .        .      243 

Owl's  Head  Harbor, 182 

Provincetown  (or  Cape  Cod)  Harbor,  .  .  10 
Plymouth  Harbor,        .        .        .        .        .        .     20 

Pigeo]K^  Cove  Harbor, 80 

Portsmouth  Harbor, 92 

Portland  Harbor,     .        .        .        .        .        .      116 

Pott's  Harbor, 134 

Penobscot  Bay, 177 

Penobscot  River,         ,        .        .        ,        .        .  178 

Prospect  Harbor, 235 

Pigeon  Hill  Bay,  or  Bowbear  Harbor,  .  .  241 
Pleasant  Bay  and  River, .  .  .  .  .  245 
Passamaquoddy  Bay  and  St.  Croix  River,  .  .  257 
Quincy,  or  Weymouth,    .        .        .        .        .        49 


INDEX. 


XI 


Quahang  Bay,         .        .        .        . 

Quoddy  Roads,   .        .        . 

Bock  Harbor,  ..... 

Rockport  Harbor,  Mass.,-    . 

Rockport  Granite  Company's  Harbor, 

Rye  Harbor,        .        .        .        . 

Richmond  Island  Roads, 

Round  Pond  Harbor, 

Rockland  Harbor,    .... 

Rockport  Harbor  (Penobscot  Bay), 

Sursuit  Creek,         .... 

Scituate  Harbor, 

Swampscott  Harbor, 

Salem  Harbor,     .... 

Stage  Island  Harbor,        ... 

Saco  River,  .... 

Sheepscot  River,      .        .        .        . 

St.  George's  River, 

Seal  Harbor  (near  White  Head  Lighthouse 

Seal  Harbor  (Penobscot  Bay),    . 

Seguin  Passage,       .... 

Saturday  Cove,  .        . 

Searsport  Harbor,    .... 

Stockton,  or  Cape  Jellison  Harbor, 

Southern  Harbor, 

Sedgwick  Tillage,  or  Benjamin  River, 
Southeast  Harbor  (Deer  Isle), 
Southwest  Harbor  (Mount  Desert), 
Somes,  or  Somesville  Harbor, 
Sand  Cove  Harbor, 


).• 


PAOK 

136 

.  263 

17 

.    76 

78 

.    92 

115 
.  158 

182 

.  183 

17 

.    25 

63 

..  69 

110 
.  114 

143 
.161 

181 
.  189 

249 
.  190 

192 
.  192 

204 
.  211 

215 
.  222 

229 
.  204 

m 


mmmrmmmi' 


it 


M.I.  INDEX. 

PAGE 

St.  Croix  Kiver, .265 

St.  Andrew's  Harbor, 267 

St.  John  Harbor, 274 

Seal  Cove,  or  Wood  Island  Harbor,        .        .      279 

Tennant'fc    larbor, 173 

Union  River  and  Ellsworth,  ....  213 
Wellfleet  Harbor,        .        .        .        .        .        .14 

Weymouth  Back  River, 286 

Wood  Island,  or  Winter  Harbor,  .  ^  .  Ill 
Waldoboro'  Harbor,  .  .  ,  .  .  159 
Winter  Harbor,  .        ,        .        ,        ./       .        .  232 

Whale  Cove, .283 

York  River, 104 

Yarmouth  River,  or  Harbor,    ....      128 


mi 


■  'f^-. 


INDEX. 


LIGHTHOUSES. 

Annisquam  Lighthouse,     .        ... 

Avery's  Rock  Lighthouse,      .... 

Billingsgate  Lighthouse,   .        •        .        . 

Barnstable  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

Boston  Lighthouse, 

Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  (entrance  to  Salem 
Harbor),  .        ... 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse,   .... 

Brown's  Head  Lighthouse  (Fox  Island  Thor- 
oughfare),      .        . 

Burnt-Coat  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

Bass  Harbor  Head  Lighthouse, 

Baker's  Island  Lighthouse, 

Bear  Island  Lighthouse,         .... 

Bliss  Harbor  Lighthouse,   .       .        .        . 

Beaver  Harbor  Lighthouse, .  ... 

Breakwater  Lighthouse  (St  John  Harbor), 

Chatham  Lights, 

Cape  Cod  Highland  Light, 

Cape  Neddick  Lighthouse,     .        .        .        . 

Cape  Porpoise  Lighthouse,        .        .        . 

xui 


■PAGE 

82 
254 
14 
18 
29 

69 
103 

201 
217 
219 
222 
222 
268 
272 
275 
7 
7 
105 
108 


XIV 


INDEX. 


Cape  Elizabeth  Lighthouses, . 

Camden  Lighthouse, 

Castine  Harbor  Lighthouse, .  .        , 

Carver's  Harbor  Lighthouse,     .        ,        , 

Duxbury  Pier  Lighthouse,     • 

Dochet  Island  Lighthouse, 

Egg  Rock  Lighthouse,  .        .        ,        , 

Eastern  Point  Lighthouse,         .        .        , 

Eagle  Island  Lighthouse, 

Egg  Rock  Lighthouse  (Frenchman's  Bay), 

East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,     . 

Fort   Pickering    and    Derby    Wharf    Range 

Lights, 

Franklin  Island  Lighthouse,  . 

Fort  Point  Lighthouse, 

Gurnet  Lighthouses  (Plymouth  Harbor), 

Gilkey's  Harbor  Lighthouse,     . 

Green  Island  Lighthouse  (entrance  to  Blue  Hill 

Bay), . 

Grand  Harbor  Lighthouse  (Grand  Menan), 

Hospital  Poiut  Lighthouse  (Salem  Harbor), 

Halfway  Rock  Lighthouse,     . 

Hendrick's  Head  Lighthouse,    . 

Herring  Gut  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

Head  Harbor  Lighthouse, . 

Ipswich  Lighthouses, 

Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse, 

Long  Point  Lighthouse, 

Long  Island  Lighthouse,   . 

Libby  Island  Lighthouse, 


PAGE 

117 

185 

194 

199 

21 

266 

53 

G8 

180 

231 

258 

59 
162 
193 

20 

188 

212 
281 

59 
117 
143 
170 
252 

85 
100 

10 

33 
253 


INDEX. 


TV 


Little  River  Lighthouse, 

L'Etang  Harbor  Lighthouse, .        .        . 

Mayo's  Beach  Lighthouse,  .        .        .        . 

Minot's  Ledge  Lighthouse,     .... 

Marblehead  Lighthouse,     .        .        .        .        . 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse, 

Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses,     .        .        .        . 

Mark  Island  Lighthouse  (Deer  Island  Thorough- 
fare), ....... 

Mark  Island  Lighthouse  (Winter  Harbor),    . 

Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse, 

Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,  . 

Musquash  Harbor  Lighthouse,  .        .        . 

Nauset  Lights, 

Narrows  Lighthouse,         .        .        .        .        . 

ITewburyport  Lighthouses,     .... 

Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  . '      . 

Owl's  Head  Lighthouse,         .... 

Portsmouth  Harbor  Lighthouses, 

Portland  Head  Lighthouse,    .        ,        ,        , 

Portland  Breakwater  Lighthouse,      , 

Pond  Island  Lighthouse, 

Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse,      .        .        .        . 

Pumpkin  Island  Lighthouse  (Eggemoggiu 
Reach), , 

Prospect  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,   .        ,        .        , 

Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse,     .... 

Partridge  Island  Lighthouse,     .        .        ,        . 

Race  Point  Lighthouse,  .... 


PAGB 

265 

270 

16 

28 

65 

167 

197 


205 

232 
.    221 

266 

.    274 

7 

.      32 

88 

.    245 

175 
.      92 

118 

.    118 

139,  241 

.    165 


207 
235 
236 
272 
275 
10 


m^ 


XVI 


INDEX. 


i\ 


Rockport  Lighthouse,        «        .        • 
Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse,    . 
Seguin  Island  Lighthouse,         .        « 
Saddle  Back  Lighthouse,       .        . 
St.  John  Harbor  Lighthouse,    . 
Seal  Cove  Lighthouse  (Grand  Menan), 
Swallow  Tail  Lighthouse  (Grand  Menan) 
Ten  Pound  Island  Lighthouse, 
Thatcher's  Island  Lighthouses,  • 

Townsend  Harbor  Lighthouse,       •        • 
Tenant's  Harbor  Lighthouse,    .        . 
Wood  End  Lighthouse,  .        . 

Wood  Island  Lighthouse,  , 

White  Head  Lighthouse,        .        .        • 
Wolf  Island  Lighthouse,   .        •        • 


PAQB 

183 

76 

139 

180 

275 

279 

282 

68 

74 

146 

173 

10 

111 

175 

271 


I 


V 


GEORGE'S  SHOALS. 


These  shoals,  which  lie  upon  the  Northwestern  part  of  George's 
Bank,  extend  nearly  N.  by  W.  J^  W.,  and  S.  by  E.  >^  E.,  17 
miles.  In  1856  the  least  depth  of  water  upon  them  was  12  feet; 
this  depth  lies  in  Latitute  41°  39'  y^  N.,  and  Longitude  67"  42'  J^ 
W.  The  currents  set  strong  across  these  shoals,  and  the  depth  of 
water  upon  them,  undoubtedly,  lilse  thuso  in  the  vicinity  of  Nan- 
tucket, varies  with  every  heavy  gale.  By  inspecting  Eldridge's 
Chart,  No.  2,  from  Cape  Henry  to  Cape  Sable,  a  better  idea  can  be 
obtained  of  Georj^e's  Bank  and  Shoals,  than  by  any  written  descrip- 
tion.    Heavy  draught  vessels  should  beware  of  George's  Shoals. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  12-foot  Shoal  on  Qeorge's  Bank. 

'  Dlatonce.        ^ 

105  miles. 


New  South  Shoal  Lightship,  W.  by  S.  ^  S.    •     • 

Chatham  Lighthouses,  W.  by  N.  >^  N 99 

Cape  Cod  (Highland)  Lightliouse,  NTIl .  by  W.  ^  W.  106 

Thatchers  lUaud  Lighthouses.  Cape  Ann,  NW.  ^  W.  139 

Cape  Elizabeth  Liglnliouses,  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.    .     .  156 

Seguin  Lighthouse,  N.NW 161 

Monhogfin  Island  Liglitliousc,  N.  by  W.  J^  W.    •     .  144 

Mt.  Desert  lio.  k  Lighth-  use,  N.  J^  E.  .'    .     .     .     .  138 

Cape  Sable  Lighlliouse,  NE.  by  E 139 


(( 


u 


Turning  of  the  Current  in  South  Channel,  between  George's 
Bank  and  Nantucket  Shoals. 

In  this  channel  between  George's  Bank  and  Nantucket  Sboals,  in 
from  30  to  40  fathoms  water,  the  current  commences  to  run 
Northerly  about  the  time  of  low  water  in  Boston,  and  Southerly 
nearly  the  same  time  it  is  high  water  at  that  place.  16  miles  to  the 
Eastward  of  George's  Shoals  the  current  was  found  to  turn  about 
45  minutes  sooner  than  in  the  South  Channel.  The  current,  in 
changing,  always  goes  round  with  the  sun,  and  is  seldom  still. 


CULTIVATOR  SHOAL. 


About  20  miles  to  the  Westward  of  George's  Shoals,  near  the 
Western  edge  of  the  Bank,  are  several  spots  having  from  7  fathoms 
to  17  feet  water  upon  them;  this  last  named  danger,  which  lies 
in  Latitude  41°  87'  J^  N.  and  Longitude  G8°  13'  W.  is  calhd  Cul- 
tivator Shoal,  so  named  from  the  ship  Cultivator,  which  struck  upon 
it  when  drawing  twenty -two  ft.  water.  '        • 


Ijii 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cultivator  Shoal. 

Distance. 

New  South  Shoal  Light  Ship,  W.  by  S.  ^  S.       .     .      86  miles. 

Chatham  Lighthouses,  W.  by  N.  ^  N 80     " 

Cape  Cod  (Highland)  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.  K  W.  87  " 
Cape  Ann  (Thatchers  Island)  Lighth.-uses,  NW.  X  W.  123  " 
Cape  Elizabeth  Lighthouses,  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.  .  .  146  " 
Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  N.  y&  W 137     " 

Cashe's  Ledge. 

The  shoalest  part  of  this  Ledge,  which  has  24  feet  water  upon  it, 
is  a  white  flat  Rock,  about  one  hundred  yards  in  diameter,  and 
known  as  Amman's  Rock.  About  4  miles  to  the  Southwest  of  Am- 
men's  Rock  is  another  with  30  feet  water  upon  it ;  heavy  draught 
vessels  should  give  this  Ledge  a  wide  berth. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Ammen's  Rock. 

Distance. 

Cape  Cod  (Highland)  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W.  }(  W.  76  miles. 

Boston  Lighthouse,  W.  ^  S 97     '^ 

Cape  Ann,  (Thatchers  Island)  Lighthouses,  West.   .  78     " 

Cap3  Elizabeth  Lighthouses,  NW.  K  N 69     " 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  N.  ^  W.      ....  54     " 

The  Latitude  of  Ammen's  Rock  is  42°  55'  N.,  and  Longitude 
68°53'W. 

(ii) 


I^The  Bearings  in  this  Book  are  by  Compass,  and 
Distance  in  Nautical  ]VtUes. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


From  PoUock  Bip  to  Highland  Light. 

Chatham    Idghta, 

These  two  Light^iouses,  which  show  fixed  White  Lights,  are  locat- 
ed upon  the  mainland  called  James'  Head  ;  they  are  100  feet  apart, 
ranging  North  and  South,  and  bear  about  North  from  Pollock  Rip 
Light-ship ;  distance  8}4  miles.  * 

Nauaet  Lights, 

These  three  Lighthouses,  which  show  fixed  White  Lights,  are 
located  upon  the  Eastern  part  of  Cape  Cod,  and  bear  N.  by  E.  11 
miles  from  Chatham  Lights ;  they  are  150  feet  apart,  and  range 
North  and  South. 

Cape  Cod  Highland  Light, 

^  This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located  upon 
the  Eastern  part  of  Cape  Cod,  and  bears  N.  by  W.  frorii  Nauset 
Three  Lights,  distance  12  miles.    A  Fog  Trumpet  is  placed  near  the 

Lighthouse,  giving  blasts  of  8  seconds  at  intervals  of  30  seconds. 

% 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light. 

Boston   Lighthouse,  NW.  3^  W distance  41  miles. 

Baker's  Island  Lighthouses,  NW.  ^  N.     ..."       43  ^  "   , 
Eastern  Point  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Gloucester  Harbor, 

NW.  by  N.  J^  N., distance  42  milea. 

Thatcher's  Island  Lighthouses,  N.  by  W.  |4  W.     . 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse,  N.  ]4-  W 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lighthouses,  N.  5^  E 

Seguin  Lighthouse,  N.  by  E.  ^  E 

Manhegan  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N.  5^  N.  .  .  . 
Mt.  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  NE.  >i  B.  .  .  . 
Cape  Sable  Lighthouse,  E.  ^  N 


42 
67 
92 
101 
108 
143 
212 


(( 


(( 


ti 


•^,' 


T 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


/ 


Dangers.  ' 

Ifew  Harbor  Bars, 

In  April,  1851,  an  inlet  was  opened  by  the  furious  stonn  waves 
through   Nauset    Beach    about   1^     miles    Northeasterly    from 
Chatham  Lighthouses.    The  current  of  Ebb,  by  its  great  strength 
and  velocity,  has  carried  seaward  into  deep  water  large  quantities 
of  sand,  forming  the  dangerous  shoals  called  Chatham  New  Harbor 
Bars,  which  lie  in  the  direct  track  of  vessels,  especially  with  off- 
shore winds,  bound  east  or  west  b}'  way  of  Vineyard  Sound.     For 
several  years  a  Nun  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  these  Bars,  but  at 
night-time,  with  ;    .iuooth  sea,  there  are  neither  marks  nor  bearings 
to  warn  the  mariner  of  his  approach  to  these  dangerous  shoals,  and 
he  is  liable  to  mistake  the  main  land  for  the  beach,  the  latter  being 
very  deceptive  on  account  of  its  being  elevated  but  little  above  the 
water.     From  the  best  authority  that  can  be  obtained  at  the  pres- 
ent time,  1879,  there  have  been  ashore  upon  these  Bars,  since  their 
formation,  including  'steamers  and  all  other  classes,  246  vessels ; 
of  this  number,  from  50  to  100  have  been  total  losses.    The  above 
facts,  together  with  my  personal  experience  and  observations,  show 
these  Bars  to  be  the  most  dangerous  spot  on  the  coast  of  the  United 
States.    Vessels  passing  Chatham  in  thick  weather  or  night-time, 
bound  to  the  northward,  should,  therefore,  when  the  lights  bear 
W.NW.,  make  use  of  the  lead,  and  not  approach  these  Bars  in 
less  than  7  or  8  fathoms  water.    The  above  is  reversed,  bound  to 
the  southward. 

The  furious  storm  waves  have,  also  been  gradually  wearing  away 
the  beach  to  the  southeastward  of  Chatham  Lights,  leaving  danger- 
ous Sand  Bars  which  now  extend  a  long  distance  from  shore.  Ves- 
'  sels,  therefore,  passing  Chatham  should,  especially  at  night-time, 
give  these  dangerous  Bars  a  wide  berth.  Since  the  above  was  writ- 
ten, a  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  these  Bars  in  about  7 
fathoms  water. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  this  Buoy. 

Chatham  Lighthouses,    W.  %  S.,     distance,  2%  miles. 
Pollock  Rip  Light-ship,  S.  by  W.  i<  W.,  "       9^      " 
Monomoy  Lighthouse,  SW.  %  S.,  "       8>4       " 


iJetween  New  Harbor  Bars  and  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  there 
are  Sand  Bars  which  extend  off  some  distance  from  shore.      To 


E'S  COAST  PILOT. 


9 


avoid  these  dangers^lpMels  of  12  feet  draught  should  not  approach 
the  land  nearer  than  three  quarters  of  a  mile. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Pollock  Rip  to  Cape  Cod 
Highland  Light  in  Dasrtime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

The  Buoy  off  New  Harbor  Bars  bears  N.  by  E.  X  E.  from  Pol- 
lock Light  Ship  ;  distance  d}4  miles.  Vessels  leaving  Broken  Part 
of  Pollock  Rip,  in  either  channel,  should  make  good  the  course 
N.NE.  until  abreast  of  the  Buoy  off  these  bars,  then  follow  the 
shore,  keeping  at  least  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  it  to  Highland 
Light. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Pollock  Rip  to  Cape  Cod 
Highland  Light  at  Night-time,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather- 

From  Broken  Part  of  Pollock  Rip  make  good  the  course  NE.  by 
N.  J4  N.  11  miles,  or  until  Nauset  (three)  Lights  bear  N.  by  W. 
}4  W.,  then  steer  N.  j4  W*  ?  ^^  running  this  last  course,  Nauset 
Lights  and  Cape  Cod  Light  will  be  left  from  2  to  3  miles  to  the 
westward. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Pollock  Rip  to  Cape  Cod 
Highland  Light  in  thick  weather. 

In  order  to  avoid  New  Harbor  Bars,  vessels  leaving  the  Broken 
Part  of  Pollock  Rip  in  thick  weather,  in  either  of  the  channels, 
especially  on  the  first  of  the  Western  Tide,  with  light  winds,  should 
make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N.  10}4  miles,  or  until  the  water 
deepens  to  20  fathoms :  Chatham  Lights  will  then  bear  W-  j4  S. ; 
distance  5^   miles;  Nauset  Lights  N.  by  W.  J4  W.  11  jnilpa 

By  running  N.J^ 


y 


I 

I 


'III 

Pr 
I 

I 


;  t!i 


li 


!■ 


8  ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 

Dangers. 
^ew  Harbor  Bars, 

In  April,  1851,  an  inlet  was  opened  by  the  ftirious  storm  waves 
through    Nauset    Beach    about   1J4     miles    Northeasterly    fVom 
Chatham  Lighthouses.    The  current  of  Ebb,  by  its  great  strength 
and  velocity,  has  carried  seaward  into  deep  water  large  quantities 
of  sand,  forming  the  dangerous  shoals  called  Chatham  New  Harbor 
Bars,  which  lie  in  the  direct  track  of  vessels,  especially  with  off- 
shore winds,  bound  east  or  west  by  way  of  Vineyard  Sound.    For 
several  years  a  Nun  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  these  Bars,  but  at 
night-time,  with  a  smooth  sea,  there  are  neither  marks  nor  bearings 
to  warn  the  mariner  of  his  approach  to  these  dangerous  shoals,  and 
he  is  liable  to  mistake  the  main  land  for  the  beach,  the  latter  being 
very  deceptive  on  account  of  its  being  elevated  but  little  above  the 
water.     From  the  best  authority  that  can  be  obtained  at  the  pres- 
ent time,  1879,  there  have  been  ashore  upon  these  Bars,  since  their 
formation,  including  steamers  and  all  other  classes,  246  vessels ; 
of  this  number,  from  50  to  100  have  been  total  losses.    The  above 
facts,  together  with  my  personal  experience  and  observations,  show 
these  Bars  to  be  the  most  dangerous  spot  on  the  coast  of  the  United 
States.    Vessels  passing  Chatham  in  thick  weather  or  night-time, 
bound  to  the  northward,  should,  therefore,  when  the  lights  bear 
W.NW.,  make  use  of  the  lead,  and  not  approach  these  Bars  in 
less  than  7  or  8  fathoms  water.    The  above  is  reversed,  bound  to 
the  southward. 

The  furious  storm  waves  have  also  been  gradually  wearing  away 
the  beach  to  the  southeastward  of  Chatham  Lights,  leaving  danger- 
ous Sand  Bars  which  now  extend  a  long  distance  from  shore.    Ves- 
'  seis,  therefore,  passing  Chatham  should,  especially  at  night-time, 
-edve  these  dangerous  Bars  a  wide  berth.     Since  the  above  was  writ- 

*— ~-  *'~««-^iJaced_fitf_t!^6se  Bars  in  about  7 

ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT,"^  j 

ihe  Currents  set  about  N    E   j,     m 
_  N.  E.  by  N.  and  S.  W.  by  S. 


lE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


9 


avoid  these  dangers^^PRcls  of  12  feet  draught  should  not  approach 
the  land  nearer  than  three  quarters  of  a  mile. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Pollock  Rip  to  Cape  Cod 
Highland  Light  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

The  Buoy  off  Ndw  Harbor  Bars  bears  N.  by  E.  %  E.  from  Pol- 
lock Light  Ship  ;  distance  Oj^  miles.  Vessels  leaving  Broken  Part 
of  Pollock  Rip,  in  either  channel,  should  make  good  the  course 
N.NE.  until  abreast  of  the  Buoy  off  these  bars,  then  follow  the 
shore,  keeping  at  least  three  q".<»rters  of  a  mile  from  it  to  Highland 
Light. 

Sailing  Directions  ft*om  Pollock  Rip  to  Cape  Cod 
Highland  Light  at  Night-time,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  Broken  Part  of  Pollock  Rip  make  good  the  course  NE.  by 
N.  >^  N.  11  miles,  or  until  Nauset  (three)  Lights  bear  N.  by  W. 
J^  W.,  then  steer  N.  %  W. ;  in  running  this  last  course,  Nauset 
Lights  and  Cape  Cod  Light  will  be  left  from  2  to  3  miles  to  the 
westward. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Pollock  Rip  to  Cape  Cod 
Highland  Light  in  thick  weather. 

In  order  to  avoid  New  Harbor  Bars,  vessels  leaving  the  Broken 
Part  of  Pollock  Rip  in  thick  weather,  in  either  of  the  channels, 
especially  on  the  first  of  the  Western  Tide,  with  light  winds,  should 
make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N.  10^  miles,  or  until  the  water 
deepens  to  20  fathoms :  Chatham  Lights  will  then  bear  W.  J4  S. ; 
distance  b%   miles;  Nausfet  Lights  N-  by  W.  J4  W.  11  miles. 

By  running  N.  ^  W.  from  this  last  point,  Nauset  and  High- 
land Lights  will  be  left  about  21^  miles  to  the  westward. 

Beating  around  Cape  Cod, 

Vessels  beating  to  windward  l)ound  to  the  northward,  or  around 
Cape  Cod,  when  abreast  of  Chatham  Lights,  should  keep  in  shore, 
as  the  current  sets  to  the  southward  quite  sti'ong,  most  of  the  time 
off  shore,  during  northerly  winds. 


10 


ELDRIDQE'8   COAST  PILOT. 


Advice  to  Vessels  in  thick  weather  bound  from 
Cape  Cod  to  Boston,  Salem,  or  Cape  .Ann. 

To  tho  Eastward  of  the  Cape  the  Tide  or  Current  turns  much 
sooner  in  shore  than  it  docs  off  shore.  In  40  fathoms  water,  about 
NE.  4  miles  distant  fVom  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  the  current 
commenco«»  to  run  into  the  Bay  about  the  time  of  low  water  in 
Boston,  and  v  ommonces  setting  out  about  the  time  of  high  water  at 
this  place.  In  ft-om  30  to  40  fathoms  water  off  Northeast  from 
Highland  Light,  the  direct  course  to  Boston  Lighthouse  is  NW. 
by  W.  %  W.,  distance  about  42  miles.  Vessels  in  thick  weather 
leaving  the  Cape,  bound  to  Boston,  Salem,  or  Cape  Ann,  should 
make  allowance  for  the  current,  which,  for  a  considerable  distance 
to  the  Northward  of  the  Race,  runs  out  and  into  Cape  Cod  Bay, 
especially  at  or  near  the  f\ill  and  change  of  the  Moon,  very  strong. 

From  Highland  Light  to  Frovincetown  or  Cape  Cod 

Harbor. 

Highland    Light, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located 
upon  the  Eastern  part  of  Cape  Cod.  Race  Point  Lighthouse  bears 
from  it  W.NW.,  distance  8J^  miles.  At  this  date,  1879,  a  Fog 
Trumpet  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouse,  giving  blasts  of  8  seconds 
at  intervals  of  30  seconds 


« 


SfiLce  Point  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  varied  by 
white  flashes,  is  located  upon  tho  extreme  Northwesterly  part  of 
Cape  Cod  ;  Wood  End  Light  bears  from  it  SE.  by  S.,  distance  8^ 
miles.  At  this  date,  1879,  a  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  the  Light- 
house, giving  blasts  of  4  seconds,  with  alternate  intervals  of  8  and 
44  seconds. 

Wood  End  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  flashing  Red  Light,  is  located 
upon  Wood  End  Beach.  Long  Point  Light  bears  from  it  NE.  by 
E.  ^  E. ;  distance  \}l  miles. 

Long  Point  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located  on 
the  SW.  side  of  entrance  to  Provincetown  Harbor.    Cape  Cod 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT.  11 

Highland  Light  bears  from  it  E.  J4  S. ;  distance  about  5  miles.    A 
Bell  struck  by  machinery  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouse. 

Dangers  in  Sailing  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light 
to  Provinoetown  Harbor. 

Shoal  Spots, 

From  1J4  to  3  miles  to  the  Northwestward  of  Cape  Cod  Light 
there  are  several  Shoal  Spots,  some  of  which  have  as  little  as  12 
feet  water  upon  them  at  very  low  tides.  These  dangers  lie  about  a 
half  mile  from  land,  with  a  narrow  channel  of  from  3  to  5  fathoms 
water  between  them  and  the  shore. 

Peaked  Hill  Bars, 

These  dangerous  Shoals  lie  from  4  to  7j4  miles  Northwesterly 
IVom  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  and  extend  from  }^  to  ^  mile  from 
shore.  In  order  to  avoid  these  dangers  when  sailing  between  Cape 
Cod  Light  and  Race  Point,  vessels  of  12  feet  draught  or  upwards 
should  not,  especially  at  low  tide,  approach  the  shore  in  less  than 
10  fathoms  water. 

Shoal  Spots. 

Northwesterly  from  Peaked  Hill  Bars  there  are  several  Shoal 
Spots  with  narrow  channels  of  from  3  to  5|athoms  within  them  ;  the 
most  dangerous  one  lies  about  ^  mile  from  shore,  and  has  as  little 
as  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  low  tides.  Race  Point  Light  *  bears 
from  this  last-mentioned  danger  SW.  by  W.  >4  W. ;  distance 
2J^  miles.  20  fathoms  water  was  found  about  North  one-tenth  of 
a  mile  from  this  shoal ;  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  but  little  warning 
in  approaching  it  from  the  Northward. 

Shank  Painter  Bar, 

This  Bar,  upon  which  there  are  fifteen  feet  of  water  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  about  half-way  from  Race  Point  to  "Wood  End  Light,  and 
extends  about  %  mile  from  shore.  24  fathoms  water  was  found 
150  yards  to  the  westward  of  this  shoal ;  the  lead,  therefore,  gives 
but  littlo  warning  in  approaching  tnis  danger. 

*  From  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  bound  to  the  Northwestward,  Race 
Point  Liglit  cannot  be  seen  from  the  deck  of  a  vessel  until  it  bears  SW.  |  W. 


12 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


m 

Mi 


E.' 


Merring  Cove  Anchorage, 

If  it  blows  so  hard  from  the  Eastward  that  you  cannot  beat  into 
Provincetown  Harbor,  3'ou  may  find  shelter,  with  winds  from  E.  by 
S.  to  NE.  by  N.,  about  1  mile  Southeasterly  from  Race  Point 
Light,  in  what  is  called  Herring  Cove.  The  best  anchorage  for 
large  vessels  is  about  %  "^il6  ^o"^  shore  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms 
water;  at  low  tide  small  vessels  should  anchor  in  from  3  to  4 
fathoms  water.  A  strict  watch  should  be  kept  while  lying  here,  and 
the  Cove  should  be  left  on  the  first  indication  of  a  westerly  wind. 


m 


Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light 
to  Provincetown,  or  Cape  Cod  Harbor,  in  Day- 
time. 

When  abreast  of  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  follow  the  shore  to 
the  Northwestward,  keeping  at  least  a  mile  from  it  in  order  to 
avoid  Peaked  Hill  Bars.  When  Race  Point  Light  bears  SW.,  then 
run  in  W.SW. ;  give  this  Point  or  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  from  J^ 
to  ^  of  a  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Eastward,  and  follow  the  shore  to 
the  Southeastward,  keeping  about  ^  of  a  mile  from  it ;  haul  round 
Wood  End  and  Long  Point  Lights  at  a  distance  of  J^  mile.  *  Leav- 
ing them  on  the  port  hand,  run  into  the  harbor,  and  anchor  in  from 
3  to  10  fathoms  water. 


m 


ilM 


Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Cod  Light  to  Prov- 
incetown Harbor  at  Night,  with  fair  weather. 

When  Cape  Cod  Light  bears  SW.,  from  1  to  2  miles  distant, 
liiake  good  the  course  NW.  ^  W.  about  8  miles,  or  until  Race 
Point  Light  bears  SW.,  then  run  in  W.SW.  Leave  this  last- 
mentioned  light  about  y^  of  a  mile  to  the  Eastward,  and  run  SE. 
hy  S.  J^  S.  until  Wood  End  and  Long  Point  Lights  are  in  range 
bearing  NE.  by  E.  J^  E. ;  the  course  is  then  E.  by  S.  until  Long 
Point  Light  t  bears  N.NE.,  then  run  NE.  and  haul  round  Long 
Point  Light  at  a  distance  of  %  mile.  Leaving  it  on  the  port  hand, 
run  in  NW.  by  W.,  and  anchor  in  from  5  to  10  fathoms  water. 

*  A  Black  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  the  Southeast  end  of  Long  Point 
Shoal.  In  entering  Provincetown  Harbor  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

t  "Vessels  of  12  feet  draught  or  upwards,  bound  Into  Provincetown  Har- 
bor, should  not  approach  Long  Point  Lighthouse,  especially  at  low  tide, 
nearer  than  half  a  mile,  until  it  bears  w«st. 


■■#- 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 

Thick  Weather. 


13 


At  this  date,  1879,  there  is  a  Fog  Trumpet  at  Cape  Cod  Light, 
a  Steam  Whistle  at  Race  Point  Light,  and  a  Fog  Bell  at  Long 
Point  Light ;  the  ear,  assisted  by  the  compass  and  lead,  will  there- 
fore be  the  best  pilot  for  vessels  sailing  in  thick  weather  from  Cape 
Cod  Light  to  Provincetown  Harbor. 

Beating  from  Race  Point  to  Wood  End  Light,  bound 
into  Provincetown  Harbor. 

With  Southerly  or  Southeasterly  winds,  vessels  of  12  ft.  draught 
or  upwards,  beating  from  Race  Point  to  Wood  End  Light,  should 
not  approach  nearer  the  shore  than  ^  of  a  mile,  as  it  is  very  bold 
(especially  after  passing  Herring  Cove),  and  they  will  have  20 
f  Tthoms  water  at  one  cast  of  the  lead,  and  be  ashore  at  the  next, 
before  they  can  tack. 

Beating  from  Wood  End  Light  into  Provincetown 
Harbor,  with  Northerly  or  Northeasterly  Winds. 

Vessels  beating  from  Wood  End  Light  bound  into  Provincetown 
Harbor,  should  keep  the  Eastern  Shore  aboard.  Large  vessels  may 
boldly  approach  this  shore  in  6  fathoms  water,  at  night  or  day. 

Anchorage  under  the  Eastern  Shore, 

If  it  blows  so  hard  ft-om  the  NE.  that  you  cannot  beat  into  Prov- 
incetown Harbor,  when  abreast  of  Wood  End  Light,  stand  on 
close-hauled  until  the  water  shoals  to  10  fathoms  upon  the  Eastern 
Shore,  then  anchor.  If  the  wind  should  back  to  the  NW.  and 
blow  heavy,  shelter  may  be  found  under  Billingsgate  Shoal.  See 
Directions  for  Wellfleet  Harbor. 


Best  Anchorage  in  ^Provincetown  Harbor. 

The  Eastern  part  of  this  harbor  is  somewhat  exposed  to  heavy 
southerly  gales.  In  order,  therefore,  to  find  good  shelter  from  all 
winds,  vessels  should  anchor  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water  at  low 
tide,  —  Long  Point  Light  bearing  from  SE.  to  E.  by  S. ;  distance 


about  Yi  mile.     In 


anchoring 


be  careful  to  avoid  the  Western 


Shore  opposite  Long  Point  Light,  as  it  is  very  bold,  and  you  will 
have  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water  within  a  stone's  throw  of  the  Flats. 


14 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


I-  .' 


:  - 


fm 


m 

■I 


i.^i 


High  Water  at  Provincetown  Harbor, 

It  is  high  water  at  this  place  10  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
Mean  Rise  and  Fall  of  Tides  about  9^  feet. 

Advioe  to  Masters  of  Vessels  in  regard  to  Leaving  the  Baoe 
Light  with  strong  Indications  of  a  heavy  Northeast  Oale, 
aocompanied  with  Snow. 

If  a  vessel  be  off  Cape  Cod  Light  bound  to  Boston,  with  Easterly 
or  Northeasterly  winds,  and  strong  indications  of  a  heavy  gale 
accompanit.d  with  snow,  my  advice  is,  to  keep,  if  possible,  the  bear- 
ings of  Rac3  Point  Light  until  it  commences  snowing ;  then,  by  the 
following  directions,  run  into  Cape  Cod  Bay.  When  Race  Point 
Light  (which,  at  this  date,  1879,  has  a  Steam  Whistle*  near  it) 
bears  E.NE.  from  1  to  2  miles  distant,  haul  up  SE.  by  S.  %  S. 
and  run  four  miles  on  this  course,  or  until  Wood  End  Light  bears 
NE.  If  the  wind  blows  so  hard  or  it  snows  so  thick  that  she 
cannot  get  into  Provincetown  Harbor,  stand  on  close-hauled  until 
the  water  shoals  to  10  or  15  fathoms,  then  anchor ;  if  she  drags,  cut 
away  the  spars  until  the  anchors  hold  her. 

I  consider  this  anchorage  in  Cape  Cod  Bay,  during  a  heavy 
Northeasterly  gale,  safer  than  the  open  roadstead  of  Vineyard 
Haven. 


n 


"1 


^!i 


Wellfleet  Harbor. 

Billingsgate  *Light,  ' 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located 
upon  the  Southeastern  part  of  Billingsgate  Island.  In  sailing  into 
Wellfleet  Harbor,  this  Light  is  left  to  the  Westward. 

Bearings  and  Distances. 

Billingsgate  Light  bears  from  Race  Point  Light  S-SE. ;  distance 
14  miles. 

From  Wood  End  Light,  S.  by  E.  5^  E. ;  distance  lOj^  miles. 

From  Sandy  Neck  Light,  Barnstable  Harbor,  NE.  by  E.  ^  E. ; 
distance  13  miles. 

♦  At  this  date,  1879,  a  powerful  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  the  Race 
Light,  giving  blasts  of  4  seconds  with  alternate  intervals  of  8  and  44  seconds. 
This  whistle  should  in  thick  weather  be  heard  at  least  4  miles. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


15 


Mayors  Beach  lAght. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located  at 
the  head  of  Wellfleet  Bay,  upon  Mayo's  Beach,  and  bears  from  Bil- 
lingsgate Light  NE.  by  N. ;  distance  4  miles. 

Dangers  entering  Wellfleet  Harbor. 
Billingsgate  Shoal, 

This  Shoal  extends  off  a  long  distance  Southwesterly  from  Bil- 
lingsgate Light.  A  Black  Buoy  (No.  1),  placed  in  about  two 
fathoms  water  at  low  tide,  marks  its  outer  part.  This  Buoy  bears 
from  Billingsgate  Light  W.  by  S.  J^  S. ;  distance  4J<^  miles : 
from  Race  Point  Light  S.  %  E. ;  distance  \iyi  miles  :  from  "Wood 
End  Light  S.  J^  W. ;  distance  11^  miles.  Vessels  of  not  more 
than  7  feet  draught  may  at  low  tide  pass  across  this  shoal  from  1 
to  \y2  miles  within  the  buoy ;  and  vessels  of  not  more  than  10  or 
11  feet  draught  may,  after  half  flood,  pass  from  1  to  2  miles  within 
it ;  but  vessels  of  9  feet  draught  or  upwards,  unacquainted,  should 
not  at  low  tide  pass  within  it. 

Bihb   Bock. 

This  Rock,  which  is  marked  with  a  Buoy  having  Red  and  Black 
horizontal  stripes,  bears  from  Billingsgate  Light  S. ;  distance  2j^ 
miles.  At  very  low  tides  there  are  about  4  feet  water  upon  this 
rock. 

Other  Dangers, 

There  are  quite  a  number  of  Rocks  (which,  at  this  date,  1879, 
are  not  buoyed)  at  the  entrance  of  Wellfleet  Bay,  some  of  which 
have  but  little  water  upon  them  at  low  tide.  There  are  also  exten- 
sive Flats  on  both  sides  of  the  Bay,  and  the  place  may  at  low  tide 
be  called  a  shoal- water  harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Wellfleet  Bay  and  Harbor  in 
Day-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward,  of  from  9  to  11  feet  draught,  may 
bring  Race  Point  Light  to  bear  N.  %  W.,  distance  3  miles,  and 
make  good  the  course  S.  J^^  E.  11>^  miles  to  Black  Buoy  No.  1, 
which  lies  on  the  Southwest  part  of  Billingsgate  Shoal ;  leave  this 
Buoy  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward,  and  make  good  the  coursi 
E.  by  S.  until  Billingsgate  Light  bears  N.  by  E.,  then  steer  NE 


'wn*w" 


»       • 


If-  ll^ 


lii 


u 

[i|i 


urn 


II 

i-ii 

.''III 


'!!'!; 


'<!ij 


i.«i 


'!    i 


16 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


by  E.  In  running  this  last  course  j'ou  will  see  a  Black  Buoy,  No. 
8,  which  bears  from  the  light  S-SE-  1^  miles.  Leave  this  last- 
mentioned  Buoy  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward,  and  run  about 
N.  by  W.  for  the  Red  Buoy  on  Middle  Ground,  If  it  be  low  tide 
when  the  Lighthouse  bears  NW.,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor,  and  if 
bound  up  to  town  wait  until  about  ^  flood.  From  this  anchorage 
run  for  Red  Buoj'  No.  2,  on  Middle  Ground,*  bearing  about  N.  by 
"W.,  leaving  it  a  short  distance  to  the  Eastward,  and  make  good 
the  course  NE.  l}i  miles  to  Black  Buoy  No.  5.  off  Sraalley's  Bar. 
From  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  (which  is  left  to  the  Westward) 
steer  directly  for  the  Lighthouse  on  Mayo's  Beach,  bearing  N.NB. ; 
distance  2^  miles.  When  about  }{  mile  from  the  lighthouse,  steer 
more  Easterly,  and  enter  the  harbor. 


Beating  up  to  Wellfleet  Harbor. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  beat  up  to  Wellfleet  Harbor 
without  a  Pilot,  as  there  are  many  sunken  Rocks  in  the  Bay  which 
are  not  buoyed  at  this  date. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Wellfleet  Bay  30  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton.    Common  tides  rise  about  11^  feet. 

Anchorage  during  heavy  Northerly  Winds  under 
Billingsgate  Shoal, 

If  it  blows  so  hard  from  the  Northward  that  j'ou  cannot  beat 
into  Provincetown  Harbor,  a  lee  may  be  found  under  Billingsgate 
Shoal  by  the  following  directions :  Bring  Wood  End  Light  to  bear 
N.  J^  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer  S.  }i  W.  In  run- 
ning this  course,  if  you  strike  in  less  than  6  fathoms  water  before 
Billingsgate  Light  bears  E.NE.,  haul  to  the  Westward,  and  do 
not  come  nearer  the  shoal  than  this  last-mentioned  depth  until  the 
light  bears  E.NE.,  then  make  good  the  course  E.  by  N.,  and 
when  the  water  shoals  to  4  or  5  fathoms  at  low  tide,  anchor,  Bil- 
lingsgate Light  bearing  about  NE.  %  E. ;  distance  2^^  miles. 
Small  vessels  of  8  or  9  feet  draught  may  run  E.  by  N.  until  the 
water  shoals  to  2)4  fathoms  at  low  tide,  and  anchor  with  the  light 

*  Vessels  running  from  Black  Buoy  No.  1  to  Red  Buoy  No.  3,  should 
keep  the  latter  bearing  about  N.  by  VV.  in  order  to  avoid  Channel  and  Lob- 
ster Bocks,  which,  on  this  course,  will  both  be  left  to  the  Eastward. 


% 


r 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


17 


bearing  N.  by  W. ;  distance  1 J4  miles.  With  winds  from  N.NW. 
to  SW.  by  way  of  E.,  there  is  good  anchorage  in  4  fathoms  water, 
about  three  and  a  half  miles  Sonth  from  Billingsgate  Light.  The 
Red  and  Black  horizontal  Stri^jed  Buoy  on  Bibb  Rock  bears  North 
from  this  auchorage ;  distance  ^  of  a  mile. 

Rock  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek  or  Harbor,  which  is  dry  at  loto  tide, 
bears  S.  by  E  >^  E.  from  Billingsgate  Light ;  distance  5  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bock  Harbor. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  may  bring  Race  Point  Light  to  bear 
N.  X  W.,  distance  3  miles,  and  make  good  the  course  S.  ^  E. 
ll}i  miles  to  Black  Buoy,  off  Southwest  part  of  Billingsgate  Shoal. 
Leave  this  buoy  a  short  distance  to  tlie  Northward,  and  make  good 
the  course  SE-  by  E.  ^  E.  until  the  water  shoals  to  2}4  or  8 
fathoms  at  low  tide  ;  then  anchor  and  wait  for  a  pilot.  Billingsgate 
Ligh>,  bears  from  this  auchorage  N-X  W. ;  distance  about  4  miles. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Rock  Harbor  about  the  same  time  it  is  in 
Wellfleet  Bay. 

Brewster  Landing. 

Tliis  Landing,  which  is  dry  at  loio  tide,  bears  from  Billingsgate 
Lighthouse  about  S-SW. ;  distance  nearly  6}i  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Brewster  Landing. 

Vessels  from  tlic  Northward  may  bring  Race  Point  Light  to 
bear  N.  }(  W.,  distance  3  miles,  and  steer  S.  }(  E.  11^  miles, 
until  abreast  of  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  of  Billingsgate  Shoal.- 
Leave  this  buoy  a  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  and  run  SE-  by 
S.  }4  S.,  until  the  water  shoals  to  3  fathoms  at  low  tide,  then 
anchor,  or  lay  off  and  on  till  high  water. 

Jligh  Water,      , 

It  is  High  Water  at  Brewster  Landing  about  10  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.  .  ,     /    f.. 

Sursuit  Creek,  or  East  Dennis  Landing. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek  or  Landing,  whic'i  is  dry  at  low  tide, 
bears  from  Race  Point  Light  south  ;  distance  about  19  miles.   From 
Billingsgate  Light  SW.  }(  S. ;  distance  8  miles. 
2 


18 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


•i'',  I 


Sailing  Directions  for  Sursuit  Creek,  or  East 
Dennis  Landing. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  ma^  bring  Race  Point  Light  to  bear 
North,  distance  3  miles,  and  make  good  the  course  South  to  Sursuit 
Creek,  distance  16  miles.  On  this  course,  the  Black  Buoy  off  Bil- 
lingsgate Shoal  will  be  left  about  1  mile  to  the  Eastward.  Run  in 
on  this  course  until  the  water  shoals  to  4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide, 
then  anchor,  or  lay  off  and  on  until  high  water,  when,  in  order  to 
enter  the  Creek,  a  pilot  will  be  necessary. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  this  place  about  the  same  time  as  it  is  at 
Brewster  Landing.  •  • 

North  Dennis  Landing. 

This  Landing,  which  is  dry  at  low  tide,  bears  from  Race  Point 
Light  S.  Yz  W. ;  distance  about  13  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  North  Dennis  Landing. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  may  bring  Race  Point  Light  to  bear 
N.  J^  E.,  distance  3  miles,  and  make  good  the  course  S.  J^  W.  16 
miles,  to  North  Dennis  Landing ;  run  in  until  the  water  shoals  to  4 
fathoms  at  low  tide,  then  anchor  or  lay  off  and  0)i  until  high  water. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  this  place  about  10  minutes  before  it  is  at 
iBostoD. 


•M 


Barnstable  Harbor. 

Sandy  Neck  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  situated  on 
Sandy  Neck,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Barnstable  Harbor. 


Bearings  and  Distances. 

Sandy  Neck  Light  bears  from  Race  Point  Light  S.  by  W.  J^  W. ; 
distance  20^^  miles.  From  Wood  End  Light  SW.  by  S.  5<  S- ; 
distance  18^   miles.     From  Billingsgate  Light  SW.  by  W.  Yi 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


19 


W. ;  distance  13  miles.    From  Gurnet  Lights  entrance  to  Plym- 
outh Harbor,  SE.  by  S.  ^  S. ;  distance  22^4:  miles. 

Dangers, 

This  harbor  is  difficult  of  access  on  account  of  a  Sand  Bar  which 
extends  across  its  entrance,  and  there  are  usually  not  more  than  6 
or  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide ;  the  best  water  across  this  bar 
is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  which  in  sailing  in  is  left  to  the  west- 
ward. Sandy  Neck  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  S.  J^  S. ; 
distance  lj4  miles.  The  harbor  at  low  tide  may  be  called  a  shoal- 
water  place. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Barnstable  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  of  no*,  more  than  10  or  11  ft.  draught 
may  brir?  Race  Point  Light  to  bear  N»  by  E.  J4  E.,  distance 
about  3  joiles,  and  run  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  16  miles,  to  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  at  the  entrance  of  Barnstable  Harbor.  After  making  this 
Buoy,  anchor  in  4  or  5  fathoms  water,  or  lay  off  and  on  until  about 
^  flood  ;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Red  or  Bar  Buoy  a  short  dis- 
tance to  the  Westward.  When  abreast  of  this  Buoy  make  good 
the  course  S-  by  W.  %  W.,  for  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  which  is  left 
to  the  Eastward.  From  this  last-mentioned  buoy  steer  for  the 
Lighthouse  until  within  150  yards  from  the  beach,  then  follow  the 
shore  to  the  Westward,  keeping  about  150  j-ards  from  it,  and  anchor 
in  about  2J^  fathoms  water  at  low  tide,  the  Light  bearing  NE. ; 
distance  300  yards. 

In  running  in  from  Black  Buoy,  No.  1 ,  to  Lighthouse  Point,  be 
careful  to  make  good  the  course,  as  the  flood  tide  sets  strong  to  the 
Eastward  over  Yarmouth  Flats.* 

If  bound  to  Yarmouth  or  Barnstable,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a 
Pilot  at  the  anchorage. 

Directions  to  enter  this  Harbor  in  heavy  Northerly 

Winds.    . 

At  night,  if  a  vessel  of  not  more  than  9  feet  draught,  with  heavy 
Northerly  winds,  should  be  compelled  to  enter  this  harbor,  it  must 


♦  Yarmouth  Flats  lie  on  the  East  side  of  the  Channel,  and  are  dry  in  some 
places  at  low  tide.  . 


20 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Ill 


ilii: 


il 


ll 


,1!' 


not  be  attempted  until  about  ^  flood ;  then  bring  Sandy  Neck 
Light  to  bear  SW.  by  S.  J4  S.  and  run  for  it ;  as  soon  an  she 
strilies  4  fathoms  water,  steer  S.  by  W.  until  the  Light  bears 
SW.  %  S. ;  then  make  good  the  course  for  it  till  she  is  ^  mile 
from  it ;  then  steer  a  little  more  Southerly,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Lighthouse  Point,*  and  round  it  within  a  cable's  length,  and 
anchor  with  the  light  bearing  NE. ;  distance  800  yards. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Vessels  from  the  North- 
westward. 

When  Gurnet  Lights  (entrance  to  Plymouth  Harbor)  bear  W., 
distance  3  or  4  miles,  make  good  the  course  S.SE.  20  J^  miles  to 
Red  Buoy  No.  2,  on  bar  at  entrance  of  Barnstable  Harbor ;  as  soon 
as  this  Buoy  is  made  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High   Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Barnstable  Harbor  7  minutes  before  it  is  at 

Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 

,    '   \  >■- 
Sandwich  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  in  which  there  is  but  little  water  at 
low  tide,  bears  from  Race  Point  Light  SW. ;  distance  21  miles. 
It  is  High  Water  at  this  place  about  the  same  time  as  at  Barnstable. 


m 


i 


Plymouth  Harbor. 

•/     ■       •  '   -     ■  ■- 

\.  '  Gurnet  Lights, 

These  two  Lighthouses,  which  show  fixed  White  Lights,  are 
located  upon  Gurnet  Point,  norlh  side  of  entrance  to  Plymouth 
Harbor ;  they  are  31  feet  apart,  and  range  SE.  and  NW. 

Bearings  and  Distances. 
Gurnet  Lights  bear  from  Race  Point  Light  W. ;  distance  16j^ 
miles.     From  Billingsgate  Light  NW.  by  W.  %  W- ;   distance 
2514:  miles.    From  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  S.  by  W.  %W.\ 
distance  38  miles. 

♦  The  Lighthouse  stands  on  the  West  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  and 
u  350  yards  from  the  Point. 


:l:^ 


iltli 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


21 


Duxbury  I*ter  Light. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  placed  in 
7  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  bears  from  Gurnet  Lights  W.  by  S. ; 
distance  2^  miles.  In  entering  tlie  Harbor  this  Light  is  left  on 
the  starboard  hand. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Plymouth  Harbor  from 

the  Northward. 

Howland's  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  but  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marljed  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  4,  which  is  placed  off  the  East  side 
of  the  Rocks.  Gurnet  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  S- ;  distance 
4i^  miles.  Vessels  unacquainted  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
between  this  buoy  and  the  shore. 

High  Pine  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides, 
is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  6,  which  lies  off  its  Eastern  part. 
Gurnet  Lights  bear  from  this  buoy  S.  y^  W. ;  distance  2  miles. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Plymouth  Harbor  from 
the  Southeastward. 

Vessels  approaching  Plymouth  Harbor  from  the  Southeastward 
should,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Rocks  off  Manomet  Point,  bring  the 
Gurnet  Lights  in  range,  and  run  for  them.  Tliese  last-mentioned 
Rocks,  which  are  not  buoyed  at  this  date  (1879),  bear  about  S.SQ- 
from  Gurnet  Lights ;  distance  about  6  miles. 

Dangers  in  entering  Plymouth  Harbor. 

Upon  the  Southern  side  of  the  Channel  lies  a  Dangerous  Shoal, 
dry  in  some  places  at  Low  Tide,  called  Brown's  Bank,  which  ex- 
tends off  Northeasterly  from  Long  Beach,  and  is  marked  upon  its 
outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1.  Gurnet  Lights  bear  from 
this  Buoy  about  N.NW. ;  distance  %  mile.  In  passing  in,  this 
Buoy  is  left  to  the  Southward.         '  ^   f  . 

'    Gurnet  Rock. 

This  Rock,  which  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  bears  from 
Gurnet  Lights  SE.  by  E.  ^  E. ;  distance  Yi  mile.    Between  the 


22 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


hv. 
It 


Buoy  and  tho  Lighthouses  there  are  several  Rocks  having  but  little 
water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  \et\  to 
the  Northward.  ,       . 

Baaa  Mock, 

On  which  there  are  about  4  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked 
with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  4.  This  Buoy  bears  from  Gurnet  Lights 
S.  ^  W. ;  distance  about  ^  mile.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  la 
left  to  the  Northward. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Pljnnouth  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  may  run  for  Plymouth  Lights,  bear- 
ing from  S.  by  W.  to  S.SW. ;  *  haul  round  the  Lighthouse  Point 
at  a  distance  of  J^  mile,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  upon  Gurnet  and 
Bass  Rocks  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward.  When  abreast  of 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  which  bears  S.  }i  W.  from  the  Light- 
houses, make  good  the  course  W.  ^  S.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  to 
the  Northward,  and  the  Black  Buoya  off  Brown's  Bank  to  the 
Southward.  When  about  midway  between  Duxbury  Pier  Light- 
house and  a  Black  Buoy  which  bears  from  the  Light  about  SW.  bj' 
S.  J4  S.,  distant  ^  mile,  make  good  the  course  N.NW.,  leaving 
the  Lighthouse  about  one  cable's  length  to  the  Eastward.  When 
abreast  of  it  3'ou  will  see  a  Black  Buoy  bearing  from  it  NW.  %  N.» 
distance  ]^  mile.  Leave  this  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  anchor  about  200  3'ards  from  it,  bearing  S-SW.,  in 
from  3  to  5  fathoms  water  at  low  tide.  This  anchorage  is  called 
the  Cow  Yard,  and  is  well  sheltered  in  Easterly  Gales. 

Large  vessels  may  anchor  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide,  the  Light  bearing  from  SE.  by  E.  to  E.SE. ;  distance  300 
to  400  j-ards  from  it. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  or  around  Cape  Cod,  may  bring  Race 
Point  Light  to  bear  E.,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  As  soon 
as  the  Gurnet  Lights  are  made  bring  them  to  bear  from  W.  to  W. 
NW.,  and  run  for  them  until  the  Red  Buoys  on  Gurnet  and  Bass 
Rocks  are  made,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

*  In  order  to  clear  Howland's  and  High  Pine  Ledges,  Plymouth  Lights 
must  not  bear  South  of  S.  by  W. 


J 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


2a 


From  the  Southeastward,  bring  the  Gurnet  Lights  in  range, 
bearing  NW.,  and  run  for  them  until  they  are  distant  about  >4 
mile,  then  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Plymouth  Harbor  at 
Night-time. 

From  the  Northward,  as  soon  as  Plymouth  Lights  are  made, 
bring  them  to  bear  S-SW.,  and  run  for  them  on  this  course.  Give 
these  lights  a  berth  of  from  1  to  2  miles,  leaving  them  to  th« 
Westward ;  continue  the  course  to  the  Southward  until  Duxburj 
Pier  Light  bears  W-,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  if  there  be  no 
onor  in  the  compass,  on  this  bearing  you  will  pass  in  Mid-channel 
between  Brown's  Bank  and  Bass  Rock.  Continue  the  course  W. 
for  this  liglit  until  the  Gurnet  Lights  bear  NE.  by  E.,  then  steei 
W.  by  S.  until  Duxbury  Pier  Light  bears  W.  by  N.  J4  N.,  dis. 
tance  ^  mile ;  the  course  is  then  W.  >4  N.  Leaving  this  Light 
from  200  to  300  yards  to  the  Northward,  continue  the  course  W. 
i^  N.  until  it  bears  N.,*  then  run  NW.  by  N.,  leaving  it  about 
two  cables'  lengths  to  the  Eastward,  and  anchor  with  the  Light  bear- 
ing about  E.SB.  from  300  to  400  yards  distant. 

Depth  of  Water  entering  PlymoutJi  Harbor. 

In  running  into  Plymouth  Harbor  at  Night  (according  to  direc- 
tions before  given) ,  with  strong  winds,  it  is  advisable,  when  the 
Gurnet  Lights  bear  NW.,  to  shorten  sail  and  use  the  lead.  With 
Duxbury  Pier  Light  bearing  W.,  if  there  be  no  error  in  the  Com- 
pass, when  Gurnet  Lights  bear  from  N.NW.  to  N.,  from  3j^  to 
AYx  fathoms  water  will  be  found.  From  N.  to  NE.  by  E.,  3^  to 
4)4.  On  A  W.  by  S.  course  to  Duxburj'  Pier  Light,  bearing  W. 
by  N.  J^  N.  ^  mile,  from  3J^  to  6  fathoms ;  from  this  last  point, 
on  a  W.  Yi  N.  course  to  the  Light,  bearing  N.,  distant  three  or 
four  hundred  yards,  from  3^  to  11  fathoms ;  from  this  last  point 
to  the  anchorage,  from  5  to  12  fathoms.  The  depths  above  are  all 
given  at  Low  Tide,  it  will  therefore  be  necessary  at  High  Water  to 

*  A  Shoal  extends  about  200  yards  Southeasterly  from  Duxbury  Pier  Light- 
house, and  is  very  bold  off  its  Southeastern  part.  Vessels  bound  into  the 
Cow  Yard  should  not  approach  nearer  than  300  to  400  yards  until  the  Light 
bears  N. 


■■fes 


24 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


make  an  addition  of  1%  fathoms  to  them ;  at  yi  flood  j4  fathom 
shoulil  bo  added. 

At  Nigiit  from  tlio  Eastward,  or  aroiiiid  Capo  Cod,  bring  Race 
Point  Liglit  to  bear  E.,  and  malvo  good  tlie  course  "W.  for  Gurnet 
Lights  ;  as  soon  as  Duxbury  Pier  Liglit  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
W.  wlien  tlie  courses  are  as  before  given. 

From  tlio  Soutlieastward,  bring  Plymouth,  or  Gurnet  Lights,  in 
range  bearing  NW. ,  and  run  for  them  until  Duxbury  Pier  Light 
bears  W.,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Saqniah  Itoads. 

In  these  Roads  vessels  maj'  flnci  good  shelter  with  winds  from 
"W.  to  N.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  about  three  fathoms  at  Low 
Tide,  with  Gurnet  Lights  bearing  E.NE.,  distance  J^  mile.  At 
High  water  vessels  should  anchor  in  4^  fathoms.  ^ 


Plymouth  Inner  Harbor. 


';I 


If  bound  into  this  Harbor,  follow  the  directions  before  given 
until  abreast  of  the  Red  Buoy  on  Bass  Rock,  whicli  bears  S-  X  W- 
from  Gurnet  Lighthouses,  disto  .ce  yj  mile.  Leave  this  Buoy  a 
short  distance  to  the  Northward  and  make  good  the  course  W.  ^ 
S.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  to  the  Northward  and  the  Black  Buoys 
off  Brown's  Bank  to  the  Southward.  As  you  approach  Duxbury 
Pier  Lighthouse  you  will  see  the  Black  Buo}*  off  Dick's  Flats  bear- 
ing'about  SW.  by  S.  J^  S.,  distant  ^  mile  from  it.  Haul  round 
this  Buoy,  leaving  it  50  feet  to  the  Eastward,  and  make  good  the 
course  SW.  J4  S.  As  you  sail  in  you  will  see  on  the  port  hand, 
near  long  Beach  Point,  a  Beacon.  Continue  the  course  SW.  }4  S. 
until  the  beacon  is  in  range  with  Gurnet  Lights,  bearing  E.  by  N. 
^  N.,  then  anchor  in  from  2%  to  S%  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 
This  harbor  should  be  used  only  by  small  vessels ;  large  vessels 
should  go  into  the  Cow  Yard.  If  bound  up  to  Plymouth  town  it  is 
advisable  to  take  a  pilot  here,  as  the  channel  is  both  narrow  and 
crooked. 

Duxbury  and  Kingston, 

Vessels  unacquainted,  bound  to  either  of  these  places,  should 
anchor  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward  of  Duxbury  Pier  Light, 
and  take  pilots. 


P^ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


25 


Beating  into  Plymouth  Har'oor. 

If  you  are  bound  into  this  Harbor  you  ehould  not  at  Night-time 
attempt  to  beat  into  the  Cow  Yard,  but  may  anchor  in  Saquish 
Roads.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  about  3  fatlioms  at  Low  Tide,  and 
4^  at  High  Tide,  the  Gurnet  Lights  bearing  E.NE.,  distance  ^ 
mile.  It  is  advisable  at  Night-time  to  use  the  lead,  and  when 
Gurnet  Lights  bear  N.NW.  to  stand  in  for  the  Nortli  side  of  the 
harbor  until  the  water  shoals  to  3^4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  and  5  at 
Illffli  Water ;  as  soon  as  you  have  this  depth  tack  ship,  and  do  not 
stand  to  tlie  Southward  more  than  >^  mile  *  (about  400  yards),  in 
order  to  avoid  Brown's  Bank,  which  lies  on  the  South  side  of  the 
Channel,  and  is  very  bold  at  some  parts  of  it,  and  you  will  have  4 
fathoms  at  one  cast  of  the  lead,  and  be  ashore  at  the  next  before 
you  can  tack  ;  but  you  may  boldly  stand  into  3}i  fathoms  at  Low 
Tide,  and  5  fathoms  at  High  Water,  on  the  North  side  of  the 
Chauuel,  until  you  reach  the  above  anchorage. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  I'ly mouth  Harbor  12  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  \0%  feet. 


Scituate  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  formed  by  a  small  shallow  Cove,  which  at  its 
entrance  has  a  hard  bed  of  stones  and  gravel,  forming  a  Bar  which 
varies  but  little  in  depth  annually.  The  Northern  point  of  the 
Harbor  is  marked  with  a  Light  Tower,  from  which  a  White  Light 
was  formerly  exhibited,  but  for  several  j'cars  it  has  been  discon- 
tinued. At  this  date  (1879),  however,  a  small  light  is  shown  from 
the  tower  by  private  enterprise.  Also,  at  this  date,  the  Harbor  is 
well  buoyed,  and  strangers,  in  vessels  of  from  8  to  9  feet  draught, 
in  case  of  emergency,  might  at  high  water  run  into  it.         '         ,     ' 

Sailing  Directions  for  Scituate  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Northward  pass  }^  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  ISIinot's 
Light  and  make  good  the  course  SE.  by  S.,  in  order  to  avoid  the 

*  Or  make  short  tacks. 


26 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Ledges  which  lie  to  the  Northward  of  this  harbor.  A  little  before 
High  Water  bring  the  Light  Tower  to  bear  W.  and  run  for  it. 
When  about  ^  mile  from  the  entrance  of  tlie  harbor  30U  will  see 
two  Buo^'s,  one  Red  the  other  Black ;  tlien  steer  more  Southerl}', 
and  enter  about  midway  between  them.  When  between  these 
Buoys  you  will  see  in  a  westerly  direction  two  Spindles  or  Beacons, 
one  Black  the  other  Red ;  anchor  a  short  distance  outside  of  them, 
where  you  will  lie  aground  at  Low  Tide,  or  after  passing  between 
these  Spindles  run  directly  for  the  wharves. 

If  the  Buoys  at  the  entrance  of  this  place  should  be  gone  (as 
they  sometimes  are),  in  entering  it  keep  midway  between  the 
points  of  the  Harbor,  and  pass  the  Spindles  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Southeastward,  or  round  Cape  Cod,  bring  Race  Point 
Light  to  bear  SE.  by  E.,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  by  W. 
When  the  Light  Tower  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  b}'  N. ;  then 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

The  Light  Tower,  which  is  located  on  the  Northern  side  of  the 
entrance  to  this  Harbor,  bears  S.  b}'  E.  Yz  E.,  about  4J^  miles 
from  Minot's  Lighthouse.  From  Race  Point  Light,  NW.  by  W. 
23  miles. 


l;i' 


High  Water.  <  ^ 

It  is  High  Water  at  Scituate  Bar  14  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton.   Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


■  -  Cohasset  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  situated  about  2%  miles  in  a  Southwesterly  direc- 
tion from  Minot's  Light,  and  has  but  little  water  in  it  at  low  tide. 
It  is  very  difficult  of  access  on  account  of  the  numerous  Rocks  and 
Ledgcc  that  lie  off  its  entrance.  In  approaching  this  Harbor  there 
are  three  Channels  (generally  used)  called  Brush  Island  Channel, 
Middle  Channel,  and  Eastern  Channel.  In  this  work,  however,  we 
shall  only  give  directions  for  Brush  Island,  or  the  Western  Channel, 
which  has  the  most  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  may  be  entered  by 
strangers  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds,  when  the  Buoys  can 
be  seen. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


27 


Sailing  Directions  for  Cohasset  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southeastward  leave  Minot's  Light  about  300  yards  to 
the  Southward  and  run  W.  On  this  course  3'6u  will  see,  oh  the 
port  hand,  two  Buoys,  one  Black,  the  other  Red.  The  Black  Buoy 
No.  1  is  placed  near  the  western  part  of  Hogshead  Rock,  and  bears 
from  Minot's  Light  W.  %  S. ;  distance  a  little  more  than  J4  mile. 
The  Red  Buoy  No.  2  is  placed  off  the  Northeast  part  of  Grampus 
Ledge,  and  bears  about  W.  from  Minot's  Light ;  distance  ^  mile. 
Both  these  Buoys  should  be  left  not  less  than  300  yards  to  the 
Southward.  After  passing  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Grampus  Ledge, 
a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  will  be  seen  to  the  Southwestward ;  this 
Buoy  lies  off  the  West  side  of  Chittenden  Rock,  which  is  bare  at 
half  tide,  and  bears  from  Minot's  Light  W.  ^  S. ;  distance  1% 
miles.  Continue  the  course  W.  until  this  last-mentioned  Buoy 
bears  SW.  by  S.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  20 
3'ards  to  tlie  Eastward.  When  abreast  of  the  last-mentioned  Buoy, 
off  Chittenden  Rock,  another  Buoy  will  be  seen  (bearing  S.  by  E., 
distance  )^  mile),  painted  Red  and  Black  in  horizontal  stripes. 
This  Buoy  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  Barrel  Rock,  which  is  bare 
at  half  tide.  Run  directly  for  this  Buoy,  leaving  it  about  20  j-ards 
to  the  Eastward.  When  abreast  of  this  Buoy,  off  the  northern  side 
of  Barrel  Rock,  you  will  see  a  dry  Rock,  surrounded  by  ledges  bare 
at  low  tide  ;  tliese  are  called  Sutton  Rocks  ;  and  you  will  also,  at 
the  same  time,  see  to  the  Westward  of  them  another  smaU,  round, 
dry  rock :  this  is  called  Quamino  Rock :  the  Channel  is  between 
this  and  the  Sutton  Rocks.  When  you  are  abreast  of  the  Red  and 
Black  horizontal-striped  Buoy  off  Barrel  Rock,  run  for  Quamino 
Rock  bearing  S.SW.,  leaving  it  20  yards  to  the  Westward.  After 
passing  it  bring  it  to  bear  N.NW.,  75  yards  distant,  and  run 
S.SE.  about  200  j-ards ;  then  anchor  in  about  8  feet  water  at  low 
tide.  If  bound  up  to  Cohasset,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot 
here.  By  following  the  above  directions,  about  8  feet  water  at  low 
tide  can  be  brought  up  to  this  anchorage. 

Froru  the  Northwestward  pass  about  J^  mile  to  the  Eastwaiti 
of  Harding's  Rocks,  and  bring  the  Beacon  upon  them  to  bear  NW. 
}i  N.,  distance  1  mile,  and  steer  SE.  J^  S.  If  there  be  no  devia- 
tion from  this  course  you  will  make  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Gram- 
puses a  little  on  the  port  bow,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Chittenden 


28 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


i  ( 


Rock  on  the  starboard  hand.  When  this  last-mentioned  Buoy 
bears  S.SW.  run  for  it,  leaving  it  20  j'ards  to  the  eastward. 
When  abreast  of  it,  make  good  the  course  S.  )4  W.  into  the  har- 
bor, passing  between  the  Buoy  on  Barrel  Rock,  the  Ledges  on  the 
West  side  of  the  Channel,  Sutton  Rocks,  and  Quamino  Rock. 
When  this  last-mentioned  rock  bears  N.NW.,  75  yards  distant, 
run  S.SE.  about  200  yards,  then  anchor.  If  bound  up  to  Cohas- 
set,  wait  at  this  place  for  high  water  and  a  pilot. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Cohasset  about  12  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  tides  rise  9^  feet. 


!  'il  ' 


I"!  .' 


!  !>;i 


>       Boston  Harbor. 

Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  this  Harbor 
by  the  Main  Ship  Channel. 

MinoVs  Ledge,       '  * 

Upon  one  of  the  outermost  of  the  Cohasset  Rocks,  on  what  is 
called  the  Outer  Minot,  which  is  bare  at  low  tide,  a  Lighthouse  has 
been  erected,  which  (at  this  date,  1878,)  hasi  a  Fog  Bell  and  shows 
a  Fixed  White  Light.  From  the  deck  of  a  common  vessel  this 
light  should  be  visible  at  least  15  miles  in  clear  weather. 

The  Bearings  and  Distances  of  this  Light  are  as  follows : 

Distance. 

From  Cape  Ann  (Thatcher's  Island),  SW.  by  S.  nearly'23^  miles. 
"    Whistling  Buoy  off  NE.  part 

Graves,.     .     .     .     SE.  by  S.  %  ^. 
"    Boston  Lighthouse,      .     .     .     SE.  %  E., 
"    Spindle  on  Harding's  Ledge,      SE.  >^  E. 
♦'    Race  Point  (Cape  Cod),  .     .   NW.  :^  W. 
"    Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,       NW.  ^  W. 


7M 

2GI4 
34yi 


To  the  Westward  of  Minot's  Light  there  are  many  bare  and 
Bunken  Ledges.  Strangers,  therefore,  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
to  the  Westward  of  it. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


29 


med  Buoy 
eastward, 
to  the  bar- 
ges on  the 
lino  Rock, 
ds  distant, 
to  Cohas- 


e  it  is  at 


Harbor 


n  what  is 
house  has 
md  shows 
essel  this 


itance. 


miles. 


Y^ 

Va 

V?. 

% 

Vi 

larc 

.nnd 

to 

pass 

Davis*  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  on  which  there  are  about  12  feet  v  '*er,  is  marked 
with  a  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  which  lies  upon  its  Eastern  part,  and 
bears  E.  %  S.  from  Minot's  Light,  distance  about  ^  mile.  There 
is  a  depth  of  4  fathoms  water  about  midway  between  the  Buoy  and 
Lighthouse.  But  large  vessels  should  not  attempt,  excepting 
through  stress  of  weather,  to  pass  through  it.  To  the  Southward 
of  this  Lighthouse  there  are  several  Shoal  Spots  of  from  12  to  15 
feet,  one  of  which  bears  SE.  by  S. ;  distance  about  ^  mile. 

'Harding's  Ledge. 

The  dry  part  of  this  ledge  is  marked  with  an  Iron  Beacon  31J^ 
feet  in  height,  and  also  an  Iron  Bell  Boat,  which  is  moored  a  short 
distance  Northeastward  from  the  Beacon.  These  Eocks  are  quite 
bold,  and  the  lead  gives  but  little  warning  in  approaching  them. 

Bearings  and  Distances  ftova.  Boacou  on  Harding's  Ledge. 

Distance. 
Black  Buoy  No.  1,  offPt.  Allerton,  NW.  by  W.  nearly  m  miles. 

Boston  Lighthouse,* NW. 

Minot's  Light, SE.  ^  E. 

SW.,  nearly  y^  mile  from  the  Beacon  on  Harding's  Ledge  is  a  bare 
Rock.  Between  this  rock  and  the  Flats  off  Nantasket  Beach  is  a 
good  Channel  for  vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught;  but 
large  vessels  should  use  it  with  caution,  as  there  are  seveial  Shoal 
Spots  about  half-way  from  the  Beacon  to  the  shore,  having  as  little 
as  15  and  17  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide. 

Tliieves'  Ledge.  '    '     ■ 

Not  less  than  4^^  fathoms  of  water  has  been  found  upon  this 
Ledge.  At  this  date,  1878,  it  is  not  buoyed ;  the  spot  of  4^^ 
fathoms  bears  E.  by  S.  %  S.  from  Boston  Lighthouse ;  distance 
about  2^8  miles. 

Hie  Graves. 

These  are  very  dangerous  Ledges  extending  about  %  mile  in  a 
N.NE.  and  S.SW.  direction.  About  NE.  ^  N.,  ^  mile  from 
the  dry  part  of  these  Ledges,  is  a  dangerous  Rock  called  the 
"  Northeast  Grave,"  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide.     At  this  date, 

*  Boston  Lighthouse  shovrs  a  Flashing  White  light.  A  Fog  Trumpet  is 
placed  near  it,  giving  Blasts  of  7  seconds  at  intervals  of  43  seconds. 


2^ 


-v 


80 


ELDKIDGE'S    COAST   PILOT. 


■iliL 


1878,  this  rock  is  marked  with  an  Automatic  Whistling  Buoj-, 
which  is  placed  a  short  distance  Northeast  from  it. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  this  Buoy. 

Distance. 

Egg  Rock  Light  (red), N.  by  W.  nearly  4  miles. 

Long  Island  Light, W.  by  S.  ^  S.      "      4^  " 

Boston  Lighthouse, SW.  ^  S.      "       23^  " 

Minot's  Light, SE.  by  S.  ^  S.      "      7^" 

SW.  by  W.,  about  ^  mile  from  the  Dry  Graves,  are  several  dan- 
gerous Rocks  called  the  "  Roaring  Bulls"  ;  they  extend  about  J^ 
mile  in  a  NE.  by  E.  %  E.  and  SW.  by  W.  %  W.  direction. 
Several  of  these  rocks  are  bare  at  very  low  tides.  Between  the 
Graves  and  the  last-mentioned  rocks  there  is  a  Channel  having  a 
depth  of  from  5  to  8  fathoms.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to 
go  through  this  passage.  The  Eastern  part  of  the  Graves  are  very 
bold,  and  there  are  10  fathoms  water  within  a  stone's  throw  of  the 
dry  rocks.  From  the  Eastward,  therefore,  in  thick  weather,  the 
lead  gives  no  warning  in  approaching  these  dangerous  rocks :  10 
fathoms  water  was  found  at  a  distance  of  about  200  yards  N.  b}'  E. 
from  the  Northeast  Grave,  and  11  fathoms  at  a  distance  of  300 
3'ards  E.  by  S.  from  this  rock. 

Martinis   Ledge, 

Upon  the  Eastern  part  of  this  Ledge,  in  six  fathoms  water,  is 
placed  a  Nun  Buoy  (No.  2).  Boston  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
buoy  SW.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  distance  1^  miles. 
Buo}'  off  the  Graves  S.  Yi  W. ;  distance  1^  miles, 
tides  there  are  but  14  feet  water  upon  this  Ledge. 


From  Whistling 
At  very  low 


Tewkshury  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  at  ver^'  low  tides  has  but  9  feet  water  upon  it, 
bears  W.  J^  N.  from  the  Red  Buoy  on  Martin's  Ledge ;  distance 
J^  mile.    This  rock  is  not  buoyed  at  this  date  (1878). 

Boston  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  11  feet  water  upon  it,  is  left  to  the  North- 
ward in  passing  in.  It  is  now  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  4, 
which  lies  on  the  southeasterly  side  of  it.  Boston  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  buoy  W.  by  S.  nearly  ;  distance  1^  miles.  The  Buoy 
on  this  Ledge  bears  from  Martin's  Ledge  SW.  ^  S' ;  distance 
%.  mile. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


31 


Shag  or  Egg  Rocks. 

These  are  a  group  of  bare  Rocky  Islets  about  20  or  30  feet  above 
high-water  mark,  and  extending  about  yz  mile  in  an  Easterl}'  and 
Westerly  direction.  The  Southern  part  of  these  Islets  bear  B.  54 
N.  from  Boston  Lighthouse  ;  distance  about  J^  mile.  These  rocks 
are  bold,  but  they  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  yi  mile  by 
vessels  bound  in.  ' 

Point  Allerton  Bar. 

From  this  Point  a  rocky  Shoal  extends  off  in  a  Northerly  direc- 
tion. It  is  marked  with  a  Beacon,  and  also  a  Black  Nun  Buoy  (No. 
3),  which,  in  passing  in,  is  left  on  the  port  hand.  This  Buoy  bears 
from  Boston  Lighthouse  S.  by  B.  J^  E. ;  distance  about  %  mile. 

Mock  near  Boston  Lighthouse, 

A  Rock  bearing  S.  by  B.  from  Boston  Lighthouse,  distance 
about  Ys  mile,  has  frequently  been  struck,  at  very  Low  Tides,  by 
vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught ;  it  is  not  buoyed  at  this 
date.  Boston  Light  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  yi  mile 
(250  yards)  by  vessels  bound  out  or  into  the  harbor. 

Nash's  Mock. 

This  Rock,  on  which  there  are  13  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  with  a  Red  Buoy  (No.  6),  which  is  placed  in  about  20  feet 
water  off  the  Southern  side  of  the  shoal.  The  Narrows  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  W.  by  N.  nearly ;  distance  about  1  mile. 
Boston  Lighthouse  NE. ;  distance  ^  mile.  Nash's  Rock  lies 
nearly  mid-channel,  and  may  be  left  on  either  hand  passing  in. 

Kelp  Ledges, 

These  Ledges,  which  have  from  10  to  12  feet  water  upon  them 
at  Low  Tide,  lie  nearly  on  a  line  and  also  about  midway  between 
Boston  and  Narrows  Lighthouses  ;  they  are  not  marked  with  buoys 
at  this  date.  In  sailing  i  p  the  Lighthouse  Channel,  these  Ledgea 
are  left  on  the  starboard  hand. 

Toddy  Mocks, 

These  Rocks  extend  off  about  J^  mile  in  a  Northerly  direction 
from  the  base  of  Nantasket  Hill.  At  a  distance  of  ^X  mile  from 
the  shore  there  are,  at  Low  Tide,  not  more  than  2  or  3  feet  water 
upon  some  of  them.    A  Black  Buoy  (No.  1),  which  marks  their 


•  nii>» 


82 


4t 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


^itl:  li; 


:P 


ii! 


position,  is  placed  in  20  feet  water,  on  the  Northern  side  of  the 
Ledge.  This  Buoy  bears  SW.  ^  W.  from  Boston  Lighthouse  ; 
distance  about  l}i  mile.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the 
port  hand.  -.  , 

HunPs  Ledge,  ^ 

N.NE.  about  Ys  mile  from  the  Black  Buoy  off  Toddy  Rocks,  a 
Buoy  will  be  seen  painted  in  Red  and  Black  horizontal  Stripes. 
This  Buoy  lies  upon  Hunt's  Ledge,  which  has  about  10  feet  water 
upon  it- at  Low  Tide,  and  bears  about  SW.  by  W.  from  Boston 
Lighthouse  ;  distance  1  mile.  Between  the  Buoys  off  Toddy  Rocks 
and  Hunt's  Ledge  there  is  a  good  channel  of  from  4  to  5  fathoms 
water. 

Centurion  Rocks, 

These  Rocks,  upon  which  there  are  about  12  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide,  exteiul  NW.  and  SE. :  they  are  marked  with  two  Buoys, 
one  Red,  the  other  Black.  The  Red  Buo}*  (No.  2)  is  placed  on  the 
Southeast  end  of  the  Ledge,  and  bears  from  Boston  Lighthouse 
W.SW. ;  distance  l^o  mile.  From  Narrows  Lighthouse,  SE.  % 
S. ;  distance  about  J^  mile.  The  BiackBuo}'  (No.  5)  is  placed  on 
the  Northwest  end  of  it,  and  bears  from  Narrows  Lighthouse  SE. 
1^  S. ;  distance  ^4  mile.  These  Buoys,  in  sailing  up  the  main 
Ship  Channel,  are  both  left  on  the  port  hand. 

George's  Island  Rocks, 

These  Rocks  extend  off  nearly  Vt,  mile  from  the  Eastern  part  of 
George's  Island,  and  are  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy  (No.  7),  which 
is  placed  on  the  Eastern  part  of  them  in  18  feet  water.  Narrows 
Lighthouse  bears  N.  j!i(  E.  ;  distance  about  400  3-ards  from  this 
Buoy.  Between  the  last-mentioned  Buoy  and  the  two  Buoys  on 
the  Centurion  there  is  a  Channel  of  about  4  fathoms  water. 

False  SiHt  Reacon, 

A  little  more  than  }{  mile  in  an  Easterly  direction  from  the 
Narrows  Lighthouse  is  a  Beacon,  which  marks  the  Southeast  part 
of  a  Sand  Bar,  called  "  False  Spit."  In  passing  in,  this  Beacon  is 
left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


2f arrows  Lighthotise, 

This  Lighthouse  is  erected  on  the  extreme  Southwest  part  of  the 
Sand  Spit,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  main  Ship  Channel, 


,;;.. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Mv 


33 


nearly  opposite  Fort  "Warren,  and  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light.  In 
order  to  avoid  the  shoal  water  extending  from  George's  Island, 
vessels  bound  up  through  the  Narrows  should  keep  near  to  this 
Lighthouse. 

LovelVs  Island, 

Tiie  Southeast  part  of  this  Island  lies  ]^  mile  Northwesterly 
from  the  Narrows  Lighthouse,  and  the  Island  also  lies  on  the 
Northeasterly  side  of  the  Narrows.  It  is  bold  on  its  Southwestern 
side,  but  long  Ledges,  and  a  Shoal  called  "  Seventy-four  Bar,"  ex- 
tend from  its  Northern  and  Northwestern  parts.  A  Red  Buoy 
(No.  10)  marks  the  Northwestern  part  of  this  bar,  which,  in  passing 
in,  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.       ■  ■       •  • 

Galloujt's  Island, 

This  Island  lies  on-  the  Western  side  of  the  Narrows,  nearly 
opposite  Lovell's  Island  :  its  sea-face  is  protected  from  the  force  of 
the  waves  1)3-  a  granite  sea-wall  nearly  a  mile  in  length.  The  East- 
ern point  of  the  Island  is  bold,  but  Shoal  Water  extends  off  from 
it  in  a  Northerly  and  Northwesterly  direction.  A  Beacon,  painted 
Black,  is  erected  about  ^  mile  from  it,  which  will  be  seen  on  the 
port  when  sailing  up  the  Narrows.  This  is  called  "  Nix's  ]\tate 
Beacon."  Northeast  about  yi  mile  from  the  Beacon  is  placed  a 
Black  Buo3'  (No.  D),  which,  in  passing  in,  is  left  on  the  port  hand. 

Deer  Island. 

A  dry  Shoal  extends  off  about  J<(  mile  in  a  Southerl}'  direction 
from  tliis  Island,  upon  the  South  end  of  which  is  erected  a  Beacon, 
which  is  painted  Red,  and  bears  from  Long  Island  Lighthouse*  N. 
by  E.  ?4  E.  ;  distance  about  s^  mile.  In  passing  in,  this  Beacon 
is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Long  and  Spectacle  Islands, 

These  Islands  are,  both  quite  bold  on  their  Northern  parts.  Shoal 
Water  extends  olf  in  a  Northerly  direction  about  200  yards  from 
the  first-mentioned  Island,  and  about  the  same  distance  from  the 
latter. 

President  Roads. 

There  is  good  anchorage  between  the  Lower  Middle,  Governor's 
Island  Flats,  and  Apple  Island  Flats  on  the  North,  Deer  Island 

*  Long  laland  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 


34 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


im\\ 


on  the  East,  Long  and  Spectacle  Islands  on  the  South,  and  Castle 
Island  on  the  West.  The  above  anchorage  is  called  "  President 
Roads." 

Lower  3Hddle, 
A  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  of  Fort  Independence  (Castle 
Island)  is  the  Lower  Middle,  some  parts  of  which  are  bare  at  Low 
Water.  This  shoal  extends  E.SE.  and  W.NW.  about  1  mile, 
and  is  marked  with  two  Red  Buoy's,  one  of  which  is  placed  on  its 
Southeast  part,  the  other  on  the  Northwest  part.  The  Red  Buoy 
(No.  G)  on  the  Southeast  part  of  it,  bears  from  Long  Island  Light- 
house NW.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  distance  1}^  miles.  From  Deer  Is- 
land Beacon  W.  J4  N. ;  distance  1}4  miles.  From  Black  Buoy 
(No.  9),  off  Nix's  Mate,  W.  by  N.  %  N. ;  distance  2  miles.  The 
Red  Buoy  (No.  10),  upon  the  upper  part  of  Lower  Middle,  bears 
from  the  wharf  at  Fort  Independence  E.  by  N.  J^  N.  ;  distance  }^ 
mile.  Between  the  Lower  Middle  and  Governor's  Island  Flats  is 
a  narrow  Channel  having  from  3%  to  5  fathoms  water  in  it.  Stran- 
gers should  not  attempt  to  go  through  this  passage. 

Castle  Isla/nd  Rocks  and  Shoals, 

Shoal  Water  extends  off  in  ever}'  direction  from  this  Island,  ex- 
cepting its  Northeast  part,  which  is  quite  bold.  Southeast,  about 
yi  mile  from  the  Island,  is  placed,  in  18  feet  water,  a  Black  Nun 
Buoy  (No.  7),  which  bears  from  Long  Island  Light  W.  by  N. 
^  N. ;  distance  2}i  miles.  From  Black  Buoy  (No.  9)  off  Nix's 
Mate,  W.  by  N.  ]4-  N. ;  distance  2^  miles.  A  short  distance  to 
the  westward  of  this  Buoy,  upon  some  of  the  rocks,  there  is  but 
little  water.  Vessels  beating  up,  when  abreast  of  this  Buo}', 
should  keep  to  the  Eastward  of  a  line  drawn  from  the  Buoy  to  the 
Western  part  of  Governor's  Island.  This  precaution  should  be 
strictly  adhered  to  until  more  than  half-way  from  the  Buoy  to  the 
wharf  *  off  Northeast  part  of  the  Fort. 

State  Ledge. 

On  the  Northern  side  of  the  Channel,  nearl.y  opposite  (and  bear- 
hig  NE.  by  E.  '4  E.  from  Black  Buoy,  No.  7,  off  Castle  Island), 
is  a  Red  Nun  Buoy  (No.'  8),  which  is  placed  a  short  distance  South 
of  the  Ledge,  which  has  but  3  or  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

♦  The  outer  part  of  this  wharf  is  in  sixteen  feet  water. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


35 


Governor's  Island  Flats. 

These  Flats  extend  Southwesterly  about  ^  mile  from  the  South- 
ern point  of  the  Island.  Some  parts  of  them  are  bare  at  Low  Tide. 
A  Red  Buoy  (No.  12),  placed  in  15  feet  water,  marks  the  Southwest 
end  of  this  Shoal.  The  wharf  at  Fort  Independence  bears  fVom 
this  Buoy,  SW.  by  S'  %  S. ;  distance  about  ^  mile.  This  last- 
mentioned  Buoy,  and  also  the  two  Red  Buoys  on  Northwest  part  of 
Lower  Middle  and  State  Ledge,  lie  nearly  on  a  line.  Beating  up 
the  harbor,  vessels  should  not  pass  to  the  Eastward  of  this  line. 

Upper  Middle, 

From  the  Northern  part  of  Castle  Island,  Shoal  Water  extends 
in  a  Northwesterl}'  direction,  nearly  two  miles,  forming  what  is 
known  as  South  Boston  and  Dorchester  Flats.  About  J^  mile 
N.NW.  from  the  wharf  at  Fort  Independence  is  a  small  spot  of 
3  feet  water  at  Low  Tide ;  this  spot  is  called  the  Upper  Middle. 
Strictly  speaking,  this  Shoal  is  not  a  Middle  Ground,  as  there  is  not 
any  Channel  to  the  westward  of  it.  The  above-mentioned  spot, 
called  the  "  Upper  Middle,"  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy  (No.  9), 
which  is  placed  a  short  distance  from  its  Eastern  part.  This  Buoy 
bears  N.NW.  about  j4  mile  from  the  wharf  at  Fort  Independence. 

Governor's  Island  Northivest  Flats, 

These  Flats  extend  about  %  mile  in  a  Westerly  direction  from 
the  Northwest  part  of  Governor's  Island.  A  Blpok  Buoy  (No.  7) 
is  placed  on  the  Northwest  part  of  these  flats,  which,  in  passing  in, 
is  left  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


Slate  Ledge. 

About  half-way  from  the  Buoy  on  the  Upper  Middle  to  the  city  is 
a  Black  Buoy  (No.  11),  This  Buoy  lies  in  17  feet  water,  upon  the 
Northeastern  part  of  this  Ledge,  some  parts  of  which  are  bare  at 
very  Low  Tides.  There  is  no  passage  to  the  Westward  of  this 
Buoy  excepting  at  High  Water,  and  then  for  only  light-draught 
vessels. 


t 


KLDIUOGr/a  COAST   PILOT 


Bit  Mahi  Ship  Chaintih 

Sailing  Dirootions  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in 
Day-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Wlicn  Ciipo  (\nl  llij;;hliuitl  IJj^lit  boars  SW.,  nl)()iit,  .'5  or  -1  inilos 
distimco,  tlic  cDUiso  to  Hosfon  Li<;lit  (iit  this  dale,  1^7',)  *)  is  NW. 
l>v  W^.  ].{  W^. ;  (listiiiu'o  J'i  miles.  If  Ihcro  bo  no  doviiilion  ft'om 
this  course,  Minot's  l,i«i'lit,  will  bo  lolY  nbout,  1 '  j  inilos  to  tiio  Wost- 
Avnrd.  As  soon  ns  IJoston  lii;;litiiouso  is  niiido,  briiijif  it  to  bonr 
NW.  by  W.  '.).'  W.,  and  run  for  it.  On  this  conrso  tho  JJoU  Jhioy 
oil' Ilnrdinji's  l.od}j;o  will  \w  loll  about  Jj  niilo  to  tho  AVostward. 
Continuo  tho  ooursoNW.  by  W.  ].{.  W.  for  tho  Ll;.;hlhouso,  until 
I'oint  Allortonf  boars  SAV.  by  W^.  Hoston  lii^hlhouso  will  then 
bo  distant  about  1'^  milo.  Tiio  oourso  to  ontor  tho  Li>i;hlhouso 
Channol  is  tlu>n"W.  ?4  N..  loavinj;  tho  lloacon  and  IJlack  Ihio^'oll' 
Point  AUorlon  about  yl  niilo  on  tl»o  Tort  hand.  In  sailiujjf  up  tlio 
Channol,  you  will  aoo  on  tho  Starboanl  bow  tho  Ivod  Buoj'  (No.  fi) 
on  Nash's  Kook,  whirh  is  loH  on  tho  Starboard  hand ;  you  will  also 
800  on  tho  l*ort,  tho  Ulaok  Buoy  on  Toddy  Hooks,  tho  horizontal- 
Ptripoil  Huoy  on  Hunt's  Lodgo,  tho  two  lUioys  on  tho  Conturion, 
ono  Blai'k  tho  othor  Hod,  anil  noarly  ahoad  tho  Ulaok  Buoy  off  tho 
Southoast  part  of  (Joor^o's  Ishuul :  all  those  last-niontionod  Uuoya 
nro  loll  on  tho  l\)rt  hand.  Continuo  tho  oourso  W.  }^  N.  until 
tho  Narrows  Liohthouso  boars  NW.  ^'4  W^. ;  run  for  it  on  this 
courso :  give  tho  Lighthouse  a  small  borth  of  about  lAO  yards, 
loftving  it  on  tho  Starbounl  hand,  and  run  nbout  NW.  li  W. 
with  tho  oastorn  point  of  (inlloup's  Island  on  tho  Port  bow.  In 
fiaUimj  this  lit/tt  coio'so  from  Barron's  Liijht  to  LorelFs  laliDid, 
jHirticular  attciitiou  must  he  given  to  the  scttiiiifofthc  Cnrirnt,  c.s'/x'- 
ciixlh/  with  litfht  winds.  The  Flood  sets  in  strong  through  Bhwk  Rock 
Channel  J  on  to  Getmjo's  Island^  ichih'  the  Ebb  sets  out  strong 
through  this  channel.    Through  the  Narrows  tho  Flood,  during  a 


*  Tho  vRriiitlon  of  Compass  nt  Caiio  Cod  llighlnnil  Light  in  1808  was  6°  30' 
"W.    It  is  now  (1S7H)  12-^  00  W. 

t  Tliis  liojuUiintl  i>r  point  is  on  the  Sonth  side  of  tho  entrance  to  the  Main 
Sliip  CItannol.     It  is  a  bare  hill  115  feet  high. 

{  The  passage  between  Narrows  Lighthouse  and  Southeast  part  of  Lovell's 
Island  is  ealled  Blaek  Koek  Cliannel.  A  ledge  lies  nearly  midway  the  pas- 
sage, having  at  very  low  tides  but  7  feet  water  upon  it. 


'   I 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


37 


part  of  its  period,  sots  to  the  Sotithwanl,  but  is  not  strong;  tlie 
KI)I),  wliieli  is  f^tronj;,  sets  to  tlio  Nortliwnrd  tlu'ougli  tliis  last- 
iii('iili()iu'«l  placi'.  W'luMi  ahrcaHl  of  tlic  caateni  part  of  (Jalloiip's 
Islniid,  llio  coiirHO  is  alxnit  NW.  by  N.,  Iit'('l*'"{5  nearest  to  Lov- 
oll's  Island,  wliioii  is  (piilo  bold.  As  you  sail  llirouglj  the  NaiTowa, 
vou  win  sec,  on  tlie  port,  Nix's  Mate  Ileaooii,  and  the  lUack  IJuoy 
No.  1),  and  also,  on  tlio  starboard,  tlie  lied  Buoy  No.  8,  on  Seventy- 
Four  Mar.  lAMive  the  lliack  lUioy  oil"  Nix's  Mate  a  short  distance 
to  the  Westward,  and  rin»  NW.  for  Doer  Island  IJcaeon,  about /s 
nillo,  or  until  Long  Island  Light  bears  W.SW.  From  this  last 
point  make  good  tlio  course  W.  ^  N.  until  you  see  the  Black 
Buoy  No.  7,  which  lies  off  Southeast  from  Castle  Island :  you  will 
also  800  the. Rod  IJiioy  No.  8,  which  lies  on  State  Lodge.  Pass 
about  midway  botweoii  the  two  last-mentioned  buoys,  and  steer 
al)out  NW.  K  N.,  keeping  the  Black  Buoy  No.  9,  on  the  Upper, 
JMitUllo,  u  little  on  the  Port  bow.  On  this  last  course  you  will  see 
the  two  Hod  Buoys,  Nos.  10  and  12,  on  NW.  part  of  Lower  Mid- 
dle an<l  oil"  (iovornor's  Ishuid,  both  of  which  are  loft  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  When  abreast  of  Black  Buoy  No.  9,  on  Upi)er  Middle 
(which  must  bo  left  about  fifty  yards  to  the  Westward),  for  the 
deepest  water  make  good  the  course  NW.  %  N.,  about  }^.  mile, 
leaving  a  Red  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  abreast  of  this  last-mentioned  buoy,  steer  NW.  by  W.  for 


t'ae  anchorage. 


Hy  Main  Ship  Channel. 


Vessels  approaching  Boston  Harbor  at  Night  will  find  the  fol- 
lowing diroctions  best  adapted  to  winds  from  East  to  Southwest 
by  the  way  of  South. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  the 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Run  NW.  by  W.  %  W.  from  Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light)  as 
before  directed.  As  soon  as  Boston  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
NW.  by  W.  }{  W.,  and  run  for  it.  On  this  course  Minot's 
Light  will  be  left  about  1  yi  mile  to  the  Westward.  Continue  the 
course  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.  for  the  Light,  until  the  Narrows 
Light  (Red)  is  in  range  with  Long  Island  Light,  bearing  NW.  by 


88 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


'!!. 


1   i,. 


W.  %  W. ;  then  run  in  on  this  range  *  until  Boston  Light  bears 
NW. :  3"ou  are  then  about  imlf-way  from  tlie  Beacon  on  Harding's 
Ledge  to  Blaclt  Buoy  off  Point  Allerton,  and  must  run  a  little  more 
Northerly  (NW.  by  W.  >^  W.)>  keeping  the  Red  Light  on  Spit  a 
little  open  to  the  Westward  of  Long  Island  Light  in  order  to  clear 
Point  Allerton  Ledge.  When  Boston  Light  bears  N.  by  W.  J^  W., 
you  are  then  on  a  line  with  the  Light  and  Point  Allerton  Buoy,  and 
must  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N-  until  the  Narrows  Light 
bears  NW.  ^  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  run  for  it,  leav- 
ing it  about  75  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  then  make  allowance 
for  the  current  as  before  directed.  From  this  last-mentioned  light 
to  East  point  of  Galloup's  Island  the  course  is  NW.  yi  W. ;  but 
at  night  the  eye  must  be  the  pilot  through  the  Narrows  to  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Nix's  Mate,  It  is  therefore  recommended  to  keep  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Eastern  part  of  Galloup's  Island,  and  also  the 
Southern  part  of  Lovell's  Island,  both  of  which  are  bold.  When 
abreast  of  the  Eastern  point  of  Galloup's  Island,  keep  nearest  to 
Lovell's  Island.  When  abreast  of  Black  Buoy  off  Nix's  Mate,  run 
NW.  until  Long  Island  Light  bears  W.SW. ;  then  make  good  the 
course  W.  J^  N.,  until  Long  Island  Light  bears  E.  by  S.  ^  S. ; 
on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  W.  by  N.  ?^  N.,t  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  off  Castle  Island.  In  running  this  last 
course,  use  the  lead,  and  as  soon  as  the  water  shoals  to  3J^  fathoms 
at  low  tide  (which  will  be  five  fathoms  at  high  tide),  you  are  then 
close  aboard  of  the  Buoy,  and  must  steer  N.  by  W.  yi  W.,  about 
%  mile,  then  about  NW.  %  N.,  until  up  with  the  Black  Buoy  on 
the  Upper  Middle.  Running  the  two  last  courses,  do  not  go  into 
less  than  4  fathoms  water.  When  abreast  of  the  buoy  on  the 
Upper  Middle,  continue  the  course  NW.  %  N.  about  ^  mile,  then 
run  NW.  by  W.  for  the  anchorage :  upon  the  last  two  courses 
use  the  lead,  and  do  not  go  into  less  than  3  fathoms. 

*  In  running  in  with  Long  Island  and  Narrows  Light  in  range,  the  Beacon 
on  Harding's  Ledge  will  be  left  .ibout  y^  mile  to  the  Westward.  This  range 
also  leads  to  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  on  Eight  Foot  Bock,  off  Point  Allerton. 

t  If  there  be  no  error  in  the  compass,  this  course  W.  by  N.  /4  N.  from  Long 
Island  Light  leads  direct  to  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Southeast  from  Castle 
Island. 


..  -fj; 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


39 


By  Main   Ship   Channel* 

Sailing  Directions  from.  Cape  Ann  to  Boston  in 
Da3rtime,  with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

Bring  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  to  bear  NE.  ^  E.,  distance 
about  two  miles,  on  which  bearing  keep  them,  and  run  SW.  X 
W.  for  Point  Allerton  ;  distance  22  miles.  If  there  be  no  devia- 
tion from  this  course.  East  Point  Light  will  be  left  about  1)4  miles 
to  the  Northwestward,  Halfway  Rock  2^  miles,  and  Whistling 
Buoy  off  the  Graves,  1^  miles  to  the  Northward.  You  will  also 
sec  the  Red  Buoys  on  Martin's  and  Boston  Ledges,  which  arc  both 
left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the  course  for  Point  Allerton 
(bearing  SW.  %  W.)  until  Boston  Lighthouse  bears  W.  >4  N., 
then  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S.,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

At  night,  in  fair  weather,  bring  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  to  bear 
NE.  %■  N.,  distance  3  or  4  miles,  and  run  SW.  %  S.  If  this 
course  be  made  good,  the  following  dangers — Halfway  Rock, 
Gyaves,  Martin's,  and  Boston  Ledges —  will  all  be  left  a  good  dis- 
tance on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  Boston  Light  bears  W.NW. 
make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  for  the  Lighthouse  Channel, 
taking  care  to  keep  the  Narrows  Light  (Red)  just  open  to  the  West- 
ward of  Long  Island  Light,  until  Boston  Light  bears  N.  by  W. 
J4  W.,  then  follow  the  directions  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  the 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather.  To  guide  the 
mariner  in  thick  weather  (at  this  date,  1878,)  there  is  placed  near 
the  Lighthouses  at  Thatchei-'s  Island  a  Steam  Whistle  ;  at  Eastern 
Point,  a  Fog  Bell ;  off  the  Graves,  a  Whistling  Buoy ;  and  at  Boston 
Lighthouse,  an  Air  Trumpet,  all  of  which  are  sounded  in  Thick 
weather.  The  ear,  therefore,  assisted  by  the  compass  and  lead, 
will  be  the  pilot  from  Cape  Ann  to  Boston  Light,  when  the  other 
Lights  cannot  be  seen.  . 

Broad  Sound, 

Dangers  in  entering  Boston  Harbor  through  this 

Sound. 

The  Graves. 

In  sailing  into  Broad  Sound,  these  Dangerous  Rocks  are  left  on 
"      '      '      (See  description  of  Graves^  p.  29,  &q.) 


the  Port  hand. 


40 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


iT-i !! 


MaffiVs  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  on  which  there  are  18  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  bears 
NW.  by  N.  J4  N.  from  Green  Island,*  distance  ^  mile.  It  is 
not  buoj'ed  at  thjs  date  (1878),  and  Light-Draught  Vessels  pay  no 
attentiori  to  it  passing  into  this  Sound. 

Commissioner's  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  on  which  there  are  15  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is  not 
buoyed  at  this  date  (1878).  It  bears  from  the  Northern  point  of 
Green  Island  NW.  by  W.  }4  W.,  distance  about  J^  mile.  In 
sailing  into  Broad  Sound,  this  Ledge  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

IteviVs  Back, 

This  Ledge,  which  in  several  places  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends 
about  300  yards  in  a  NE.  by  N.  and  SW.  by  S.  direction.  It  is 
marked  with  a  Black  Can  Buo}-  (No.  1),  which  is  placed  on  the 
Northern  side  of  the  Ledge.  Long  Island  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  W.  by  S-  %  S.,  distance  2^  miles  ;  Northern  part  of  Green 
Island,  E.  y2  S.,  distance  about  y^  mile.  The  Eastern  part  of 
these  Rocks  u^e  very  bold,  and  5  fathoms  water  was  found  within  a 
stone's-throw  of  them.  From  the  Eastward,  in  thick  weather, 
bound  into  the  Sound,  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  no  warning  in  ap- 
proaching them. . 

AldeHclge's  Ledge. 

Which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked  with  a 
Black  Can  Buoy  (No.  3),  which  is  placed  on  the  Northwest  part  of 
it.  Long  Island  Light  bears  from  this  buoy  W.  by  S.  %  S.,  dis- 
tance 2^  miles;  Narrows  Light  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  distance  ly 
miles. 

Strangers  beating  into  the  Sound  should  not  pass  to  the  East- 
ward of  this  buoy. 

■  •   '     ' 

Ham  Head  Reef, 

From  the  Northeastern  part  of  LovcU's  Island  a  Reef  extends  off 
about  ]/2  mile  in  a  NE.  b}-  N.  direction.  Some  carts  of  this  Shoal 
are  bare  at  Low  Tide.  It  is  marked  with  a  Black  Can  Buoy  (No.  5) , 
which  is  placed  off  its  Northeast  point.     Long  Island  Light  bears 

*  Coming  from  the  Northeastward,  bound  into  Broad  Sound,  this  is  the 
first  Island  met  with  on  the  South  side  of  the  Channel. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


41 


from  tliia  Buoj- W.  hy  S.  J4  S.,  distance  about  1}4  miles ;  Narrows 
Li<'-ht,  S-  ji  "Ej.-i  distance  1}^  mile.  From  the  Black  Buoy  on  the 
Devil's  Back  to  the  Black  Buoy  off  Ram  Head  Reef,  the  channel  is 
narrow,  and  vessels  beating  into  Broad  Sound  at  Low  Tide  should 
not  stand  but  a  short  distance  to  the  Northwest,  until  after  passing 
Ram  Head  Buoy.  The  lead  gives  but  little  warning  in  approach- 
ing this  Reef. 


Great  Fawn  Bar. 

This  Bar  extends  off  from  the  middle  of  Deer  Island  in  an  East- 
erly direction  more  than  l}4  miles,  and  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  about 
^  mile  from  the  shore.  Upon  the  Eastern  end  of  this  part  a 
Beacon  is  erected,  which  is  painted  red,  and  has  a  square  granite 
base  surmounted  by  a  granite  cap,  with  iron  spindle  and  cage. 
This  Beacon  bears  from  Whistling  Buoy,  off  the  Graves,  about  W. 
%  S.,  distance  3^  miles;  from  Nahant  Head  SW.  b}'  S.,  dis- 
tance 4:}(  miles.  About  E.SE.,  J4  mile  from  the  Beacon,  is  placed 
in  about  13  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  a  Red  Can  Buo}-  (No.  ?>, 
which  is  intended  to  mark  the  deepest  water  across  this  Bar.  From 
}(  to  yz  mile  in  an  Easterly  direction  from  the  Buoy  there  are  sev- 
eral shoal  spots  of  from  10  to  12  feet  water.  Tliis  Buoy  bears  from 
Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  W.  ^  S.,  distance  3^  miles  ;  Long 
Island  Light  from  it,  SW.  %  W..  distance  1}^  miles.  Passing 
in,  this  Buoy  is  left  about  25  j-ards  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


Little  Fawn  Bar. 

This  Shoal  extends  off  about  E.  bj-  b.  l^i  miles  from  the  South- 
ern part  of  Deer  Island,  and  is  dr}'  at  Low  Tide  about  3^  mile  from 
the  shore.  About  200  yards  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Dr}-  Bar,  in  13 
feet  water,  is  placed  a  Red  Can  Buoy  (No.  4) ,  which  is  intended  to 
mark  the  deepest  water  at  Low  Tide  (13  feet)  across  the  Bar. 
About  2r)0  yards  East  from  the  Buoj'  there  are  10  feet  water,  and 
E.  by  S.  Ys  mile  but  8  feet.  This  last  spot  is  called  the  Middle 
Ground,  and  bears  from  the  Red  Buoy  on  Ram  Head  Reef  N.  by 
W.  }(  mile.  Long  Island  Light  bears  from  the  Buoy  on  Little 
Fawn  Bar  SW.  }i  S.,  distance  l}i  miles  ;  Beacon  off  South  Point 
of  Deer  Island,  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  distance  ^  mile. 


42 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Remarks. 

In  entering  Boston  Harbor  by  the  way  of  this  Sound,  there  are 
two  passages,  called  the  North  and  South  Channels.  The  North 
Channel,  which  is  marked  with  two  Red  Can  Buoys,  is  across  Great 
and  Little  Fawn  Bars,  and  has  a  depth  of  about  12  feet  water  at 
Low  Tide.  The  South  Channel  (which  at  this  date  [1878]  is 
marked  with  three  Black  Can  Buoys)  has  a  depth  of  about  20  feet 
at  Low  Tide.  With  favorable  winds,  entering  Broad  Sound,  a  ves- 
sel cannot  sail  in  the  deepest  water  on  one  direct  course  for  Long 
Island  Light,  in  either  of  these  Channels. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Ann  to  Boston,  by 
the  way  of  South  Channel  (Broad  Sound),  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island  and  the  Londoner, 
will,  after  leaving  the  latter,  steer  SW.  J^  W.,  which  is  the  direct 
course  from  the  Londoner  to  the  Graves.  As  soon  as  Long  Island 
Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  run 
for  it.  On  this  last  course,  if  there  be  no  error  in  the  compass,  the 
Whistlnig  Buoy  off  the  Graves  will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand  about 
ys  mile  ;  and  as  j'ou  approach  nearer  Long  Island  Lighthouse,  you 
will  see  nearly  in  line  three  Black  Can  Buoys.  The  first  is  on  the 
Northern  part  of  Devil's  Back  ;  the  second  on  Northwestern  part  of 
Alderidge's  Ledge  ;  and  the  third  off  Rara  Head  Ledge.  Continue 
the  course  SW.  b}'  W.  ^  W.  for  the  Lighthouse,  until  the  first 
Black  Can  Buoj'  bears  S.  by  W. ;  then  steer  more  Southorl}-,  leav- 
ing, the  three  Black  Buoys  about  150  yards  on  the  Port  hand.*  On 
these  courses  you  will  have  a  depth  of  not  less  than  20  feet  water 
at  Low  Tide.  When  abreast  the  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off  Rara 
Head  Reef,  make  guod  the  course  W.  by  ^.  %  S.,  until  Nix's  Mate 
Beacon  bears  S.  by  E. ;  then  follow  the  directions  for  Main  Ship 
Channel  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  Daytime,  with  fair  weather. 
The  Southern  Channel  of  Broad  Sound  is  perfectly  safe  for  vessels 
of  20  feet  draught,  but  should  not  be  attempted  by  strangoi's  in 
large  or  heavy-draught  vessels  when  tlie  Buoys  cannot  be  seen. 

*  Tlie  current  of  Ebb  between  the  Buoys  on  Ram  Head  Ledge  and  Alde- 
ridge's Ledge  sets  strong  to  the  Eastward ;  thcri-fore,  with  light  winds,  bound 
out  or  in,  caro  must  be  taken  not  to  be  carried  on  to  Alderidge's  Ledge. 


I!  \t 


-N.  •', 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


43 


Directions  for  Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  or  11 
feet  draught,  entering  Broad  Sound  in  thick 
weather. 

Havino'  made  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves,  bring  it  to  bear 
B.  by  N.,  about  J^  mile  distant,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by 
S. ;  when  the  water  shoals  to  3^  fathoms,  at  Low  Tide,  Long 
Island  Light  will  bear  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  distance  2^  miles. 
From  tliis  last  point  steer  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  which  course  made 
good,  leads  across  Fawn  Bars,  in  about  11  feet  water  at  Low  Tide, 
into  the  Ship  Channel.  It  is,  however,  advisable  for  vessels  of 
more  than  10  feet  draught  to  wait,  if  possible,  until  at  least  ys 
flood  before  running  in  upon  these  courses.  In  running  W.  by  S. 
in  thick  weather,  from  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  until 
you  shoal  to  3j^  fathoms  water,  it  is  highly  important  that  allow- 
ance should  be  made  for  the  Tide,  which  rises  and  falls  about  1}4 
fathoms  at  this  place.  It  must  be  evident,  therefore,  that  3^ 
fathoms,  at  ji  flood  becomes  4  fathoms,  at  ^3  flood  4^^,  and  at 
high  water  5  fathoms.  The  judicious  mariner  will  therefore  make 
allowance  for  this  rise  and  fall  as  circumstances  require,  before 
running  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.  into  the  Harbor,  or  Ship  Channel. 


Directions  for  approaching  Nantasket  Roads  in 

thick  Weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught  from  the  Eastward, 
making  or  hearing  the  Whistling  Buoy  olf  the  Graves,  may  bring  it 
to  bear  N.  by  E.,  distance  ^/^  mile,  and  make  good  the  course  S. 
by  W.  2^  miles,  or  until  the  Fog  vSignal  at  Boston  Lighthouse 
bears  W.  by  N. ;  the  course  is  then  W.  %  S.  into  the  Roads. 
In  running  this  last  course,  the  ear,  assisted  by  the  compass  and 
lead,  will  be  the  pilot.  The  course  made  good  S.  by  W.  from 
Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves,  passes  ji  mile  to  the  Westward  of 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Martin's  Ledge,  }i  mile  to  the  Eastward 
of  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  Boston  Ledge,  and  1^  miles  to  the  East- 
ward of  Boston  Lighthouse. 


u 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Ann  to  Boston,  by 
the  way  of  North  Channel  (Broad  Sound),  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island  and  the  Londoner  * 
will,  after  leaving  the  latter,'  run  SW.  J4  W.  for  Long  Island 
Light ;  if  the  course  is  made  good,  Halfway  Rock  will  be  left  about 
134^  miles  to  the  Westward,  and  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves 
about  the  same  distance  to  the  Eastward.  As  soon  as  Long  Island 
Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  £,W.  J^  W.,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  bearing.  As  you  approach  it,  you  will  see  directly-  ahead 
a  Red  Can  Buoy,  No.  2,  which  marks  the  deepest  water  (about  12 
feet  at  Low  Tide)  across  Great  Fawn  Bar.  Pass  close  to  this 
Buoy,  leaving  it  to  the  Westward,  and  run  y^  mile  SW.  by  W.  >^ 
W.  for  Red  Can  Buoy  No.  4,  on  Little  Fawn  Bar.  This  last  Buoy 
marks  the  deepest  water  (about  12  feet  at  Low  Tide)  across  the 
Bar,  and  must  also  be  left  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward. 
When  abreast  of  it,  make  good  the  course  SW.  for  Long  Island 
Light,  and  proceed  according  to  directions  before  given. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Ann  to  Boston  (by 
way  of  Broad  Sound)  in  the  Night-time,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

When  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  bear  W.NW.,  distance  about  3 
miles,  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W.  }{  W.,  and  as  soon  as 
Long  Island  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  W.,  and  run 
for  it  on  this  bearing.  Continue  this  course  until  the.  Light  is  dis- 
tant about  J^  mile ;  then  proceed  according  to  directions  before 
given  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  at  Night-time. 

Although  this  bearing  SW.  by  W.  for  Long  Island  Light 
crosses  both  Great  and  Little  Fawn  Bars,  where  there  is,  in  some 
places,  not  more  than  1 1  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  yet  I  consider  it 
the  safest  course  for  strangers  at  Night,  in  vessels  of  not  more  than 
10  feet  draught.  If  there  should  be  a  heav}'  sea  on  the  Bars,  it  is 
recommended  to  wait  until  about  half  flood,  when  14  feet  may  be 


•  The  Londoner  is  a  dangerous  Ledge,  dry  at  low  tide,  and  extends  in  !i 
NE.  by  N.  and  SW.  by  S.  direction  about  i  mile.  It  is  marked  with  an  Iron 
Spindle  45  feet  higli,  with  an  Octagonal  Cage  on  top.  This  Spindle  bears 
fVoni  the  Northern  Lighthouse  on  Thatcher's  Island  S£. ;  distance  i  mile 
nearly.  .  - 


-A.' 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  46 

carried  on  this  course  over  them  without  danger.  From  J^  to  J4 
flood,  at  Night,  you  may  beat  safely  into  Broad  Sound  if  your  ves- 
sel does  not  draw  over  12  feet  water,  with  Long  Island  Light  bear- 
ing from  SW.  Vz  W.  to  SW.  by  W.  Yz  W. 


Nantasket  Roads  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  • 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  Point  AUerton,  about  100  j'ards 
to  the  Southward,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  for  the 
Horizontal-Striped  Buoy  off  Northern  part  of  Hunt's  Ledge  ;  leave 
this  last-mentic  ned  Buoy  a  few  yards  to  the  Southward,  and  run  W. 
J^  S.  until  Long  Island  Lighthouse  is  well  open  to  the  Westward 
of  George's  Island ;  then  haul  up  for  it,  bearing  NW.  J^  N.,  and 
run  in,  under  short  sail,  midwaj*  between  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1, 
off  Eastern  part  of  Hospital  Shoal  and  George's  Island,  and  anchor 
in  from  3^  to  5  fathoms  water,  the  Northwestern  part  of  George's 
Island  bearing  about  E-NE. 


Nantasket  Roads  at  Night,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  given  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  the 
Night,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather,  until  Boston  Light 
bears  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW. 
by  W.  %  W.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  on  the  Cen- 
turion. If  there  be  no  deviation  from  this  course,  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  on  Southeast  part  of  the  Centurion,  will  be  left  about  100 
yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  of  it,  steer  W.  by  S. 
%  S.,  until  Long  Island  Light  bears  NW.  j4  N. ;  then  run  for  it 
on  this  bearing  under  short  sail,  and  anchor  when  Boston  Light  is 
shut  in  behind  George's  Island,  in  from  3^  to  5  fathoms  water. 
I  running  in  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.  from  Boston  Light,  if  you 
s.  d  not  make  the  Buo}'  on  the  Centurion :  When  the  Narrows 
Liglit  bears  NW.  by  N.,  steer  W.  by  S.  }^  S.,  until  Long  Island 
Light  bears  NW.  >^  N. ;  then  proceed  as  before  directed.  Ves- 
sels from  the  Eastward  bound  into  Nantasket  Roads  may  bring  the 
Narrows  Light  to  bear  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
bearing,  until  Boston  Liglit  bears  NE.  by  E.  ^  E. ;  then  foUour 
the  directions  before  given.  In  Thick  weather,  at  Daytime, 
when  Boston  Lighthouse  cannot  be  seen,  the  ear,  assisted  by  the 


46 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


compass  and  eye,  will  be  the  pilot  into  Nantasket  Roads.  Vessels 
from  Nantasket  Roads  bound  to  the  city  may  pass  between  George's 
and  Galloup's  Island  into  the  Narrows. 

Pre8ident  Itoads, 

Jf  intending  to  anchor  in  these  Roads,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Broad  Sound  and  Main  Ship  Channel,  at  Night 
or  Day,  until  Long  Island  Light  bears  W.SW. ;  then  make  good 
the  course  W.  }^  N-  until  Long  Island  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  by 
E. ;  then  haul  in  SW.  by  S.,  and  anc?  >c  in  from  4J^  to  5% 
fathoms  water,  the  Light  bearing  about  E.  by  S.  }^  S. 

Back  or  Western  Way. 

The  entrance  to  this  Passage  is  between  the  Southwest  end  of 
Long  Island,  Moon  Head,  Thompson's  and  Spectacle  Islands. 


M 


H 


I 


Sailing  Directions  for  Back  or  Western  Way  in 
Dajrtimo,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  for  Nantasket  Roads  in  Daytime  until 
abreast  of  Red  Buo}'  No.  2,  on  Southeast  part  of  Centurion  ;  then  ' 
run  W.SW.  until  Long  Island  Lighthouse  is  well  open  to  the 
Westward  of  George's  Island,  bearing  NW.  J^  N. ;  then  run  for 
it  on  this  course,  passing  about  midwaj'  between  George's  Island 
and  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Eastern  part  of  Hospital  Shoal.  When 
the  South  part  of  George's  Island  bears  E.  by  S.,  make  good  the 
course  W.  by  N.  until  you  open  the  Passage  between  Rainsford 
Island  and  the  Southeast  point  of  Long  Island ;  then  steer  SW. 
by  W.,  keeping  about  midway  between  the  two  Islands.  Continue 
the  course  SW.  by  W.  until  the  Back  Wa}'  opens ;  then  steer 
N.NW.  through  the  Passage,  keeping  nearest  to  Long  and  Spec- 
tacle Islands.  When  the  Northern  part  of  the  last-mentioned 
Island  bears  E.  bj'  S.,  run  about  N.  until  abreast  of  Black  Buoy 
No.  7,  off  SE.  part  of  Castle  Island ;  then  proceed  according  to 
directions  before  given.  About  9  feet  water  can  be"  carried  thrt>ugb 
this  Channel  at  Low  Tide. 

Vessels  with  strong  NW.  winds  beating  up  the  Harbor  may,  on 
the  first  of  the  flood,  use  this  Channel;  and  vessels  with  SE. 
winds,  on  the  first  part  of  the  ebb,  beating  down  into  Nantasket 
Roads  or  to  sea,  should  make  use  of  this  Passage,  as  the  current  of 


if'l 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


47 


ebb  sets  strong  to  the  Northward  through  the  Narrows,  and  it 
requires  a  smart-working  vessel  to  beat  through  this  Passage  with 
SE.  winds  and  an  Ebb  Tide.  In  beating  through  the  Back  or 
Western  Passage,  the  deepest  water  will  be  found  nearest  Long 
and  Spectacle  Islands. 


Directions  between  Long  and  Spectacle  Islands. 

Vessels  with  NW.  winds  beating  up  the  Back  Wa}',  when 
abreast  of  the  SW.  end  of  Long  Island,  will  see  on  the  Eastern 
side  of  the  Channel  a  Ked  Buoy,  No.  2,  which  lies  off  the  SE.  part 
of  Sculpin  Ledge,*  and  is  intended  to  mark  the  Channel  between 
Long  and  Spectacle  Islands.  When  this  Buoy  is  in  range  with 
Long  Island  Light,  bearing  about  NE.  b}-  E.,  run  for  it,  leaving  it 
about  20  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  abreast  of  it,  make  good 
the  course  NE.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Hotel  Wharf 
about  }i  mile  to  the  Eastward.  When  this  last-mentioned  Buoy 
bears  SE.  by  S.,  haul  sharp  upon  the  wind  into  the  Main  Ship 
Channel.  About  12  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  carried  through 
between  Loiig  and  Spectacle  Islands.  This  last-mentioned  depth 
(12  feet)  is  about  SW.  by  W.  K  i^ile  from  the  Red  Buoy  off 
Sculpin  Ledge. 

The  space  between  Point  AUerton  and  Point  Shirlej'  is  full  of 
Islands ;  the  several  Channels  which  lead  into  Boston  Harbor  are 
between  them.  The  most  common  in  use  is  the  Main  Ship  Chan- 
nel, North  and  South  Broad  Sound  Channels,  and  Back  or  Western 
Way.  The  Hypocrite,  Black  Rock,  and  Shirley  Gut  Channels  are 
considered  as  being  too  intricate  for  strangers;  sailing  directions 
for  them  are,  therefore,  omitted. 


♦  Sculpin  Ledge  lies  about  half-way  and  nearly  on  a  line  between  the  SW. 
and  S.  points  of  Long  and  Spectacle  Islands.  It  is  a  long  Reef  extending 
E.SE.  and  W.NW.  nearly  400  yards.  Several  of  the  rocks  upon  it  are  awash 
at  low  tide.  A  Rod  Buoy,  No.  2,  is  placed  off  its  SE.  part.  In  beating  up  or 
down  the  Back  Way,  in  order  to  clear  this  ledge,  care  must  be  taken  to  keep 
Governor's  Island  open  to  the  westward  of  Spectacle  Island. 


iS 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST    PILOT. 


Hingham  Harbor. 

For  approaching  and  entering  tliis  Harbor,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Nantasket  Roads,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather,  when  the  eye,  assisted  by  the  compass,  is 
pilot. 

Bring  Boston  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  by  E.  %  E.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.  until  you  open  the 
Passage  called  Nantasket  Gut ;  *  then  run  through  this  Passage, 
keeping  nearest  Windmill  Point,  which  is  bold,  and  is  left  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  abreast  of  this  Point,  make  good  the  course  S. 
by  E.  }4  E.  to  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Bumkin  Island  Shoal,  which 
you  will  leave  about  75  3'ards  on  the  Port  hand.  From  this  Buoy 
steer  SE.  by  S.  }4  S.,  leaving  Bumkin  Island  (the  Western  point 
of  which  is  quite  bold)  about  150  yards  to  the  Eastward.  When 
abreast  of  this  Island  you  will  see  neai'l}'  ahead  two  Buo3'8,  one 
Black,  the  other  Red ;  leave  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2  about  20  yards  to 
the  W"estward,  and  run  S.  J^  W.  about  }{  mile ;  then  S.  b}'  E.  ^ 
E.,  for  Crow  Point  Wharf  (distance  about  j4  mile),  which  is  left 
about  150  yards  to  the  Westward.  When  abreast  of  this  wharf, 
you  will  see  nearly  ahead  a  Black  Buo}'  No.  3,  which  lies  on  the 
West  side  of  Channel  Rock.  Run  for  this  Buoy,  bearing  S.  by  E. 
5^  E.,  and  haul  rounl  it  at  a  distance  of  50  yards,  leaving  it  on 
the  Port  hand ;  then  run  E.  }(  S-  about  j4  mile,  and  anchor  be- 
tween Chandler's  and  Sailor's  Islands  in  from  2j4  to  S}4  fathoms 
at  Low  Tide.  About  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  at  Low  Tide 
from  Bumkin  Island  to  this  anchorage.  From  this  point  to  the 
town,  it  is  recommended  for  strangers  to  take  pilots,  as  the  Chan- 
nel is  both  narrow  and  crooked.  The  Channel  is  to  the  Eastward 
of  Sailor's  Island,  and  about  8  feet  water  at  this  date  (1878)  can 
be  carried  at  Low  Tide  to  the  first  wharf,  f 

*  The  passajje  between  Peddock's  Island  on  the  West  and  Windmill  Point  on 
the  East,  is  called  Nantasket  Gut.  The  entrance  to  this  Gut  bears  South  from 
George's  Island ;  distance  about  one  mile. 

t  In  entering  Hingham  Harbor,  three  small  Islands  will  be  seen  lying  appar- 
ently in  the  middle  of  the  passage.  Tiie  most  Northerly  of  these  is  called 
Chandler's  Island,  the  most  Westerly  Ragged  Island,  and  the  most  Easterly 
Sailor's  Island. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


48 


Quii^cy  or  Weymouth. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  and  entering 
Weymouth  Pore  River  in  Dasrtime,  with  favor- 
able Winds  and  fair  weather. 

After  passing  through  Nantasket  Gut,  according  to  directions  be- 
fore given  for  Hingham  Harbor,  bring  Windmill  Point  (which  is  on 
the  Eastern  side  of  the  Gut)  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  >^  N.,  on  wiiich 
bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW.  by  S.  j^  S.,  until  Pig  Rock  Beacon 
bears  SW.  by  W. ;  then  run  directly  for  it  on  this  course,  until 
midway  between  Prince  Head  on  the  Starboard,  and  Sheep  Island  * 
on  your  Port  hand  ;  then  run  for  the  Western  part  of  Grape  Island 
(which  is  quite  high),  bearing  S.  ^2  E.  On  this  last  course  Pig 
Rock  Beacon  will  be  left  about  ^  mile  to  the  Westward,  and  Sheep 
Island  about  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward.  Continue  the  course  S.  J4 
E.  for  the  Western  part  of  Grape  Island,  until  the  Western  part 
of  Sheep  Island  bears  NE.  J^  N.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and 
run  SW.  }'2  S.  until  you  make  three  Buoys,  which  lie  off  to  the 
Northward  of  Weymouth  Great  Hill.  The  first  of  these  Buoys  is 
No.  1 ,  Black,  and  lies  off  the  Northwest  side  of  Jacknife  Ledge ; 
the  second  is  Red,  No.  2,  and  lies  on  the  West  side  of  the  Channel ; 
the  third  is  Red  and  Black,  horizontal-striped,  and  lies  upon  a 
large  rock  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  the  Channel.  The  Black 
Buoy  is  left  on  the  Port,  the  others  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After 
passing  these  Buoys,  a  pilot  is  necessar}-,  as  the  river  is  both  nar- 
row and  crooked.  If  the  wind  should  not  be  strong  enough  to  sail 
against  ihe  current  through  Nantasket  Gut,  bring  the  South  j  )  of 
George's  Island  to  bear  NE.  }^  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and 
run  SW.  }4  W.,  which  will  take  you  between  the  Northwest 
point  of  Peddock's  Island  and  Sunken  Ledge  Beacon.  As  3'ou  sail 
in  on  this  course  SW.  %  W.,  you  will  see  a  Red  Buoj',  No.  4, 
which  lies  off  the  Northeast  side  of  a  rock.  When  this  Buo\'  bears 
SW.  by  S.  J^  S.,  run  for  it,  leaving  it  about  20  yards  to  the 
Westward,  and  steer  SE.  by  E.  }4  E.,  leaving  Pig  Rock  Beacon 
250  yards  to  the  Southward.  When  the  Western  part  of  Grape 
Island  bears  S.  >^  E.,  the  courses  are  as  before  given. 

*  This  is  a  small  island  bearing  E.  4  S.  from  Pig  Rock  Beacon;  distance 
about  I  mile.  At  low  tide,  vessels  of  10  feet  draught  may  approach  its  west- 
ern part  as  near  as  \  mile. 


50r 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


At  Low  Tide,  vessels  of  not  more  than  8  feet  draught,  from  the 
city  ctr  Broad  Sound,  bound  to  Quincy  or  Weymouth,  may  leave 
Long  Island  Light  about  j4  mile  to  the  Eastward,  and  run  SW. 
by  S.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  on  rock  otf  Hotel  Wharf,  i^ 
mile  to  the  Eastward.  As  you  sail  between  Long  and  Spectacle 
Islands,  the  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Sculpin  Ledge,  will  be  seen  nearly 
ahead.  Bring  this  Buoy  to  bear  SW.  by  S.,  and  run  for  it,  leav- 
ing  it  on  the  Starboard  hand  about  20  yards,  and  steer  for  Moon 
Head,  bearing  SW.  by  W.,  until  the  Southwest  end  of  Long 
Island  bears  E.  by  S. ;  then  run  SE.  by  S.  J^  S.,  passing  mid- 
way between  Hangman's  Island  and  Sunken  Ledge  Beacon.  After 
passing  the  Beacon,  j'ou  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  which  bring 
to  bear  SE.  by  S.  >^  S.,  and  steer  for  it,  leaving  it  20  yards  to 
the  Westward.  From  this  last  Buoy  steer  SE.  by  E.  j4  E.,  leav- 
ing Pig  Rock  Beacon  250  yards  to  the  Southward ;  then  proceed 
according  to  diwctions  before  given.  ,. 


m 


Neponset  River. 

Vessels  bound  into  this  river,  when  about  yi  mile  to  the  North- 
ward of  Spectacle  Island,  will  sec  to  the  Southwestward,  about  ^ 
mile  distant,  a  Red  Buo}-,*  No.  2.  Bring  this  Buo}'  to  bear  SW. 
by  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  a  short  distance  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  S.  ^  S.,  passing  midway 
between  two  Buoj's,  one  Red,  the  other  Black.  From  this  last- 
mentioned  point  the  course  is  SW.  %  W.  to  Red  Buoy  No.  6. 
When  abreast  of  this  Buo}'  (which  is  loft  on  the  Starboard  hand), 
it  is  recommended  to  anchor  and  take  a  pilot,  as  tlie  Channel  above 
this  is  both  narrow  and  crooked. 

*  This  Buoy  bears  from  the  Northern  part  of  Spectacle  Island  W. ;  distance 
i  mile.     From  NE.  end  of  Thomson's  Island,  N.  i  #.  j  distance  i  mile. 


■;i 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


61 


Lynn  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  between  Boston  Lighthouse  nnd  Nahant,  or  on 
the  Northern  side  of  what  is  called  Broad  Sound.  Stranpers  in 
vessels  of  more  than  7  feet  draught  should  not  attempt  to  enter  this 
place  without  pilots,  as  the  Channels  are  narrow,  crooked,  and 
shallow.  With  a  good  pilot,  about  12  feet  water  (at  this  date, 
1879,)  can  be  carried  to  the  city  at  High  Water.  With  Northerly 
winds,  it  is  usual  for  vessels  to  enter  Boston  Harbor  and  anchor  in 
President  Roads  until  the  winds  are  favorable  for  entering  this 
place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  Lynn  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  Cape  Cod  may  bring  MinoVs  Lighthouse  to  bear 
SE.  by  S.  ^  S.,  and  steer  NW.  by  N.  ^4  N.  for  Whistling  Buoy 
off  the  Graves ;  distance  7%  miles.  Leave  this  Buoy  a  short  dis- 
tance to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  for  Bass 
Point.*  When  this  point  bears  NE.  by  E.,  distance  %  mile,  then 
wait  for  a  pilot. 

Vessels  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island  and  the  Londoner, 
will,  after  leaving  the  latter,  steer  SW.  ^  W.  until  Nahant  Head 
boars  W. ;  then  haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  ^  mile,  and  wait 
for  a  pilot.  • 

Strangers  in  vessels  of  not  more  than  7  feet  draught  maj'  enter 
this  Harbor  at  ^  flood  by  the  following  directions :  — Leave  Bass 
Point  (which  is  bold)  }(  mile  to  the  Eastward,  and  run  NW.  by 
N.  As  you  sail  in  you  will  see  two  Buoys,  one  Black,  the  other 
Red.  The  Red  Buoj-  No.  2  lies  off  to  the  Southwestward  of  Lob- 
ster Rocks,  which  are  bare  at  very  Low  Tides.  The  Black  Buoy 
No.  1  lies  to  the  Southward  of  White  Rocks,  which  are  awash  at 
Low  Tide.  When  this  last-mentioned  Black  Buoy  bears  N.NW., 
run  for  it,  leaving  it  about  50  yards  to  the  Westward.  When 
abreast  of  it,  steer  NE.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  Black 
Rocks,  about  100  yards  to  the  Eastward.  From  this  last-mentioned 
Buoy  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  J^  E.  for  the  city.    These 


*  The  western  part  of  Nahant  is  called  Bass  Point, 
it  as  near  as>^  mile  without  danger. 


Vessels  naay  approach 


tik 


tlij 


1 1-1 


62 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


courses  into  L)-nn  Harbor  should  not  bo  attempted  until  after  ^ 
flood. 

It  is  High  "Water  in  Lynn  Harbor  1 7  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  d}^  fe«t.  From  Boston  or  President 
Roads  bound  to  Lynn,  see  sailing  directions  for  Broad  Sound  in 
Daytime. 

Chelsea  Creek  and  Saugtia  River, 

Pine's  Point,  on  the  West  side  of  the  entrance  to  this  River  and 
Creek,  bears  about  N-NW.  from  Bass  Point,  the  Western  part  of 
Naliant,  distance  1^  mile.  Strangers  without  a  pilot  in  vessels  of 
about  7  feet  draught  may,  with  favorable  winds,  at  ^  flood,  enter 
as  far  as  the  mouths  of  this  Creek  and  River. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Chelsea  Creek  and  Saugus 
River,  in  Dasrtime,  -with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather.  .  t 


From  the  Southward  or  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  for  Lynn 
Harbor,  and  at  ^  flood  leave  Bass  Point  (which  is  bold)  %,  mile 
to  the  Eastward,  and  run  NW.  by  N.  On  this  course  you  will 
see  the  Red  Buo}'  on  Lobster  Rocks,  and  also  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1,  off"  White  Rocks.*  Leave  this  last  Buoy  100  yards  to  the 
Eastward,  and  run  N.  X  W">  leaving  the  two  Black  Buoys,  Nos. 
3  and  5,  about  75  3'ards  to  the  Westward.  From  the  last  Buoy  the 
course  is  N.  by  E.  %  E.  until  the  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Pine's 
Point,  at  the  entrance  of  the  River,  bears  N.  by  W.  ;  then  run 
for  it,  leaving  it  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward.  From  this  last 
Bftoy  haul  up  NW.  J^  W.,  leaving  the  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Round 
Rock,  30  3'ards  to  the  Eastward.  When  abreast  of  this  Buoy, 
steer  W.NW^.  until  the  draw  in  the  Railroad  Bridge  bears  N.  by 
W.  %  W. ;  then  anchor  a  short  distance  from  it.  Above  this 
no  intelligible  directions  can  be  given.  Strangers,  therefore, 
should  not  attempt  to  go  above  this  anchorage  without  a  pilot. 
It  is  High  Water  at  the  mouth  of  Chelsea  Creek  and  Saugus 
River  15  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Common  tides  rise  about 
^9>^  feet.  •  ;       ' 

--»■' ~ 

*  Bound  into  Lynn,  the  Black  Buoy  off  White  Rocks  is  left  to  the  Westward. 
Bound  into  Saugus  River,  it  ib  left  to  the  Eastward. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


53 


Nahant  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Nahant  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Run  for  the  SE.  part  of  Nahant  (generally  called  Nahant  Head), 
bearing  NE.  until  you  make  the  Spindle  on  Bass  Rock,*  and  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  1  on  Joe  Beach  Ledge.  This  Ledge  has  but 
3  feet  water  upor.  it  at  Low  Tide.  Continue  the  course  NE.  until 
this  Buov  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  steer  for  it,  leaving  it  about  100 
feet  to  the  Westwavd.  On  this  course  you  will  also  leave  Shag 
Rocks  and  Pea  Island  (which  are  both  bold)  a  short  distance  to 
the  Eastward.  When  abreast  of  the  Buoy,  run  N.  by  W.  about 
150  yards,  and  anchor  in  about  2  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide 
(which  will  be  3^  fathoms  at  High  Tide).  This  Harbor  is  ex- 
posed to  Southerly  winds. 


'  Swampscott  Harbor. 

Seven-eighths  of  a  mile  N.NE.  from  the  Eastern  point  of  Nahant 
is  a  small  rocky  Island  called  Egg  Rock.  This  Island  is  bold,  and 
extends  nearly  East  and  West  about  ^  mile,  and  is  60  feet  in 
height.  A  Lighthouse  has  been  erected  upon  its  summit,  which 
shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light,  and  is  intended  as  a  guide  to  Swamp- 
scott Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Swampscott  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, and  also  at  Night,  when  the  Lights  can  be 
seen. 

From  Cape  Cod,  or  the  South  westward,  bring  Egg  Rock  Light 
to  bear  NW.  by  N.,  *nd  run  for  it,  leaving  it  about  }(  mile  to  the 
Westward.  When  abreast  of  the  Light,  run  N.NW.,  and  anchor 
in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water.  At  Night,  run  for  the  Light  (as 
before  given) ,  until  abreast  of  it ;  then  haul  round  it  to  the  West- 

♦  This  Rock  is  bare  at  half  tide.  There  is  a  good  channel  between  the  Spin- 
dle on  this  rock  and  the  Buoy  on  Joe  Beach  Ledge.  Entering  by  this  passage, 
do  not  approach  nearer  to  the  Spindle  tlian  125  yards,  and  nearer  tlian  75  yards 
to  the  Buoy. 


'■11 


•M  'I 


54 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ward  at  a  distance  of  %  niile  from  it,  until  it  bears  S.  by  E.  ^ 
E. ;  then  run  N.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Northeastward,  after  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island 
and  the  Londoner,  make  good  the  course  SW.  ^  W.  until  Egg 
Rock  Lighthouse  bears  W.  by  S. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
If  there  be  no  error  in  the  compass.  Halfway  Rock  will  be  left  1}4 
mile  to  the  Northward,  and  the  Buoys  off  Great  Pig  Rocks  ^  mile 
to  the  Northward.  When  the  Spindle  on  Dread  Ledge  *  bears  NW. 
by  W.  }4  W.,  steer  W.  %  N.,  leaving  it  about  ys  rnile  to  North- 
ward, and  anchor  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water.  At  Night,  when 
Thatcher's  Island  Lights  bear  W.  NW.,  distance  about  3  miles, 
make  good  the  co'ise  SW.  by  W.,  and  as  soon  as  the  Red  Light 
upon  Egg  Rock  is,  made,  bring  it  to  bear  West,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  bearing,  leaving  it  J^  mile  to  the  Southward.  When  the  Light 
bears  S.  by  E.  %  E.,  run  N.  by  W.  %  W.,  and  anchor  as  before 
directed.  In  coming  from  sea.  Egg  Rock  Light  may  be  safely  run 
for  on  an}'  bearing  from  W.  %  S.  to  NW.  The  Rock  called  the 
Roaring  Bull  is  awash  at  Low  Water,  and  is  marked  with  a  Red 
Buo}',  No.  2.  This  Buoy  bears  from  Marblehead  Light  S.  by  W. 
%  W^.,  distance  1^  mile;  from  South  part  of  Tinker's  Island 
SW.  by  S.,  distance  }4i  mile.  Vessels  from  the  Eastward  bound 
to  Swampscott  or  the  Westward  may  leave  the  Buo}'  on  the  Roar- 
ing Bull  about  J4  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  run  NW.  until  it 
bears  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW. 
by  W.  }i  W.  On  this  course  the  Great  Pig  Rocks  (which  are 
above  water).  Outer  Breaker,  Southern  Shoal,  and  Southwest 
Breaker,  will  be  left  to  the  Southward ;  Middle  Breaker,  Dolphin 
Rock,  Sammy's  Rock,  Ram  Island,  .and  Little  Pi?  Rock,  to  the 
Northward.  After  passing  these  Rocks, f  continue  the  course  SW. 
by  W.  %  W.,  until  the  Spindle  on  Dread  Ledge  bears  NW.  by 
W.  %  W. ;  then  proceed  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

Swampscott  Harbor  is  exposed  to  winds  from  S.  to  E.NE. 

*  This  Ledge  extends  from  Philips'  Point,  and  is  marked  on  its  Southern 
part  with  a  Spindle,  which  bears  from  Egg  Rock  Liglitliouse  N.  by  E.  i  E. ; 
distance  li  mile. 

t  The  passage  between  these  Rocks  13  about  |  mile  in  width. 


"      ..r-^f; 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


55 


Marblehead  Harbor.* 

Dangers  in  entering  this  Harbor. 

Halfway  Rock, 

This  Rock  is  about  40  feet  high,  and  very  bold.  Upon  its  sum- 
mit there  was  formerly  a  Beacon ;  but  all  of  this  is  now  gone  at 
this  time,  except  the  foundation,  which  shows  as  a  white  boulder  on 
the  top  of  it.  It  bears  from  Marblehead  Light  E.  by  S.  >^  S., 
distance  2^^  miles. 

:        ;^  Roaring  Bull f 

Which  is  awach  at  Low  Tide,  bears  S.  by  W.  J^  W.  from  Marble- 
head Light,  distance  \3/s  mile.  In  going  in,  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2 
off  this  Rock  is  left  to  the  Westward.  . 

Tom  Moore*s  Mocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  are  bare  at  abcut  Yi  ebb,  are  marked  off 
their  Eastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoj'  No.  1,  which  bears  from 
Marblehead  Liglit  S.  J^  E.  about  ^  mile.  Bound  in,  this  Buoy  is 
left  to  the  Westward. 

MarhleJiead  Rock. 

This  Rock,  which  is  high  out  of  water,  is  marked  with  a  Beacon, 
which  bears  from  Marblehead  Light  SE.  by  E.,  distance  ^  mile. 
It  is  bold  on  its  Northern  and  Eastern  sides.  There  is  a  Channel 
of  5  fathoms  water  between  it  and  the  shore.  -<._•: 


Lasqiie^s  Ledge,  called  hy  some  Half-Tide  Rocks, 

This  is  a  Rocky  Shoal,  extending  off  to  tlie  Northeastward  from 
Marblehead  Light.  At  Low  Tide,  the  Rocks  are  bare  160  yards 
from  tlic  shore.  The  Northeast  end  of  the  Ledge  is  marked  with  a 
Black  Buoy  No.  3,  which  bears  from  Marblehead  Light  E.  J^  N., 


distance  about  yi  mile. 
Port  hand. 


In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the 


GordotVs  Rockf 

Which  lies  off  70  yards  to  the  Northward  of  Marblehead  Point, 
has  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.     It  is  marked  with  a  Black 

*  South  8ide  of  entrance  to  Marblelioad  Harbor  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows 
a  fixed  Wliite  Light. 


56 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Buoy  No.  5,  whicli  bears  from  Marblehead  Light  N.  by  E.  %  E., 
distance  about  150  yards.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  to  the 
Southward. 

Boden's  Rock, 

Which  lies  off  the  Eastern  shore  of  the  Harbor,  has  8  feet  •water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  It  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy  No.  7, 
which  bears  from  tlie  light  W.SW.,  distance  about  Yz  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Marblehead  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

The  course  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  to  Marblehead  Light, 
at  this  date,  (1878,)  is  NW.  ^  N.,  distance  44"^  miles.  Ves- 
sels, therefore,  from  the  Southward  bound  to  Marblehead  will  bring 
Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light)  to  bear  SE.  ]/2  S.,  and  make  good  the 
course  NW.  %  N.  As  soon  as  Marblehead  Lightliouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  NW.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As 
you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  bow  what  appears  to  be 
two  small  high  rock}'  Islands,  which  are  connected  at  Low  Water. 
This  is  called  Marblehead  Rock.  On  the  top  of  the  Northeastern 
part  of  this  Rock  a  Beacon  has  been  built,  which  is  painted  Black 
and  White  in  Horizontal  stripes.  This  Beacon  must  be  left  % 
mile  to  the  Westward.  When  abreast  of  it,  you  will  see  about 
Yi  mile  to  the  Northwestward  a  Black  Buo}',  which  must  also  be 
left  to  the  Westward.  From  this  Buoy  run  NW.  until  j-ou  open 
the  Harbor;  then  run  in,  passing  midway  between  Port  Sewall  and 
the  Lighthouse,  and  run  up  about  S^AT".  by  W.,  and  anchor  off  the 
town  in  from  3^  to  4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  ' 

"From  Boston  by  Main  Ship  Channel  or  Broad  Sound,  bring  the 
Whistling  Buoy  off  tlie  Graves  to  bear  SW.  by  S.  ^  S-,  and  run 
NE.  by  N.  %  N.  for  Baker's  Island  Lights,  distant  10>^  miles. 
On  this  course  the  Buoy  off  Southern  Shoal  (Great  Pig  Rocks)  will 
be  left  5^  mile  to  the  Northwestward.  As  soon  as  Baker's  Island 
Lighthouses  are  made,  bring  tliem  to  bear  NE.  by  N.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  them,  and  run  for  them.  On  this  course  the  Roaring 
Bull  will  be  left  about  ^  mile  to  the  Westward.  Continue  the 
course  NE.  by  N.  for  the  Lighthouses,  until  Marblehead  Light 
bears  NW.  Y2  N. ;  then  run  in  according  to  directions  before 
given. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island  and 
the  Londoner,  steer  SW.  by  W.  until  you  make  Halfway  Rock, 


V:\ 


ELDRIDGES   COAST  PILOT. 


57 


which  must  be  brought  to  bear  W.  in  order  to  clear  the  outer 
Breakers.  The  Southern  part  of  these  Breakers  are  marked  with 
a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  Halfway  Rock  bears  SW.  by  W.  from  this 
Buoy,  distance  J4  mile  ;  Marblehead  Light  W.  J4  N.,  distance  3^ 
miles;  Baker's  Island  Lights  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.,  distance  1J4 
miles.  Leave  Halfway  Rock  150  yards  on  either  side,  and  run 
for  Marblehead  Light,  bearing  W.  by  N.  }{  N.  until  Marble- 
head  Rock  bears  SW. ;  then  proceed  according  to  directions 
before  given. 

From  the  eastward,  with  Northerly  winds,  vessels  may  enter 
Marblehead  Harbor  b}-  the  following  directions  :  "When  Baker's  Is- 
land Lighthouses  bear  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  run  for  them  on  this 
course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  6  off  to  the  Northwest  of 
them,  about  150  j'ards  to  the  Southward.  As  you  sail  in  on 
this  course  (W.  by  N.  }4  N.),  you  will  see  to  the  Southward 
the  Black  Buoy  and  Beacon  on  Hard^-'s  Rocks,  and  the  Horizon- 
tal-striped Buoy  on  House  Ledge.  After  passing  these,  you  will 
see  the  Beacon*  on  Bowditch's  Ledge  (which  may  be  left  150 
yards  on  either  hand).  After  passing  this  last-mentioned  Beacon 
a  short  distance,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  ^  E.,  on  which  bear- 
ing keep  it  and  run  SW.  %  W.,  until  the  Red  Buoy  No.  6, 
which  lies  off  Northwest  from  Eagle  Island,  is  in  range  with 
Baker's  Island  Lights,  bearing  E.  }£  N.,  then  steer  directly  for 
Marblehead  Lighthouse,  bearing  SW.  by  S.  %  S.  On  this  course 
you  will  pass  between  Gray's  Rock  t  and  the  Ilorizontal-striped 
Buoy  on  Chappel  Ledge  ;  this  ledge  lies  in  Mid-channel,  and  is  not 
dangerous  for  small  vessels,  as  not  less  than  14  feet  water  has  been 
found  upon  it  up  to  this  date.  Continue  the  course  for  the  Light 
until  you  open  the  harbor,  then  run  in  about  SW.  J^  W.  and 
anchor  off  the  town.  •■      • 


Sailing  Directions  for  Marblehead  Harbor  in  the 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  run  NW.  5^  N.  from  Highland  Light, 
Cape  Cod,  and  as  soon  as  Baker's  Islaiid  Lights  are  made,  bring 

♦  The  Beacon  on  Bowditch's  Ledge  is  painted  Black,  and  bears  W.NW. 
from  Baker's  Ishmd  Lights;  distance  1}^  mile.  The  Ledge  has  but  little 
water  upon  it  at  low  tide. 

t  Gray's  Rock  is  a  small  rocky  Island.  Marblehead  Light  bears  from  this 
Rock  S.  by  W.  ^  W.;  distance  about  %  mile.  Its  Nortlieastem  part  may 
be  approached  as  near  as  125  yards,  without  danger. 


mrmm 


58 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


them  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  >^  N.,  and  run  for  them  on  this  course 
until  Marblehead  Light  bears  W.NW.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it, 
and  steer  directly  for  it.  On  this  last  course  Marblehead  Rock 
will  be  left  150  yards  to  the  Southward.  Keep  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  rock,  and  when  it  bears  SW.,  run  NW.  J^  N.  On  this  last 
course,  the  Buoy  of  Lasque's  Ledge  will  be  left  about  75  yards  to 
the  Southwest;  continue  the  course  NW.  }i  N.,  until  Marble- 
head Light  bears  S-  by  W.,  then  run  SW.  J4  W.  into  the  har- 
bor, and  anchor  off  the  town  in  from  S}^  to  4^  fathoms  water  at 
low  tide.  If  the  darkness  be  so  great  that  Marblehead  Rock  can- 
not be  seen  from  100  to  200  yards,  run  for  the  Light  bearing 
W.NW.  under  short  sail,  until  you  judge  j-ou  are  about  }4  mile 
from  it,  then  steer  NW.  %  N.  until  the  light  bears  W.  }4  S., 
then  haul  round  it  and  pass  the  Lighthouse  point  in  not  less  than  5 
fathoms  water ;  when  the  light  bears  E.  by  N.,  anchor  in  about  4^ 
fathoms  water  at  low  tide.  ■      ^. 

Froin  Boston  hy  Main  Ship  Channel,  passing 
South  of  the  Graves.    ,       ;  i 

When  abreast  of  the  Whistling  Buo}'  off  the  Graves,  run  NE. 
by  N.,  and  as  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lights  are  made  bring  them 
to  bear  NE.  by  N.  J^  N.,  on  which  bearing  keep  them,  and  run 
for  them  until  Marblehead  Light  bears  W.NW.,  when  the  courses 
are  as  before  given.         -  ,  '     •  '  ' 

From  Boston,  hy  way  of  Broad  Sound,  passing 
North  of  the  Graves, 

When  abreast  of  Whistling  Buoy,  run  NE.  until  Baker's  Island 
Lights  are  made,  then  bring  them  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  J^  N.,  on 
which  bearing  keep  them,  and  run  for  them  until  Marblehead  Light 
bears  W.NW. ;  then  run  in  according  to  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  b^ar  W. 
NW.,  3  or  4  miles  distance,  run  SW.  by  W.  %  W.  un 
blehead  Light  bears  W.  NW. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it  ..^.  run 
for  it.  If  there  be  no  error  in  the  compass  on  this  last  course.  Half- 
way Rock  will  be  left  Yi  mile  to  the  Northward ;  it  is,  however, 
advisable,  in  a  dark  night,  to  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  this  rock, 
which  is  bold.  When  Marblehead  Rock  bears  SW.,  run  in  accord- 
ing to  directions  before  given.  In  beating  into  Marblehead  Harbor 
the  Light  may  be  brought  to  bear  from  N.NW.  to  W.NW., 
until  up  with  Marblehead  Rock.  This  harbor  is  exposed  to  NE- 
winds.  \  .        -. 


/  ,: 


HH 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


69 


Salem  Harbor. 

Saker*8  Island  lAghts, 

Upon  this  Island  there  are  two  Fixed  Lights,  which  are  intended 
as  guides  to  Salem,  Manchester,  and  Beverly  Harbors.  These 
lighthouses  are  40  feet  apart,  and  bear  SE.  and  NW.  from  each 
other.    The  Southern  light  is  the  highest. 

Hospital  Point  Light. 

This  is  a  Fixed  White  Light,  and  is  intended  as  a  guide  to  Salem 
Harbor :  it  is  so  arranged  that  it  shows  much  brighter  when  a  ves- 
sel is  in  Mid-channel. 

Fort  Pickering  and  Derby  Wharf  Range  Lights, 

On  a  bare  Rock,  on  the  North  side  of  the  harbor,  ^  mile  East 
from  the  city  of  Salem,  is  erected  a  Lighthouse  or  Tower,  which 
shows  a  Fixed  White  Light ;  and  also  upon  Derby's  Wharf  is  a 


Lighthouse  which  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light, 
form  a  range  to  enter  the  harbor. 


These  two  lights 


Dangers  in  entering  Salem  Harbor. 

In  entering  this  harbor  there  are  man}'  dangers,  but  we  shall  only 
describe  those  lying  upon  the  sides  of  the  Main  Ship  Channel.       "* 

Outer  {or  Southeast)  Breakers. 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  are  not  more  than  3  or  4  feet  of 
water  at  low  tide,  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red 
Buoy  No.  2 ;  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  NW.  by 
N.  K  N.,  distance  1^  miles;  Halfway  Rock  SW.  by  W.,  dis- 
tance ^  mile.  There  are  many  dangers  between  this  Buoy  and 
Baker's  Island ;  strangers,  therefore,  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
between  them.  10  fathoms  water  was  found  200  yards  in  an 
Easterly  direction  from  the  rocks;  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  but 
little  warning  in  approaching  it. 

Middle  Breakers,  v  ,   .-!,:: 

These  rocks,  which  are  dry  at  low  tide,  are  marked,  off  their 
Northeast  part,  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1 ;  Baker's  Island  Lights 
bear  from  this  buoy  NW.  by  N. ;  distance  Ij^  miles.    10  fath- 


60 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


oms  water  was  found  200  j-ards  in  a  Southeasterly  direction  from 
these  rocks ;  in  approaching  them  from  the  southeast,  the  lead, 
therefore,  gives  but  little  warning.  Bound  in,  the  Buoy  on  these 
rocks  is  left  to  the  Westward. 

SearPs  Hock. 

This  rock,  upon  which  there  are  about  5  feet  water  at  Low  Tide, 
is  marked,  off"  its  Northeast  part,  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3.  Baker's 
Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  NW. ;  distance  about  }4  mile. 
A  little  west  of  a  line  drawn  from  Searl's  Rock  to  the  Middle 
Breakers  is  an  extensive  Shoal,  called  the  "  Inner  Breaker."  Ves- 
sels should  not  approach  nearer  than  6  fathoms  to  this  shoal.  In 
sailing  into  Salem  by  Shipi  Channel,  this  buoy  is  left  to  the 
Westward.  , 

Gale's  Ledge, 

This  is  a  verj'  dangerous  Ledge,  having  but  2  or  3  feet  water 
upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides.  It  is  marked  off  its  South  side  with 
a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy 
SW.  by  W.  X  W. ;  distance  1  }^  miles.  10  fathoms  water  was 
found  ]4,  mile  E.SE.  from  this  Ledge.  Bound  into  Salem  by  way 
of  the  Main  Ship  Channel,  this  Buoy  is  left  to  the  Northward. 


IFilgrim  Ledge, 

About   %   mile  to  the  Westward  of  Gale's  Ledge  is  Pilgrim 

Ledge,  which  has  19  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  tide.     Baker's 

Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Ledge  SW.  3^  W. ;  distance  about 

1  mile. 

Whale's  Back,     v 

This  Ledge  is  dry  at  %  ebb,  and  lies  in  the  passage  from  Baker's 
Island  to  Manchester ;  its  centre  is  marked  with  a  Red  Spindle. 
Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Spindle  S.  by  W.  %  W.  i 
distance  about  ^  mile. 

Little  Misery  Island, 

Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  the  Southern  point  of  this  island 
SE.  Yz  S. ;  distance  about  ^  mile.  The  South  point  of  the  island 
is  bold,  and  vessels  may  approach  as  near  to  it  as  100  j-ards  with- 
out danger.  The  Main  Ship  Channel  is  between  this  and  Baker's 
Island.  ... 


BLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


61 


Misery  Ledge, 

This  is  a  small  Rock,  having  about  8  feel  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.  It  is  marked  with  a  Buoy  having  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes.  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  buoy  SE.  by  B.  ; 
distance  1^  miles.  Going  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  to  the  Northward. 
The  Main  Ship  Channel  passes  between  this  Buoy  and  Bowditch's 
Ledge. 

John's  Ledge. 

About  }i  mile  to  the  "Vv  estward  of  Miserj*  Ledge  will  be  seen 
another  Buoy  having  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  ;  this  is  on 
John's  Ledge,  a  small  rock  having  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  E.  ^ 
E. ;  distance  Ij^  miles.  In  going  into  Salem  or  Beverly  by  Main 
Ship  Channel,  Gale's  Ledge,  Pilgrim  Ledge,  Whale's  Back,  Little 
Misery  Island,  Misery  Ledge,  and  John's  Ledge,  are  all  left  to 
the  Northward. 

SaJeer's  Island  Shoal, 

The  Rocky  Shoal  extending  off  Northwest  from  Baker's  Island 
is  marked  on  its  Northern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  5.  Baker's 
Island  Lights  bear  from  this  buoy  SE.  by  S.  J^  S. ;  distance  }/$ 

mile.  •  ■ 

Hardy's  Mocks. 

These  Rocks  are  bare  at  half  tide,  and  are  marked  with  a  Beacon 
painted  Black,  and  also  off  their  Northern  part  with  a  Black  Buoj", 
No.  7.  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  E.  b}'  S.  ^  S.  ; 
distance  %  mile.    In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  to  the  Southward. 

Mouse  Ledge. 

In  sailing  in,  a  Buoy  will  be  seen  a  short  distance  to  the  North- 
west of  Hardy's  Rocks  Beacon,  having  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes.  This  is  on  House  Ledge,  whii  h  is  a  small  rock  having  8 
feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.^  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from 
this  Buoy  SE.  by  E.  J^  E. ;  distance  ^  mile.  This  Buoy  is  left 
to  the  Southward  in  going  into  Salem  Harbor. 

Bouiditch's   Ledge, 

After  passing  the  Horizontal-striped  Buoj'  on  House  Ledge, 
the    next    Beacon,    with    Cage    on    its    top,    painted    Black, 


62 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  1. 


is  on  Bowditch's  Ledge,  which  has  but  little  water  on  it  at 
Low  Tide.  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Beacon  E.SE. ; 
distance  IJ^  miles.  Bound  into  Salem  or  Beverly,  Hardy's 
Rocks,  House  Ledge,  and  Bowditch's  Ledge  are  all  left  to  the 
Southward. 

Little  Haste  Rock  and  Shoal. 

When  abreast  of  the  Beacon  on  Bowditch's  Ledge,  yon  will  see, 
about  IJ^  miles-distant  on  the  Port  bow,  a  spar  painted  Black,  with 
a  Cask  on  its  top.  This  Beacon  is  on  Little  Haste  Rock,  which  is 
dry  at  low  water.  Abou*  N.NW.  from  the  Beacon  on  the  point 
of  the  Shoal  extending  f  a  Little  Haste  Rock,  is  placed  in  16  feet 
water,  a  Black  Buoy,  .<o.  13.  Bowditch's  Ledge  Beacon  bears 
from  this  buoy  E.  J4  S. ;  distance  about  1%  miles.  Baker's  Island 
Lights  E.  by  S.  ^  S. ;  distance  2^  miles.  Bound  in,  this  buoy 
is  left  to  the  Southward. 

Middle  Ground, 

When  abreast  of  the  Black  Buoy  No.  15,  on  Haste  Shoal,  there 
will  be  seen,  about  Ys  mile  to  the  Southwest,  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  15 ; 
this  is  on  the  Northwest  side  of  the  Middle  Ground.  Fort  Picker- 
ing Lighthouse  bears  from  this  buoy  W.  by  S.  J4  S. ;  distance  ^ 

Great  Aqua  Vitce,  '  ,    • 

When  abreast  of  the  Black  Buoy  off  Middle  Ground,  about  }(  mile 
to  the  Southward,  you  will  see  a  Black  Beacon  surmounted  with 
wooden  Stafl'  and  Cage.  This  is  on  a  large  bed  of  Rocks  called 
'-'  Great  Aqua  Vitoe,"  which  are  dry  at  ^  ebb.  Fort  Pickering 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon  W.  by  N.  J^  N. ;  distance  a 
little  more  than  ys  mile.  About  W.  by  S.  J^  S.,  200  yards  from 
the  Beacon,  will  be  seen  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  10,  which  lies  off  South 
from  Knapp's  Rock,  which  has  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Bound  into  Salem  by  Main  Ship  Channel,  the  Beacon  and  Buoy  on 
Haste  Rock  and  Shoal,  Buoy  on  Northwest  part  of  Middle  Ground, 
and  Beacon  on  Great  Aqua  Vitie,  are  all  left  to  the  Eastward. 


Abbott*8  Bock, 

NE.  ^  mile  fVom  Fort  Pickering  Lighthouse  is  a  Monument 
painted  Red,  and  surmounted  with  a  wooden  Staff  with  a  Square 


T" 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


63 


Cage  on  top.    This  Monument  is  built  upon  Abbott's  Rock,  which 
is  bare  at  Low  Tide. 

i 

Half  OOlde  Bock, 

After  passing  Fort  Pickering  Lighthouse,  a  short  distance  to  the 
Southward,  a  Red  Buoj',  No.  12,  will  be  seen,  which  lies  near  a 
rock  called  "  Half-Tide  Rock."  This  Rock  is  bare  at  very  Low 
Tides.  Bound  into  Salem  Harbor,  Abbott's  Monument  and  Buoy 
off  Half-Tide  Bock  are  both  left  to  the  Westward. 


V 


Sailing  Directions  for  Salem  Harbor,  by  Main  Ship 
Channel,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

The  course  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  to  Baker's  Island 
Lights  (at  this  date,  1878,)  is  NW.  ^  N. ;  distance  43^  miles. 
Vessels,  therefore,  from  the  Southward,  bound  to  Salem,  will  bring 
Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  to  bear  SE.  ^  S-  and  run  NW.  ^  N. 
As  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lights  are  made,  bring  them  to  bear 
NW.  y2  W.,  and  run  in,  keeping  them  a  little  on  the  Port  bow ; 
if  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  the  SE.  and  Outer  Breakers, 
and  also  Searl's  Rock,  will  all  be  left  to  the  Westward.  Give 
Baker's  Island  Lights  a  berth  of  ]^  mile,  leaving  them  to  the 
Southward,  and  run  for  the  Lighthouse  on  Hospital  Point,  bearing 
about  W.  by  N.  ^/i  N.  On  this  course  the  Blaick  Buoy  No.  5,  oflf 
Northwest  part  of  Baker's  Island ;  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Hardy's 
Rocks ;  Horizontal-striped  Buo}'  off  House  Ledge ;  and  Black 
Beacon  on  Bowditch's  Ledge,  will  all  be  left  to  the  Southward. 
Little  Misery  Island,  Horizontal-striped  Buoj'  off  Misery  Ledge; 
and  Horizontal-striped  Buoy  off  John's  Ledge,  will  all  be  left  to  the 
Northward.  When  midway  between  Misery  Ledge  and  Beacon  on 
Bowditch's  Ledge*  (which  has  a  Cage  on  its  top  painted  Black), 
run  about  W.  ^  N. ;  as  you  sail  in,  you  will  see,  on  the  Port  bow, 
the  beacon  on  Little  Haste  Rock.  (See  description  of  this  Beacon, 
and  also  the  Black  Buoy  off  Haste  Shoal.)  Leave  this  last-men- 
tioned Buoy  about  200  yards  to  the  Eastward,  and  run  in  about 
SW.  by  W.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Northwest  part  of 
Middle  Ground,  Beacon  on  Great  Aqua  Vitse  Rocks,  and  Red 
Buoy  off  Knapp'e  Rock,  all  to  the  Eastward.    Abbott's  Monu- 

♦  Between  Bowditch's  and  Misery  Ledges  the  channel  is  but  \  mile  in  width. 


itf  .        nlll 

Iv      11 

D          Jl 

J^MBll'  1  j  nB 

feiM 


V 


64 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ment,  Fort  Pickering  Lighthouse,  and  Red  Buoy  off  Half-tide  Rock, 
all  to  tlie  Westward.  When  Derby  Wharf  Light  bears  west, 
anchor  in  soft  bottom,  in  from  3  to  3)^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide. 

From  Boston  by  Main  Ship  Channel,  or  Broad 

Sound, 

Bring  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  to  bear  SW.  J4  S., 
and  make  good  the  course  NE.  >^  N.,  leaving  Halfway  Rock  and 
Buoy  on  SE.  Breaker,  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward.  When 
Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  NW.  J4  W.,  run  in  as  before  directed. 

>.  From,  the  Eastward, 

After  passing  between  Tliatcher's  Island  Lights  and  the  Lon- 
doner, steer  SW.  by  "W.  until  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  W.  by 
N.,  then  run  for  them,  leaving  them  J^  mile  to  the  Southward,  and 
proceed  according  to  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Salem  Harbor  by  Main  Ship 
Channel,  at  Night-time,  with  favorable  Winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  make  good  the  coiirsc  NW.  ^/i  N.  from 
Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  and  as  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Liglits 
are  made,  bring  them  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  them  witli 
the  low  light  open  to  the  Eastward  of  the  higli  light.  Give  Ba- 
ker's Island  a  berth  of  %  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Southward,  and 
bring  Hospital  Point  Light  *  to  bear  from  W.  by  N.  Yz  N. 
to  W.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  for  it 
until  the  White  Light  on  Fort  Pickering  and  the  Red  Light  on 
Derby's  Wharf  are  in  range,  bearing  SW.  by  W.  %.  W. ;  then 
run  for  them  on  this  range  until  the  Light  upon  Hospital  Point 
bears  N.  by  E.  ;  then  steer  SW.  %  W.  into  the  harbor.  When 
the  Red  Light  on  Derby's  Wharf  bears  W.,  then  anchor  in  soft 
bottom  in  from  8  to  3j4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.    On  this  last 

*  The  ship  channel  into  Salem  Harbor  is  between  Bowditch's  Ledge  and 
Misery  Ledge ;  the  distance  between  these  dangers  is  but  |  mile.  In  order, 
therefore,  to  guide  vessels  safely  at  night,  the  Light  upon  Hospital  Point  is  bo 
arranged  that  it  shows  brightest  when  in  mid-channel ;  it  is  therefore  highly 
necessary  in  sailing  in  to  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  this  light,  and  steer  for  it 
when  it  shows  brightest,  as  i  point  error  in  the  compass  in  sailing  through 
this  narrow  passage  may  lead  to  difSculty. 


ELDMDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


65 


course  into  the  harbor  it  is  recommended  to  uso  the  lead  and  not 
go  into  less  than  four  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  until  the  White 
range  Light  at  Fort  Pickering  bears  N.NE. 

From  Boston  by  way  of  Main  Ship  Channel  or 

Broad  Sound, 

Bring  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  to  bear  SW.  }i  W., 
and  make  good  the  course  NE.  ^  Em  until  Baker's  Island  Lights 
bear  W.NW. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Eastward.         • 

When  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  bear  W.  NW.,  3  or  4  miles  dis- 
tant, run  SW.  by  W.  until  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  W.  by 
N. ;  then  run  for  them  and  enter  according  to  directions  before 
given. 

TJiick  Weather. 

At  this  date  (1^8)  a  F^p^Bell  is  placed  near  Baker's  Island 
Lights,  which  is  struck  duriil^  thick  weather.  13  fathoms  water 
was  found  E.  b}'^  S.  J4  mile  from  the  Southeast  Breaker ;  14  fath- 
oms /s  mile  SE. ;  13  fathotns  150  yards  SW. ;  and  15  fathoma 
W.NW.  yio  mile  from  it.  14  fathoms  water  \vrts  found  E.  by  S. 
}(  mile  from  the  Middle  Breaker.  In  thick  weather  the  Lead, 
therefore,  gives  but  little  warning  in  approaching  these  dangers. 

Beating  into  'Salem  by  llra.in  Ship  Channel. 

In  beating  into  g-srifem  Harbor,  if  there  is  no  error  in  your  com- 
pass, Baker's  Island  Lights  maj'  be  brought  to  bear  from  NW.  j4 
W.  to  W.  b}-  S.  M'ithout  danger.  /Thother  .  sure  guide  is,  in 
standing  to  the  Westward,  npt'  to  bring^Baker's  Island  Lights  in 
range,  but  keep  the  low  liglff  t)pen  to^l^Eastward  of  the  high  one. 

Cat  IslajM  Cpmjinel,^ 

From  the  Southward,  in  Daj^me,  with  favorabl^winds  and  fair 
weather,  vessels  bound  to  Salem  may  safely  pass  through  this 
Channel.  As  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lights  are  made,  bring  them 
to  bear  N.NE.,  and  run  for  them  on  this  course.  As  you  sail 
in  you  will  see  Halfway  Rock  on  the  Starboard  (see  descrip- 
tion of  this  Rock),  and  another  small  bare  rock  on  the  Port, 
with  a  Red  Spindle  with  round  Cage;  this  rock  is  called 
"  Satan."  Continue  the  course  for  the  Lighthouses  bearing  N. 
NE.,  until  Halfway  Rock  bears  SE.  J^  E.,  on  which  bearing 
5 


^,i''■• 


66 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST    PILOT. 


keep  it  and  steer  NW.  Y^  W.  On  this  last  course  the  bare 
roci{  called  Satan,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  olF  Northeast  from  a 
large  Island  called  "Cat  Island,"  and  the  Horizontal-striped  Buoy 
ofl"  Cha[)er8  Ledge,  will  all  bo  left  to  the  Westward.  The  Ilorizon- 
tal-stri[)ed  Buoy  off  Gooseberry  Ledge,  the  Red  Buoy  No.  .'),  otf 
the  Brinibles,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  Mid-channel  Rock,  will 
all  be  left  to  the  Eastward.  Continue  the  course  NW.  J^  W., 
until  the  south  point  of  Eagle  Island  *  is  in  range  with  Baker's 
Island  Lights,  bearing  E.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  you  are  then  between  the 
Horizontal-striped  Buoy  on  Chappol's  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No. 
4  on  Mid-channel  Rock.  From  this  point  make  good  the  course  N. 
by  W.  y^  W.,  leaving  three  black  buoys  on, the  port,  and  one  rod 
buoy  on  the  starboard.  As  you  sail  in  on  this  course  you  will  see 
on  the  port  the  Beacon  on  Little  Haste  Rock  (as  before  described) 
and  also  the  Black  Buoy  off  Northwest  from  it.  When  this  last- 
mentioned  buoy  bears  W.  by  N.,  run  for  it,  leaving  it  200  yards 
to  the  Southeastward,  and  run  in  SW-  by  W.  in  accordance  with 
directions  before  given. 

Gray^s  Koch  Channel. 

Vessels  ft'om  the  Southward  bound  to  Salem  ma}^  in  Da3'time, 
with  fuvoralile  winds  and  fair  weather,  safely  run  tln'ough  this 
channel  b}'  the  following  directions.  As  soon  as  Baker's  Island 
Lights  are  made  bring  them  to  bear  N.NE.,  and  run  for  them 
until  Marblehead  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  in  NW. 
by  N.  %  N.,  leaving  Marblehead  Rock  (see  description  of  this 
Rock)  200  3'ards  to  the  Westward.  Bring  the  beacon  on  this  rock 
to  bear  S.  '^  W. ;  distance  yi  mile.  On  this  bearing  keep  it,  and 
steer  N.  J^  E.,  leaving  Gra3''s  Rock  f  ^  mile  to  the  Westward, 
and  the  Horizontal-striped  Buo}'  on  Chappel's  Ledge  %  mile  to  the 
Eastward.  From  Gray's  Rock  continue  the  course  N.  ^  E.,  leaving 
three  Black  Buoys  to  he  Westward.  As  3'ou  pass  in,  yon  will  see 
on  the  Port  the  Beacon  on  the  Little  Haste  Rock  (which  is  a  spar 
35  feet  long,  painted  black,  with  a  cask  on  its  top) ,  and  also  the 
Black  Buoy  otf  Northwest  from  it.  When  this  last-mentioned  Buoy 
bears  W.  hy  N.,  run  for  ic,  leaving  it  200  yards  to  the  Southeast, 

*  This  is  a  small  bare  island,  extending  NE.  and  SW.  200  yards ;  it  bears 
N.  by  E.  i  E.,  I  mile  from  the  hotel  on  Cat  Island. 

t  Gray's  Rock  is  a  small  Rocky  Island.  Marblehead  Light  bears  from  tiiis 
rock  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  distance  about  J^  mile;  its  Northeastern  part  may  be 
approached  as  near  as  125  yards  without  danger.  ^ 


I 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


67 


''and   run  in  about  SW.  by  W.,  in  accordance  with  directions 
before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  liigh  water  at  Saler.  Harbor  16  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tidcp  ;  ise  from  9  to  10  feet. 


rds;  it  bears 


Beverly  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Beverly  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  for  Salem  Harbor  by  either  channel,  night 
or  day,  until  abreast  of  the  Beacon  on  Little  Haste  Rock.  (See  de- 
scription of  this  Beacon.)  Bring  the  Beacon  to  bear  SE.  by  E. 
i^  E. ,  and  steer  NW.  by  W.  J^  W.  As  you  sail  in  on  this  course, 
you  will  see  on  the  Port  bow  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1 ,  and  Beacon ; 
leave  them  both  to  the  Southward,  and  haul  round  the  Beacon  at  a 
distance  of  75  yards  from  it,  leaving  it  to  the  Eastward.  When  the 
Beacon  bears  East,  75  yards  distant,  you  will  see  to  the  Southward 
two  Red  Buo3'8  and  a  Beacon.  The  first  Buo}',  No.  i,  is  on  the 
Middle-ground  Ledge,  and  may  be  left  30  feet  to  the  Westward ; 
the  second  Buoy,  No.  6,*  lies  off  a  shoal  extending  from  Tuck's 
Point  (Beverly),  and  may  be  left  25  yards  to  the  Northwestward. 
The  Beacon  is  on  the  East  side  of  the  Channel,  and  must  be  left  to 
the  Southeast.  When  abreast  Buoy  No.  6,  j'ou  will  see  a  Beacon 
bearing  about  NW.  by  W. ;  nm  for  this  last-mentioned  Beacon, 
leaving  it  100  j'ards  on  the  port,  and  run  for  the  Eastern  part  of 
the  town,  where,  if  you  wish,  you  luay  anchor  off  the  wharves  in 
3^  fathoms  water  at  low  tide. 

Danvers. 

If  bound  to  Danvers,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  at  Beverly. 

♦  From  Buoy  No.  4  to  No.  6  the  Channel,  especially  at  Low  Tide,  is  very 
narrow ;  it  is  therefore  advisable,  in  sailing  in  between  these  buoys,  to  use  the 
lead,  and  not  go  into  less  than  4  fathoms  water,  until  past  Buoy  No.  6. 


68 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Manchester  Harbor. 


Bound  into  Manchester,  Great  and  Little  Misery  Islands,  and 
Sauli's  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  are  left  to  the  Westward. 
Whale's  Back,  which  is  dry  at  %  Ebb ;  White  Ledge,  dry  at  Low 
Water ;  House  and  Ram  Islands,  are  all  left  to  the  Eastward. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Manchester  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  Wirds  and  fair  weather. 

You  may  run  for  Baker's  Island  Lights  with  them  bearing  from 
NW.  Yz  W.  to  W.  by  S. ;  give  the  Island  a  berth  of  )i  mile, 
leaving  it  to  the  Southward  ;  when  abreast  of  the  Lights,  bring  them 
to  bear  S.  J^  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  them,  and  run  N.  }4  E. 
As  you  sail  in,  j'ou  will  see  on  the  Starboard  bow  the  Spindle 
on  the  Whale's  Back ;  and  the  Red  buoy  No.  2,  which  lies  off 
White  Ledge :  both  of  which  are  left  to  the  Eastward.  You  will 
also  see  on  the  Port  bow  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1 ,  on  Sauli's  Rock 
which  is  left  to  the  Westward.  Continue  the  course  N.  %  E.  until 
the  Northern  part  of  Great  Misery  Island  bears  W.SW. ;  then 
anchor  in  about  3^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  which  will  be  5  at 
High  Water.  If  bound  to  Manchester,  wait  for  High  Water ;  and 
it  it.  also  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  here.  High  Water  at  Manchester 
village  about  the  same  time  as  at  Boston. 


^  V  Gloucester  Harbor. 

JSastet^n  Point  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance  to  this 
harbor.  At  this  date,  1879,  it  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  A  Fog 
Bell  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouse. 

Ten  Pound  Island  Lighthouse. 

N.  by  E.,  from  Eastern  Point  LighJiouse,  distance  \}^  miles,  is  a 
small  Island  called  Ten  Pound  Island.  Upon  the  W"stern  part  of 
this  Island  is  a  Lighthouse  which,  at  this  date,  1879,  shows  a  fired 
White  Light. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  69 

Dangers  entering  this  Harbor.* 

JEastem  Point  Ledge. 

This  Ledge  extends  Southwesterly  from  the  Lighthouse  about  ^ 
mile ;  the  least  water  upon  it  is  on  Webber's  Rock,  which  has  7  feet 
at  Low  Tide.  This  rock  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buo}',  No.  2,  which 
is  placed  on  the  Southern  side  of  it,  and  bears  from  the  Lighthouse 
on  Eastern  Point  SW.  by  S.  about  }(  mile. 

Doff  Bar. 

This  Bar,  which  is  dry  in  several  places  at  Low  T'de,  extends 
from  Eastern  Point  (a  little  North  of  the  Lighthouse)  about  400 
yards  in  a  Westerl}"-  direction  ;  it  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No. 
4,  which  bears  from  Eastern  Point  Light  NW.  by  W.  ^  W. ; 
distance  }i  mile.  Large  vessels  of  more  than  16  feet  draught 
passing  in  should,  at  Low  Tide,  leave  this  Buoy  300  yards  to  the 
Eastward. 

Norman's  Woe  Mock, 

This  is  a  dry  rock  about  100  yards  square,  and  lies  near  the 
Western  shore.  Vessels  beating  out  or  into  the  harbor  should  not 
approach  nearer  to  it  than  %,  mile,  as  a  Ledge  extends  off  about 
S.SE.  from  it  yi  mile.  Eastern  Point  Light  bears  from  this 
Rock  E.  by  S. ;  distance  1%,  miles. 

Round  Hock  Shoal, 

This  is  a  Ledge  extending  nearly  North  and  South  300  yards, 
and  has,  at  very  Low  Tides,  as  little  as  11  feet  water  upon  it.  A 
Black  Buo}',  No.  1,  placed  in  3}i  fathoms  water,  marks  its  South- 
ern end.  Eastern  Point  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  E.  % 
E. ;  distance  ^  mile.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy,  which  is  nearly  in 
the  middle  of  the  harbor,  is  left  to  the  Westward.  Between  Round 
Rock  Shoal  and  Dog  Bar  the  channel  is  about  }(  mile  in  width, 
and  has  a  depth  of  about  5%  fathoms  at  Low  Tide. 

Field  Hocks, 

These  are  a  group  of  Rocks  l3'ing  near  the  Western  shore,  some 
of  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide  ;  they  are  Djarked  upon  their  South- 
east part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3,  which  in  passing  in  is  left  on 

*  Since  this  was  writtcu  several  of  the  liocks  in  Gloucester  Harbor  have 
been  removed. 


;./ 


70 


ELDEIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


the  port  hand.     Ten  Found  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  E. 
by  N. ;  distance  about  ^  mile. 

Ten  Pound  Ledge, 

On  this  Rock  or  Ledge,  at  very  Low  Tides,  there  are  but  8  feet 
water ;  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  6,  is  placed  on  the  West  side  of  it.  Ten 
Pound  Island  Light  bears  from  it  NE.  ^  E. ;  distance  yi  mile. 
This  Ledge  lies  nearly  in  midcliannel,  but  the  best  water  is  between 
it  and  Field  Rocks,  the  channel  being  nearly  yi  mile  in  width. 

Bahson's  Ledge. 

T'his  Ledge,  on  which,  at  very  Low  Tides,  there  are  but  9  feet 
water,  is  marked  on  its  Southeast  side  with  a  Black  Buo}',  No.  5. 
Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  S.  j^W. ;  distance 

Blade  Bode, 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  lies  about  150  yards  from 
the  Eastern  shore,  and  is  marked  with  a  Spindle.  Ten  Pound  Island 
Light  bears  from  this  Spindle  SW. ;  distance  about  ^  mile.  The 
current  of  Ebb  sets  out  of  the  harbor  quite  strong  on  to  Black 
Rock,  and  vessels  bound  out  or  in  with  light  winds  must  govern 
themselves  accordingl}'. 

Eli8ha*8  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  lies  near  the  shore  ta  the 
Southern  side  of  the  harbor ;  it  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  8. 
This  Buoy  bears  about  E.NE.  from  the  Spindle  on  Black  Rock; 
distance  %  mile. 

Binnacle  Bock, 

This  Rock  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  harbor,  nearly  oppo- 
site Elisha's  Ledge ;  it  has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and 
is  marked  on  its  Southern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  7,  which 
bears  about  E.  300  yards  from  Fort  Point  Wharf. 

Harbor  Bock,  or  Spindle  Bock,    . 

NE.,  a  little  more  than  100  yards  from  the  Black  Buoy,  No.  7, 
off  Pinnacle  Rock,  is  a  Spindle  with  an  open-worked  Ball  on  top ; 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


71 


the  Spindle  and  Ball  are  both  painted  Black. 
Harbor  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide. 


This  Spindle  is  on 


Little  Harbor  Bock, 

NB.  by  E.,  about  100  yards  from  the  Spindle  on  Harbor  Rock, 
is  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  9,  which  lies  off  to  the  Southward  of  this 
Rock.    Little  Harbor  Rock  has  about  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 

Tide.  ^    , 

Five  Pound  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  marked  with  a  Spindle,  is  bare  at  Half 
Tide,  and  lies  about  80  yards  West  from  Five  Pound  Island. 

Black  Ledge, 

which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  of 
Ten  Pound  Island  ;  it  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  which  is  placed 
a  short  distance  Southwest  from  the  Ledge.  Vessels  passing  to  the 
Eastward  of  Ten  Pound  Island  should  leave  this  Buoy  about  30 
feet  to  the  Eastward.  This  passage  is  narrow,  and  about  8  feet 
watp*"  can  be  carried  through  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Clam  Bock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked  on  its  Southern 
side  with  a  Red  Buoy,  which  bears  NW.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  distant 
about  200  yards  from  the  Black  Buoy  off  Pinnacle  Rock.  Vessels 
bound  to  the  Wharves  in  the  Cove  should  leave  this  Buoy  to  the 
Northeastward. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Gloucester  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

The  course  (at  this  date,  1879)  from  Cape  Cod  Highland 
Light  to  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse  is  NW.  by  N.  J4  N. ;  dis- 
tance 42  miles.  Vessels,  therefore,  from  the  Southward  will 
bring  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  to  bear  SE.  by  S.  >^  S.,  and 
steer  NW.  by  N.  Yz  N.  When  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  from  N.W.  to  NNE.,  and  run  for 
it.  When  about  %  mile  from  the  Lighthouse,  you  will  see 
the  two  Red  Buoys  on  Webber's  Rock  and  Dog  Bar ;  leave  the 
Red  Buoy,  No.  4,  on  Dog  Bar,  about  300  yards  on  the  Star- 
board, and  steer  N.  by  E.  for  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  6,  on  Ten  Pound 
Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  50  feet  to  the  Eastward,  aad  contin*  o  the 
course  N.  by  E.  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Lighthouse  bears  E-SE., 


72 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


then  run  E.NE.,  and  anchor  near  the  Black  Buoy  off  Babson's 
Ledge,  Ten  Pound  Island  Lighthouse  bearing  about  S.SE. ;  dis- 
tance }^  mile. 

If  bound  into  the  Inner  Harbor,  leave  the  Black  BU03'  on  Bab- 
son's Ledge  (which  bears  N.  ^  E.  ^  mile  from  Ten  Pound  Island 
Lighthouse)  to  the  Northward,  and  run  iif  about  E.NE.,  keeping 
midway  of  the  harbor,  and  leaving  the  Spindle,  and  Red  Buoy  on 
Black  Rock,  and  Elisha's  Ledge,  to  the  Eastward.  When  Five 
Pound  Island,  which  is  small,  and  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of 
the  harbor,  bears  NE.,  250  yards  distant,  then  anchor  in  about 
3  fathoms  at  Low  Tide. 

S.  E.   Harbor. 

Leave  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  4,  on  Dog  Bar  (which  bears  NW.  by 
W.  ^  W.  from  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse)  about  100  yards  to  the 
Eastward,  and  run  N.  J^  E.  until  P^astern  Point  Lighthouse  bears 
S.  by  E. ;  then  run  NE.  by  E.,  and  anchor  in  about  5  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide ;  Ten  Pound  Island  Lighthouse  bearing  N.  by 
W.  Yi  mile. 

From  Boston, 

Vessels  from  Boston,  bj'  way  of  Broad  Sound,  or  Main  Ship 
Channel,  bound  to  Gloucester,  may  bring  the  Whistling  Buoj'  off 
the  Graves  to  bear  SW.,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  When 
Eastern  Point  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.,  and  run 
for  it  until  within  ^  mile  from  it,  when  the  courses  are  as  before 
given. 

From  the  Eastward. 

-  Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island 
and  the  Londoner,  may  bring  the  Spindle  on  it  to  bear  NE.  by 
E.,  and  steer  SW.  by  W.  until  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse  bears 
W.NW. ;  then  haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  ^  mile,  and  proceed 
according  to  directions  before  given. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Gloucester  Harbor*  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  bring  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  to  bear 
SE.  by  S.  5^  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  by  N.  >^  N. 
When  Eastern  Point  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  about  N.NW.* 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


73 


and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  this  Light  about  J^  mile  to 
the  Northeastward,  and  continue  the  course  Northwesterly  until  Ten 
Pound  Island  Light  bears  NE.  b^'  N.  %  N. ;  then  run  in  on  this 
bearing  for  it  until  Eastern  Point  Light  bears  S-SE. ;  then  make 
good  the  course  N.  ^  E.  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears 
E.  bv  S.  :  then  run  E.NE.  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears 
S-SE. ;  then  anchor.  If  bound  into  the  Inner  Harbor,  or  to  the 
Wharves,  wait  at  this  anchorage  until  daylight ;  then  proceed  ac- 
cording to  directions  before  given  for  daytime. 

S.  E.  Harbor. 

Run  for  Ten  Pound  Island  Light,  bearing  NE.  by  N.  %  N., 
according  to  direction  before  given,  until  Eastern  Point  Light 
bears  S-SE. ;  then  steer  NE.  >^  E.  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light 
bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  anchor  in  about  5  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide.  The  Southeast  Harbor  is  a  good  one  to  enter  at  night  for 
vessels  of  more  than  12  feet  draught,  especially  at  Low  Tide. 


From  Boston, 

From  Boston,  by  the  way  of  Broad  Sound  or  Main  Ship  Channel, 
bring  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  to  bear  SW.  >2  W.,  and 
make  good  the  course  NE.  J^  E.  until  Eastern  Point  Light  bears 
NE.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  until  %  mile  from  the  Light ;  then  steer 
Northwesterly  until  Ten  Pound  Isli. .-'  Light  bears  NE.  by  N. 
]l  N.  The  courses  are  then  in  accordance  with  directions  before 
given. 

From  the  Eastward, 

From  the  Eastward  bring  Eastern  Point  laght  to  bear  W.,  and 
run  for  it ;  haul  round  the  point  at  a  distance  of  J^  mile  from  the 
Light,  and  run  Northweslerly  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears 


NE.  by  N. 
given. 


N. ;  then  proceed  according  to  directions  before 


Ttiick  Weather, 


At  this  date,  1879,  there  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouses  at 
Thatcher's  Island  a  Steam- Whistle,  and  Fog  Bells  have  also  been 
placed  at  Eastern  Point  and  Baker's  Island.  The  ear,  assisted  bj' 
the  Lead  and  Compass,  will  therefore  be  the  Pilot  for  vessels  bound 
to  Gloucester  Harbor  la  thick  weather. 


74 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


High   Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  at  Gloucester  Harbor  25  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  9  feet. 


Dangers  in  Sailing  from  Thatcher's  Island  to 

Boston. 

The  outermost  dangers  are  the  Londoner,  Southeast  or  Outer 
Breaker  off  Baker's  Island,  Halfway  Rock ;  off  Baker's  Island, 
Outer  Breaker  to  the  Southward  of  Marblehead  Light,  Graves, 
Martin's,  and  Boston  Ledges ;  all  of  which  have  been  previously 
described.  (See  Dangers  in  entering  the  different  Harbors  from 
Cape  Ann  to  Boston.) 


Depth  of  Water  to  avoid  Dangers, 

If  a  vessel  should  be  compelled  to  haul  off  or  lay  by  on  account 
of  thick  weather,  when  running  for  Boston,  Salem,  Gloucester,  or 
an}'^  of  the  harbors  between  Minot's  Light  and  Thatcher's  Island 
for  safetj',  she  should  not  approach  nearer  the  coast  than  20  fath- 
oms water ;  if  less  than  this  is  found,  make  good  the  course  E. 
until  it  deepens  to  20  fathoms.  This  depth  will  clear  all  dangers 
from  rocks  or  shoals. 

■» 

Thatcher's  Island. 

This  Island  extends  SW.  and  NE.  nearly  %  mile  in  length, 
and  a  little  more  than  300  yards  in  breadth.  Its  highest  part  is 
about  50  feet  above  High-Water  Mark,  and  is  destitute  of  trees. 

Thatcher's  Island  Lights  and  Fog  Signals, 

Upon  the  summit  of  this  Island  stand  two  lofty  Towers  (bear- 
ing from  each  other  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  and  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  dis- 
tance 895  feet  apart)  which  show  fixed  "White  Lights  of  the  first 
order  of  Freshnel,  elevated  165  feet  above  sea-level.  A  powerful 
Steam-'Whistle  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouses,  giving  each  minute 
a  blast  of  8  seconds,  and  one  of  4  seconds,  with  alternate  intervals 
of  4  and  44  seconds.  ,'  ,'  ;  *;<    ;  "      ..     .,■ 


W' 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


75 


/ 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Thatcher's  Island  Lighthouses. 

Distance. 

Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light),  S.  by  E.  %.  E., .    42^^   miles  nearly. 
Race  Point  Light,    .     .     .     S.  by  E.    .     .     . 
Gurnet  Lights  (Plymouth),   S.  by  W.  %  W. 


Minot's  Light, 
Boston  Light,  .... 
Long  Island  Light,  .  .  . 
Newburyport  Lights,  .  . 
Isles  of  Shoals  Light,  .  . 
Boon  Island  Light,  .  . 
Cape  Elizabeth  Lights, 
Seguin  Light,  .... 
Monhegan  Light,  .  .  . 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Light, 
Cape  Sable  Light,    .     .     . 


SW.  by  S. 
SW.  ii  W. 

SW.  M  w. 

NW.  by  N.  , 
N.  J^  E.  . 
N.NE.     . 
NE.  by.  N.  ] 
NE.  %  N. 
N  E.  ^  E. 
E.NE.    . 
E.  ^  S.  . 


N 


42>^ 

37>^ 

38 

24 

23 

25 

14>^ 

20 

29>^ 
.  58J^ 

74 

87J^ 
133 
222 


(( 


Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangers  from  Thatcher's  Island 

Lights. 

The   Londoner, 

This  is  a  dangerous  Ledge  extending  about  NE.  by  N.  and 
SW.  by  S.  nearly  J^  mile.  On  its  Southern  end,  which  is  the  dry 
parti,  is  placed  an  Iron  Spindle  45  feet  high,  with  an  Octagonal 
Cage  on  top.  This  Spindle  bears  from  Thatcher's  Island,  North- 
ern Lighthouse,  SE. ;  distance  }i  mile  nearly.  Between  Thatch- 
er's Island  and  the  Londoner  there  is  a  Channel  }(,  mile  in  width, 
having  a  depth  of  about  6  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  The  Eastern  side 
of  tills  Ledge,  in  thick  weather,  may  be  approached  with  the  Lead 
without  danger. 

Oak  Hock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  between  Thatcher's  Island  and  Cape  Ann, 
is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  which  bears  W.NW.  from  the 
Northern  Light  upon  Thatcher's  Island  ;  distance  about  ^  mile. 


T1iateher*8  Islmid  Bar. 

A  Bar  extends  from  Thatcher's  Island  to  Milk  Island,  and  ves- 
sels of  more  than  seven  feet  draught  should  not  attempt  this  pas- 
sage at  Low  Tide. 


mimm 


/ 


76 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST    PILOT. 


Milk  Island  Bar. 

The  passage  between  Milk  Island  and  the  main  land  is  only  used 
by  boats  at  Low  Tide. 

Dry  Salvages. 

Upon  the  highest  part  of  the  Dry  Salvages  is  a  Tripod,  the  top 
of  which  is  G5  feet  above  High- Water  Mark.  About  yz  of  the 
upper  part  of  this  Tripod  is  covered  so  as  to  present  the  appear- 
ance of  a  Pyramid,  and  is  painted  red.  Thatcher's  Island,  North- 
ern Light,  bears  from  this  Tripod  S.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  distance  2 
miles.  This  Ledge,  including  the  bare  and  sunken  Rocks,  extends 
North  and  South  about  y^  mile.  Vessels,  in  thick  weather,  ap- 
proaching this  Ledge  from  the  Eastward  should  proceed  with  cau- 
tion, as  15  fathoms  water  was  found  East,  %  mile  from  the  Tripod, 
13  fathoms  South,  ^  mile,  and  10  fathoms  North,  ^  mile  from  it, 

^  Little  Salvages, 

These  Rocks,  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lie  about  J^  mile 
West  from  the  Dry  Salvages.  Thatcher's  Island,  Northern  Light, 
bears  from  this  Reef  S.  by  W.  %  W.  about  two  miles.  The  pas- 
sage between  the  Dry  and  Little  Salvages  is  300  yards  in  width, 
but  is  not  safe,  as  there  is  a  rock  lying  in  it.  This  rock  bears 
about  NW.  from  the  Tripod,  distance  yi  mile,  and  is  bare  at  Low 
Spring  Tides. 


Rockport  Harbor. 

Straitsniouth  Island  Light, 

Upon  the  Northeast  part  of  Straitsmouth  Island  *  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Lighthouse  bears  from  the 
Northern  Lighthouse  upon  Thatcher's  Island  N.  by  W.  V/2  miles. 

.  - .  Dangers  iu  approaching  Rockport  Harbor. 

Avery^s  Ledge, 

'     These  are  a  sunken  mass  of  Rocks  about  200  yards  square. 
Upon  some  of  these  rocks  there  are,  at  Low  Tide,  not  more  than 

*  There  ia  not  any  passage  for  vessels  betweea  Straitsmouth  Island  and  the 
main  land.      • 


X"^» 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


77 


4  feet  water.  A  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  marks  the  Southwestern  part 
of  the  Ledge.  Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  S. 
by  W-  }i  W. ;  distance  yi  mile. 

jyry  Salvages, 

Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears  from  the  Tripod  on  the  Dry 
Salvages  W.SW. ;  distance  l}i  miles. 

Little  Salvages.  ^ 

These  Rocks,  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lie  about  ^  mile 
West  from  the  Dry  Salvages.  Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears 
from  the  centre  of  this  Reef  SW.  by  W.  about  1  mile.  The  pas- 
sage between  the  Dry  and  Little  Salvages  is  300  yards  in  width, 
but  strangers  should  not  attempt  it  on  account  of  a  rock  which,  lies 
nearly  midway  between  the  two  Ledges,  and  is  dry  at  very  Low 

Tides.  , 

The  Flat   Crvound 

Are  three  Ledges  extending  North  and  South  about  }4  mile,  and 
lie  near  each  other.  The  Northernmost  Ledge  has  10  feet  water 
upon  it,  the  Middle  Ledge  9  feet,  and  the  Southernmost  Rock  is  bare 
at  very  Low  Tides.  A  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  is  placed  off  to  the  South- 
ward of  this  Rock.  Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  SW.  by  S.  5<»  S. ;  distance  %  mile ;  Rockport  Breakwater 
SW.  by  W.  5^  W.  1^4  miles.  Vessels  from  seaward  bound  to 
Rockport  generally  pass  about  }^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  the 
Salvages,  and  a  short  distance  South  of  this  Buo}'.  At  this  date 
(1879)  there  is  not  any  Buo}-  off  the  Northern  part  of  the  Flat 
Ground,  and  vessels  from  the  Northward  bound  to  any  of  the  har- 
bors in  Sandy  Bay  should,  in  order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  keep  not 
more  than  from  J4  to  ^  mile  from  the  main  land. 

Nine-Feet  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  not  Buoyed  (at  this  date,  1879),  has  9  feet 
water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides.  Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears 
from  this  Rock  E-SE.,  distance  about  ^  mile;  Rockport  Break- 
water  W.  J^  S.,  distance  J4  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Rockport  Harbor,  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward,  after  passing  Thatcher's  Island  and  the  Lon^ 
doner,  bring  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  NW.  %  N., 


•'~mi 


78 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


and  run  for  it ;  give  tho  Light  a  berth  of  about  ^  mile,  leaving  the 
Reel  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Avery's  Ledge,  a  short  distance  to  the  North- 
ward, and  run  W.  by  N.  until  a  largo  Granite  Factory  in  the  town 
bears  W.SW. ;  then  run  in  for  it  on  this  course,  i)assing  midway 
between  the  points  of  the  liarbor.  If  it  bo  Low  Tide,  anchor,  ami 
wait  until  High  Water ;  then  run  between  tho  pier  heads  into  the 
Basin,  or  Inner  Marbor. 

In  running  in  W.SW.  for  the  Stone  Factory,  tho  9  foot  Rock 
will  be  left  260  yards  to  the  Southward.  On  this  course,  tho  Kock 
lying  a  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  of  the  end  of  tho  Breakwater 
will  be  left  to  the  Northward.     This  last-mentioned  rock  ia  nearly 

dry  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy. 

'i 
'I 

From  the  Northward  or  Northeastward, 

Bring  Andrews  Point,  the  Northeastern  part  of  Capo  Ann,  to 
bear  SW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  Straitsniouth  Island 
Lighthouse  is  in  range  with  the  Northern  Lighthouse  on  Thatcher's 
Island,  bearing  S.  by  E. ;  then  run  for  them  until  the  large  Stone 
Factory  boars  W.SW^. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

In  order  to  clear  the  three  Ledges  called  the  Flat  Ground,  ves- 
sels at  night  bound  to  any  of  tho  harbors  in  Sandy  Bay  should  keep 
Moll  to  tho  Northward,  until  the  last-mentioned  lights  are  in  range. 

Only  7  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  Rockiiort  Harbor  at  Low 
Tide.  Vessels  of  more  than  7  feet  draught,  compelled  in  heavy 
easterly  gales  to  enter  this  place  as  a  harbor  of  refuge,  should  there- 
fore wait  until  Half  Flood. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Rockport  82  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides  8^  feet. 


The  Rockport  Granite  Company's  Harbor. 

By  private  enterprise  a  Granite  Breakwater  has  been  constructed 
here,  which  forms  a  small  harbor,  admitting  vessels  of  12  feet 
draught  at  Low  Tide.  The  entrance  to  this  harbor  bears  W.NWm 
\y2  miles  from  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse,  and  NW.  Ya  N. 
about  %  mile  from  the  end  of  Rockport  Breakwater. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


79 


t  is  at  Boston. 


Dangers  in  approaching  this  Harbor. 

Dodge's  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare,  lies  about  Yi  mile  ft'om  the  shore,  and 
is  iriiirkcd  with  a  Spindle,  which  bears  NW.  %  W.  %.  W.  from 
Straitsinouth  Island  Lighthouse  ;  distance  1^  miles.  Shoal  ground 
extciuls  in  every  direction  from  this  Spindle,  and  vessels  should  not 
(TO  near  it.  A  Buoy  is  placed  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward  of 
this  ledge,  which  is  left  to  the  Northward  in  entering  this  harbor. 

MltcheVs  Hock,  '" 

This  Rock,  which  is  not  buoyed  at  this  date  (1879),  has  about  4 
feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  lies  about  one-fifth  of  a  mile 
from  the  shore.  The  Spindle  on  Dodge's  Rock  bears  from  it  S.  ^4 
W.  }i  mile.  There  are  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water  between  these 
two  last-mentioned  rocks  and  the  shore.  ' 

Sandy  Bay  Ledge. 

This  is  a  small  rocky  Island,  which  lies  about  two  hundred  j'ards 
from  the  Western  shore,  and  bears  NW.  yi  mile  from  the  outer 
end  of  Rockport  Breakwater,  and  is  left  to  the  Southward  by  vessels 
bound  into  the  Rockport  Granite  Company's  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Bockport  Granite  Com- 
pany's Harbor. 

From  the  Southward  give  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  a  berth 
of  ^  mile,  and  run  NW.  until  the  Buo}'  on  Avery's  Ledge  bears 
E.  l)y  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  As  you 
sail  in,  you  will  see,  on  the  Starboard  bow,  a  Buo}',  and  the  Spindle 
on  Dodge's  Rock ;  you  will  also  see  on  the  Port,  a  small  rocky 
Island  lying  near  the  shore,  called  "Sandy  Bay  Ledge."  The 
Buoy  and  Spinille  are  both  left  to  the  Northward ;  the  Ledge  to 
the  Southward.  When  about  midway  between  the  Spindle  and 
this  Ledge,  run  for  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater,  and  pass  into 
tlie  harbor.  In  going  in,  when  abreast  of  the  end  of  the  Break- 
water, keep  nearer  to  it  than  the  shore. 

Fi'om  the  Northward  or  Northeastward  bring  Andrews'  Point 
(the  Northeastern  part  of  Cape  Ann)  to  bear  SW.,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course  until  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  is  in  range 
with  the  Northern  Lighthouse  on  Thatcher's  Island,  bearing  S.  by 


or« 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


s^^ 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


IM 

|M 
1.8 


14    i  1.6 


V] 


<? 


/} 


v: 


o 


7 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


^ 


^^* 


^ 


L<>r 


b. 


80 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT, 


E.  ;  then  run  for  them  on  this  course  until  the  Tripod  on  the  Dn- 
Salvages  bears  East ;  then  steer  West,  and  pass  into  the  harbor, 
leaving  the  Buo}',  Spindle,  and  Ledge  as  before  directed. 


Pigeon  Cove  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  cove  bears  NW.  J^  W.  1  ^  miles  from 
Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse,  and  N.  by  W.  about  1  mile  from 
the  outer  end  of  Rockport  Breakwater.  By  private  enterprise 
this  Cove  has  been  formed  into  a  secure  Harbor,  and  vessels  of 
not  more  than  10  feet  draught  can  enter  it  at  low  tide.  It  is 
said  that  a  small  charge  is  made  to  vessels  using  this  cove  as  a 
harbor  of  refuge.  The  only  danger  to  be  avoided  in  entering  it  is 
Pigeon  Rock,  which  lies  a  short  distance  south  from  the  outer  end 
of  tho  Breakwater.  .  ' ,  . 


Sailing  Directions  for  Pigeon-Cove  Harbor,  in  Day. 
time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  give  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  a  berth 
of  about  ^  mile,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Avery's  Ledge, 
a  short  distance  to  the  Northward.  When  abreast  of  this  Buoy, 
steer  W.  by  N.  until  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  bears  SE. 
J^  E. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  NW.  J^  W.,  leaving 
Mitchel's  Rock  and  the  Spindle  on  Dodge's  Rock  to  the  Westward ; 
continue  the  course  NW.  J^  W.  until  you  open  the  cove  bearing 
about  N.NW. ;  then  run  in,  passing  between  the  pier  which  ex- 
tends from  tl\e  Breakwater  towards  the  Western  shore,  and  anchor 
where  you  please.  In  entering  this  harbor,  keep  nearest  the  West- 
ern shore,  to  avoid  Pigeon  Rock,  which  lies  a  short  distance  to  the 
Southward  of  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater. 

From  the  Northward  or  Northeastward* 

Run  for  Andrew's  Point  (the  Northeast  part  of  Cape  Ann)  ou 
any  bearing  from  S.  to  SW.  until  about  %  mile  from  the  shore; 
then  steer  from  S.  by  W.  to  S-SW.  until  you  open  the  Cove; 
then  run  in  as  before  directed. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


81 


Lane's  Cove.  '         ■ 

This  Cove  is  situated  upon  the  Northwestern  shore  of  Cape  Ann, 
about  1J4  miles  Southwesterly  from  Halibut  Point.* 

Sailing  Directions   for  Lane's  Cove,  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward  may  give  Straitsmouth  Island  Light- 
house a  berth  of  %  mile,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Avery's 
Ledge,  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward.  When  abreast  of  this 
Buoy,  steer  about  N.  by  W.  J^  W.,  and  haul  round  Halibut  Point 
at  a  distance  of  >^  mile.  When  abreast  of  this  Point  bearing  S., 
steer  about  W.SW-,  keeping  J^  mile  from  the  shore.  As  you 
sail  to  the  Westward  a  settlement  will  appear,  with  a  Church  Tower 
rising  above  the  houses  ;  this  small  village  is  Lanesville,  or  Lane's 
Cove.  Continue  the  course  W.SW.  until  the  entrance  to  the  har- 
bor bears  SE. ;  then  run  in,  passing  midway  between  the  points 
of  the  Breakwater. 

In  sailing  in,  the  Black  Buoy  lying  off  to  the  Westward  of  this 
harbor  is  left  about  )^  mile  to  the  Southwestward. 

About  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  in  between  the  points  of  the 
Breakwater  at  Low  Tide. 

Hodgkins'  Cove,  or  Bay  View. 

This  Cove  lies  upon  the  Northwestern  shore  of  Cape  Ann,  about 
halfway  between  Lane's  Cove  and  Annisquara. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hodgkins'  Cove,  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  or  Eastward  haul  round  Halibut  Point,  the 
Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann,  at  a  distance  of  y^  mile  from  the 
shore.  When  this  point  bears  S.,  steer  about  W-SW.,  keeping 
about  14  mile  from  the  land.  Wheii  abreast  of  Lane's  Cove,  you 
will  see  to  the  Westward  a  Black  Bnoy,  No.  1  ;  tliis  Buo}'  lies  upon 
the  Northern  part  of  a  Ledge  which  extends  from  the  shore. 
Leave  this  Buoy  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward,  and  run  S.SW. 
until  the  outer  end  of  the  wharf  bears  S.SE. ;  then  run  for  it  on 

*  Halibut  Point,  the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann,  bears  from  the  Tri- 
pod on  the  Salvages,  NW.  by  W.  3  miles. 


■1" 


82 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT, 


this  course.  At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  at  the  outei*  end  of  this 
wharf  from  8  to  10  feet  water  at  Low  Tide.  The  Eastern  side  of 
this  wharf  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Northerly  winds. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Hodgkins'  Cove  30  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  9  feet. 

There  are  extensive  Granite  Quarries  both  at  Bay  View  and 
Lanesville. 


Harbor  of  Annisquam. 

The  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  about  2^  miles  in  a  Southwesterly 
direction  from  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape 
Ann) ,  and  there  are  usually  about  6  feet  water  on  the  Bar  at  Low 
Tide. 

Idghthouses, 

A  Lighthouse  showing  a  fixed  White  Light  is  erected  upon  Wig- 
wam Point.  This  Light  in  entering  the  harbor  is  left  to  the  East- 
ward. 

Dangers  in  entering  this  Harbor. 

ManHden's  Sock,    . 

This  Rock,  which  at  very  Low  Tides  has  but  5  feet  water  upon 
it,  is  marked  on  its  Western  side  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3,  which 
in  entering  the  harbor  is  left  to  the  Eastward.  Annisquam  Light- 
house bears  from  this  Buoy  S-  by  W.  %  W. ;  distance  about  y^ 
mile. 

Lobster  Mock, 

A  square  Granite  Beacon  of  open  work,  with  its  top  painted 
black,  is  built  upon  this  Rock,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide.  This 
Beacon  bears  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse  SW-  by  S.  yi  S.  about 
%  mile,  and  in  passing  in  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Barn  Rocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  generally  can  be  seen,  are  not  Buoyed  at 
this  date,  and  lie  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel.  They  are 
but  a  short  distance  from  the  Southern  shore,  and  bear  from  An- 
nisquam Lighthouse  SW.  by  S.  a  little  more  than  J^  mile.  In 
passing  in,  these  Rocks  are  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


83 


Sailing  Directions  for  Annisquam  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Southward  haul  round  Halibut  Point  (the 
Northern  part  of  Cape  Ann)  at  a  distance  of  ^  naile,  and  make 
good  the  course  W.SW.  until  Annisquam  Lighthouse  is  made. 
If  your  vessel  draws  as  much  as  10  feet  water,  wait  until  about 
^  Flood ;  then  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  S-,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  passing  about  midwa}'-  between  the  Red  Buoy  upon  the 
Bar  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Harriden's  Rock.  When  this  last-men- 
tioned Black  Buoy  bears  N.NE.  make  good  the  couVqe  S.SW., 
leaving  the  Lighthouse  not  more  than  125  yards  to  the  Eastward, 
and  the  Beacon  on  Lobster  Rock  not  more  than  50  yards  to  the 
Eastward.  When  abreast  of  the  Beacon,  shorten  sail,  and  steer 
S.  by  W.  yi  W.  until  you  see  another  Beacon  which  stands  oflf 
Lane's  Point.  '       ' 

When  this  last-mentioned  Beacor.  comes  in  range  of  Babson 
Point*  bearing  SE.,  run  SE. by  S.  (leaving  Barn  Rocks  on  the 
Starboard  hand)  until  Lane's  Point  Beacon  bears  N.  by  E. ;  then 
anchor  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water. 

If  bound  into  the  Inner  Harbor,  when  Lane's  Point  Beacon  is  on 
with  Babson's  Point,  bearing  SE.,  run  SE.  by  S.  until  the  Beacon 
bears  E.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand.  After  passing  the  Beacon  a  short  distance,  run  for  the 
Wharves. 

From  the  Northeastward  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light  to  bear 
N.NE.,  and  mak-  ;ood  the  course  S.SW.  to  Annisquam  Bar. 
From  Newburyport  liar,  bound  to  Annisquam,  steer  S.  by  E.  %  E. 


At  Night. 

Strangers  in  vessels  of  much  size  should  not  attempt  at  night  to 
enter  this  harbor  except  in  cases  of  emergency,  as  the  Channel  is 
narrow,  and  a  slight  deviation  from  the  course  may  lead  to  diffi- 
culty ;  but  as  it  sometimes  happens  that,  with  heavy  Northerly  or 
Northeasterly  gales,  they  are  compelled  to  enter  it  in  order  to  save 
the  lives  of  those  on  board  of  them,  the  following  directions  may 
therefore  be  of  great  advantage. 

*  Babson's  Point  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  harbor,  and  bears  NW. 
from  Lane's  Point  Beacon ;  distance  300  yards. 


:«i| 


m  ■ 


#  « 


84 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


•  .   il 


Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time.     '    , 

If  possible,  wait  until  y»  "lood  ;  then  bring  Annisquam  Light  to 
bear  S.,  and  run  for  it  ui  ,,  short  sail,  making  use  of  the  Lead. 
When  the  water  shoals  to  2^  fathoms,  the  Light  will  be  distant 
about  y^  mile.  The  course  is  then  S.  by  W.  %.  W.,  leaving  the 
Light  and  Beacon  on  Lobster  Rock  a  short  distance  t'-  the  East- 
ward. After  passing  this  Light  about  Yz  mile,  steer  mo:e  South- 
erly, and  in  order  to  clear  Barn  Rocks  haul  round  Babson's  Point 
(the  land  on  the  Port  bow)  at  a  distance  of  50  yards,  and  anchor 
with  this  point  bearing  N. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Annisquam  Bar  20  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 

^Remarks. 

In  entering  Annisquam  Outer  Harbor,  the  Channel  is  narrow,  and 
the  shoalest  water  is  upon  the  Bar,  which  at  Low  Tide  is  about  6 
feet.    The  above  directions  were  good  for  1879. 


Essex  Harbor,  or  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  414^  miles  in  a  Southwesterly  direc- 
tion from  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann), 
and  2  miles  Northwesterly  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse.  A  Sand 
Bar  having  at  Low  Tide  about  6  feet  water  upon  it,  extends  across 
its  entrance.  The  Channel  across  this  Bar  is  constantl}'  changing, 
and  Buoys  are  placed  upon  it  to  mark  its  Northern  and  Southern 
spits,  and  likewise  the  Channel  a  pai-t  of  the  way  up  to  Essex. 
This  harbor  may  be  called  a  shoal-water  place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Essex  Harbor  in  Da3rtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Southward  around  Cape  Ann,  leave  Halibut 
Point  about  ^  mile  to  the  Southward,  and  steer  W.  by  S.  J^  S. 
until  you  make  the  Buoys  (one  Black,  the  other  Red)  upon  Essex 
River  Bar.    These  Buoys  lie  about  midway  between  Annisquam 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


85 


and  Ipswich  Lighthouses.  After  making  these  Buoys,  anchor,  or 
lay  off  and  on  until  about  %  Flood ;  then  run  to  the  Southwest- 
ward,  crossing  the  Bar  midway  between  the  two  Buoys,  and  run 
in,  leaving  the  Beacon  and  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard  hand  close 
to.  When  you  are  abreast  of  the  upper  Buoy,  or  can  see  no  other 
Buoy  above  you,  then  anchor.  This  harbor  should  not  be  at- 
tempted by  vessels  of  much  size,  excepting  when  necessity  com- 
pels. Small  vessels  may  make  a  harbor  by  the  above  directions ; 
but  it  is  advisable,  if  bound  up  to  Essex,  to  take  a  pilot.    „ 

Lighthouses, 

At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  no  Light  at  Essex  Harbor. 

Sigh  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  at  Essex  River  Bar  18  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 

From  the  Northeastward  bring  the  Isle  of  Sfcoals  Light  to  bear 
NE.  by  N.  yi  N.,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  S.  %  S- 
to  Essex  Bar  ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Ipswich  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  or  River  is  situated  about  7  miles  in  a  Northwest- 
erly direction  from  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape 
Ann) .  The  Bar  at  its  entrance,  like  those  of  the  other  harbors  in 
Ipswich  Bay,  is  constantly  changing,  and  the  deepest  water  across 
it  is  usually  not  more  than  from  ^]^  to  6  feet  at  Low  Tide.  A 
movable  Beacon,  showing  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  placed  in  front  of 
the  main  Lighthouse.  This  Beacon  is  shifted  so  as  to  be  always  in 
range  with  the  main  Light,  and  the  line  of  best  water  over  the 
Bar.  Vessels  can  therefore,  if  necessity  compels,  run  in  ou  this 
range  at  night  or  day. 

Lighthouses. 

On  Castle  Neck,  S  juth  side  of  the  entrance  to  Ipswich  Harbor, 
are  located  two  Light  Towers  nearly  200  feet  apart,  ranging  East 
and  West.   The  Eastern  Tower,  which,  at  this  date,  is  only  lighted, 


86 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  varied  by  Wliite  Flashes.  The  West- 
ern Light  has  long  been  discontinued.  These  Towers  bear  from 
Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann)  W.  ^  N., 
distance  6  miles;  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.,  dis- 
tance 4  miles ;  from  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  S.,  distance 
18^  miles ;  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Whale's  Back  entrance  to  Ports- 
mouth Harbor,  S.  by  W.  %.  W.,  distance  23  miles. 

'l 

Ipswich  Beacon  lAght, 

This  movable  Beacon,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  placed 
near  the  shore  in  front  of  the  Main  Lighthouse,  and  is  shifted  as 
often  as  the  Channel  changes.  In  order,  therefore,  to  cross  the 
Bar  in  the  deepest  water,  vessels  in  daytime  should  bring  this 
Beacon  in  range  with  the  Eastern  Lighthouse. 

Dangers, 

A  Sand  Bar  extends  across  the  entrance  of  this  harbor,  and  the 
depth  of  water  upon  it  changes  during  every  heavj'  gale.  Sand 
Bars  also  extend  from  Plum  Island  Point  and  Castle  Neck,  which 
form  thv  "Northern  and  Southern  sides  of  its  entrance.  This  place 
may  therefore  be  considered  a  shoal-water  harbor. 

Memarks, 

Vessels  bound  to  Ipswich  should  take  pilots  off"  the  Bar ;  but  as 
it  sometimes  happens  that  the}*  are  compelled  to  make  this  harbor 
in  order  to  save  their  lives,  the  following  directions  may  therefore 
in  such  cases  be  invaluable. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Ipswich  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

If  3'our  vessel  draws  as  much  as  10  feet  water,  wait,  if  possible, 
oflT  the  bar  until  about  ^  Flood  ;  then  bring  the  Beacon  or  Light- 
house near  the  shore  in  range  with  the  Eastern  Lighthouse,  bearing 
South westerl}',  and  run  in  on  this  range.  As  3'ou  approach  the 
Lights,  you  will  see  the  two  Buoys  (one  red,  the  other  black)  on 
the  Spits  of  the  Bar.  Pass  between  these  two  Buoys,  and  run 
about  SW.  by  W-  ^  W.  for  the  Inner  Spit  Buoy  (which  is  red). 
Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 


>:*». 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


87 


Btecr  for  tho  Beacon  Light  (bearing  about  SW.)  until  you  are 
about  200  or  300  yards  from  the  Beach ;  then  follow  the  shore  to 
the  Northwestward,  keeping  about  the  same  distance  from  it  until 
abreast  of  Ipswich  River  (which  is  the  first  opening  after  passing 
the  Lights).  When  abreast  of  this  River,  steer  more  Northerly 
for  the  middle  of  Plum  Island  Sound,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  6 
fathoms  water,  with  Plum  Island  Point  (which  is  on  the  Eastern 
side  of  the  entrance)  bearing  about  SE.  from  you.  .  The  anchorage 
ill  this  Sound  between  Great  Neck  and  Plum  Island  is  somewhat 
exposed  in  heav}'  Easterly  gales  and  very  High  Tides,  and  the  hold- 
iug-ground  is  said  to  be  poor.  If  bound  up  to  Ipswich,  when 
abreast  of  the  river  a  Pilot  is  necessary. 

Coming  from  the  Southward  around  Cape  Ann,  leave  Halibut 
Point  about  ^  mile  to  the  Southward,  and  run  W.  J^  N.  for  Ips- 
wich Bar.  From  the  Northeastward  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light 
to  bear  NE.  by  N.  J^  N.,  and  mak§  good  the  course  SW.  by  S. 

}^  S.  for  the  above-mentioned  Bar. 

» 

Flum  Island  Sound. 

The  entrance  to  Plum  Island  Sound  bears  about  NW.  by  N.  % 
N.  from  Ipswich  Lights;  distance  1%  miles.  Upon  the  Western 
side  of  this  Sound  are  several  small  shallow  streams,  one  of  which 
is  called  Parker  River.  The  old  town  of  Newbury  is  built  upon  the 
Northern  bank  of  this  River. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  Lj  Ipswich  Bar  about  20  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9i^  feet. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  sailing  into  Ipswich  Bay. 

This  Bay  lies  betwec  n  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of 
Cape  Ann)  and  the  Southern  Point  of  Plum  Island.  The  princi- 
pal dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering  it  are  as  follows :  Plum 
Cove  Ledge,  Annisquam,  Essex,  and  Ipswich  Bprs.  Plum  Cove 
Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  lies  about  %  mile  from  shore, 
and  is  marked  upon  its  Northwestern  part  with  a  Black  Buoj*,  No. 
1.  This  Buoy  bears  NE.  %  N.  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse; 
distance  Ij^  mile.  In  order  to  avoid  the  above-mentioned  Bars, 
use  the  Lead,  and  do  not  approach  them  in  less  than  5  fathoms 
water.  , 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Beating  into  Ipswich  Bay. 

Vessels  at  niglit-tiine,  or  in  thick  weather,  beating  into  Ipswich 
Bay  should  talte  care  to  avoid  the  Eastern  shore,  especially  from 
Halibut  Point  to  Lane's  Cove,*  as  in  some  places  the  shores  are 
very  bold,  and  there  are  9  fathoms  water  within  a  stone's  throw  of 
the  rocks ;  but  you  may  boldl}'  stand  into  5  or  6  fathoms  water  on 
the  Western  side  of  this  Ba}'  without  danger. 

The  Coast  from  Ipswich  Entrance  to  Newburyport 

Bar. 

In  sailing  from  Ipswich  entrance  to  Newburyport  Bar,  the  only 
dangers  to  be  avoided  are  the  Sand  Bars,  which  extend  <Tom  }^  to 
Ys  mile  from  shore.  At  night,  use  the  Lead  (which  is  a  sure  guide), 
and  do  not  approach  nearer  the  land  than  5  fathoms  water. 


Newburyport  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  th  s  harbor  (off  the  Bar  in  6  fathoms  water) 
bears  from  Halibut  Poini"  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann) 
NW.  by  N.,  distance  lOj^  miles ;  from  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light, 
SW.  ^  W.,  distance  12^^  miles;  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse, 
N.  by  W.  j4  W.,  distance  lO^^  miles ;  from  Ipswich  Bar,  N.  J^ 
W.,  distance  7^  miles  ;  from  Light  ou  Whale's  Back,  SW.  by  S. 
^  S.,  distance  15^  miles. 

Lighthouses, 

Upon  the  Northern  end  of  Plum  Island,  South  side  of  entrance 
to  Newburj-port  Harbor,  a  Lighthouse  is  built,  which  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light. 

Newburyport  Beacon. 

This  movable  Beacon,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is 
placed  in  front  of  the  Main  Lighthouse,  and  is  shifted  as  often  as 
the  Channel  changes.  In  order,  therefore,  to  cross  the  Bar  in  tlie 
deepest  water,  vessels  should  bring  this  Beacon  in  range  with  the 
Lighthouse.f 

♦Lane's  Cove  is  situated  about  l>i  miles  Southwesterly  from  Halibut  Point, 
t  A  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  Newburyport  Bar  in  9  fathoms 
water.     Newburyport  Main  Ligluhouse  bears  W.  K  S.  from  this  Buoy. 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


89 


Upper  Harbor  Beacons, 

In  front  of  the  city  of  Newburyport  are  placed  two  Range 
Lights.  The  Tower  of  the  front  Light  (which  stands  upon  Bai- 
ley's Wharf)  is  painted  black,  and  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light.  The 
Rear  Lighthouse  is  a  Pyramidical  Tower,  red  brick  color,  lantern 
black,  and  shows  a  Green  Fixed  Light.  These  Lighthouses,  when 
in  range  bearing  W.  3^  S.,  lead  midway  between  the  two  piers 

to  the  anchorage  off  the  town. 

■ ..  ...     ■  •< 

t't   ■ 

Dangers  in  entering  this  Harbor. 

A  Sand  Bar  extends  across  the  entrance  of  this  harbor,  and  the 
depth  of  water  upon  it  (which  is  usually  from  4  to  6  feet)  changes 
during  every  heavy  gale.  Buoys  are  placed  upon  this  Bar ;  and,  in 
order  to  show  the  best  water  across  it,  are  shifted  by  the  pilots 
whenever  it  is  necessar}'.  The  Beacon  in  front  of  the  Lighthouse 
is  also  moved,  so  as  to  be  in  range  with  the  Light  and  Bar  Buoys. 

Extensive  Flats,  which  are  dry  at  Low  Tide,  lie  on  both  sides  of 
the  Channel  leading  to  the  cit}-.  There  are  also  several  rocks, 
some  of  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide. 


Black  Mocks, 

These  Rocks,  upon  which  a  Beacon  is  built,  lie  upon  the  North- 
ern side  of  the  Channel,  and  are  bare  at  Half  Tide.  This  Beacon, 
which  is  painted  red,  bears  from  Newburyport  Main  Lighthouse 
about  N.NW. ;  distance  J^  mile. 

About  SE.  by  E.  J^  E.,  jE^  mile  from  Black  Rock  Beacon,  is  a 
bare  rock,  which  lies  about  20  yards  from  shore. 

LunVs  Bock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  ^  Ebb,  lies  upon  the  Northern  side 
of  the  Channel,  and  is  marked  on  its  Southern  side  with  a  Red 
Buoy,  No.  2.  Newbur3'port  Main  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  about  SE- ;  distance  ^  mile. 

Gangway  Bock. 

This  Rock,  which  at  very  Low  Tide  has  but  little  water  upon  it, 
is  marked  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  black  and  white  perpendicular 
stripes.  This  is  called  Midchannel  Buoy,  and  bears  SE.  J^  S. 
from  the  Northern  Pier,  distance  100  yards,  and  East  250  yards 


-  \ 


90 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST    PILOT. 


from  the  Southern  Pier.  In  order  to  avoid  tliis  Rock,  bring  the 
harbor  lights  in  range,  and  run  for  them.  This  range  will  carry 
you  nearl}'  midway  between  the  Northern  and  Southern  Piors,  and 
about  50  yards  to  the  Northward  of  Gangway  Rock. 

Half-Tide  Bock. 

On  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel,  about  300  yards  W.  ^  S. 
from  Channel  Rock  Buoy,  is  a  large  rock  bare  at  Half  Tide.  There 
are  several  smaller  rocks  near  it  also  bare  at  Low  tide.* 

Tlie  Boilers. 

These  are  two  sunken  Rocks  which  lie  close  to  tke  end  of  Cus- 
tom-IIouse  Wharf. 

Tlie  Sow  and  Bigs. 

These  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  bai^  at  Low  Tide,  lie  on  the 
Northern  side  of  the  river,  about  100  3'ards  SE.  from  the  Ferry 
Ways,  at  Ferry  Village. 

Bemarlcs. 

Upon  Newburyport  Bar  at  High  Tide,  in  the  best  of  the  wa^er, 
there  is  usually  not  less  than  12  feet ;  but  as  the  depth  and  location 
of  the  Channel  is  constantly  changing,  it  is  therefore  adv*iable  for 
vessels  of  more  than  9  feet  draught,  except  in  cases  of  gi  eat  neces- 
sity, to  take  pilots.  It  must  be  also  borne  in  mind  that  in  East- 
erly gales  this  Bar  cannot  be  safely  cr6ssed.  In  suc^  weatljer, 
vessels  should,  if  possible,  make  some  other  harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Newburyport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winda  and  fair  weather .\ 

From  the  Southeastward  bring  Halibut  Point  (the  Northenfex- 
tremity  of  Cape  Ann)  to  bear  SE.  by  S.,  and  make  good  the 
course  NW.  by  N.  for  Newburyport  Bar.  If  y^T  vessel  draws 
as  much  as  10  feet  water,  wait,  if  possible,  until  nearly  High  Water. 
Then  bring  the  Lighthouses  in  range  bearing  about  W.,  and  steer 
for  them  until  you  make  the  black  and  white  perpendicular-striped 
Buoy  upon  the  outer  Bar.  Bring  this  Buoy  in  range  with  the 
main  Lighthouse,  and  run  in,  leaving  it  close  to  on  either  hand. 

*  An  appropriation  has  been  made  by  the  United  States  Government  for  the 
improvement  of  the  Channel  leading  into  Newburyport  Harbor ;  it  is  therefore 
probable  that  some  of  these  Rocks  were  removed  before  the  publication  of  this 
work. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


91 


When  fibrcast  of  it,  keep  the  Lights  in  range  until  you  see  another 
black  and  white  perpenilicular-striped  Buoy.  This  last  is  the  Inner 
Bar  Buoy.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  Plura  Island  Spit,  leaving 
it  on  the  Port  hand  ;  thence  between  another  Black  Buoy  and  Bea- 
con. When  about  midway  between  this  Buoy  and  Beacon,  steer 
for  the  town,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red 
ones  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  two  more 
Beacons  or  Lighthouses.  Bring  them  in  range,  and  steer  for  them. 
On  this  range  you  will  pass  about  50  yards  to  the  Northv/ard  of  the 
Buoy  off  Gangway  Rock,  and  also  midway  between  the  piers  to  the 
anchorage  off  the  city. 

From  the  Northeastward  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light  to  bear 
NE.  Yi  E.,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  5^  W.  for  Newbury- 
port  Bar,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time. 

Strangers  should  not  at  night  attempt  to  enter  this  harbor  except 
in  cases  of  emergency,  but  if  necessity  compels,  if  possible,  do 
not  come  nearer  the  bar  than  10  fathoms  of  water  until  nearly  high 
tide ;  then  bring  the  lights  in  range  and  run  in  for  them,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoys.  When  abreast  of  the  Inner  Bar 
Buoy,  haul  more  Northerly  and  pass  in,  keeping  nearer  Salisbury 
Point*  than  the  Lighthouse.  When  the  main  or  Westerr  Light 
bears  S.  by  E.,  steer  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  leaving  the  Beacr  n  upon 
Black  Rocks  about  150  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  until  the  Red 
and  Green  Lights  in  front  of  the  city  are  in  one  ;  then  run  for  them 
on  this  range,  which  will  take  you  between  the  piers  to  the  an- 
chorage off  the  town.  . 

In  crossing  the  Bar,  with  the  Lights  in  range,  if  you  should  not 
make  the  Buoys,  when  you  judge  the  Lights  are  %  mile  from  you, 
haul  more  Northei'ly  for  Salsbury  Point,  leaving  it  about  150  yards 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Merrimac  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  across  Newburj'port  Bar. 

♦  Salisbury  Point  is  opposite  Newburyport  Lights,  and  forms  the  Nor*hem 
side  of  entrance  to  the  Harbor.  The  passage  between  tliis  point  and  the 
Liglits  is  about  4  mile  in  width,  and  the  Channel  is  usually  nearest  to  this 

point. 


92 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


High  Water,  '   , 

It  is  High  Water  at  Newburyport  Bar  about  20  minutes  before  it 
is  ivt  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  7^  feet. 

Hampton  Harbor. 

This  harbor  is  aboul  miles  North  from  Newburyport  entrance, 
and  at  tiiis  date  (187'J;  is  not  buoyed.  A  number  of  dangerous 
roclcs  and  ledges  lie  off  its  entrance,  and  the  harbor  has  but  little 
water  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  therefore,  bound  into  this  place 
should  take  pilots. 

Rye  Harbor. 

This  harbor  lies  about  4  miles  Southwesterl}'  from  the  light  on 
Whale's  Back  (entrance  to  Portsmouth  Harbor) ,  and  is  of  but  little 
conseqi-^ace. 

The  Coast  from  Newburyport  Bar  to  JEntrame 
off  JPortsmouth  Harhor, 

From  Newburyport  Bar  to  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  the  course 
is  NE.  by  N.  J^  N. ;  distance  15^  miles.  Vessels  in  sailing 
from  Newburyport  Bar  to  the  entrance  of  Portsmouth  Harbor 
should  keep  at  least  a  mile  from  shore,  as  there  are  numerous  rocks 
and  shoals  that  lie  off  this  part  of  the  coast.  In  thick  weather  or 
night-time  use  the  lead,  and  do  not  approach  nearer  to  it  than  10 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  llj^  at  High  Tide 


Portsmouth  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  nearly  North  from  Cape  Ann, 
distant  about  25  miles ;  Southwesterly"  from  Cape  Elizabeth,  dis- 
tant 37  miles ;  and  Northeasterly  from  Newburyport  Bar,  distant 
about  15  miles. 

Whale's  Back  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light  varied  by 
white  flashes,  is  located  upon  a  Ledge  of  Rocks  called  Whale's 
Back.  In  entering  the  harbor,  this  light  is  left  on  the  Starlioard 
hand.    A  Fog  Trumpet  (at  this  date)  is  placed  near  the  Light- 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


93 


house,  giving  blasts  of  8  seconds'  duration,  at  intervals  of  22  sec- 
onds. This  Lighthouse  bears  from  Thatcher's  Island  Lights 
(Cape  Ann)  North  about  26  miles ;  from  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light 
N.  by  W.  H  ^'■>  distance  6J^  miles ;  from  Newburyport  Bar 
NE-  by  N.  J^  N.,  distance  15^  miles  ;  from  Boon  Island  Light- 
house W.  ^  S.,  distance  10>^  miles. 

PortsmoutJi  Harbor  lAghthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located  at 
Newcastle,  and  in  entering  the  harbor  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 
This  last-mentioned  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Light  upon  Whale's 
Back  N.NW. ;  distance  about  1  mile. 


Dangers  in  approacliing  Portsmouth  Harbor. 

York  Ledge, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  extends  Northeasterly  and  South- 
westerly about  ^  mile,  is  bare  at  three-quarters  ebb,  and  is  marked 
with  an  Iron  Spindle  28  feet  high,  with  an  Iron  Cage  on  top. 
From  this  Spindle  the  sunken  portion  of  the  Ledge  extends  about 
NE.  nearly  )/2  mile.  Vessels  therefore  from  the  Northeastward 
should  give  this  Spindle  a  berth  of  1  mile,  and  from  the  South- 
westward  should  not  approach  it  nearer  than  J^  mile.  Ten  fathoms 
water  was  found  125  yards  South  from  this  Ledge,  and  9  fathoms 
200  yards  North  from  it.  In  thick  weather  or  night-time,  the  lead, 
therefore,  gives  but  little  or  no  warning  in  approaching  it.  Boon 
Island  Light  bears  from  this  Spindle  E.  J^  N.,  distance  oj^ 
miles;  Isle  of  Shoals  Light,  S.SW.,  distance  7^  miles;  Whale's 
Back  Light,  W.  hy  S.,  distance  5  miles  ;  Stone's  Rocks,  NW.  % 
W.,  distance  2  miles.  Cape  Neddick  Light  N.  by  E.  j^  E.  4J^ 
miles. 

Stone's  Rocks, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  nearl}"-  J^  mile  from  the  shore,  abreast  of 
York  Ledge,  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  marked  with  a  Spindle, 
and  also  upon  its  outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  which  in  sailing 
along  the  shore  are  both  left  to  the  Westward.  York  Ledge 
Spindle  boars  from  this  Buoy  SE.  ^  E.  The  Channel  between 
York  Ledge  and  Stone's  Rocks  is  about  2  miles  in  width,  with  not 
less  than  from  4i^  to  12  fathoms  water  in  it. 


hi: 


94 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Triangles,  or  Murray*8  Rock. 

■  ■  These  Ledges  extend  nearl}-^  North  and  South  about  J^  mile. 
Upon  the  Southern  Ledge  is  a  rock,  having  at  very  low  tides  but  5 
feet  water  upon  it.  This  is  called  Murray's  Rock,  and  is 
marked  ofT  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  having  Red  and  black 
horizontal  stripes.  Boon  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
E.  by  N.  %  N.,  distance  6^  miles ;  Isle  of  Shoals  Light,  S.  by 
W.  ^  W.,  distance  6^  miles;  Whale's  Back  Light,  W.,  dls- 
tance  4  miles;  York  Ledge  Spindle,  NE.  K  N.,  distance  Ij^ 
miles.  The  Channel  between  York  Ledge  and  Murra3''s  Rock  is 
about  lYz  miles  in  width;  heavy -draught  vessels,  in  passing 
between  them,  should  keep  nearest  York  Ledge. 

Dangers  on  Eastern  Side  of  Entrance  to  Ports* 
mouth  Harbor. 
Eastern  Sister. 

This  is  a  small  bare  rock,  surrounded  by  sunken  le  Iges,  lying 
about  }l  mile  from  shore,  and  bears  from  Whale's  Back  Light  E. 
by  N. ;  distance  lyz  miles. 

Western  Sister, 

This  rock  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  also  surrounded  by  sunken 
ledges  ;  it  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  2, 
•which,  in  coming  from  the  Eastward,  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W.  %  N. ;  dis- 
tance about  1  mile. 

Philip's  Rocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  at  very  Low  Tides  have  but  9  ieet  water 
upon  them,  are  not  Buoyed  at  this  date  (1879).  They  lie  about 
SW.,  distance  }^  mile,  from  the  Buoj-  on  the  Westei  ii  Sister,  and 
E.  by  S.,  a  Httle  more  than  %  mile  from  Whale's  Back  Light- 
house. Vessels  of  more  than  8  feet  draught  at  Low  Tide  should 
give  these  Rocks  a  wide  berth. 

Kittys  Rocks, 

These  sunken  Ledges,  which  have  at  very  Low  Tides  about  11 
feet  water  upon  them,  are  marked  off  their  Southern  part  with  a  Red 
Buoy,  No.  4,  which  in  passing  in  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  W. ;  dis- 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


95 


tance  y^  ^'  "      Vessels  of  more  than  8  feet  draught  at  Low  Tid^- 
should  not  |^r.8S  between  this  Buoy  and  the  Lighthouse,  as  there  are 
several  sunken  rocks  in  this  Channel. 

Dangers  on  Western  Side  of  Entrance  to  Ports- 
mouth Harbor. 

Gun-Boat  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  about  1  mile  from  shore,  has  at  Low  Tide   ' 
about  20  feet  water  upon  it.     Whale's  Back  Light  bears  from  the 
centre  of  this  Ledge,  N.  by  E.  >^  E.,  distance  2%  miles ;  Isle  of 
Shoals  Light,  SE.  by  S.,  distance  4^  miles. 

Stilesmanls  Modus. 

These  Rocks,  which  extend  about  ^  mile  from  the  Western 
shore,  lie  ^  mile  S-  by  W.  from  Portsmouth  Lighthouse,  and  are 
marked  on  their  outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3,  which  in 
sailing  in  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Remarks, 

The  depth  of  water  in  entering  Portsmouth  Harbor  is  sufficient 
to  admit  vessels  of  the  heaviest  draught,  even  at  the  lowest  Tides. 
With  an  Ebb  Tide  and  light  winds,  or  winds  ahead,  the  harbor  is 
difficult  of  access  on  account  of  the  current,  which  sets  out  very 
strong.  The  shores  in  entering  are  ver^  bold,  and  the  Lead  gives 
but  little  warning  in  approaching  them. 

Sailing  Direc  Ions  for  Portsmouth  Harbor,  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward,  after  passing  the  Tripod  or  Spindle  on  the 
Dry  Salvages,  bring  Thatcher's  Island  Lighthouses  to  bear  South, 
and  make  good  the  course  North  for  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  at 
the  entrance  of  Portsmouth  Harbor.  If  there  is  no  deviation  from 
this  course,  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse  will  be  left  about  2  miles 
to  the  Eastward.  As  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  upon  Whale's  Back  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  When 
from  1  to  2  miles  from  this  Lighthouse,  haul  to  the  Northwestward 
until  you  open  the  entrance  to  the  harbor ;  then  run  in  about  N. 
li  E.,  keeping  midway  between  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  and  the 


\, 


4 


■ 

■H 

I 

^ 

■  :l 

I 

,si| 

1 

1 

^-  k^ 

■J 

» 

1 


w 


,J 


96 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


Western  shore.  Continue  the  course  N.  ?4  E.,  leaving  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Stilesman's  Rocks  and  Portsmouth  Lighthouse,  both  on 
the  Port  hand  ;  haul  round  the  point  on  which  the  Fort  stands  at  a 
distance  of  about  200  yards.  As  you  enter  the  harbor,  you  will 
see  the  Black  Buoy,  No.  5.  off  Cod  Rock.  This  Buoy  lies  about 
250  yards  N W.  from  the  Northeastern  part  of  Fort  Constitution.* 
Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  NW.  by  W.  about  %  mile ;  then  haul  up  about  W.  Yz  N., 
keeping  in  mid-channel,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  9,  off  Goat 
Island  Ledge,  about  50  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the 
course  W.  Y^  N.  until  you  open  the  two  large  Ship  Houses  at  the 
Navy  Yard  from  behind  Seavy  Point  (which  is  on  the  Starboard 
hand)  ;  then  steer  about  N.NW.,  passing  in  mid-channel  through 
the  Narrows.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  hand  a 
Black  Beacon,  and  also  two  Buoys,  one  black,  the  other  painted  in 
red  and  black  horizontal  stripes.  Leave  the  Beacon  and  last- 
mentioned  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand,  and  haul  in  for  the  Wharves, 
leaving  another  Black  Buoj',  No.  13,  on  the  Port  hand. 

It  is  advisable  for  vessels  intending  to  anchor  off  the  Whan^es  to 
have  a  long  scope  of  Cable  overhauled  around  the  Windlass,  as 
there  is  from  10  to  12  fathoms  water  in  the  harbor  at  Low  Tide. 


Froin  the  Northeastward, 

From  the  Northeastward  leave  Cape  Neddick  Light  (which  bears 
NW.  Yi  W.  from  Boon  Island  Lighthouse,  distance  5^  miles) 
about  1  mile  to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  ^ 
S. ,  passing  midway  between  the  Spindle  on  York  Ledge  and  the 
Buoy  and  Spindle  on  Stone's  Rocks,  and  also  midway  between  the 
Buoy  on  Murraj's  Rock  and  shore.  Continue  the  course  SW.  Yz 
S.  (leaving  the  Red  Buoy  on  the  Western  Sister  on  the  Starboard 
hand)  until  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  bears  W.NW. ;  then  run 
about  West,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Kitt's  Rocks  upon  the  Star- 
board hand.  After  passing  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  run  North- 
westerly until  the  entrance  to  the  harbor  is  fairly  open  ;  then  run  in 
midway  between  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  and  the  Western  shore, 
and  proceed  as  before  directed.  ..* 


♦  Fori  Constitution  is  about  100  yards  Northwest  from  Portsmouth  Ligll^ 
house. 


«'"'"'■'    ■'-  "ipP^lflip^^pJWIW.Miiiii        — '^ 


t  « 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


97 


Coming  from  Seaward  or  the  Eastward, 

After  pasaing  Boon  Island  Lighthouse  about  2  miles,  bring  it  to 
bear  E-NE. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  W.SW.,  leav- 
ing tiie  red  and  black  horizontal-striped  Buoy  on  Murray's  Rock  to 
the  Northward.  Continue  the  course  W.SW.  until  "Whale's  Back 
Lighthouse  bears  W.NW. ;  then  steer  about  W.  by  N.,  leaving 
the  Red  Buoy  off  Kitt's  Rocks  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  pass- 
ing this  Buoy,  run  Northwesterly  until  the  harbor  is  fairl}'  open  ; 
then  run  in  midwaj',  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Anchorage  in  Haytime. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  strong  current  or  tide,  the  following,  in 
daytime,  are  the  best  places  for  anchorage  in  Portsmouth  Lower 
Harbor. 

After  passing  the  Lighthouse  Point  in  accordance  with  dirfections 
before  given,  bring  Portsmouth  Lighthouse  to  bear  SE.  %  S. 
(distance  about  %,  mile)  ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer 
NW.  y2  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  hand  Clark's 
Island,  which  is  small,  and  another  nearly  ahead ;  this  is  Jamacia 
Island  ;  and  on  the  Starboard  a  Red  Buo}',  No.  8,  which  lies  off  tlie 
Southwest  part  of  Hick's  Rocks.  Continue  the  course  NW.  yi 
N.,  passing  about  midway  between  tliis  last-mentioned  Buoy  and 
Clark's  Island.  When  the  Buoy  bears  E.  by  S.  >4  S.,  steer  W. 
byN.  J^  N.,  and  anchor  about  midway  between  these  two  last- 
mentioned  Islands  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water.  Or  you  ma}'  run 
NW.  ^  N.  from  Portsmouth  Lighthouse  until  abreast  of  the  Red 
Buoy  No.  8,  which  leave  about  100  j'ards  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  run  up  about  N.  by  E.  %  E.,  and  anchor  in  mid-channel  near 
the  Bridge  in  from  5  to  6  fathoms  water.  In  running  this  last 
course,  N.  by  E.  Yz  E.,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  which  lies  off 
Jamaica  Ledge,  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  ,     , 

Beating  into  Portsmouth  Harbor,  in  Daytime. 

In  daytime,  beating  between  the  Isle  of  Shoals  and  main  land, 
bound  into  Portsmouth  Harbor,  do  not  approach  the  Western  shore 
nearer  than  1  mile  until  abreast  of  Odiorne's  Point,  which  bears 
from  Whale's  Back  Xighthouse  SW. ;  distance  \%  miles.  From 
Jerry's  Point  (which  bears  West  from  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse) 
to  Stilesman's  Rocks,  the  Western  shore  may  be  approached  within 
850  yards  without  danger. 
7         • 


41 


1 


98 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Portsmouth  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  leave  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  3  or  4  miles 
to  the  Westward,  and  when  they  bear  W.  by  N.,  run  N.  J^  W. 
for  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light ;  (on  this  course  the  Salvages  will  be 
left  about  3  miles  to  the  Westward.)  Leave  this  last-mentioned 
Light  (which  is  Red  and  White  Flashing)  about  2  miles  to  the  East- 
ward, and  steer  N.  >^  W.  for  Portsmouth  Harbor.  When  about 
3  miles  from  the  entrance,  bring  Portsmouth  Light  (which  is  Fixed) 
to  bear  N.  ^  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  If  there  is  no 
error  in  the  Compass,  Whale's  Back  Light  (which  is  Flashing)  will 
be  left  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward.  Continue  the  course  N.  J^  W. 
for  Portsmouth  Light  until  Whale's  Back  Light  bears  E.SE. ;  then 
haul  up  N.  ji  E.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Wood  Island,  apd 
also  the  Buoy  off  Stilesman's  Rocks,  the  former  of  which  is  left  on 
the  Starboard,  and  the  latter  on  the  Port  hand.  If  the  night  is 
ver}'  dark  when  abreast  of  Whale's  Back  Light,  use  the  Lead,  which 
is  a  sure  guide,  and  do  not  go  into  less  than  7  fathoms  at  T.ow  Tide, 
and  8j4  at  High  Tide.  When  abreast  of  Portsmouth  Lighthouse, 
haul  round  the  point  (which  is  bold)  at  a  distance  of  from  200  to  300 
yards.  If  bound  up  to  the  city,  when  the  Light  bears  S.SE.,  dis- 
tance about  J^  mile,  anchor  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water,  and 
wait  until  daylight. 

Coming  from  the  Northeastward,  leave  Cape  Neddick,  which  .is 
bold,  about  %  mile  to  the  Westward.  When  Cape  Neddick  Light 
bears  NW.,  steer  SW.  by  W.  until  it  bears  NE.  by  N.  >^  N. ; 
on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW.  by  S.  %  S.,  passing  about 
midway  between  York  Ledge  and  Stone's  Rocks.  When  Whale's 
Back  Light  bears  W.NW.,  make  good  the  course  W.  ^N. 
until  Portsmouth  Light  is  well  open  to  the  Westward  of  Whale's 
Back  Light,  bearing  N.  J4  W. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and 
proceed  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Seaward,  leave  Boon  Island  2  or  3  milea 
to  the  Northward,  and  steer  W.NW.  until  it  bears  NE.  by  E. 
^  E. ;  then  ran  in  as  before  directed. 

Best  Anchorages  at  Night-time, 

Haul  round  the  Lighthouse  Point  (which  is  bold)  at  a  distance 
of  from  200  to  300  yards,  in  accordance  with  directions  before  given. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


99 


When  Portsmouth  Light  bears  SW.,  haul  up  W.N W.,  and 
anchor  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water,  the  Light  bearing  S.SE., 
distance  about  J^  mile.  Or  when  Portsmouth  Light  bears  S.  by 
W.  ^  W.  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  Y^  E.  until  the  water 
shoals  to  4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  and  h]^  at  High  Tide ;  then 
anchor  to  the  Westward  of  the  Beacon  upon  Logy  Ledge.  This 
last  place  is  somewhat  exposed  in  heavy  Southerly  winds. 

Beating  into  Portsmouth  Harbor  at  Night. 

Beating  into  Portsmouth  Harbor,  it  is  not  prudent  at  night  to 
stand  to  the  "Westward  flirther  than  to  bring  Portsmouth  Light  to 
bear  N.  J^  E. ;  and  in  order  to  clear  Kitt's  Rocks  in  standing  to  the 
Eastward,  it  is  necessary  to  keep  Portsmouth  Light  well  open  to 
the  Westward  of  Whale's  Back  Light.  When  abreast  of  this  last- 
mentioned  Light,  use  the  Lead,  and  do  not  approach  either  shore 
nearer  than  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  8j^  at  High  Tide. 
When  about  half-way  from  Whale's  Back  Light  to  Portsmouth 
Light,  keep  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard  in  order  to  avoid  Stiles- 
man's  Rocks  which  extend  off  from  the  Western  shore,  and  bear  S. 
by  W.  from  Portsmouth  Light ;  distance  %  mile. 

Entering  Portsmouth  Harbor  in  Thick  Weather. 

At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  a  Fog  Trumpet  at  Whale's  Back 
(East  side  of  entrance  to  this  harbor)  giving  blasts  of  8  seconds' 
duration  at  intervals  of  22  seconds.  As  soon  as  this  Trumpet  or 
Fog  Signal  is  heard,  bring  it  to  bear  from  North  to  N.  J^  E.,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  about 
200  yards  to  the  Eastward.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned 
Light,  steer  about  N.  J4  W.,  keeping  in  not  less  than  7  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide,  and  8J^  at  High  Tide,  until  past  Portsmouth 
Light ;  then  anchor. 

IPiacataqua  River, 

The  entrance  to  Dover  and  other  places  upon  this  River  is  by 
way  of  Portsmouth  Harbor.  ,.  , 

High   Welter*        / 

It  Is  High  Water  in  Portsmouth  Harbor  5  minutes  after  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


/ 


/ 


.y 


100 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Isles  of  Shoals. 

These  are  a  group  of  rocky  Islets  (with  many  sunken  Ledges 
near  them)  lying  about  6  miles  Southeasterly  from  the  entrance  of 
Portsmouth  Harbor,  and  extend  Northeasterly  and  Southwesterly 
about  3  miles. 


Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  flashing  Red  and  "White  Light, 
is  situated  upon  the  Southern  end  of  White  Island,  which  is  the 
Southwestern  Island  of  thi«  ^roup. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse. 


Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  .  .  . 
Thatcher's  Island  Lights,  .  .  . 
Newburj'port  Lights,  .... 
Whale's  Back  Light  (entrance  to 
'Portsmouth  Harbor) ,  .  .  .  . 
Boon  Island  Lighthouse,      .     .    . 


S.  by  E.,  . 
S.  Va  W.,  . 
SW.  by  W., 


Distance. 
.     61 
.     20 
.     12% 


N.  byW.  %W.,Q}^ 


NE.  }i  E., 


iVA 


miles. 


u 


Dangers. 

There  are  numerous  Rocks  and  Ledges  lying  near  these  Islands, 
some  of  which  extend  more  than  ^  mile  from  shore.  The  princi- 
pal dangers,  however,  to  be  avoided  in  passing  to  the  Eastward  of 
them  are  Anderson's  and  Cedar  Island  Ledges,  both  of  which  are 
bare  at  Low  Tide.  Isle  of  Shoals  Light  bears  from  Anderson's 
Ledge,  NW.  by  W.  }4  W.,  distance  %  mile ;  from  Cedar  Island 
Ledge,  W.  by  S.,  distance  1%  miles.  There  is  a  Channel  of  20 
fathoms  water  between  these  Ledges  and  the  Islands,  but  vessels 
passing  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Isles  of  Shoals  should  give  these 
dangers  a  wide  berth,  as  neither  of  them  at  this  date  are  Buo)'ed. 
In  passing  to  the  Westward  of  these  Islands,  the}"^  may  be  ap- 
proached at  a  distance  of  a  mile  from  them  without  danger. 


\ 


\ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


101 


Isles  of  Shoals,  or  Gosport  Harbor. 

Remarks, 

These  Roads,  which  lie  about  NE.  by  N.,  one  mile  from  the 
Isle  of  Shoals  Lightliouse,  are  situated  between  Hog  and  Smutty- 
nose  Islands  on  the  Northeastward,  and  Cedar  and  Star  Islands  on 
the  Southward,  and  only  afford  good  shelter  with  winds  from 
N.NE.  to  SSW.  by  way  of  East. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Isles  of  Shoals,  or  Gosport 
Harbor,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  leave  the  Isles  of  Shoals  about  1  mile  to  the 
Eastward,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  East,  steer  N.NE., 
leaving  Lunging  Island  (which  is  the  first  North  of  the  Lighthouse) 
a  little  more  than  J4  milo  to  the  Eastward  in  order  to  avoid  the 
Ledges  which  extend  Northwesterly  about  ^  mile  from  it.  When 
the  Northern  part  of  this  last-mentioned  Island  bears  SE.  J^  E. 
about  yi  mile,  steer  E.SE.  until  the  water  shoals  to  7  fathoms  at 
Low  Tide,  and  8)^  at  High  Tide  ;  then  anchor.  On  the  last  course, 
the  Red  and  Black  Horizontal-striped  Buoy  on  Halfway  Rocks, 
which  are  nearl}'  bare  at  Low  Tide,  will  be  left  about  350  yards  to 
the  Southward.  The  Western  part  of  Hog  Island,  the  largest  of 
the  group,  bears  from  this  anchorage  NW.  by  N.  %  N.  Or  you 
may  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse  to  bear  N.  by  W.,  and  run 
for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  the  Lighthouse  200  or  300  yards  to  the 
Westward,  and  steer  N.  J^  E.  After  passing  it,  j-ou  will  see 
nearly  ahead  a  Buoy  having  red  and  black  horizontal  stripes,  which 
lies  to  the  Southward  of  Halfway  Rocks,  which  are  nearly  bare  at 
Low  Tide ;  and  on  the  Port  hand  Lunging  Island,  which  is  small. 
Ruu  in  midway  between  the  Buoy  and  Island,  and  when  about  300 
yards  past  the  Buoy,  haul  in  about  E.  by  S.  for  the  anchorage. 

From  Seawrrd  you  may  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light  to  bearW. 
by  N.,  and  run  for  it,  passing  between  Cedar  Island  and  Anderson's 
Ledges.  When  about  %  mile  from  the  Lighthouse,  steer  about  N. 
by  W.,  passing  about  midway  between  Buoy  off  Halfwaj'  Rocks 
and  Lunging  Island  (which  is  the  first  island  North  of  the  Light- 
house, and  its  Eastern  part  is  bold).  After  passing  the  Buoy  off 
Halfway  Rock,  according  to  directions  before  given,  haul  in  and 
anchor. 


102 


ELDRIDQE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


From  Portsmouth,  after  passing  the  Buoy  ofTKitt's  Rocks  (which 
bears  S.  by  E.  from  Whale's  Back  Light,  distant  ys  mile) ,  bring 
the  said  light  to  bear  NW.  by  N.  %  N.,  and  make  good  the 
course  SE.  by  S.  ^  S-,  leaving  Hog  Island  (which  is  bold  on  its 
Western  end,  and  is  also  the  largest  of  the  group)  about  300 
yards  to  the  Eastward.  After  passing  the  Western  part  of  this 
last-mentioned  Island,  run  in  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Eastward  give  Duck  Island,  which  is  the  Northeastern- 
most  of  the  group,  a  good  berth,  in  order  to  avoid  the  ledges 
which  extend  off  from  it  in  every  direction.  When  the  Isle  of 
Shoals  Lighthouse  bears  S.  by  W.,  run  for  it.  On  this  course  the 
SW.  Ledges,  extending  from  Duck  Island,  will  be  left  about  }^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  Hog  Island,  which  is  quite  bold,  about 
}(  mile  also  on  the  Port.  After  passing  the  Western  part  of  this 
last-mentioned  Island,  haul  in  and  anchor  according  to  directions 
before  given. 

'■.*■'''*■  .        •        ,      ■ 

-    ■  ■*.  ,        •  , 

Passages  between  the  Isles  of  Shoals, 

Duck  Island,  which  is  surrounded  b}'  rocks  and  ledges,  is  the 
Northernmost  of  the  group.  Between  this  and  Hog  Island  there 
is  a  Channel,  having  a  width  of  more  than  J^  mile,  with  from  7  to 
10  fathoms  water  in  it.  Vessels  passing  through  this  Channel 
should  keep  nearest  to  Hog  Island. 

There  is  a  Channel  of  6  fathoms  water  between  Hog  and  Smutty- 
nose  Islands,  but  it  is  so  narrow  that  strangers  should  not  attempt 
it  except  in  cases  of  emergency.  In  such  times  keep  nearest 
Smuttynose  Island. 

With  NW.  winds  shelter  ma}'  be  found  under  the  South  side  of 
Smuttynose  Island.  In  coming  in,  pass  to  the  Northward  of 
Cedar  Island  Ledge  and  anchor  close  in  to  the  shore,  as  there  are 
20  fathoms  water  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Island.  The  Isle 
of  Shoals  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  anchorage  SW.  by  W.  % 
W. ;  distance  1^  miles. 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  Isles  of  Shoals  20  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  8  feet. 

The  Isles  of  Shoals  Roads,  or  Gosport  Harbor,  is  exposed  to 
both  Westerl}'  and  Northerly  winds. 


tOBKSSBE 


BLDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


103 


Boon  Island. 

This  is  a  small,  low  Rocky  Island,  lying  about  10  miles  North- 
easterly ft'om  the  Isles  of  Shoals,  and  about  6  miles  fi'om  the  coast ; 
it  is  destitute  of  all  vegetation  except  grass. 

Soon  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  this  Island  is  erected  a  lofty  Tower,  which  shows  a  fixed 
Wliite  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  fi:om  Boon  Island  Lighthouse. 

Diatanoe. 

Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light),   .     .     .  S.  ^  B.  .     .    6 7 J4  miles. 

Thatcher's  Island  Lights,     ....  S.SW.     .     .    29>4     " 

Whale's  Back  Lighthouse,  (entrance  to 

Portsmouth  Harbor,) W.  %  S.      .     10 J^ 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lights, NE.  ?<  N.    .     29 

Segiiin  Island  Light, NE.  7^  E.    .    46>4 

Monhegan  Island  Light,      ....  NE.byE.^E.  63 

Mount  Desert  Rock  Light,  .    .    .     .  E.  byN.  ^  N.  114 


(( 


Dangers. 

Pollock  Mock,, 

This  Rock,  which  at  this  date  (1879)  is  not  buoyed,  bears  from 
Boon  Island  Lighthouse  W.SW.,  distant  a  little  more  than  ^ 
mile;  and  at  very  Low  Tides  there  are  15  feet  of  water  upon  it,' 
Small  vessels  may  approach  within  J/^  of  a  mile  of  Boon  Island 
without  danger,  but  heavy-draught  vessels  should  give  it  a  wide 
berth. 

Boon  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  very  Low  Tides,  is  marked  on  its 
SE.  part  with  a  Buoy  having  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.* 
Tliis  Buoy  bears  from  Boon  Island  Lighthouse  E.  ^  S. ;  distance 
about  3  miles.  24  fathoms  water  was  found  400  yards  SW.  from 
tiiis  Ledge;  30  fathoms  J^  mile  North  from  it;  and  13  fathoms  J^ 
mile  East  from  it.  The  lead,  therefore,  gives  but  little  warning  in 
approaching  it  in  tliick  weather  or  at  nigbt-tirae.  About  East  from 
Boon  Island  1^  miles,  are  several  rocky  places,  which  break  in 
rough  weather.  At  very  Low  Tides  as  little  as  24  feet  water  has 
been  found  upon  some  of  them.     Heavy-draught  vessels  should 

*  A  Whistling  iJljoy,  with  the  Letters  B.  I.  L.  upon  it,  has  been  inoured 
off  this  Ledge. 


104 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


not  therefore  attempt  to  pass  between  Boon  Island  Ledge  and  the 
Lighthouse. 

York  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  whiclj  lies  between  Sweat's  Point  on 
the  South,  and  East  Point  on  tlio  North,  is  about  5}4  miles  North- 
easterly from  Portsmouth  entrance ;  SW.  %  W.  23^  miles  from 
Cape  Neddick  Light;  W.  by  N.  J4  N.  6^  miles  from  Boon 
Island  Lighthouse ;  and  NW.  by  N.  l^  N.  2^  miles  from  York 
Ledge  Spindle.  At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  no  light  at  the 
entrance  to  this  River. 


Dangers. 

The  first  danger  to  be  met  with  in  approaching  this  River  is 
Black  Rock,  which  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  Channel,  and 
is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  This  Buoy  bears  from  East 
Point  about  SW.  by  W.,  distant  a  little  more  than  yi  mile. 

Sweats  Point  Reef. 

This  Ledge,  which  extends  off  from  Sweat's  Point,  is  marked 
with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1. 

Fort  Point  Bock, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked  with  a  Red 
Buoy,  No.  4,  which  lies  about  50  feet  Southeast  from  the  Rock. 

Mock*8  Nose,  . 

This  is  a  ledge  of  Rocks  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lying  about  ^  mile 
above  Sweat's  Point,  and  extending  off  about  200  yards  from  the 
Southern  shore  of  the  River.  In  passing  in,  this  danger  is  loft  on 
the  Port  hand. 

Remarks. 

The  Channel  leading  into  this  River  is  both  narrow  and  crooked, 
and  vessels  should  enter  it  upon  the  flood,  as  in  case  of  getting 
ashore  they  may,  with  the  rising  tide,  get  off  again  soon.  About  8 
feet  water  can  be  taken  up  to  the  anchorage  at  Low  Tide. 

The  current  of  ebb  sets  strongly  upon  Stage  Neck  Point,  which 
is  opposite  the  narrowest  part  of  this  River ;  vessels,  therefore,  in 
rounding  it,  —  especially  with  light  winds,  —  should,  if  possible, 
keep  in  the  middle  of  the  River. 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


106 


Sailing  Direotions  for  York  River  in  Dasrtime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward,  leave  CaiJC  Neddick  Light,  which  bears 
NW.  J^  W.  from  Boon  Island  Light,  about  a  mile  to  the  West- 
ward, and  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W.,  taking  care  not  to 
approach  nearer  the  shore  than  ^  mile.  When  the  River  is  fairly 
open,  run  in,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Black  Rock  on  the  Starboard 
and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Sweat's  Point  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you 
sail  in,  you  will  see  another  Red  Buoy,  which  lies  off  Fort  Point ; 
leave  this  Buoy  about  20  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
about  W.  y2  S.,  with  the  Red  Buoy  off  Stage  Neck  Point  a  little 
on  the  Starboard  bow.  On  this  last  course,  the  ledge  called  the 
Rock's  Nose  will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  Between  this  last-men- 
tioned Ledge  and  the  Northern  shore  of  the  River  the  Channel  is 
vory  narrow  ;  leave  the  last-mentioned  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand 
and  haul  round  Stage  Neck  Point  in  mid-channel,  and  run  up  for 
the  first  wharf  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  River,  bearing  NE.  J^ 
N.,  and  anchor  about  75  yards  from  it.  If  the  wind  should  be 
light,  with  ebb  tide,  so  that  you  cannot  get  up  past  Stage  Neck 
Point,  haul  over  and  anchor  in  from  2  to  3  fathoms  water,  the 
point  bearing  NE.  by  E. ;  distance  about  200  yards. 

From  the  Southwestward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  upon  the  Whale's 
Back  (entrance  to  Portsmouth  Harbor)  about  1^  miles  to  the 
Westward,  and  steer  NE.  J4  E.,  passing  about  midway  between 
York  Ledge  and  Stone's  Rocks.  When  the  Spindle  upon  York 
Ledge  bears  S.SE.,  run  N.NW.  until  the  River  is  fairly  open; 
then  run  in  as  before  directed.  ■ 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  York  River  the  same  time  as  at  Boston. 
Common  tides  rise  about  8  feet. 


Xs-\ 


'        Cape  Neddick. 

This  prominent  headland  extends  out  about  1  mile  SE.  by  E. 
from  the  main  shore.  At  a  distance  of  about  50  yards  from  the 
Eastern  point  of  this  Cape  lies  an  Island  called  Cape  Neddick 
Knubble,  which  at  low  water  is  connected  by  a  sand  bar  with  the 
shore.    Upon  this  Knubble  a  Lighthouse  is  erected,  which  shows  a 


■^ 


"¥•»"'   •\-s.i 


106 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


fixed  Red  Light.*  Boon  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Cape  Ned- 
dick  Light  SE.  X  E.,  distance  5^  miles;  Cape  EUzabeth  Lights, 
NE.  ^  E.  28^  miles ;  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse,  S.  by  W.  % 
W.,  12  miles ;  Spindle  upon  York  Ledge,  S.  by  W.,  4^  miles. 

Memarks.  ^ 

There  is  good  anchorage  on  either  side  of  this  Cape.  On  the 
Northern  side,  vessels  may  find  tshelter  with  winds  from  SW.  to 
N.NW.  by  way  of  West ;  and  on  the  Southern  side  from  West 
to  N.  NE.  by  way  of  West. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Neddick  Roads  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  or  Southward  may  leave  Cape 
Neddick  Light  about  %  mile  to  the  Westward,  and  with  Northerly 
winds  anchor  in  about  6  fathoms  water  at  low  tide,  and  7^  at 
High  Tide,  the  light  bearing  about  E.  by  N. ;  distance  ^  mile. 
With  Westerly  winds,  anchor  in  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and 
7j4  at  High  Tide,  the  light  bearing  about  South ;  distance  j^  mile. 

Tlie  Coast  ffoni  Whalers  Back  Light  {entrance  to 
Portstnouth  Harbor)  to  Cape  Neddick, 

The  principal  dangers  are  the  Sisters,  Stone's  Rocks,  Murray's 
Rock,  York  Ledge,  and  the  ledges  to  the  Northeastward  of  York 
River.  In  order  to  avoid  these  dangers,  vessels  sailing  from 
Whale's  Back  Light  to  Cape  Neddick  should  not  approach  nearer 
than  1  mile  to  the  shore.  By  following  this  last  direction,  Murray's 
Rock  and  York  Ledge  will  be  left  more  than  a  mile  to  the  IjfTst- 
ward. 

The  Coast  from  Cape  Neddick  to  Kennebunk 

River, 

From  Cape  Neddick  to  entrance  of  Kennebunk  River  the  course 
is  NE.  ^  N. ;  distance  about  12  miles.  There  are  several  creeks 
or  small  streams  between  these  places,  but  they  are  of  little  impor- 
tance to  commerce.  There  are  also  several  rocks  off  this  part  of 
the  coast.  To  avoid  these  dangers,  vessels  should  not  approach 
the  shore  nearer  than  1  ^  miles. 

*  A  Fog-bell  is  placed  near  this  lighthouse. 


ELDEIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 

Eennebunk  River. 


107 


The  entrance  to  this  River  is  2}^  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Cape 
Porpoise  Lighthouse,  and  N.  by  E.  IS^^  miles  from  Boon  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Lighthouses*  ^ 

Upon  the  Eastern  pier  at  the  entrance  of  the  River  there  was 
formerly  a  lighthouse,  but  it  was  destroyed  by  a  ^'  !e  some  time 
since.  At  this  date  (1879)  there  is,  therefore,  no  light  at  the 
entrance  of  this  Harbor. 

Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Kennebunk 

Biver. 
Fishing  Rocks, 

These  dangercas  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  bare  at  half  tide,  are 
marked  upon  their  Eastern  part  with  an  Iron  Spindle,  which  bears 
S.SW.  from  the  Lighthouse  Pier  at  the  entrance  of  the  River ;  dis- 
tance s/q  mile.  This  Spindle,  in  entering  Kennebunk  River,  is  left 
on  the  Port  hand. 

Little  Fishing  Bocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  are  awash  at  very  Low  Tides,  are  marked 
off  their  Southeast  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3.  The  Lighth/use 
Pier  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  %  E.,  distance  }4  mile;  Spindle 
upon  Fishing  Rocks,  West,  about  200  yards.  Bound  into  Kenne- 
bunk River,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Seven-.Feet  Mock,* 

About  half  a  mile  SE.  from  the  Spindle  upon  Fishing  Rocks  is 
a  dangerous  Ledge,  having  at  Low  Tides  but  7  feet  water  upon  it. 
In  order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  vessels  bound  into  Kennebunk  River 
should  careful!}'  watch  the  Spindle  and  Buo\'  upon  Fishing  Rocks. 
The  pier  at  the  entrance  of  the  river  should  bear  North  before 
attempting  to  run  in. 

Remarks, 

The  entrance  to  this  river  is  between  two  piers  which  were  built 
for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  Channel.  About  3  feet  water  at 
Low  Tide,  and  11  feet  at  High  Tide,  can  be  carried  into  this  place ; 
but  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  it  without  a  pilot.    Ves- 

*  A  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  has  been  placed  off  the  South  side  of  this  Rock. 


'■*•- 


108 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


sels  may  find  shelter  off  the  mouth  of  the  river  in  from  3  to  4 
fathoms  water,  with  winds  from  West  to  North. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  Kennebunk 
River  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Cape  Neddick  Light  about  ^  mile  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N.  until  Cape 
Porpoise  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  E. ;  then  run  for  it,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  tbj  Spindle  and  Black  Buoy  off  to  the  Eastward 
of  the  Fishing  Ro  iks.  As  soon  as  these  are  made,  bring  the  end 
of  the  pier  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  river  to  bear  Nortii,  and  run 
in,  and  anchor  off  the  entrance  of  the  river  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms 
water.  On  this  last  course,  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Fishing  Rocks 
will  be  left  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward,  and  buoy  off  Seven- 
feet  Rock  to  the  Eastward. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  abreast  Cape  Porpoise  Light,  do  not 
approach  nearer  the  shore  than  one  mile  until  ^-ou  make  the  Spin- 
dle and  Buoy  off  Fishing  Rocks  ;  then  bring  the  Pier  to  bear  North, 
and  run  in,  leaving  the  Buoy  and  Spindle  as.  before  directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  upon  Kennebunk  Bar  about  15  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  8  feet. 


Cape  Porpoise  Harbor. 

This  small  harbor  of  refuge,  which  lies  between  a  number  of  Is- 
lands, is  situated  16  miles  South  westerly'  from  Cape  Elizabeth,  and 
Northeasterly  22  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Portsmouth  Harbor. 

Goat  Island  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  built  upon 
the  Southwestern  end  of  Goat  Island,  North  side  of  entrance  to 
this  harbor.  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  boar  from  Goat  Island  Light- 
house, NE.  yi  E.,  distance  16  miles  ;  Seguin  Lighthouse,  E-NE., 
distance  36  miles ;  Boon  Island  Lighthouse,  S.  by  W.  Y\  W-, 
distance  14 1^  miles  ;  Cape  Neddick  Light  SW.,  distance  14  miles. 


ELDEIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT» 


109 


Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Cape 
Porpoise  Harbor. 

The  Old  ^Prince. 

This  Ledge,  which  at  very  Low  Tides  ha'i  but  3  feet  water  upon 
it,  extends  nearly  North  and  South  200  yards,  and  is  marked  upon 
its  Soutliern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  Goat  Island  Light 
bears  from  this  Buoy  about  N.NW. ;  distance  %  mile.  In  enter- 
ing the  harbor,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Goat  Island  Point  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  extends  off  about 
W.SW.,  150  yards  from  the  Southwestern  point  of  Goat  Island. 
The  Western  part,  which  is  very  bold,  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy, 
No.  4.  Goat  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy,  NE.  Yz  E. ; 
distance  about  225  yards.  Bound  into  the  harbor,  this  Buoy  is  lefb 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Folly  Island  Point  Ledge, 

About  350  yards  W.SW.  from  Cape  Porpoise  Lighthouse  is  a 
small  Island  destitute  of  grass  or  trees,  which  is  called  Folly  Is- 
land. The  Channel  leading  into  the  harbor  is  between  this  Island 
and  the  Lighthouse. 

A  dangerous  Reef  extends  off  about  S.  by  W.,  nearl}'  ^A,  mile 
from  the  Southern  point  of  this  Island,  and  for  half  that  distance 
is  bare  at  Low  Tide.  At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  no  Buoy  upon 
this  danger,  but  the  sea  generallj'  breaks  upon  it.  In  entering  the 
harbor,  this  Ledge  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 


m 


Gangway  Rock. 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  are  but  6  feet  water  at  Low  Tide, 
is  marked  upon  its  Northeastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1. 
Goat  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  Yz  N.  >^  mile.  In 
passing  in,  this  Ledge  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Memarks. 

Tlie  Channel  leading  into  Cape  Porpoise  is  narrow,  and  the  place 
for  anchorage  small,  most  of  the  harbor  being  dry  at  Low  Tide ; 
but  with  these  disadvantages,  it  is  sometimes  of  great  importance, 
especially  to  vessels  of  light  draught,  when  overtaken  by  a  storm. 


110 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


ft 


The  holding  ground  is  excellent,  and  when  once  into  it,  j-ou  may 
lie  secure  from  all  winds.  The  current  of  both  Flood  and  Ebb  in 
running  in  and  out  of  this  harbor  sets  strong  in  several  places  upon 
the  Ledges.  Strangers  should  not  therefore  attempt  to  pass  in  or 
out  of  it  unless  they  have  a  fair  and  commanding  breeze. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Porpoise  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  South  westward,  leave  Cape  Neddick  Light  about  J^ 
mile  to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  ]^  E.,  taking 
care  not  to  approach  nearer  to  Cape  Porpoise  than  1  mile.  When 
Cape  Porpoise  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  W.  %  W.,  run  for  it, 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  olf  the  Old  Prince. 
Leave  this  Buoy  75  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about 
N"W .  hy  N.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  from  the  Lighthouse, 
leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand  close  to.  When  abreast  this  last- 
mentioned  Buoy,  3'ou  will  see  to  the  Northward  a  pile  of  stones, 
surmounted  b}-  a  pole,  which  stands  upon  a  Dry  Ledge  (this  is 
called  the  Pilot  Beacon).  Run  in  with  this  Beacon  a  little  on  the 
Starboard  bow,  and  anchor  with  it  bearing  E.  by  S.  in  about  13 
feet  water  at  Low  Tide.  In  xcyy  heavy  weather,  it  is  best  to  run 
upon  the  Flats,  where  you  will  ground,  at  Half  Tide,  soft,  muddy 
bottom,  and  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

From  the  Northeastward,  leave  Wood  Island  Light  about  V/i 
miles  to  the  Westward,  and  steer  SW.  until  Cape  Porpoise  Light 
bears  N.  by  W.  }i  W. ;  then  run  in,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given, 
harbor. 


Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  beat  out  or  into  this 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Cape  Porpoise  Harbor  15  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  from  8  to  9  feet. 

Stage  Island  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of 
Cape  Porpoise  Light,  is  formed  by  a  group  of  Islands  lying  off  the 
main  land.  It  will  afford  shelter  for  vessels  of  light  draught, 
but  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  it  without  a  pilot. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Ill 


The  Coast  from  Cape  Porpoise  to  Wood  Island. 

From  Cape  Porpoise  to  Wood  Island  the  course  is  NE.  Yi  E. ; 
distance  7j4  miles.  There  are  several  small  streams  between  these 
places,  but  they  are  of  no  commercial  importance.  There  are  also 
several  dangers  lying  off  this  part  of  the  coast.  Strangers  should 
not  therefore  approach  nearer  than  1  mile  to  it. 


Wood  Island,  or  Winter  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  lies  about  9  miles  Southwest  from  Cape  Elizabeth, 
and  about  7  miles  Northeast  from  Cape  Porpoise  Lighthouse. 

Wood  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Eastern  extremity  of  Wood  Island  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  shows  a  flashing  Red  Light.  A  Fog  Bell,  struck  by  machin- 
ery, is  placed  near  tlie  Lighthouse,  and  is  struck  two  blows  in  rapid 
succession ;  then  a  pause  of  25  seconds,  then  a  single  blow. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Wood  Island  Light. 

Distance. 


Cape  EHzabeth  Lights,   . 

.    .    NE.  3X  E.     . 

.    sy2  miles. 

Seguin  Island  Light,  .     . 

.     .     E.  by  N.  %  N.  . 

.  29 

Monhegan  Island  Light, 

.    E.  by  N.   .    . 

.  48 

Mount  Desert  Rock  Light,  . 

.    E.  J^  N.   .    . 

.      100         " 

Cape  Porpoise  Light,.     . 

.  sw.  y2  w. . 

.     .     7H     " 

Boon  Island  Light,     .     . 

.    SW.by  S.  %  S. 

.  21 

Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light) 

,   .     S.  J^  W.       . 

.     .  86         "                         ■     ^ 

Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Wood  Island 
Harbor  by  the  Southern  Passage. 

IIiissey*s  Rock, 

This  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  but  5  feet  water  at  Low  Tide, 
is  marked  off  its  Southern  side  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1.  Wood 
Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  by  N.  K  N. ;  distance 
1^  miles.    In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 


'iK: 


y 


112 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Dancebury  Meef,  i 

This  Reef,  upon  which  there  is  but  5  feet  water,  extends  nearly 
850  yards  North  and  South,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part 
with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  Wood  Island  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  N.  ^  W. ;  distance  a  little  more  than  }4  mile.  At  this 
date,  this  Ledge  is  not  properly  Buoyed,  as  the  Channel  between  it 
and  the  shore  is  only  300  yards  in  width.  It  is  therefore  advisable 
for  strangers  to  leave  this  Buoy  at  least  400  yards  on  the  Port 
hand. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Wood  Island  Harbor  by 
the  Northern  Passage. 

Negro  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  is  8  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  on  its  Northern  side  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3.  Wood 
Island  Liglit  bears  from  this  Buo}-  SE. ;  distance  J^  mile.  Be- 
tween this  Buoy  and  Wood  Island  there  is  a  Channel  300  j'ards  in 
width,  having  4  fathoms  water  in  it.  The  best  and  widest  Channel, 
however,  is  to  the  Northward  of  this  Buoy. 

Itemarks, 

This  harbor,  which  has  from  8  feet  to  3  fathoms  water  in  it,  lies 
between  Stage  and  Negro  Islands  (the  former  of  which  has  a 
Monument  upon  it  40  feet  in  height).  About  12  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide  can  be  carried  through  the  Channel  South  of  Wood  Island 
into  the  harbor ;  but  strangers  should  only  attempt  this  passage 
with  fair  winds,  as  it  is  very  narrow  in  some  places.  The  best 
Channel  is  to  the  Northward  of  the  Island  between  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  3,  on  Negro  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  6,  off  Ram  Island 
Ledge.  Between  these  two  Buoys  the  Channel  is  about  yi  mile  in 
width,  and  has  a  depth  of  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  This 
harbor  is  exposed  to  Northerly  winds,  but  vessels  may  run  up  into 
the  Pool,  where  they  will  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Wood  Island  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Ship  Channel. 

From  the  South  westward,  leave  Cape  Porpoise  Light  3  or  4 
miles  to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  J^  E.  until 


*?  *•  •,»••* 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


113 


Wood  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW. ;  then  run  in  about  NW.  J^ 
N.,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  about  ]^  mile  upon  the  Port  hand. 
Wlien  this  Lighthouse  bears  W.SW.,  3'ou  will  see  about  J^  mile 
to  tlie  Westward  tlie  Blaclc  Buoy  off  Negro  Ledge  ;  haul  round  this 
Buoy  at  a  distance  of  2a0  yards  from  it,  leaving  it  to  tlie  South- 
ward. When  abreast  this  Buoy,  you  will  see,  about  ^  mile  to  the 
Southward,  Negro  Island,  which  is  small ;  and  also  Stajre  Island, 
with  a  Monument  upon  its  Northeastern  part.  Run  in,  and  anchor 
about  midway  between  tills  last-mentioned  Island  and  the  Red  Buo}- 
off  the  Southern  Point  of  Negro  Island,  in  from  2^  to  4  fathoms 
water,  the  Monument  bearing  about  NW.  by  W. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  the  Ledges  off  Cape  Elizabeth, 
or  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,  bear  N.  by  E.  J^  E. ;  bring  Wood  Is- 
land Lighthouse  to  bear  from  W.  to  W.SW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course.  When  about  a  mile  from  this  Light,  steer  NW.  by  W., 
leaving  the  Black  Buo}'  off  Negro  Ledge  upon  the  Port  hand. 
Continue  tlie  course  NW.  by  W.  until  the  Monument  upon  Stage 
Island  bears  W.SW. ;  tl  en  run  into  tlie  harbor.  When  abreast 
of  the  Black  Buoy  off  Negro  Ledge  (which  is  left  on  the  Port 
hand),  steer  more  Southerly,  and  anchor  in  from  2^  to  4  fathoms 
water,  midway  between  the  Monument  and  Red  Buoy  off  to  the 
Southward  of  Negro  Island. 


Directions  to  run  in  to  the  Southward  of  Wood 

Island.  , 

Steer  NE.  K  E.  from  Cape  Porpoise,  as  before  directed,  until 
Wood  Island  Light  bears  NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  upon  this 
course,  leaving  the  Buoy  off  Dancebury  Ledge  (before  described) 
about  %  mile  upon  the  Port  hand.  When  about  ^  mile  from  the 
Lighthouse,  you  will  be  past  the  Northern  part  of  this  Ledge,  and 
must  steer  about  W.  by  N.  %  N..  keeping  about  200  yards  from 
the  Southeiv  part  of  Wood  Island.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see 
the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward  of 
Negro  Island.  Leave  this  Buoy  about  100  j-ards  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  anchor  in  about  2J/^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  about  midway 
between  the  Buoy  and  INIonument.  Vessels  of  more  than  10  feet 
draught  should  not  attempt  this  passage  at  Low  Tide,  or  with 
winds  ahead. 


J^- 


M 

k 

r- 

1 


^.T' 


114 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Directions  to  enter  the  Fool. 

If  it  blows  strong  from  the  Northeast,  when  midway  between  the 
Monument  upon  Stage  Island  and  the  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part 
of  Negro  Island,  steer  about  SW.,  leaving  the  Spindle  upon  Half- 
tide  Rock  150  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  the  entrance 
(which  is  about  100  yards  in  width)  is  fairly  open,  run  in  midway, 
and  anchor  as  soon  as  you  are  through  it.  From  the  outer  anchor- 
age about  8  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  taken  into  the  Pool. 
The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  strong  in  and  out  directly 
through  this  passage. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  Wood  Island  Harbor  at 
night. 

High   Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Wood  Island  about  30  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 

H        Saco  River.  -       v 

To  enter  this  River,  leave  Wood  Island  Light  about  J^  mile  to 
the  Southward,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Negro  Ledge ;  leave  this  Buoy  150  yards  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  6, 
off  Ram  Island  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  8,  off  Sharp's 
Rocks,  both  to  the  Northward.  When  abreast  the  last-mentioned 
Buoj',  3'ou  will  see  the  lower  bar  Buoy,  which  is  painted  in  Black 
and  White  perpendicular  stripes.  This  last  Buoy  lies  at  the 
entrance  of  the  river ;  in  entering,  the  Channel  is  to  the  Westward 
of  the  Breakwater.  It  is  advisable  for  vessels  bound  to  Saco  to 
enter  Wood  Island  Harbor  and  take  pilots,  as  the  frequent  changes 
of  the  bar  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  render  it  impossible  to  give 
any  correct  sailing  directions.  It  is  High  Water  upon  Saco  Bar 
the  same  time  as  at  Wood  Island  Harbor. 

From  the  mouth  of  the  River  to  Saco  or  Biddeford  the  distance 
is  from  3  to  4  miles.  , 


Islands  in  Saco  Bay. 

Ram  Island, 

This  Island,  which  is  xexy  small,  bears  ftom  Wood  Island  Light 
NW.  y2  W.,  distance  lyz  miles,  and  lies  Northeast  about  }i  mile 
from  the  Buoy  on  the  Bar  at  the  entrance  of  Saco  River.    This 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


115 


Island  is  surrounded  by  shoals,  and  vessels  should  give  it  a  good 
berth. 

Eagle  Island. 
This  Island  is  small,  and  bears  from  Wood  Island  Lighthouse 
NW.  by  N.  }i  N.,  distance  2  miles,  and  lies  about  1  mile  from 
shore.     Vessels  of  11  feet  draught  raay,  at  Low  Tide,  approach  it 
at  a  distance  of  Yi  mile  without  danger. 

Stratton  and  Bluff  Islands, 

These  two  Islands,  which  lie  near  each  other,  bear  from  Wood 
Island  Lighthouse  about  N.NE. ;  distance  3  miles.  Sunken  rocks 
extend  oft'  yi  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  these  Islands,  and  vessels 
loiind  to  Old  Orchard  Beach  should  give  them  a  berth  of  at  least 
Yz  mile.  There  is  no  passage  for  vessels  between  these  two  last- 
mentioned  Islands. 


Richmond's  Island  Roads. 

These  Roads  lie  2y^  miles  Southwesterly  from  Cape  Elizabeth 
Lights,  and  6^  miles  Northeast  from  Wood  Island  Lighthouse. 

Dangers. 

There  are  not  really  any  dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering  these 
Roads.  There  are  two  Rocks,  called  the  Old  Proprietor  and 
Chimney  Rock,  both  of  which  lie  on  the  Northwestern  side,  and 
are  buoyed.  The  Old  Proprietor,  which  is  bare  a  little  before  Low 
Tide,  bears  W.  by  N.  from  the  Western  part  of  Richmond's  Island  ; 
distance  2  miles.  Chimney  Rock  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  and  bears, 
from  the  Western  part  of  Richmond's  Island,  NW.  by  N.  Y2  N., 
about  Yi  mile.  Neither  of  these  rocks  lie  in  the  way,  except  you 
are  obliged  to  beat  in. 

Memarks, 

These  Roads  make  an  excellent  harbor  with  winds  from  West  to 
North  by  way  of  West,  and  can  be  easily  entered  in  daytime,  even 
by  the  largest  vessels,  when  they  cannot  get  into  Portland.  The 
holding-ground  is  good,  and  I  can  see  no  reason  why  a  large  vessel, 
anchoring  in  from  7  to  8  fathoms  water,  could  not  safely  ride  out  a 
heavy  Northeast  gale. 


116 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Richmond's  Island  Roads, 
ill  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  leave  Wood  Island  Light  about  Ij^ 
miles  to  the  Northwestward,  and  as  soon  as  Cape  Elizabeth  Light- 
houses are  made  bring  them  to  bear  NE.  and  run  for  them  until  the 
Western  part  of  Richmond's  Island  bears  North  ;  then  run  in  about 
N.  by  W.  y^  W.,and  haul  round  the  West  part  of  Richmond's 
Island  at  a  distance  of  J^  mile  (leaving  it  to  the  Eastward),  ?.nd 
anchor  in  from  4  to  G  fathoms  water,  good  holding-ground.  The 
best  anchorage  for  large  vessels  is  ^  mile  S.SE.  from  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Chimney  Rock.  Small  or  light-draught  vessels  may  go 
up  to  the  head  of  tlie  cove  and  anchor  at  their  pleasure  . 

From  the  Northeastward. 

Coming  from  the  Northeastward,  bring  the  Lighthouse  upon 
Half-way  Rock  to  bear  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  and  make  good  the 
course  SW.  by  W.  >i(  W .  On  this  course  the  Black  Buoy  off"  Tay- 
lor's Reef  (bearing  SE-  X  S.  from  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,  distance 
%  mile)  will  be  left  about  Yi  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  Alden's 
Rock  about  %  mile  upon  the  Port  hand.  When  Cape  Elizabeth 
Lights  bear  N.NE.,  haul  round  Richmond's  Island  at  a  distance  of 
J^  mile,  and  anchor  as  before  directed.  In  order  to  avoid  the 
Ledges  in  beating  in,  do  not  approach  nearer  to  Richmond's  Island 
than  y2  mile,  until  past  the  Western  point.  The  first  Cove  to  the 
Westward  of  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  is  Seal  Cove,  which  is  full  of 
Rocks  and  Ledges.  Strangers  should  therefore  be  careful  and  not 
mistake  this  for  Richmond's  Island  Roads.  The  centre  of  Rich- 
mond's Island  bears  from  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  SW.  by  W.  J^ 
W.,  distance  2  miles;  and  the  passage  into  the  Roads  is  to  the 
Westward  of  this  Island. 


Portland  Harbor. 


This  harbor,  which  is  the  principal  maritime  port  of  the  State  of 
Maine,  lie.9  42  miles  Northeast  from  the  city  of  Portsmouth,  and 
62  miles  Northeasterl}' f'rom  Cape  Ann. 


>,>^' 


f'-'/^ 


■'ij*',.:' 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


117 


Cape  Elixabeth  Lights, 

Upon  Cape  Elizabeth  are  erected  two  lofty  Light  Towers,  painted 
brown,  with  white  masonry  bases,  923  feet  apart,  ranging  SW.  by 
W-  and  NE.  by  E.  The  Eastern  Tower  shows  a  fixed  White 
Light ;  the  Western,  a  flashing  White  Liglit.  A  Fog  Signal  is 
placed  near  the  Lighthouses,  giving  two  blasts  of  5  seconds  each, 
with  an  interval  of  8  seconds  between  them,  and  then  a  pause  of 
42  seconds. 


Bearings  and  Distanoes  from  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights^ 

DiBtauoe. 


Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light), 

s.  ^  w.,    .   . 

92 

Thatcher's  Island  Lights,    .     .     . 

SW.  by  S.  yi  S. 

,58^ 

Boon  Island  Light, 

SW.  ^  s., .  . 

29 

Seguin  Island  Light,       .... 

B.  by  N.,     .    . 

21 

Monhegan  Island  Light,      .     .     . 

E.  54  N.,     .    . 

40 

Matinicus  Island  Lights,     .     .     . 

E.  ^  S', 

59 

Seal  Island  Light  (Cape  Sable),  . 

E.  by  S.  ^  S., 

181 

Half-way  Rock  Light,    .... 

E.NE.,    .    .    . 

9 

Portland  Light, 

N.  54  E.,     .    . 

3>^ 

miles. 


(( 


iHii 


«( 


Half -Way  Rock  Light, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light  varied  by 
Red  flashes,  is  built  upon  a  small  rocky  Islet,  called.  Half-way 
Rock.  Webster  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  8  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide,  bears  from  this  Light  North;  distance  450  yards.  This 
Rock  is  marked  on  its  Northern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  N'^ 
7.  There  is  no  passage  for  vessels  between  this  Rock  and  the 
Lighthouse,  Rocks  also  extend  off  nearly  %  mile  to  the  Westward 
of  this  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  from  Half-way  Book  Light., 

Distanoe. 
Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,   ......    W.SW.,        9    miles. 

Portland  Head  Light, W.  ^  S.,        T^^     " 

Seguin  Island  Light,  .     .  ' E.,-      .     .     12%     " 

Since  the  above  was  written,  a  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed 
off  Half-way  Rock  Lighthouse,  in  19  fathoms  water. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  from  this  Buoy. 

Half-way  Rock  Lighthouse, North  1  mile. 

Portland  Lighthouse, W.  >^  N.     8  miles. 

Seguin  Lighthouse,      . E.  >^  N.    12      "' 


118 


BLDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Portland  Head  Light.  ^    '  * 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  built  on 
Portland  Head.  A  Fog  Signal  is  placed  near  it  which  gives  blasts 
of  8  seconds  at  intervals  of  40  seconds.  Ilalf-way  Rock  bears 
from  Portland  Head  Light  E.  ^  N. ;  distance  7^  miles. 

Portland  Breakwater  Light,       '      • 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  Hashing  Rod  Light,  is  erected 
upon  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater,  which,  in  entering  Portland 
Harbor,  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  Passing  Cape  Elizabeth 
by  the  Inshore  Channel. 

Old  Anthony f  or  Vapor  Rock. 

This  Rock,  which  has  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides,  is 
marked  on  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  stripes,  and  also  having  the  white  letters  O.  A.  upon  it. 
Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  W.  Yz 
W. ;  distance  1  ^  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  by  the 
Inshore  Channel  will  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Southeastward. 

Taylor's  Beef, 

This  Reef,  which  at  very  Low  Tides  has  1 1  feet  water  upon  it, 
extends  E.NE.  and  W.SW.  nearly  }4  mile.  It  is  marked  upon 
its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Black  Buo\',  having  the  white  letters 
T.  R.  upon  it.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy 
NW.  }(  N. ;  distance  ^  mile.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth 
by  the  Inshore  Channel  generally  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Northwest- 
ward ;  but  there  is  a  good  Channel  of  6  fathoms  water  inside  this 
Reef  close  to  the  Cape  Shore. 

Alden*8  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  at  very  Low  Tides  has  but  4  feet 
water  upon  it,  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy  having  the  white  letters 
A.  R.  upon  it.  This  Buoy  lies  about  ^  mile  Southeast  from  the 
Rock.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  it  NW.  by  W- ; 
distance  2%  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  by  the  Inshore 
Channel  should  leave  this  Buoy  at  least  ^  mile  to  the  Southeast- 
ward. ... 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


119 


Corwin  Rock,  ' 

This  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  IH  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
imukcd  upon  its  Southern  part  witli  a  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  Red 
Ilori/ontal  stripes,  and  also  having  the  white  letters  C.  R.  upon  it. 
Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  NW.  by  W.  ^ 
W. ;  distance  2>^  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  by  the 
lushore  Channel  should  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Southeastward. 

We8t  Cod  Ledge, 

Tiiis  Ledge  (which  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed)  has  4^  fathoms 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears 
from  it  W.  y2  N. ;  distance  a  little  over  3  miles.  Vessels  passing 
Cape  Elizabeth  by  the  Inshore  Channel  should  leave  this  Ledge  to 
the  Southeastward. 

MitchelVs  Rock, 

This  Rock  (which  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed)  has  b%  fathoms 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  bound  around  Cape  Elizabeth 
bv  the  Inshore  Channel  generally  pass  to  the  Eastward  of  it.  This 
Rock  is  not  considered  dangerous  except  in  rough  weather,  when 
the  sea  breaks  heavily  upon  it.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light 
bears  from  this  Rock  "W.  Ij4  miles. 


Broad  Cove  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  has  about  7  feet  water  upon  it,  is  marked  off 
its  Eastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy  having  the  white  letters 
B.  C.  R.  upon  it.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  SW. ;  distance  1  %  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth 
by  the  Inshore  Channel  must  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Westward. 

Trundy  Reef, 

This  Reef  extends  off  about  %  mile  in  a  Northeasterly  direction 
from  Trundy  Point.  Trundy  Point  is  1 J^^  miles  to  the  Northward 
of  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights.  The  Reef  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  about  Yi 
mile  from  shore.  A  Black  Buoy,  having  the  white  letters  T.  R. 
upon  it,  is  placed  off  the  Northeast  part  of  this  Reef.  Cape  Ehza- 
beth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  it  SW.  by  S.  %  S- ;  distance  1^ 
miles.  Rocky  Bottom  extends  off  to  the  Northeast  of  this  Reef, 
and  the  current  of  Flood  sets  on  to  it.    Large  vessels  should  there- 


y 


J^. 


120 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


fore  give  it  a  wide  berth.    Portland  Light  bears  from  it  N.  by  W. 
^  W. ;  distance  1  ^  miles. 


Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  passing  Cape  Elizabeth 
by  the  Offshore  Channel.  ^ 

West  Hue  and  Cry. 

This  Ledge  (which  is  not  Buo^'ed  at  this  date)  has  4J^  fathoms 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears 
from  it  N.NW.  2^  miles. 

East  Hue  and  Cry, 

This  is  a  dangerous  Ledge  with  16  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.  It  is  marked  upon  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy, 
No.  1 .  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  NW. 
5^  N". ;  distance  3^  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  by 
the  Offshore  Channel  will  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Northwestward. 

i 

Bache  Rock, 

This  Rock  (which  is  not  Buoyed  at  this  date)  has  4  fathoms 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears 
from  this  Rock,  W.  J^  S.,  distance  5  miles ;  Portland  Head  Light, 
NW.  by  W.,  5^  miles.  In  Easterly  gales  the  sea  breaks  heavily 
upon  this  Rock. 

Round  Rock, 

This  Rock  (which  is  not  Buoyed  at  this  date)  has  4J^  fathoms 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears 
from  this  Rock  W.  %  S. ;  distance  1%  miles. 


Rulwark  Shoal, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  has  but  12  feet  water  upon  it  at 
very  Low  Tides,  is  marked  upon  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Buoy 
painted  in  red  and  black  horizontal  stripes.  Cape  Elizabeth  East- 
ern Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  W.  Yz  S.,  6^  miles;  Light  upon 
Half-way  Rock,  NE.  by  N.,  3^  miles  ;  Portland  Head  Light,  NW. 
hy  W.  'i/i  W.,  distance  6J^  miles.  Heavy-draught  vessels  passing 
Cape  Elizabeth,  bound  to  Portland,  should  give  all  these  Ledges 
a  wide  berth,  leaving  them  to  the  Northwestward. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


121 


Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  approacliing  and  entering 
Portland  Harbor.  : 

Jordmi's  Ledge,  or  Bell  Rock, 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  are  18  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  upon  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes.  Portland  Head  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  NW.  by  W. ;  distance  1  mile. 

Pine-Tree  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  20  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is  not 
Buoyed  at  tliis  date.  Portland  Head  Liglit  bears  from  it  NW.  ^ 
W. ;  distance  1^  miles  nearly.  The  sea  breaks  heavily  upon  this 
Ledge  during  heavy  Southeasterly  gales. 

Witch  Bock. 

This  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  18  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy  having  the 
white  letters  W.  R.  upon  it.  Portland  Head  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  W.  by  N.,  1^  miles;  the  Buoy  upon  Jordan's  Reef  bears 
W.  by  S.  }i  S. ;  distance  %  mile  from  the  Buoy  upon  Witch 
Rock.  The  Ship  Channel  into  Portland  is  between  these  two 
Buoys. 

Ba^n  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  extends  off  to  the  Southward  about  %  mile 
from  the  Southwestern  part  of  Ram  Island,  is  marked  upon  its 
outer  part  with  a  Day  Beacon  50  feet  in  height.  Portland  Head 
Liglit  bears  from  this  Beacon  W.  by  S.  X  S. ;  distance  about  1 
mile.  In  passing  into  Portland,  this  Beacon  is  left  on  the  Star- 
board hand. 

Catfish  Bock. 

This  Rock,  which  has  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
150  yards  from  the  Southwestern  part  of  Bang's  Island.  A  Red 
Buoy,  No.  2,  is  placed  near  it.  Portland  Head  Light  bears  from 
this  Buoy  S.  by  W.  %  W. ;  distance  s/^  mile. 

Bang's  Island  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  2  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
near  the  Northwestern  part  of  Bang's  Island,  and  is  marked  upon 
its  Northwestern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  4.  .        . 


-i^' 
? 


122 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Mill  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  near  the  Western  shore,  about  ^  mile  to 
the  Southward  of  Fort  Preble,  has  2  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  and  is  marked  off  its  Northeast  part  with  a  Black  Buoy, 
No.  11. 

Spring  Point  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  some  parts  of  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends 
off  Northeast  350  yards  from  Fort  Preble.  It  is  marked  on  its 
outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy  having  the  white  letters  S.P.  L. 
upon  it.  Portland  Breakwater  Light  bears  from  it  NW.  by  W. ; 
distance  f^  mile. 

Staniford's  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  extends  off  NE.  by  E.  250  yards  from  Portland 
Breakwater  Light.  It  is  marked  upon  its  outer  part  with  a  Black 
Buoy  having  the  white  letters  S.  L.  upon  it. 

Portland  Harbor  Rocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  lie  in  the  harbor  upon  the  Southern  side  of 
the  Channel,  have  but  4  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide.  They 
are  marked  upon  their  Northwestern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3. 
Portland  Breakwater  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  N. ;  dis- 
tance a  little  more  than  J^  mile. 

Remarks, 

On  account  of  the  Ledges  that  lie  off  its  entrance,  the  approaches 
to  Portland  Harbor  are  exceedingly  dangerous  for  large  vessels. 
Small  ones  should  give  Alden's  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  but  4 
feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  a  wide  berth.  The  heaviest  draught  ves- 
sels may  enter  the  Outer  Harbor  at  Low  Tide ;  and  21  feet  water, 
at  this  date,  can  be  carried  into  the  Inner  Harbor  at  this  time  of 
Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Portland  Harbor  in  Day^ 
time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Cape  Elizabeth  Inshore  Channels 

Coming  from  the  Southwestward,  as  soon  as  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights 
are  made,  bring  them  to  bear  from  NE.  by  N.  to  N'.NE.,  and  nm 
for  them.     On  this  course,  as  you  approach  these  Lighthouses,  you 


I    I  M|i]|j.i«-»ll.» 


aff'nTWTf 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


123 


will  see,  on  the  Starboard  bow,  the  Black  Buoy  off  Taj'lor's  Reef, 
which  has  about  11  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  (Cape  Eliza- 
beth Eastern  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  NW.  ^  N.  ;  disl  ze 
y^  mile.)  As  soon  as  this  Buo}'  is  made,  you  will  remember  mat 
you  can  pass  it  on  either  side.  If  you  intend  to  go  within  it,  you 
must  keep  midway  between  the  Buoy  and  shore,  and  there  will 
be  no  danger.  If  you  wish  to  go  without  it,  when  it  bears  NE. 
by  E.,  steer  for  it  and  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
abreast  this  Buoy  (which  may  be  known  by  the  white  letters  T.  R. 
upon  it,  and  also  by  the  bearings  of  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light) 
steer  N.NE.  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  NW.  by  N.  % 
N. ;  then  run  for  it.  On  these  two  last  courses,  j'ou  will  leave  the 
Black  Buoys  on  Broad  Cove  Rock  and  Trundy  Reef  both  on  the 
Port,  and  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes, 
off  Jordan's  Reef,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  this  last- 
mentioned  Buoy,  or,  you  are  about  ^  mile  from  Portland  Head 
Light,  steer  more  Northerly,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  ^  mile  to  the 
Westward.  When  abreast  it,  j'ou  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  off  the 
Southwest  part  of  Bang's  Island.  Leave  this  Buoy  200  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  up  about  N.  %  W.  in  midchannel, 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Fort  Preble  close  to  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  abreast  this  Buoy,  you  will  see  to  the  Northwestward  another 
Black  Buoy,  which  lies  off  Portland  Breakwater  Light,  and  also  a 
Red  Buoy  ;  pass  midway  between  them  and  run  in,  keeping  nearest 
to  the  city  side  of  the  harbor. 


Channel  between  Corwin  Mock  and  West  Cod 

Ledge. 

Coming  from  Seaward  or  the  Southward,  do  not  approach  nearer 
Cape  Elizabeth  than  4  or  5  miles,  or  keep  outside  all  the  Buoys 
upon  the  Ledges  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  NW.  by  N.  ^ 
N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in 
Black  and  Red  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Corwin  Rock,  a  little  more 
than  i^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  ^  mile  from  Port- 
laud  Head  Light,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Ship  Channel, 

From  Seaward  or  the  Southward,  do  not  approach  nearer  Cape 
Elizabeth  than  10  miles  until  the  Light  upon  Ilalfwa}'  Rock  (before 
described)  is  made ;  then  bring  this  Light  to  bear  North,  and  run 


■.■'■! 


P 


124 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


for  it  until  Portland  Head  Lighthouse  bears  W.  by  N.  ^  N. ; 
then  run  for  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse  on  this  course  until 
about  %  mile  from  it,  and  proceed  according  to  directions  before 
given.  This  last  course  (W.  b}-  N.  ^  N.)  passes  ^  mile  to  the 
Northeastward  of  the  Buoy  upon  Bulwark  Shoal,  and  about  midway, 
in  9  fathoms  water,  between  the  Buoys  upon  Jordan's  Reef  and 
Witch  Rock. 

Northern  Channel. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward,  leave  Seguin  Lighthouse  3  or  4 
miles  to  the  Northward,  and  bring  the  Lighthouse  upon  Halfway 
Rock  to  bear  W.  by  N.,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  to  the  North- 
ward. When  past  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse,  bring  Portland 
Head  Light  to  bear  W.  %  N.,  and  run  for  it  upon  this  bearing 
until  %  mile  from  it ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 
Upon  this  last  course  (W.  %  N.  from  Halfway'  Rock),  Outer 
Green  Island  and  the  Beacon  upon  Ram  Island  Ledge  will  both  be 
left  to  the  Northward  ;  and  the  Red  Buo}'  off  Witch  Rock  ^^  mile 
to  the  Southward. 

White  Head  Passage. 

Metnarks. 

The  narrow  channel  leading  into  Portland  Harbor  between  the 
Northern  shore  of  Bang's  Island  and  the  Southern  shore  of  Peak's 
Island  is  called  White  Head  Passage.  Strangers  should  not 
attempt  to  pass  in  or  out  this  channel  unless  the^'  have  a  fair  wind, 
and  in  no  case  with  light  winds,  as  there  is  danger  of  being 
carried  ashore  by  the  current,  upon  the  Ledges. 


Sailing  Directions. 

From  the  Eastward,  to  enter  Portland  Harbor  by  White  Head 
Passage,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  Halfway  Rock  about  }^  mile  to 
the  Northward,  and  steer  about  W.  >^  N.  until  the  first  Island 
(Outer  Green  Island)  bears  North ;  then  steer  about  W.NW- 
leaving  Ram  Island  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see 
two  Spindles  in  the  passage ;  pass  midway  between  them  and  run 
in,  keeping  the  Southern  shore  best  aboard.  You  may  go  on  either 
side  of  House  Island.  If  you  pass  to  the  Southwai'd  of  it  keep 
nearest  to  it,  in  order  to  avoid  the  shoal  water  that  extends  off 


!iR"a!" 


rTTTjrr, 


BU 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


125 


some  distance  from  the  Northern  part  of  Bang's  Island.  There 
are  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water  in  White  Head  Passage  between 
Bano-'s  and  Peak's  Islands ;  but  the  Channel  is  narrow  ;  it  is  there- 
fore advisable  to  proceed  with  caution. 

Hog  Island  Roads,  or  Portland  Outer  Harbor. 

When  abreast  of  Portland  Head  Light,  if  3-ou  wish  to  make  a 
harbor,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Portland  Inner  Har- 
bor, until  abreast  the  Black  Buoy  off  Fort  P'-eble ;  then  steer  NE. 
until  Portland  Breakwater  Light  bears  West,  then  steer  East,  and 
anchor  midway  between  Little  Hog  and  House  Islands,  in  about  5 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  During  heavy  Northeasterly  gales, 
Ho2  Island  Roads  affords  better  shelter  than  Portland  Inner 
Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Portland  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

A  Whistling  Buoy  is  placed  off  Cape  Elizabeth  in  18  fathoms 
water.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  it  about  N-  by 
W.  ji  W.,  distance  2  r^  miles  ;  Buoy  off  Old  Anthony,  N-NE.,  dis- 
tance about  J^  mile  ;  Alden'sRock,  NE.  J^  E.,  distance  1^  miles. 

From  the  Southward  or  Southwestward,  do  not  approach  Cape 
Elizabeth  nearer  than  5  miles  until  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light 
bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  run  for  it,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
WhistUng  Buoy.  When  you  make  or  hear  it,  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  N.  %  N.  On  this  course,  Alden's 
Rock  will  be  left  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the 
course  NE.  by  N.  %  N.  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  NW.  by 
N.  ji  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  pass  it  on  the  Port  hand 
close  to.  When  abreast  of  this  Light,  run  about  N.  by  W.,  keep- 
ing in  mid-channel  until  about  half-way  from  Portland  Head  Light 
to  Breakwater  Light ;  then  haul  a  little  more  Northerly,  keeping 
nearer  Fort  Scammel*  in  order  to  avoi^.  the  Ledge  off  Fort  Preble. 
When  the  Breakwater  Light  bears  W.  by  N.  %  N.,  .you  are  past 
this  Ledge,  and  may  haul  in  NW.  and  round  this  last-mentioned 
Light  at  a  distance  of  }{  mile,  and  anchor  nearest  the  city  side.   If 


*  Fort  Scammel  is  upon  House  Island,  and  in  passing  in  is  left  on  the  Star- 
board hand. 


J 


126 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


the  night  is  very  dark,  after  passing  Fort  Preble,  use  the 'lead,  and 
do  not  go  into  less  than  3}(  fathoms  water  until  the  Breakwater 
Light  bears  S.SW. ;  then  haul  in  for  the  city. 

Hog  Island  Roads,  or  Portland  Outer  Harbor. 

If  you  do  not  like  to  pass  the  Breakwater  Light  at  night,  when 
between  Fort  Preble  and  Fort  Scammel,  run  N.  by  E.,  and  anchor 
in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water,  the  Brejfkwater  Light  bearing  West ; 
distance  about  ^  mile. 

Channel  between  Corwin  Mock  and  West  Cod 

Ledf/e, 

The  channel  between  this  Rock  and  Ledge  is  1  ^^^  miles  in  width, 
and  the  heaviest-draught  vessels  ma}'  safely  pass  through  it  at 
night,  provided  there  is  no  error  in  their  compass. 

Coming  from  the  Southward,  do  not  approach  nearer  Cape  Eliza- 
beth than  4  or  5  miles,  and  as  soon  as  you  make  Portland  Head 
Light  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by  N.  X  N.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving 
this  Light  250  yards,  or  close  to,  on  the  Port  hand,  and  proceed 
according  to  directions  before  given. 

SMi^  Channel. 

From  Seaward  or  the  Southward,  do  not  approach  nearer  Cape 
Elizabeth  than  10  miles  until  the  Light  upon  Halfway  Rock  is 
made ;  then  bring  this  Light  to  bear  North,  and  steer  for  it  until 
Portland  Head  Light  bears  W.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  until  about  %  mile  from  it,  and  proceed  as  before 
directed.  This  last  course  (W.  by  N.  ^  N.)  passes  ^  mile  to 
the  Northeastward  of  the  Buoy  upon  Bulwark  Shoal,  and  about 
midway  in  9  fathoms  water  between  the  Buoys  upon  Jordan's  Reef 
and  Witch  Rock. 

Northern  Channel, 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  the  Light  upon  Halfway  Rock  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N.  (which  course  will  clear  all  the 
Ledges) ,  and  run  for  this  Light,  leaving  it  about  %.  mile  to  the 
Northward,  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse,  bring 
Portland  Head  Light  to  bear  W.  ><  N.,  and  steer  for  it  on  this  bear- 
ing until  %  mile  from  it,  or  close  to  it ;  then  follow  the  directions 
before  given.     Upon  this  last  course  (W.  }i  N.  from  Half\>ay 


U 


acas: 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


127 


Rock) ,  Outer  Green  Island  and  the  Beacon  upon  Ram  Island  Ledge 
will  both  be  left  to  the  Northward,  and  the  Buoy  off  Witch  Rock 
i^  mile  to  the  Southward. 

Beating  into  Portland  Harbor  at  Night. 

At  night  or  daj' ,  vessels  of  not  more  than  13  feet  draught,  from 
the  Southwestward,  with  strong  NW.  winds,  at  Half  Tide,  may, 
as  soon  as  Cape  Elizabeth  Rights  are  made,  bring  them  to  bear 
from  NE.  by  N.  to  N.NE.,  and  run  for  them  on  this  bearing, 
leaving  the  Cape  Shore  about  %,  mile  to  the  Northwestward. 
When  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  NW.  by  W.,  steer 
NE.  by  N.  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  NW.  by  N.  X  N. ; 
then  haul  sharp  on  the  wind,  or  for  this  last-mentioned  Light.  In 
passing  Cape  Elizabeth  at  Half  Tide,  the  only  danger  for  vessels  of 
not  more  than  13  feet  draught  is  Alden's  Rock.  Remember  this 
Rock  bears  from  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  SE.  by  E. ;  dis- 
tance 2  miles. 

At  night  or  day,  after  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  b}-  the 
Insliore  Channel,  vessels  of  not  more  than  15  feet  draught  may 
stand  to  the  Eastward  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  W.  J^  N., 
and  to  the  Westward  until  it  bears  NW.  by  N.  %  N.  At  night, 
vessels  beating  in  may  stand  pretty  close  to  the  Western  shore, 
after  passing  Portland  Head  Light,  until  abreast  of  the  Southern 
end  of  Bang's  Island.  After  passing  this  to  Fort  Preble,  give  the 
Western  shore  a  wide  berth  ;  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledge  that 
makes  off  from  this  Fort,  when  passing  it,  keep  nearest  to  House 
Island. 

Ship  Channel. 

Beating  into  Portland  Harbor  in  Ship  Channel  at  night  or  day, 
when  Halfway  Rock  Light  bears  North,  you  may  stand  to  the 
Northward  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  W.  ^  N.,  and  to  the 
Southward  until  it  bears  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  When  Cape  Elizabeth 
Lights  boar  SW.,  heavy-draught  vessels  may  anchor,  and  wait  for 
daylight  in  order  to  pass  Jordan's  Reef  and  Witch  Rock. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  and  entering 
Portland  Harbor  in  Thick  Weather. 

A  Whistling  Buoy  is  placed  in  18  fathoms  water,  bearing  about 
S.  by  E.,  ^  E.  2 1^  miles  from  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light.  Fog 
Signals  are  also  placed  at  Cape  Elizabeth  and  Portland  Head  Light. 


m 


v.'VA 


12i) 


V 


KMminOK'S   OOAHT   I'lLOT. 


VossoIn  ft-om  tlio  SouiliwoHt,  SoiiMnviird,  or  Sonwnnl,  mukinjr  or 
bniring  Mio  WluMllin}^  Wnuy  oir  ('np,.  Kliy,iilu>th,  will  run  for  U, 
luMirliig  IVoin  NW.  to  NE.  Loiivi^  it,  i-loHt)  to  oi»  cilluT  hmul,  |„„1 
lunkii  go.Hl  tlm  i-oiifHo  NE.  l>.v  N.  Jj  N.  until  llic  I'\>g  Siguiil  upon 
Vi\\w  KlI/.iilM'lli  (lu'Coro  (IcsciilxMl)  lu«iirH  W.  I)y  S.  Jj  S.  (Port- 
liuul  llrml  liight  will  tluMi  lu-nr  NW.  by  N.  ,'4  N.,  iliHinnco  Jl',]; 
liilloH)  ;  Mini  riMi  I'or  rortl.'iud  Urml  Light,  on  (Ills  ImhI,  hciiring,  nml 
wlii'ii  you  lu'iir  (ho  Fog  Signal  iionr  (IiIh  liiglitlionso,  (hihs  it  i-Ioho  (0 
in  7  or  H  radioniH  wiitiT,  and  stocr  uliont.  N.  by  W.,  kcoping  in  not 
Ions  timu  7  or  H  ftillioins  wiitor  until  pn.st  Fort  Trolilc,  whon  you 
may  linnl  nioro  Wontorly,  and  round  (ho  LightliouHO  In  not  less 
thiiu  .')<^.  fatlioniN,  and  anchor. 

VosNols  IVoin  (ho  Kastward  making  or  lioariug  tho  Wliistlinj^ 
IJnoy  whioh  lies  ubont  South  1  niilo  from  tho  Light  upon  IlaKwuv 
Hook,  UKiy  loivvo  it  closo  to  on  oithor  hand,  and  iiiako  good  tlio 
coursp  W.  yj  N.  for  Tortland  Uoad  Light.  Ah  soon  ns  tho  Koi; 
Signal  is  hoard  at  this  liigiithouso,  bring  it  to  bi>ar  W.  >2  N.,  inul 
run  lor  it  on  this  bearing,  and  follow  tho  directions  boforo  givoii, 

irtffJi  IVator, 

Tt  is  High  Wator  in  Pordand  Harbor  I'i  nilnutos  boforo  it  is  iit 
lloiiton.     Conunon  Tidos  riso  about  i)  foot. 


Yarmouth  River,  or  Harbor. 

The  ontranoo  to  (his  Hivor  is  in  V'a>*vo  Hay,  about  1)  inilos  North- 
oastovly  tViMU  (ho  oi(y  of  Fortljind.  From  i(s  niouth  to  Yaniioiitli 
Falls  Villago  (whioh  is  sitnatod  upon  its  Wos(orn  Hank),  tho  tiis- 
tanoo  is  !';(  uiilos.  Li  going  up,  (ho  Channol  is  oxtronioly  narrow, 
and  has  but  li((lo  wator  in  it  at  Low  Tido.  In  approuohing  this 
Rivor.  thoro  arc  two  ways,  tho  most  diroct  of  whioh  is  through 
llussoy's  Sound  ;  the  othor  by  the  way  of  l*ortlnnU. 

llii«seff*s  Somid* 

Tho  passage  Into  Cnsoo  Bay  between  Peak's  Island  and  Long 
Islaud  is  called  Ilussoy's  Sound,  liy  keeping  in  the  middle  of  this 
ptuisage,  tho  heaviest-draught  vessels  may  pass  through  it  in  safety. 


nRr 


""^ir 


KLDUmUK'S  COAST  TILOT. 


129 


Sailing  Dirootions  for  Yarmouth  Rivor  m  Daytime, 
witli  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather.    » 
Itff   Way  nf  JluHHVff*H  fiound, 

Cotniii)^  IVoin  llio  SouthwoHtwunl,  SoiithwnnI,  or  Soiiwnrd,  do  not 
iipiiroiu-li  Ciipu  Kli/iiliotl)  iu!(in<r  lliiin  4  or  T)  iuIIcn  until  I'orMiuid 
Ilciid  Lijtlit  Imu's  NW.  by  N.  yj  N. ;  tlion  run  for  it  on  MiiH 
vo\\\w  until  Ciipo  Kliziibotii  LIkIiIh  mo  in  rnngo,  bi'uiinj!;  SW.  by 
W. ;  then  hU'it  N.  by  E.  K-  E.  On  tills  lust  conrst',  tin;  lied  Ibioy 
oil' Witch  Uock,  and  'I'ripod  upon  tlio  Sontlu'in  part  of  Kani  Island, 
will  luitli  bo  loll  on  tin;  I'ort ;  and  Oulor  (Iroon  Island,  and  llio  IJuoy 
pniiitod  in  l{('d  and  lUaolc  Ilori/ontal  stripes  oil'  llussoy's  licdgo, 
on  tlio  Starboard  hand.  Continuo  tho  courso  N.  by  E.  I2  E.  until 
Vortland  lload  Mjj;ht  is  in  ninfj;o  with  the  Nortliorn  point  of  Uain 
Isliual,  boaring  SW.  by  W.  Unsscy's  Sound  will  thou  bo  fairly 
o\wu,  and  you  nuiy  nni  in  about  N.  by  W.,  keeping  in  tho  naddlo 
of*it. 

When  abroast  of  tho  Northern  part  of  Teak's  Islajid,  yon  will 
Noe  on  tho  I'ort  hand  a  little  round  Islet  called  I'niupkin  Knob. 
When  the  centre  of  this  Islet  bears  SW.,  the  courso  is  N.  by  E. 
,'j  E.,  and  distance  .'I  niiles  to  Red  Buoy,  No.  (!,  which  lies  ftbout 
1(10  iV'ct  Southeast  ft'om  Upper  Clapboard  Ledgo.  This  Ittst- 
iiu'iitioned  Livlge  has  ;">  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 

lioave  this  last  mentioned  Buoy  l.')()  yards  on  the  Port  hand, 
nii'l  st(>«»r  NE.  ;a  N-,  leaving?  IHrch  I'oint,  which  is  bold,  about 
10  >  yards  on  tbo  Starboard  hand.  When  this  last-inentionod 
Teiut  bears  S.  by  W.  ]■•  W.,  anchor  in  from  i\  to  5  fathoms  water, 
niul  take  a  pilot,  as  beyond  this  tho  chamud  is  so  crooked  and  nar- 
row that  no  correct  sailing  directions  can  bo  given.  IJirch  Point 
bears  NE.  ft'om  the  1^'d  Buoy  No.  fi,  otf  Upper  Clapboard  Ledgo ; 
distance  l}i  niilos. 

Fn)m  tho  Eastward,  lonvo  tho  Lightliouso  on  Halfway  Rock 
about  Vj  mile  to  tho  Northward,  and  steer  W.  }/  N.,  leaving  tho 
tlrst  Island  (Outer  Greon  Island)  aboit  J/j  milo  on  tho  Starboard 
hand.  When  this  last-named  Island  bears  NE.,  haul  in  about 
NW.,  leaving  the  liuoy  painted  in  Horizontal  stripes  otf  ITusscy's 
Rock  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  this  Buoy,  Ilussey'a 
Sound  will  be  open  ;  then  proceed  as  before  directed. 


I 


•  II  ■■ 

'i 
■  \m 


9 


.;%*- 


:'l 


■-i* 


;*S' 


^. 


130 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


By  Way  of  Portland, 


From  Portland  bound  to  Yarmouth  River,  bring  tiie  Lighthouse 
on  Portland  Breakwater  to  bear  SW.  %  W.,  and  make  good  the 
course  NE.  %  E.,  leaving  Fort  George  }^  mile  to  the  Southward, 
and  carrying  nothing  less  than  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  past  it. 
When  abreast  this  Fort,  you  will  see  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  off  Hog  Island  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  continue  the  course,  leaving  another  Red 
Buoy  No.  4,  off  Brimstone  Ledge,  also  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
band.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buo}',  j'ou  will  see  the 
Spindle  and  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Cow  Island  Ledge,  bearing 
about  NE.  by  E.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N.  }i  N.  for  the  Red 
Buo}-,  No.  6,  upon  Upper  Clapboard  Ledge,  which  may  be  left  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  proceed 
as  before  directed. 

?      High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Yarmouth  River  about  20  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9J^  feet. 


Freeport  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  in  Casco  Bay,  about  11  miles 
Northeasterly  from  the  city  of  Portland.  There  are  several  ways 
to  approach  this  place,  but  the  most  direct  o/»e,  especially  foe 
strangers,  is  by  the  way  of  Broad  Sound. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Freeport  River,  or  Strout's 
Point  Village,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

By  Way  of  Broad  Sound, 

From  the  Southward,  South  westward,  or  Seaward,  keep  outside 
of  all  the  Ledges  off  Cape  Elizabeth,  and  as  soon  as  the  Lightliouse 
upon  Halfway  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for 
it  on  this  course.  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  ^  mile  to  the 
Westward,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  yi  W.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 


t 


ELDRIUGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


131 


off  "Webster  Rock  (which  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of 
this  Lighthouse)  on  the  Port  hand.  When  Halfway  Rock  Light 
bears  S-  }i  E.,  Broad  Sound  will  be  fairly  open,  and  j'ou  must 
make  good  the  course  N.  J^  W.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on 
the  Starboard  hand  the  Buo}-  painted  in  Black  and  Red  Horizontal 
stripes,  off  Drunker's  Ledge,  and  also  Mark  and  Kagle  Islands. 
The  former  Island  has  a  stone  Monument  upon  it  50  feet  in  height. 
Tliese  are  all  left  to  tiie  Eastward.  On  the  Port  hand,  you  will  see 
a  small  bare  Island  with  ledges  around  it ;  this  is  called  the  Brown 
Cow,  and  is  left  to  the  Westward.  Continue  the  course  N.  ]^  W. 
until  3-ou  make  tlie  Red  Buoy  No.  14,  off  Whaleboat  Ledge.  (This 
last-mentioned  Buoy  bedrs  N.  Yz  W.  from  Halfway  Rock  Light ; 
distance  6  miles.) 

Leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand  close  to,  and  steer  N. 
by  W.  J^  W.  1}<  miles,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  12,  off  Green 
Island  Ledge,  close  toon  the  Starboard  hand.  (This  last-mentioned 
Buoy  lies  Northeast  about  ^  mile  from  the  Northeast  point  of 
Great  Chebeag  Island.)  From  this  Buoy  run  N.NE.  Ij^  miles  to 
Black  Buoy  No.  1 ,  off  Mosher  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  yi  W.,  when  you  will  see 
another  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  (which  lies  uponFreeport  Upper  Ledge.) 
Continue  the  course  until  this  Buoy  bears  NW. ;  then  run  for  it, 
leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  this 
Buoy,  3-ou  will  see  at  the  entrance  of  the  River  the  Black  Buoy  No. 
3,  off  Bowman's  Ledge.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  up  about  N.  ^  E.,  and  anchor  off  the 
village ;  not  less  than  4  fathoms  may  be  carried  from  sea  to  this 
ancliorage.  If  bound  farther  up,  a  pilot  will  be  necessary.  In 
running  in,  the  Channel  between  the  two  last-mentioned  Buoys  is 
very  narrow ;  it  is  therefore  necessary  to  proceed  with  caution. 

By  Way  of  Portland, 

From  Portland,  bound  to  Freeport  River,  bring  the  Lighthouse 
on  Portland  Breakwater  to  bear  SW.  }i  W.,  and  make  good  the 
course  NE.  %  E.,  leaving  Fort  George  %  mile  to  the  Southward, 
anci  carrying  nothing  less  than  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  past  it. 
When  abreast  this  Fort,  you  will  see  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  off  Hog  Island  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoj'  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  band,  and  continue  the  course,  leaving  another  Red 
Buoy,  No.  4,  off  Brimstone  Ledge,  also  close  to  on  the  Starboard 


V 


132 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


hand.  "When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Biio}',  j'ou  will  see  the 
Spindle  and  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Cow  Island  Ledge,  bearing 
about  NE.  by  E.  Leave  this  laat-raentioned  Buoy  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  2^  miles  to 
Spindle  and  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  oft'  Lower  Basket  Ledge.  Leave 
this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  NE.  ^  E.  2  miles  to 
Red  Buoy  No.  10,  off  Great  Chebeag  Bar,  leaving  it  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  On  this  last  course  the  Red  Buo}-  No.  8,  off  Seal 
Ledge,  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  The  passage  between 
the  Red  Buoy  off"  Great  Chebeag  Bar  and  Little  John's  Island  is 
narrow,  but  there  is  not  less  than  8  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low 
Tide.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  steer  E.  by  N. 
1^  miles  to  Red  Buoy  No.  12,  off  Green  Island  Ledge.  On  this 
last  course  the  Black  Bnoy  off  the  Northeastern  part  of  Great 
Chebeag  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the  course 
E.  by  N.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Green  Island  Ledge  until  about  100 
yards  from  it ;  then  steer  N.NE.  1 J^  miles  to  Black  Buoy  No.  1, 
off  Mosher  Ledge,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High   Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Freeport  River  about  20  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  ^}l  feet. 


:f     Harpswell  Harbor,  or  Stover's  Cove. 

This  Harbor  is  situated  in  Harpswell  Sound,  about  G^  miles 
Northeasterl}-  from  the  Ligiithouse  upon  Halfway'  Rock.  The  only 
obstructions  in  entering  it  from  the  Sound  is  the  shoal  water  ex- 
tending from  Stover's  Point  and  Stover's  Ledge.  Both  these  dan- 
gers are  mal-ked  with  Black  Buoys,  which  in  entering  are  left  on 
the  Port  hand. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Harpswell  Harbor,  or  Stover's 
Cove,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Southwestward,  Southward,  or  Seaward,  keep  outside 
of  all  the  Ledges  off  Cape  Elizabeth,  and  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse 
upon  Halfway  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


133 


on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  J^  mile  to  the  Westward.  After 
passing  the  Black  Buoy  off  Webster  Rock  (which  lies  off  a  short 
distance  to  the  Northward  of  tliis  Light),  bring  the  Lighthouse 
to  bear  S.  by  W.  1/2  W.  ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  N. 
by  E.  Yi  E.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  Red  Horizontal  stripes  off  Drun- 
ker's  Ledge.  This  last-mentioned  Buoy  bears  N-NE.  from  Halfway 
Rock  Lighthouse,  distance  2  miles,  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  and  in 
passing  in  is  left  to  the  Eastward.  You  will  also  see  nearly  ahead 
the  Monument  on  Little  Mark  Island  ;  bring  this  Monument  to  bear 
N.  by  E.  J4  E.,  and  steer  for  it  on  this  course.  When  about  ^ 
mile  from  it,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1,  off  Mark  Island  Ledge.  When  this  Buoy  bears  E.  by  N., 
distance  Yz  mile,  and  the  Monument  N.  by  E.  Y^  E.,  distance 
about  Y2  mile,  steer  about  NE.  X  N.  4  miles  to  Black  Buoy  off 
Stover's  Point.  On  this  last  course,  you  will  pass  about  midway 
between  Great  Mark  Island  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Turnip  Ledge. 
After  passing  this  last-mentioned  Island  and  Buoy,  keep  in  the 
middle  of  the  Sound  until  you  make  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  which 
lies  off  Stover's  Point  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Sound;  haul 
round  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port,  and 
run  in,  leaving  another  Black  Buoy  which  lies  off  Stover's  Ledge 
also  on  the  Port  hand.  When  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  bears  SE., 
distance  about  400  3'^ards,  anchor  in  from  3  to  4J^  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Harpswell  Harbor,  as  soon  as 
Halfway  Rock  Lighthouse  is  made,  in  order  to  clear  all  the  Ledges, 
bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  When 
about  Y2  mile  from  it,  proceed  according  to  directions  before  given. 

Strangers  from  the  Eastward,  with  favorable  winds,  bound  to 
Harpswell  Sound,  by  observing  the  following  directions,  ma}'  safely 
pass  inshore  between  the  Ledges. 

Leave  Cape  Small  Point  (which  bears  W.  J^  N.,  distance  3^ 
miles  from  Seguin  Island  Lighthouse)  about  1  mile  to  the  North- 
ward;  and  when  it  bears  N-NE.,  steer  W.NW.  8^  miles  to 
Monument  on  Little  Mark  Island.  As  soon  as  this  Monument  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
When  about  ^  mile  from  it,  if  bound  to  Harpswell  Harbor,  run  up 
according  to  directions  before  given. 


m 


V 


134 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


w 


Pott's  Harbor. 


1 " 


This  excellent  Harbor  of  reftigc  for  smtiU  vessels  is  situated  at 
the  entrance  of  Casco  Bay,  about  Imlf-wa}'  between  the  city  of 
Portland  and  entrance  to  Kennebec  River,  and  bears  N.  by  E.  % 
E.  about  5  miles  Voni  the  Ligiithouse  upon  Halfway  Rook.  There 
are  two  entrances  to  this  harbor :  one  by  way  of  IJroad  Sound,  the 
other  (which  is  IJuoyed)  by  way  of  llar[)swell  Souml.  Vessels  at 
many  tilnes  overtaken  by  a  Southeasterly  storm,  when  sailing  be- 
tween Cape  Elizabeth  and  Kennebec  River,  will  find  this  a  very 
convenient  place. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Pott's  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  South  westward.  Southward,  or  Seaward,  keep  outside 
of  all  the  Ledges  olfCape  Klizal)eth,  and  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse 
upon  Halfway  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  }{,  mile  to  the  Westward.  After 
jiassing  the  Black  J5uoy  off  Webster  Rock  (which  lies  off  a  short 
distance  to  the  Northv.ard  of  the  Liglit),  bring  this  liighthouse  to 
bear  S.  by  W.  K'  W. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  N.  by 
E.  %  E.  As  you  sail  in.  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  tlie 
Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  Red  Horizontal  stripes  off  Ui'unker's 
Ledge.  This  last-mentioned  Buoy  bears  N.NE.  from  Halfway 
Rock  Light,  distance  2  miles,  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  and  in  passing 
in  is  left  to  the  Eastward,-  You  will  alwo  sec  nearly  aliead  liio 
^lonnment  on  Little  IMark  Island;  bring  this  Monument  to  bear 
N.  by  E.  JI2  E.,  and  steer  for  it  on  this  course.  Wlien  about  3^ 
mile  from  it,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1,  off  IMark  Island  Ledge.  When  this  Buoy  bears  E.  by  N., 
distance  1/3  mile,  and  the  Monument  N.  by  E.  ^4  E.,  distance  ^ 
mile,  steer  about  NE.  J/j  N.  On  this  last  course  you  will  pass 
between  Great  Mark  Island,  which  bears  NE.  %  N.  from  tlic 
IMonument,  a  little  more  than  yi  mile,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2, 
off  Turnip  Ledge.  After  passing  this  last-mentioned  Island,  you 
will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  Ram  Island.  When  t'lis  last- 
mentioned  Buoy  bears  North,  steer  for  it,  and  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  liand.  From  this  last  Buoy  run  N.NW.  about  200 
yards  ;  then  haul  up  about  W.  b}'  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2, 
olt  Pott's  Point,  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand.     When  past  tliis 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


1?5 


Buoy,  run  In  N.NE.,  leaving  two  black  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand, 
ami  anchor  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water,  with  the  Upper  Buoy 
bourlii}^  about  W.SW. ;  distance  from  300  to  500  yards. 

From  tlie  Eastward,  leave  Cape  Small  Point,  which  bears  W. 
i^  N.,  distance  Syi  miles  from  Seguin  Island  Liglit,  about  1  mile 
to  the  Northward;  and  when  it  bears  N.NE.,  steer  W.NW. 
Hj4  miles  to  Monument  upon  Little  Marie  Island.  As  soon  as  tl)e 
Monument  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course.  "When  about  ^  mile  from  it,  proceed  as  before  di- 
rected. Tliis  course  (W.NW.)  from  Cai)e  Small  Point  passes 
within  the  Buoys  upon  Lumbo's  Ledge,  Drunker's  Ledge,  and  also 
'Mavk  Island  Ledge. 

If  the  wind  is  unfavorable  to  leave  this  harbor  b}'  the  passage 
leading  into  Ilarpswell  Sound,  you  may,  by  the  following  direc- 
tions, go  out  by  tlie  Western  passage  into  Broad  Sound.  Leave 
the  Upper  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Thrum  Cap  Ledge,  close  to  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  by  S.  J^  S.,  leaving  Horse 
Island  (which  is  the  first  to  the  Westward  of  tliis  Buoy)  not  more 
than  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  continue  tlie  course  until 
Halfway  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  S.  >^  E.  Broad  Sound  will  tiien 
be  fairly  open,  and  you  may  run  out  with  this  Light  bearing  8.  J^  E. 

In  leaving  Pott's  Harbor  by  the  Western  passage,  when  abreast 
of  Little  Birch  Island,  which  is  the  first  to  tlie  Westward  of  Horse 
Island,  you  may  steer  W.  j4  N.  about  one  mile,  leaving  tlie  Black 
Buoy  olF  the  Northeast  part  of  Stove  Island  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  continue  the  course 
W.  %  N.  about  200  or  300  yards.  Luckse's  Sound  will  then  be 
fairly  open,  and  you  may  boldly  steer  out  SW.  by  W.  for  Portland 
Head  Lighthouse,  passing  about  midway  bet  veen  Ram  Island  and 
Bang's  Island.  The  Northern  part  of  Ram  Island  bears  NE.  by 
E.  from  Portland  Head  Light;  distance  1^  miles. 


Mackerel  Cove. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  harbor  bears  E.NE.  about  l}i  miles 
from  the  Monument  upon  Little  Mark  Island.  The  Cove  is  about 
%  mile  in  length,  and  its  general  width  is  about  200  yards.    There 


136 


V 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


are  no  dangers  in  entering  it  from  the  Sound,  and  the  holding, 
ground  is  said  to  be  good,  although  somewhat  exposed  to  SW. 
winds.  '     '.    •  ,  •,  1    ,' 

Sailing  Directions  for  Mackerel  Cove  in  Daytime. 

Follow  the  directions  for  either  Harpswell  or  Pott's  Harbors, 
and  when  the  Monument  upon  little  Mark  Island  bears  W.SW., 
make  good  the  course  E.NE.  When  at  the  entrance,  keep  mid- 
channel  and  run  in,  and  anchor  near  the  head  of  the  Cove  in  from 
5  to  7  fathoms  water. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Harpswell  Sound  about  30  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 

Quahaug  (or  Quohog)  Bay. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  bears  about  NE.  from  Halfway  Rock 
Lighthouse ;  distance  8  miles.  In  entering  it,  there  are  numerous 
dr}'  and  sunken  Ledges,  which  lie  off  its  mouth,  and  at  this  date 
(1879)  are  not  buoyed.  No  proper  sailing  directions  can  therefore 
be  given  for  this  place. 


New  Meadows  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  bears  NE.  by  E.  from  Halfway 
Rock  Lighthouse ;  distance  about  9^  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Meadows  Elver  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southwest  ward.  Southward,  or  Seaward,  may, 
as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  North,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  the  Light  about 
%  mile  to  the  Westward  and  steer  N.NE.  until  it  bears  W.SW., 
on  which  bearirg  keep  it,  and  steer  E.NE.  for  the  small  Island 
called  the  White  Bull.  This  last  Island  bears  E.NE.  from  the 
Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock,  distance  6  miles,  and  is  the  first 
met  with  on  this  course.  It  may  also  be  known  b}'  the  Islands 
called  the  Brown  Cow  and  Mark  Island.     The  former  bears  from 


iiliiii'iiAiWii 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


137 


the  White  Bull  SE.  Y^  E.,  distance  1^  miles ;  the  latter,  E.  ^  S., 
distance  lyi  miles.  When  up  with  this  Island,  the  Buoy  painted 
in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Lumbo's  Ledge,  will  be 
seen  bearing  S-SW. ;  distance  2yz  miles.  As  soon  as  the  Island 
called  the  White  Bull  is  made,  keep  it  a  little  on  the  Port  bow,  in 
order  to  clear  the  rock  called  Bold  Dick,  which  bears  W.  by  S.  a 
little  more  than  ]/2  mile  from  the  Southwest  Point  of  this  last-men- 
tioned Island,  and  is  bare  at  half  tide.  Lgave  the  White  Bull, 
which  is  bold,  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good 
the  course  NE.  ^  N.  about  2^  miles.  On  this  course  and  dis- 
tance you  will  pass  between  Flag's  Island  on  the  South,  and  Long 
Ledge  upon  the  North;  keep  nearer  the  latter.  After  passing 
this  Island  and  Ledge,  you  will  see  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Spin- 
dle upon  Goud}'  Ledge,  which  may  be  left  on  either  hand.  When 
past  these,  the  river  w;ill  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N.NE. ; 
you  can  then  run  up,  keeping  the  Starboard  hand  best  aboard  for 
about  3  miles,  in  order  to  avoid  Sheep  Island  Ledge.  After  pass- 
ing this  Ledge,  anchor  where  you  can  find  less  than  10  fathoms 
water. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Cape  Small  Point,  which  bears  W. 
^  N.,  distance  3J^  miles  from  Seguin  Island  Light,  about  1  mile 
to  the  Northward,  and  wtien  it  bears  N.NE.  steer  NW.  %  W. 
2]/2  miles,  when  you  will,  be  abreast  the  small  Island  called  the 
Brown  Cow.  This . IslariiJ"^  bears  W.NW.,  distance  2^^  miles, 
from  Cape  Small  Point,  and  is  bold.  Leave  the  Island  about  200 
or  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW.  %  W.  1^ 
miles,  to  the  White  Bull.  When  about  200  yards  from  it,  proceed 
as  before  directed. 


Cape  Small  Point  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock 
about  E.NE.,  distance  9^  miles;  from  Cape  Small  Point,  North 
2^  miles.  A  Bar,  having  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
extends  across  its  mouth,  making  it  only  available^or  light-draught 
vessels.  ,  < 

/ 


-  ^•■'^^^ ■^- 


138 


\ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Small  Point  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

-  Vessels  from  the  Westward,  bound  to  this  Harbor,  maj'  bring  the 
Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock  to  bear  W.  by  S.,  distance  about 
^  mile ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.  by  N.  for  the 
small  Island  called  the  Brown  Cow ;  distance  7  miles  from  this  last- 
mentioned  Lighthouse.  On  this  course,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red 
and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Lumbo's  Ledge,  will  be  left  a 
little  more  than  J^  mile  upon  the  Starboard  hand.  When  up  with 
the  Brown  Cow  (which  is  the  first  Island  met  with  on  this  course 
from  Halfway  Rock  Lighthouse),  you  may  leave  it  150  yards  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  E.  by  N.  lYs  miles  to  Red  Buo}'  No.  2, 
off  Gooseberry  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  run  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  1  mile,  leaving  Great  and  Little 
Wood  Islands  both  on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  Buoy  painted  in  Black 
and  Red  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Middle  Ledge,  about  150  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  this  Buoy  continue  the  course 
N.  by  E.  54!  E.,  about  5i(  mile ;  then  haul  up  E.  by  N.,  leaving 
the  Red  Buo\'  No.  4,  off  Pitch  Pine  Ledge,  about  100  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  in  fVom  3j4  to  5  fathoms  water,  the 
last-mentioned  Buoy  bearing  SW.  by  W.,  distance  300  jards. 
Above  this,  a  pilot  is  necessary. 

From  the  Eastward,  haul  round  Cape  Small  Point  at  a  distance 
of  about  1  mile,  leaving  Bald  Head  Ledge — which  bears  W.  ^  N. 
from  Cape  Small  Point,  distance  ^  mile,  and  is  bare  at  half  tide — 
about  j^  mile  to  the  Eastward.  When  Cape  Small  Point  bears  E. 
by  S.,  steer  N.  by  E.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Gooseberry  Ledge,  and 
proceed  as  before  directed. 


»   '      High  Water,  ' 
It  is  High  Water  at  Cape  Small  Point  Harbor  about  20  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


■•*^.'. 


Eennebeck  River. 


The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  East,  22  miles  from  the  city 
of  Portland  ;  74  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape  Ann  ;  and  19  miles 
W.  by  N.  from  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse. 


mmmrn^'^^ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


139 


Seguin  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  highest  part  of  Seguin  Island  is  built  a  Lighthouse, 
which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Steam  Whistle,  giving  blasts 
of  8  seconds'  duration  at  intervals  of  52  seconds,  is  placed  near  this 
Lighthouse.  '       .    -'   '  '    ' 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Seguin  Island  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Cape  Cod  Highland  Lighthouse,    S.  by  W.  ^  W.,     101      mi?p«. 
Thatcher's  Island  Lighthouses,      SW.  %  S 


Boon  Island  Lighthouse,      .     . 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lighthouses,     . 

Whistling  Buoy  off  Cape  Eliza- 
beth,      .     . 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  . 

Matinicus  Island  Lighthouses,  . 

Seal  Island  Lighthouse,  .     .     . 

Pond  Island  Lighthouse,  en- 
trance to  Kennebe";  River,     .    N., 

Light  upon  Halfway  Rock,  .     .     W., 


■»     • 

SW.  ii  w., . 

W.  by  S.,       . 

W.  by  s.  y2  s. 

E.  /4  S«)  •  • 
£i.  ^  S')  •  • 
£j.S£i«,      •    • 


101 
74 
46J^ 
21 


21>^ 
19 
39 
163 

2 

12>^ 


(( 


'  Pond  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Pond  Island,  Western  side  of  entrance  to  Kennebec  River, 
is  built  a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Fog 
Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse.  Seguin  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  Pond  Island  Lighthouse  South ;  distance  2  miles. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering  the  Kennebec 
River  to  the  Westward  of  Seguin  Lighthouse. 

Fuller's  Rock, 

This  small,  rocky  Island  bears  West  from  Seguin  Island  Light- 
house, distance  3)^  miles;  and  South,  about  J^  mile,  from  Cape 
Small  Point, 
should  not : 


At  Low  Tide,  vessels  of  more  than  9  feet  draught 
mpt  to  pass  within  this  Island. 


Mile  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  11  feet  water  has  been  found,  is  marked 
upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoj^  having  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal Stripes.  Seguin  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  J{ 
E. ;  distance  1  mile.  There  is  a  good  channel  between  this  Ledge 
and  Seguin  Island. 


J 


^^^f^^xmrnmrnmrnmitKi 


A 


\. 


140 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


Jack-knife  Ledge.  "   i 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  has  but  5  feet  water  upon  it  at 
very  Low  Tides,  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Black 
Buoy  Seguin  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  b}'  S.,  IX 
miles.     This  Buoy  has  the  letters  J.  K.  upon  it. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering  the  Kennebec 
Biver  to  the  Eastward  of  Seguin  Lighthouse. 

Bantutn  Ledge, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  ^ide,  is  marked 
upon  its  Southwestern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  10.  Seguin  Light 
bears  from  this  Buoy  West ;  distance  6  miles.  25  fathoms  water 
was  found  ^  mile  E.  by  S-  from  this  Ledge ;  24  fathoms  West 
400  yards  from  it;  and  11  fathoms  South  300  yards  from  it.  In 
approaching  this  Ledge  in  thick  weather  or  night-time,  the  lead, 
therefore,  gives  but  little  warning.  There  is  a  good  channel 
between  it  and  Damiscove  Islands. 

Tom'8  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  upon  which  there  is  but  little  water  at  Low 
Tide,  is  marked  upon  its  Southwestern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2. 
Seguin  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  W.  }i  W. ;  distance 
2jE^  miles.  Vessels  passing  to  the  Eastward  of  Seguin  Island, 
bound  into  the  Kennebec  River,  must  leave  this  Buoy  upon  the 
Starboard  hand. 

White  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  is  7  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  upon  its  Eastern  side  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1.  Seguin 
Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  S.  ^  S.  ;  distance  Ij^  miles. 
Vessels  passing  to  the  Eastward  of  Seguin  Island,  bound  into  tlie 
Kennebec  River,  must  leave  this  Buoj*  upon  the  Port  hand.  Be- 
tween this  Buoy  and  the  Northern  point  of  Seguin  there  are  several 
Ledges.  Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  pass  through 
between  them. 

Memarks. 

The  depth  of  water  in  the  Kennebec  River  from  Pond  Island  Liglit 
to  the  citj'  of  Bath  is  sufficient  to  admit  even  the  heaviest-draught 
vessels ;  but  the  navigation  is  somewhat  dangerous,  on  account  of 


X:' 


N^, 


•mmme 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


141 


the  current,  which  in  many  parts  runs  very  strong.  Strangers 
should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  enter  this  River  without  a  pilot, 
unless  they  have  a  fair  and  commanding  wind. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Kennebec  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  pass  without  the  Ledges  off  Cape  Eliza- 
beth, and  as  soon  as  Seguin  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  E. 
NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  Pond  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  N.  by  E.  ^  E. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing.  On  this 
last  course,  Seguin  Lighthouse  will  be  left  a  little  more  than 
J^  mile  to  the  Eastvvard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Jack-knife  Loiige 
will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  approach  Pond  Island 
Lighthouse  you  will  see  a  little  on  the  Starboard  bow  the  Black 
Buoy  No.  3.  This  Buoy  lies  off  Pond  Island  Bar,  and  bears 
from  the  Lighthouse  South,  ^  mile.  Leave  this  last-mentioned 
Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  and  run  in,  leaving  the  Light- 
house about  300  yards  to  the  Westward.  When  abreast  of  it, 
or  when  it  bears  West,  the  course  is  about  NW.  by  N.  to  Hunni- 
well's  Point,  or  Fort  Popham.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see, 
nearly  in  mid-channel,  two  small,  bare  Rocky  Islets,  which  are 
called  the  Sugar  Loaves.  You  can  go  on  either  side  of  these,  but 
the  most  direct  course  is  to  the  Westward  of  them.  The  current 
of  Flood  sets  strong  upon  these  Islets,  and  it  is  advisable,  when 
past  Pond  Island  Light,  —  especially  with  light  winds,  —  to  haul 
over  for  the  Western  shore,  in  order  to  pass  them  in  mid-channel. 
When  abreast  Fort  Popham,  the  course  is  "N.  %  E.,  1}^  miles  to 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Per- 
kins' Ledge.  On  this  last  course,  Shag  Rock,  which  is  small,  will 
be  left  on  the  Starboard,  and  Cox  Head,  which  is  bold,  on  the 
Port  hand.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  then  steer  N.  by  E.  1^  miles  to  Bald  Head.  On  this 
last  course,  3-ou  will  pass  about  midway  between  the  Black  Buo}' 
No.  1,  off  Parker's  Ledge,  and  Perkins'  Island.  There  is  good 
anchorage  between  the  last  Island  and  Bald  Head  in  from  4  to  7 
fathoms  water.  As  you  approach  this  last-mentioned  Head  j'ou 
will  see  to  the  Northeastward  another  opening,  which  is  the 
entrance  to  Back  River.  When  Bald  Head  Point  is  distant  about 
300  yards,  steer  NW.  by  N.  about  1  Tijllc,  leaving  the  Spindle 
upon  Seal  I  jcks  on  the  Port  hand.     Ibu  will  then  be  abreast  of 


i 


/-- 


■  W'i'llppi 


w^m 


mm 


142 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Phipsburg  Centre,   which  is  on   the  Western  side  of  the  river. 
From  this  point  tlie  course  is  about  N.NE.,  leaving  some  small, 
Rocky  Islets  and  also  tlie  Black  Buoy  off  Lee's  Rock  all  on  the  Port, 
and  Pettis's  Rocks  —  which  are  above  water —  and  the  Spindle  on  the 
Northern  part  of  Ram  Island,  on  the  Starboard  hand.     When  \xint 
this  last  Spindle,  which  you  must  go  close  to,  haul  a  little  over 
toward  the  Eastern  shore  and  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  river  until 
you  make  the  Black  Buo}'  off  Lithgow  Ledge,  which  may  be  left  [)0 
yards  on  either  hand.    From  the  Spindle  upon  the  Northern  point 
of  Ram  Island  to  this  last  Buoy  the  course  is  about  N.  b}-  E.  Yz 
E. ;  distance  2^  miles.     About  yi  mile  above  this  Buoy  the  river 
suddenly  turns  to  the  Westward,  iiaving  a  width  of  about  300 
yards,  with  a  very  strong  and  dangerous  current.     This  sudden 
turn  is  called  Fiddler's  Reach.     There  are  no  obstructions  in  this 
Reach,  but  on  account  of  the  rapid  current  and  baffling  winds  it 
may  be  considered  one  of  the  most  dangerous  places  in  the  river. 
With  a  head  tide,  ujiless  the  wind  is  strong  and  nearly  aft,  vessels 
must  not  attempt  to  pass  through  it,  but  when  nearly  up  with  the 
last-mentioned  Buoy,  must  haul  in,  and  anchor  in  from  4   to  6 
fathoms  water  in  Morris  Cove.     The  best  anchorage  is  about  SW. 
by  W.  from  the  Black  Buoy  off  Lithgow  Ledge ;  distance  about 
}(  mile.     In  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges,  after  passing  Fiddler's 
Reach,  keep  the  Eastern  shoro  best  aboard  to  the  city  of  Bath. 
The  distance  from  Pond  Island  Light  to  Bath  is  about  1 1  miles. 
Strangers  bound  farther  up  the  river  should  take  a  pilot  at  Bath. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  order  to  clear  Bantum  Ledge,  as  soon  as 
Seguin  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  ^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course  until  Pond  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW^.  by  W. ;  then 
run  for  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse  on  this  course,  leaving  the 
Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Tom's  Rock,  on  the  Starboard,  and  Seguin 
Dry  Ledges  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  White  Ledge,  upon  the  Port 
hand.  Continue  the  course  NW.  by  W.  for  this  Light  until 
about  300  yards  from  it ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Anchorage,  fov  Daytime. 

If  the  wind  and  tide  are  both  ahead,  and  you  wish  to  find  anchor- 
age, follow  the  directions  for  entering  the  Kennebec  River  until 
abreast  Pond  Island  ;  then  bring  the  Light  to  bear  SW.  by  W.  >^ 
W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  run  NE.  by  E.  yi  E.  until  the 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


143 


water  shoals  to  5  fathoms  at  High  Tide,  and  8J^  at  Low  Tide ; 
then  anchor  between  Stage  and  Salter's  Islands. 

If  you  wish  to  make  a  harbor  when  off  Scguin,  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given  for  Kennebec  River,  and  anchor  upon  Parker's 
Fhits  in  from  3^  to  G  fathoms  water,  where  you  may  lie  secure 
from  all  winds. 

This  anchorage  is  above  Parker's  Head,  which  is  the  second  High 
Bluff  on  the  "Western  side  of  the  river  above  Ilunniwell's  Point,  or 
Fort  Popham.  This  anchorage  is  also  about  'd}4  miles  from  Pond 
Island  Lighthouses. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  the  Kennebec  River  at 
night.  ^ 

'        High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Hunniwell's  Point,  near  the  entrance  to  the 
Kennebec  River,  about  12  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Com- 
mon Tides  rise  about  8  feet. 


Sheepscot  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  5  miles  Northeast  from  Segiiin 
Lighthouse. 

HendHck^s  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Hendrick's  Head,  the  Eastern  side  of  the  mouth  of  this 
River  is  erected  a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  revolving  White 
Light. 

Remarks. 

The  depth  of  water  in  this  River  is  sufficient  to  admit  the 
heaviest-draught  vessels,  7  fathoms  being  the  shoalest  in  the  chan- 
nel from  the  mouth  to  the  town  of  Wiscasset,  a  distance  of  nearly 
It  miles.  There  are  quite  a  number  of  obstructions  near  the 
entrance,  and  also  within  the  river,  but  they  are  all  marked  with 
Buoys  and  Spindles  in  the  channel-waj'.  The  current  in  some  parts 
of  it  runs  very  strong,  and  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  it 
unless  they  have  a  fair  and  commanding  wind. 


i 


r 


lUi'-iM  wwy^prt^winy 


IM 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


«?. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Sheepscot  River  in  Daytime, 
'    with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

•Coming  from  the  Westward,  leave  Seguin  Island  about  J^  mile 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer 
NB.  by  E.  Yz  E.  On  this  course  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No. 
2,  off  Tom's  Rock ;  this  Buoy  bears  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Seguin 
Light;  distance  2^  miles.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  for  Ilendrick's  Head  Light,  bearing  about  N.NE. 
As  you  sail  in  on  this  course,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  hand  several 
Dry  Ledges,  and  also  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizon- 
tal stripes  off  Grilflth's  Ledge.  On  the  Starboard  hand  will  be  seen 
a  small  Islet,  with  several  dry  rocli^  about  one  mile  to  the  North- 
ward of  it ;  this  Island  is  called  Lower  Mark  Island.  Leave  Ilen- 
drick's Head  Light  about  300  yards  to  the  Eastward,  and  make 
good  the  course  N.  by  E.  J^  E.  On  this  course  the  following 
Buoj's,  Islands,  and  Spindle  will  be  left  on  the  Port :  First,  a 
Buoy  painted  in  Red" and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  ;  second,  Midtlio 
Mark  Island ;  third,  a  Spindle ;  fourth,  another  Buoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  ;  fifth.  Upper  Mark  Island  ;  and 
sixth,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  Ilogdon's  Ledge.  This  last  Buoy 
is  3^  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Hendrick's  Head.  On  tills 
course,  two  Red  Buoys  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  :  the  first 
is  2^  miles  above  the  Lighthouse,  and  nearly  opposite  the  Spindle; 
the  second  is  a  little  more  than  "^y^,  miles  from  the  Lighthouse,  and 
nearly  opposite  Ilogdon's  Letlge.  After  passing  the  two  last 
Buoys,  keep  the  middle  of  the  River  for  2^  miles,  until  abreast 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Greeuleaf  s  Ledge.  Leave  this  Ledge  upon  the 
Port  hand,  and  if  the  current  is  running  up,  keep  the  Western 
shore  best  aboard,  to  avoid  being  carried  ashore  or  into  Cross  River. 
After  passing  this  place,  keep  the  middle  of  the  River  again, 
course  about  N.NE.,  2;^  miles  to  the  Spindle  on  Merrill's  Ledge, 
which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  han(L  A  little  before  you  come  up 
with  thid  last-mentioned  Ledge,  keep  the  Western  shore  aboard 
until  well  past  it ;  then  keep  the  middle  until  up  with  the  Narrows ; 
here  the  river  turns  suddenly  to  the  Westward.  In  passing  through 
the  Narrows,  with  an  Ebb  Tide,  keep  the  Northern  side  best  aboard, 
to  avoid  Seal  Rock,  which  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy ;  but  if  the 
tide  is  running  up,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  leaving  the 
Buoy  on  the  Port  hand.  From  this  Buoy  make  good  the  course 
about  N.  by  W.  for  the  town  of  Wiscasset. 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


145 


From  the  Eastward,  bring  Segiiin  Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  J^  N., 
and  run  for  it  until  abreast  the  Buoy  oft"  Bantuin  Ledge  (before  de- 
scribed in  dangers  entering  the  Kennebec  River).  Leave  this  Buoy 
about  %  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  make  good  the  course  NW. 
by  N.  %  N.  until  Hendrick's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E.  ^ 
E. ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  run  up  the  Sheepscot  River  at 

night.  .     , 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  the  Sheepscot  River  about  16  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  from  8  to  9  feet. 

In  running  up  the  Sheepspot  River,  be  careful  to  avoid  a  Ledge 
having  about  10  feet  water  upon  it.  This  danger  bears  about  South 
from  Hendrick's  Head  Light,  distance  ^  mile,  and  at  this  date 
(1879)  is  not  Buoyed. 


Ebenicook  Harbor. 

This  safe  and  convenient  Harbor  is  on  the  Northwest  end  of 
Southport  Island,  East  side  of  the  Sheepscot  River,  about  8^  miles 
NE.  by  N.  from  Seguin  Light,  and  1^  miles  above  Hendrick's 
Head  Lighthouse ;  it  is  easy  of  access,  and  is  said  to  be  free  from 
ice  in  the  winter.  There  are  no  obstructions  at  its  entrance,  and 
any  stranger  can  safely  enter  it  in  the  daytime  b^'  the  following 
directions. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Ebenicook  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  leave  Seguin  Island  about  J^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer 
NE.  by  E.  %  E.  On  this  course  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No. 
•  2,  off  Tom's  Rock ;  this  Buoy  bears  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Seguin 
Light,  distance  2j/^  miles.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  for  Hendrick's  Head  Light,  bearing  about  N.NE. 
As  you  sail  in  on  this  course,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  hand  several 
Dry  Ledges,  and  also  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizon- 
tal stripes  off  Griffith's  Ledge.  On  the  Starboard  hand  will  be 
seen  a  small  Islet,  with  several  dry  Rocks  to  the  northward  of  it ; 
40  . 


'!'        <        WW 


146 


*v 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


this  Islet  is  called  Lower  Mark  Island.  Leave  this  last-mentioned 
Lighthouse  300  or  400  yards  to  the  Eastward,  and  steer  in  about 
N.  b}'  E.  J^  E. ;  the  first  opening  above  Ilendrick's  Head  Liglit 
upon  the  Eastern  side  is  the  entrance  to  this  harbor.  Continue  the 
course  until  this  entrance  is  fairly  open ;  then  run  in  niidwny 
(course  about  E.  by  S.)  until  past  the  Southern  point  of  Grecu 
Island,  which  is  left  on  the  Tort  hand  ;  then  steer  uiore  Northerly, 
and  anchor  where  you  please. 

From  tlie  Eastward,  bring  Seguin  Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  J^  N., 
and  run  for  it  until  abreast  the  Buoy  off  Bantum  Ledge  (before 
described  in  dangers  entering  the  Kennebec  Kiver).  Leave  this 
Buoy  about  ]^  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  make  good  the  course 
NW.  by  N.  yit  N.  until  Ilendrick's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by 
E.  ^  E. ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

If  your  vessel  draws  more  than  14  feet  water,  be  careful  to  avoid 
a  Ledge  which  bears  N.  by  E.  >^  E.  from  Ilendrick's  Head  Light- 
house ;  distance  s/%  mile. 


Booth  Bay,  or  Townsend  Harbor. 

This  excellent  harbor  of  refuge  is  about  10  miles  Northeast  from 
Seguin  Lighthouse,  and  Northwest  about  15  miles  from  Monhegan 
Island  Lighthouse. 

Burnt  Island  Lighthouse* 

Upon  Burnt  Island,  West  side  of  entrance  to  this  harbor,  is 
.erected  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Remarks, 

In  entering  this  harbor  there  are  but  few  obstructions,  and  the 
depth  of  water  is  sufficient  to  admit  the  heaviest-draught  vessels. 
The  shores  are  generally  bold,  and  there  is  but  little  current  in  the 
passages. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Booth  Bay,  or  Townsend 
Harbor  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Seg-  'n  about  J^  mile  on  the  Port 
band,  passing  about  midway  between  the  Buoy  upon  Mile  Ledge 


ually 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Ul 


aud  tho  Southern  point  of  tlie  Island.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears 
North,  steer  NE.  by  E.  }^  E.  On  this  course  you  will  leave  the 
Ked  Buoy  off  Tom's  Rock  on  the  Port  hand  ;  and  you  will  also  see 
the  Beacon  ui)on  one  of  the  bare  rocks  called  the  Cuckolds. 

This  Beacon  is  57  feet  high,  and  the  upper  half  is  covered  with 
boards,  which  are  painted  Black.  Leave  this  Beacon  about  400 
yards  on  tho  Port  hand,  and  steer  for  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse, 
bearing  N.  by  E.  ^  E. ;  distance  2^  miles.  As  you  sail  in,  you 
will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  12,  which  lies  off 
Squirrel  Island  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  J^  E.,  leaving  Burnt 
Island  Lighthouse  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  another 
Island  to  tlie  Northward  of  it,  called  Mouse  Island,  also  on  the 
Port  hand  ;  and  Tumbler  Island,  which  is  small,  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  When  past  this  last-mentioned  Island,  haul  gradually-  to  the 
Eastward,  and  anchor  in  the  East  Harbor  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms 
water.  Or  when  past  Tumbler  Island  (which  bears  NE.  by  N.  ^ 
mile  from  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse),  haul  gradually  to  the  West- 
ward, and  anchor  in  the  West  Harbor  in  from  4:%  to  6  fathoms 
water. 

Directions  for  passing  to  the  Southward,  or  with- 
out the  Damiscove  Islands,  and  Bantum  Ledge. 

Bring  Monhegan  Lighthouse  to  bear  East ;  on  which  bearing 
keep  it,  and  steer  West.  As  soon  as  Seguin  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  W.  }4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  If  there 
is  no  error  in  the  Compass,  the  Buoy  off  Bantum  Ledge  will  be  left 
about  y^  mile  to  the  Northward;  haul  round  this  last-mentioned 
Buoy  at  a  distance  of  }{  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Eastward,  and  steer 
about  North  for  the  Beacon  upon  the  Cuckolds.  Leave  this  Beacon 
about  400  yards  to  the  Westward,  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given.  In  order  to  avoid  a  Ledge  which  lies  between  the  Buoy  off 
the  Northwestern  part  of  Squirrel  Island  and  Burnt  Island  Light- 
house, it  is  advisable  for  heavy-draught  vessels,  at  Low  Tide,  when 
the  Beacon  upon  the  Cuckolds  bears  SW.  by  W.,  to  run  NE.  by 
E.  until  abreast  the  Southeast  point  of  Squirrel  Island  ;  then  grad- 
ually haul  to  the  Northward,  leaving  the  said  Island  about  400 
yards  to  the  Westward.  When  past  Squirrel  Island,  run  for  Burnt 
Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  about  NW.  by  N.,  leaving  it  about 
200  or  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 


i«ll 


143 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


li 


Currents. 

The  current  of  Flood  sets  strong  to  the  Northward  across 
Bantum  Ledge,  and  also  the  Ledges  South  of  Damiscove  Islands, 
it  is  therefore  necessary  for  vessels  in  thick  weather,  passing  with- 
out them,  to  proceed  with  caution.  ,' 

Hantum  Ledge. 

This  dangerous  Rock  or  Ledge  (before  described  in  dangers  for 
entering  the  Kennebec  River)  is  bare  at  Low  Tide.  Seguin  Light 
bears  West  from  it,  distance  6  miles  ;  Southern  point  of  Damiscove 
Island  (the  nearest  land  to  it),  NE.  by  N.  %  N.,  distance  Ij^ 
miles.  It  is  marked  upon  Its  Southwest  part  with  a  Red  Buoy, 
No.  10. 

Directions  for  passing  to  the  Northward  or  within 
the  Damiscove  Islands- 

White  Islands, 

In  approaching  Booth  Bay  or  Townsend  Harbor  from  the  East- 
ward, there  will  be  seen  to  the  Westward  two  White  Islands ;  the 
Southeast  point  of  the  Southern  Island  is  a  remarkable  high  white 
Bluff,  making  one  of  the  best  landmarks  upon  the  coast ;  it  cannot, 
therefore,  be  mistaken  for  any  other  point  in  this  vichiit}'.  The 
Northern  White  Island  bears  from  Monhegan  Lighthouse  W. 
NW.,  distance  11^  miles;  from  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse, 
SW.  by  W.  Yx  W.,  distance  4  miles.  The  Northern  and  East- 
ern part  of  these  Islands  are  bold,  and  in  thick  weather  the  lead 
gives  but  little  warning  in  approaching  them. 

Outer  Herring  Island  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  is  but  little  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  upon  its  Eastern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  Stripes.  The  Northern  White  Island  bears  from 
this  Buoy  N.  ^2  W.,  Ij^  miles. 

I*emaquid  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  are  9  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  In  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  Stripes.  The  Northern  White  Island  bears  from 
this  Buoy  W.  by  S.  %  S.,  distance  2^  miles;  Pemaquid  Point 
Lighthouse,  NE.  %  N.,  distance  1%  miles. 


■^■> 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


149 


Sailing  Directions.  s 

From  the  Eastward,  you  may  run  for  the  Northern  White  Island 
on  any  course  from  W.  by  S.  to  N.NW.  Leave  this  last-men- 
tioned Island  (the  Northern  part  of  which  is  bold)  about  300  yards 
to  the  Southward,  and  steer  NW.  by  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will 
see  on  the  Port  hand  several  Islands  ;  the  two  first  are  small,  and 
are  called  the  Hypocrites.  Leave  the  Northernmost  of  these  two 
last-mentioned  Islands  at  least  400  yards  to  the  Southward,  and 
when  it  bears  South  haul  up  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  leaving  Fisherman's 
Island  (the  Northern  part  of  which  is  bold)  on  the  Port,  and  the 
Red  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Gangway  Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  }4  N.,  run  for  it,  leav- 
ing the  Red  Buoys  off  Card's  Ledge,  and  also  Spruce  Point  and 
Tumbler  Island  Ledges,  all  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the 
course  for  the  Lighthouse  until  about  200  yards  from  it;  then 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  into  Townsend  Harbor  by  the  Eastern 

Passage. 

After  passing  the  White  Islands,  which  are  left  to  the  South- 
ward, strangers  may,  in  daytime,  beat  safely  into  this  harbor  by 
keeping  350  yards  to  the  Northward  of  the  Islands,  and  to  the 
South  westward  of  the  four  Red  Buoys  off  the  Ledges.  V 

Sailing  Directions  for  Booth  Bay,  or  Townsend 
Harbor,  at  Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

Coming  from  t^e  Westward,  leave  Segiiin  Island  from  2  to  3 
miles  to  the  Northward,  in  order  to  avoid  Mile  Ledge,  which  bears 
S.  K  W.  from  the  Light ;  distance  1  mile.  When  Seguin  Light 
bears  N.  by  W.,  steer  NE.  by  E.  3  or  4  miles,  when  Burnt  Island 
Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  will  be  open.  Con- 
tinue the  course  until  this  Light  bears  N.  by  E.  }^  B. ;  then  run 
for  it  on  this  bearing  until  about  ^  mile  from  it,  or  past  Squirrel 
Island  Ledge  ;  then  steer  more  Easterly,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  abreast  of  this  Light,  steer  in  N.  by  E.  about 
^  mile ;  then  anchor  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Seaward,  bound  into  Townsend  Harbor  by 
the  Western  passage,  as  soon  as  Seguin  Light  is -made,  in  order  ^o 


150 


•s 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


:1 


clear  Bantum  Ledge,  and  all  other  dangers,  do  not  bring  it  to  bear 
to  the  Westward  of  W.  by  N.  until  Burnt  Island  Light  bears  N.  by 
E.  Yz  E.  You  can  then  run  in  for  Burnt  Island  Light  without 
danger,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  in  at  Night.  ' 

In  beating  into  this  harbor  at  night  by  the  Western  Way, 
you  may  bring  Burnt  Island  Light  to  bear  from  N.  by  E.  to  N.  by 
E.  >^  E.,  until  past  the  Beacon  on  the  Cuckolds  (before  described). 
After  passing  this  Beacon  the  shores  are  bold,  and  may  be 
approached  within  200  or  300  yards  until  you  are  up  with  the 
Northwestern  part  of  Squirrel  Island.  Here  a  Ledge,  having  but 
7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  off  450  yards  from  the  Island. 
In  order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  it  may  be  advisable  at  night,  when  the 
Buoy  upon  it  cannot  be  seen,  for  heavy-draught  vessels  to  go  to  the 
Eastward  of  Squirrel  Island.  In  beating  in  to  the  Eastward  of 
this  Island,  keep  nearest  to  it,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges  off  the 
opposite  shore ;  and  after  passing  it,  keep  nearest  the  Lighthouse 
and  Mouse  Island  until  past  the  latter;  then  anchor.  Mouse 
Island  is  the  first  North  of  the  Lighthouse,  and  in  entering  this 
harbor  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  > 

At  Night  or  Day,  with  strong  winds  blowing  out  of  the  harbor, 
if  3'ou  have  long  Cables,  j-ou  may  anchor  on  either  side  of  Squirrel 
Island,  with  good  holding-ground,  in  from  10  to  20  fathoms  water. 


\ 


Directions  for  the  Eastern  Way,  at  Night-time. 

From  the  Eastward,  bring  Monhegan  Light  to  bear  SE.  by  E.  J^ 
E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NW.  by  W.  J^  W.  Soon 
as  Burnt  Island  Light  opens,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course.  If  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  the  Northern 
White  Island,  which  is  bold,  will  be  left  about  300  yards  to  the 
Southward.  In  running  this  course,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  these 
Islands,  especially  if  the  night  is  very  dark.  When  up  with  them, 
Pemaquid  Point  Light  will  bear  about  NE.  by  E.  J^  E.  Leave 
the  Northern  Island  about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when 
its  Northern  Point  bears  South,  run  NW.  by  N.  about  ^  mile,  in 
order  to  clear  the  two  small  Islands  called  the  Hypocrites,  which 
are  the  first  to  the  Westward  of  the  White  Islands.  When  abreast 
them,  haul  up  W.  by  N.,  leaving  Fisherman's  Island  (the  northern 


l#  \ 


'  w 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


151 


point  of  which  is  bold)  upon  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course 
W.  by  N.  uutil  Burnt  Island  Light  bears  NW.  by  N. ;  then  run 
for  it  until  about  300  yards  from  it;  then  follow  the  directions 
before  given.  '    '  < 

Fisherman's  Island  is  the  first  large  Island  to  the  Eastward  of 
Squirrel  Island.  At  night,  from  Seaward,  or  any  other  point, 
bound  into  Townsend  Harbor  by  the  Eastern  passage,  as  soon  as 
Burnt  Island  Light  is  made,  or  opens,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.,  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  in  at  Night  by  the  Eastern  Passage. 

Beating  in  by  this  passage,  when  Peraaquid  Point  Light  bears 
North,  keep  Burnt  Island  Light  open,  bearing  about  NW.,  until 
up  with  the  White  Islands,  which  are  left  to  the  Southward.  In 
order  to  avoid  the  Ledges,  after  passing  the  H3'pocrites  and  Fisher- 
man's Island,  do  not  bring  Burnt  Island  Light  to  bear  to  the  West- 
ward of  NW.  j4  N. 

Sigh   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Booth  Bay  27  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Linekin's  Bay. 

This  Bay,  which  is  only  separated  from  Booth  Bay  by  a  Penin- 
sula called  Spruce  Point,  is  about  2J^  miles  in  length,  and  about  1 
mile  in  breadth.  The  entrance  or  channel  (which  has  a  width  of 
from  500  to  600  yards)  is  between  Spruce  Point  Ledge  and  Negro 
Island,  the  former  of  which  is  marked  upon  its  Southeastern  part 
with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  6,  which  in  entering  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 
Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W.NW. ;  distance 
1  mile.  There  are  several  Ledges  within  this  Bay,  which  at  this 
time  are  not  Buoyed  ;  but  5  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  at  Low 
Tide  up  to  the  head  of  it.  - . 


'k.- 


152 


I 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


I 


Sailing  Directions  for  Linekin's  Bay,  with  favor- 
able winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Beacon  upon  the  Cuckolds  (before  described  in  direc- 
tions for  Booth  Bay  Harbor)  about  400  yards  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  steer  for  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  N.  b}'  E.  ^  E. ; 
distance  2^  miles.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard 
hand  a  Red  Buoy  No.  12,  which  lies  off  Squirrel  Island  Ledge. 
Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  E.  ^ 
N.  one  mile  to  Red  Buoy  No.  8,  which  lies  off  the  Southeast  part 
of  Spruce  Point  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoj"-  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  run  about  NE.  As  you  enter  the  Baj'  you  will  see,  a 
little  on  the  Port  bow,  Cabbage  Island.  From  the  Southern  part 
of  this  Island  shoal  water  extends  off  to  the  Southward  300  yards ; 
but  its  Eastern  and  Western  sides  are  bold.  In  order  to  avoid 
Holbrook's  Ledge,  which  lies  600  yards  to  the  Eastward  of  this 
Island,  and  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  j'ou  should  not  leave  the  Island 
more  than  260  j'ards  to  the  Westward.  When  abreast  it,  make 
good  the  course  NE.  by  N.,  leaving  Seal  Rocks  (which  lie  NE.  % 
mile  from  the  Northern  end  of  Cabbage  Island,  and  have  but  4 
feet  water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide)  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor 
at  the  Head  of  the  Bay  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water.  Or  you 
may  leave  Cabbage  Island  to  the  Eastward  and  run  in  about  mid- 
way between  it  and  the  Western  shore.  When  abreast  the  Island, 
haul  in  about  N.  by  W.  J^  W.,  and  anchor  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Lewis  Cove  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Northern  White  Island  (before 
described  in  directions  for  Booth  Baj'  Harbor)  about  300  yards  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NW.  by  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see 
oil  the  Port  hand  several  Islands ;  the  first  two  are  small,  and  are 
called  the  Hj'pocrites.  Leave  the  Northernmost  400  yards  to  the 
Southward,  and  when  it  bears  South,  haul  up  "W.  by  N.  J^  N., 
^eaving  Fisherman's  Island  (the  Northern  part  of  which  is  bold) 
'  .1  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Gangway  Ledge,  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  When  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  J^ 
N.,  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  on 
Card's  Ledge,  upon  the  Starboard  hand.  When  the  Red  Buoy  off 
the  Southeast  part  of  Spruce  Point  Ledge  bears  N.  by  E.,  run  for 
it  (Burnt  Island  Light  bears  from  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  W. 
NW.,  distance  1  mile),  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand ;  and 
Negro  Island,  which  is  bold,  on  the  Starboard  hand.     If  bound  up 


T 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


153 


the  Bay,  follow  the  directions  before  given.  Or  when  abreast  of 
the  Buo}-  oif  Spruce  Point  Ledge,  you  may  run  E.  by  N.  Y^  N. 
about  ^  mile  ;  then  haul  gradually  to  the  Southward,  and  anchor 
near  the  shore,  which  is  bold,  in  from  9  to  12  fathoms  water. 

Upon  the  Eastern   side  of  Linekin's  Bay  there   are   extensive 
Porgy  Factories. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Liuegan's  Bay  about  the  same  time  as  at 
Booth  Bay. 


Damariscotta  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  3  miles  to  the  Eastward  of 
Booth  Ba}',  and  about  the  same  distance  to  the  Westward  of  the 
Lighthouse  upon  Pemaquid  Point.  From  its  mouth  to  the  towns  of 
Damariscotta  and  Newcastle,  the  former  place  of  which  is  situated 
on  its  Eastern  Bank,  the  latter  upon  its  Western,  the  distance  is 
about  14  miles.  From  Hogdon's  Mills  (which  is  situated  on  its 
AVestern  side,  about  3  miles  above  the  entrance)  to  Damariscotta 
there  are  a  number  of  dangers  which,  at  this  time,  are  not  Buoyed  ; 
it  is  therefce  advisable  for  strangers  bound  up  to  the  last-men- 
tioned place  to  take  pilots. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Damariscotta  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Directions  to  pass  within  the  Daniiscove  Islands, 

From  the  Westward,  leave  the  Beacon  upon  the  Cuckolds  (be- 
fore described  in  directions  for  Booth  Bay  Harbor)  about  }(  mile 
to  the  Westward,  and  steer  about  NE.  by  N.  Until  this  Beacon 
bears  W-SW. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E-NE.  for 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Gangway  Ledge. 
Leave  this  Buoy  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  E. 
by  S.  until  the  Northern  White  Island  bears  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  V 
then  run  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red 
Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Western  part  of  Inner  Heron  Island  Ledge. 


r 


154 


^ 


ELDEIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  up  about 
N.  by  "Ej.  %  E.,  keeping  in  the  middle  of  the  rivei*  until  abreast 
Varnum's  Point ;  this  point  is  upon  the  Western  side  of  the  river 
(about  234  miles  from  the  last-mentioned  Buoy).  When  abrear:„ 
Varnum's  Point,  you  will  see  Hogdon's  Mills  on  the  Western  side 
of  the  River ;  anchor  abreast  of  them,  near  the  middle,  in  about  5 
fathoms  water,  where  you  may  lie  safe  from  all  winds.  If  bound 
up  to  Damariscotta,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  here. 


V 


Directions  to  pass  without  the  Damiscove  Islands. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Seguin  Island  2  or  3  miles  to  the 
Northward,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer  E.  by^., 
leaving  the  Buoy  off  Bantum  Ledge  well  to  the  Northward.  Con- 
tinue the  course  until  Pemaquid  Point  bears  NE.  by  N. ;  then  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Pumpkin  and  Outer  Heron  Island 
Ledges  well  to  the  Westward.  When  the  Northern  White  Island 
(before  described)  bears  NW.  }i  N.,  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
Leave  this  Island  about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it 
bears  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  steer  N.  by  E.  %  E.,  keeping  a  sharp  look- 
out for  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Western  part  of  Inner  Heron 
Island  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
proceed  as  before  directed. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward  or  Seaward,  j^ou  can  run  for  the 
White  Islands  (before  described  in  directions  for  Booth  Bay)  on 
any  bearing  from  N.NW.  to  W.  by  S.  without  danger.  When 
up  with  them,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

■■%■ 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Hogdon's  Mills  about  30  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston. 


John's  Bay. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  is  from  4  to  5  miles  to  the  Eastward 
of  Booth  Bay,  and  about  10  miles  NW.  ^4  W.  from  Monhegan 
Island  Lighthouse. 


ELDEIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


155 


Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Pemaquid  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  John's  Bay, 
there  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Searings  and  Distances  ftom  Femaquid  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,    .     .     .     SE.  K  E.,    .     9>^  miles. 
Franklin  Island  Lighthouse,      .     .     .    E.byN.  >^  N.,  6^      " 
Old  Man's  Ledge,  off  George's  Island,    E.  by  S.  ji  S-,  Sj( 


(( 


Dangers. 
»  Pemaquid  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  off  the  entrance  to  this  Bay,  has  9  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  marked  on  its  Southeast  part 
with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.  Pema- 
quid Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE-  }(  N. ;  distance  1^ 
miles. 

In  the  Lower  part  of  the  Bay,  from  this  Buoy  to  John's  Island, 
a  distance  of  3  miles,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those  which 
lie  near  the  shore. 

Sailing  Directions  for  John's  Bay  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Directions  to  pass  within  the  Daniiscove  Islands. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  the  Beacon  upon  the  Cuckolds  (be- 
fore described  in  directions  for  Booth  Bay  Harbor)  abont  j{  mile  to 
the  Westward,  and  steer  about  NE.  by  N.  until  this  Beacon  bears 
W.SW. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.NE.  for  the  Red 
Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Gangway  Ledge.  Leave 
this  Buoy  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  a,nd  steer  E.  by  S. 
until  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  bears  NB.  by  E.  J^  E. ;  then 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  an  Islan  1  called  the  Thrum  Cap 
on  the  Port,  and  the  Buoy  painted  in  Ret  and  Black  Horizontal 
stripes  off  Pemaquid  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy  bears  South,  steer  North.  As  you  sail 
in,  you  will  see  in  the  middle  of  the  Bay,  and  nearly  ahead,  about 
2j^  miles  above  the  Lighthouse,  John's  Island,  the  Southern  part 
of  which  is  quite  high.  Leave  this  Island,  the  Western  part  of 
which  is  bold,  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard,  and  when  abreast 


ino 


Kl-niUDnK'S  COAST    VILOT. 


It,  Mtoor  N.  }i  W.,  Inning  'riim'Hton'H  Lodgo,  \\\\M\  1h  }  niilo 
JSorMi  iVoin.lolin'H  InIhiuI,  on  tli(<  Sturltoani,  iiiid  Mi^Kiirlini^'s  Ia>(t^o, 
whii'li  Ih  Sfi  iiillo  NW.  'j  N.  IVt)iu  tliiH  liist-nmntiouctl  Islautl,  on 
tho  I'oi't.  hiiud.  AHor  imssinx;  McKiirliiig'H  la'dgc,  kvv\)  in  llio  uiid- 
dlo  ol'  the  liver,  iind  nni  nj»  uliout  I  ',,  niiUvs,  or  wlu'io  it  iw  widrr. 
At  I  his  plticu  you  will  tlnil  good  tinuhorugu  in  IVoni  1  lu  b  ratliouiH 
wulor. 


MoFariing's  Cove. 

If  y«m  \\M\  to  vwWv  {\\\»  (\)Vo,  whoi  ibivnst  llio  Northern  point 
of  John's  Ishtnd  yon  will  wo  lU'n\<  <liind,  whii'h  is  sniidl,  and 
lies  i\l)o(tt  MOO  vtirds  t»»  tho  NtirlhwnnI  of  .lohn's  Island.  Conlimio 
tho  oonrso  N.  '.(  W.  nntil  tho  oontro  of  Uoavor  Island  boars  E. 
l\v  S.  ^j  S. ;  thon  niako  good  tho  oonrso  W.  l\V  N.  !.-  N.,  hav- 
ing MoKaiiing's  I.odgo.  son\o  |)arts  of  whioh  aro  abovo  wator,  on 
tho  Staiboanl.  and  (\)Vbotl's  I.odgo,  whioh  has  but  -1  foot  wator 
upon  it  at  Low  Tido,  upon  tho  Tort  hand.  AVhon  tho  Covo  is  fairly 
opon,  haul  to  tho  Sonthwostward,  and  anohor  in  IVoin  I  to  T)  fath- 
oms wator. 

M  tho  Southorn  ond  of  thisCovo  thoro  is  a  Ini-go  Porgy  Kaotory. 
Thotv  is  alst>  a  good  harbor  i\oarly  opposito  IMoKarling's  Covo,  noar 
tho  ontranoo  t«»  IVinaiinid  Kivor.  If  you  wish  to  ontor  this  last- 
nu'utionoti  plaoo,  loavo  Uoavor  Island  (boforo  vlosoribod)  about  7.') 
yanis  on  tho  StarboanI  hand,  and  haul  in  about  E.  }>  S..  and 
anohor  in  iVom  J  to  7  fathoms  wator.  Whou  you  aro  in  this  har- 
bor, thoiv  will  bo  soon  \o  tho  Sonthwaixl,  uoarlv  in  mid-ohannol. 


Tl 


loro 


botwoon  .K>hu's  Island  and  tho  mainland.  Knowlo's  KooUj 

is  a  nanxnv  Channol  of  \0  fathoms  wator  botwoon  thoso  Kooks  and 

.lolui's  Island. 


VituTtiona  to  pass  tritfiout  the  Dantiseovv  Tslands. 

KixMU  tho  Wostwanl.  loavo  Soguin  Island  tVoni  '1  to  ;l  niilos  to 
tho  N\>rthwnni,  and  whon  tho  l.ighthonso  boai-s  North,  stoor  E.  by 
N.  On  this  inmi'so  Uantuui  I.odgo  will  bo  loll  woll  to  tho  North- 
wai\I.  Whon  IVmaqnid  l.ighthouso  boars  N-NE..  run  for  it  on 
this  iHWU"so.  Whon  t^xMU  2  to  J^  milos  fix>m  this  last-montionod 
l.ighthouso,  koop  a  sharp  lookout  t'or  tho  lluoy  paintoii  in  Kod  and 
Bkok  llorixoutrtl  stri[)os  otf  tlio  Southoast  part  of  IVmaquiii  Ltnlgo. 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


157 


Loavp  tliin  Buoy  nbout  100  yards  on  tl»o  Port  hnnd,  and  run  in  N. 
liv  W.  until  it  Ikiius  Sonlli ;  tiicn  Htoor  Nortli  up  tlio  Huy  for  John's 
Island,  and  follow  tlio  diroctions  boforo  (.^ivon. 

From  tlio  Kastward  or  Seaward,  alYcr  pasMing  Monhegan  Island, 
run  for  ri'ina(iuid  Point  Iii}j;htlionHo  on  any  bi-nring  from  W.  by  N. 
%  N.  to  N.NE.  Leave  the  point  (whieh  bears  SW.  by  W.  J^ 
W.  from  ti»e  IJghtlionse)  about  ].{;  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
run  up  the  Hay  abont  North,  leavin*?  John's  Island  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  antl  proeeed  as  before  iliret-ted. 

Vessels  of  more  than  l'>  feet  draught  should  lake  care  to  avoid  ft 
Ledge  having  about  1(5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  at  this 
date  is  not  Huoyed.  remacjuid  Point  Light  bears  from  this  Ledgo 
NW.  ;'4  W.  ;  distanee  D^i  miles. 

In  beating  in  or  out  of  John's  Ray  there  are  no  obstructions  until 
past  .loiui's  Island  ;  vessels  may  therefore  approach  near  the  shores 
without  tiangi'r.  AlXer  passing  this  last-mentioned  Island,  the  prin- 
cipal danger  to  be  avoided  is  Corbel t's  Hock,  which  has  but  4  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Title,  and  bears  from  the  Northern  i)oint  of 
John's  Island  W.  by  N.  ,'j  N.,  distance  '4  mile.  The  "\Vestern 
part  o!'  this  last-mentioned  Island  is  bold;  a  part  of  Thurston's 
and  McFarling's  Ledges  are  alu)ve  water. 

John's  Hay  and  Kiver  are  excellent  harbors  of  refuge  for  vessels 
bound  to  the  Westward,  especially  during  a  heavy  Westerly  gale; 
and  there  are  so  few  dangers  that  strangers  may  enter  them  without 
fear  by  following  the  above  directions. 

lliffh  Watm\ 

It  is  High  Water  in  John's  Bay  abotit  30  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


New  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  harbor  is  2'^  miles  NE.  J^  N.  from 
IVmaquid  Toint  Lighthouse  ;  10  miles  NW.  by  N.  from  IMonhegan 
Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  5^/^  miles  West  from  Franklin  Island 
Lighthouse.  The  harbor  extends  nearly  East  and  West  J4  mile, 
with  an  average  wiilth  of  about  17.')  yanis.  The  water  at  the  mouth 
is  deep,  but  very  narrow  and  crooked.     With  a  good  pilot,  14  feet 


158 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


water  at  Low  Tide  may  be  carried  in  for  about  150  yards  above  the 
Buoy  ;  the  remaiuing  part  of  tlie  Cove  is  siioal  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

From  the  Westward,  run  for  Pemaquid  Point  Light,  bearing  NE. 
by  N.  Yi  N.  Leave  it  about  J4  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  wlien 
it  bears  West,  steer  about  NE.  >^  N.  2  miles.  On  this  course  you 
will  see  two  dry  Rocks  or  Ledges,  and  a  small  Island  lying  near 
the  shore,  which  are  all  left  on  the  Port  hand.  After  passing  this 
Island,  the  harbor  will  open,  and  you  will  see  the  Red  Buo}',  which, 
in  passing  in,  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  On  account  of  tlie 
Channel  being  narrow  and  crooked,  it  is  advisable  for  strangers 
bound  in  to  take  a  pilot. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Seaward,  after  passing  Monhegan  Island, 
run  for  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  on  any  bearing  from  W.  by  N. 
Yz  N.  to  N.NE.,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  New  Harbor  22  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton.    Common  tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


Round  Pond  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  harbor  (which  is  situated  on  the  Western 
side  of  Muscongus  Sound)  is  G^  miles  NE.  by  N.  from  Pemaquid 
Point  Liglithouse.  The  harbor  is  a  round  Cove,  a  little  less  than 
^  mile  in  diameter,  with  good  anchorage  in  all  winds,  with  from 
12  to  15  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Round  Pond  Harbor  in 

Daytime. 

From  the  Westward,  nin  for  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse,  bearing 
NE.  by  N.  Yz  N.  Leave  it  about  J^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
when  it  bears  West,  steer  NE.  Y^  N.  When  about  2  miles  past 
the  Lighthouse,  you  will  see  two  dry  Ledges,  and  also  a  small  Is- 
land lying  near  the  shore ;  these  are  all  left  about  Yr  ^^^^  o"  ^^^ 
Port  hand.    After  passing  the  Island,  you  will  open  New  Harbor. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


159 


When  the  entrance  to  this  harbor  bears  W.  by  S.,  haul  in  more 
Northerly ;  and  in  order  to  avoid  Brown's  Head  Ledge,  follow  the 
shore  (which  is  bold),  keeping  not  more  than  300  yards  from  it. 

As  you  enter  Muscongus  Sound,  you  will  see  to  the  Eastward 
the  Red  Buoys  Nos.  2  and  4,  off  Weber's  and  Bar  Island  Ledges, 
both  of  which  should  be  left  well  to  the  Eastward.  After  passing 
this  last-mentioned  Ledge,  j'ou  will  see  nearly  ahead,  and  about  300 
yards  from  shore,  two  Black  Buoys,  Nos.  1  and  3,  which  lie  off 
Poland's  North  and  South  ledges;  these  Buoys  are  both  left  on 
tlie  Port  hand.  After  passing  these  last-mentioned  Buo3's,  steer 
about  N.  by  E.  Y^  E.  until  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about 
W.  by  N.  J4  N. ;  then  run  in,  and  anchor  in  about  2^^  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide,  and  4  fathoms  at  High  Tide.  A  Ledge  extends 
off  Northerly  about  200  yards  from  the  Southern  point  of  this  har- 
bor ;  vessels,  therefore,  in  entering  it  should  not  keep  more  than  75 
yards  from  its  Northern  point. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Seaward,  after  passing  Monhegan  Island, 
run  for  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  on  any  bearing  from  W.  by  N. 
Yz  N.  to  N.NE.,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Round  Pond  Harbor  about  20  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  9  feet. 

Muscongus  Harbor  and  Greenland  Cove. 

Between  Round  Pond  Harbor  and  the  Head  of  Muscongus  Sound 
there  are  two  Coves  called  Muscongus  Harbor  and  Greenland  Cove : 
the  former  lies  about  1^  rniles  NE.  by  N.  from  Round  Pond,  the 
latter  3J^  miles  NE.  %.  N.  from  Round  Pond ;  both  these  Coves 
have  but  little  water  in  them  at  Low  Tide. 


Waldoboro' Harbor. 

The  town  of  Waldoboro'  is  situated  upon  the  Eastern  bank  of  the 
Medomak  River,  about  8  miles  fVom  its  mouth,  and  16J^  miles 
NE.  by  N.  from  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse.  At  a  distance  of  3 
or  4  miles  below  the  town,  the  water  commences  to  shoal,  so  that 


IGO 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


Ll  . 


at  Low  Tide  'mt  2  feet  can  be  carried  up  to  it.  The  passage  to 
this  l{iv('r  leads  up  tlirouj^h  Muscoiigiis  Bay,  in  which  there  are 
man}'  llocltfl,  Le  Igcs,  Sljoals,  and  Islands.  Near  the  mouth  of  the 
River  are  two  Islands  called  Cow  Island  and  Bremen  Long  Island, 
which  divide  the  entrance  into  an  Eastern  and  Western  Channel. 
The  Eastern  Channel,  wliich  lies  between  the  Eastern  part  of  Bremen 
Long  Island  and  Hungry  Island,  is  very  narrow,  and  on  account  of 
the  current  which  rushes  through  it  with  great  strength  and  velocity, 
it  is  called  the  Flying  Passage.  The  Western  Passage,  which  is  on 
the  Western  side  of  Bremen  Long  Island,  is  called  the  Hocoraock 
Channel,  and  is  also  narrow,  with  a  rapid  current  in  it.  In  this 
woik,  however,  we  shall  onl}'  give  directions  for  the  J^astcrn  Pas- 
sage as  far  as  Hungry  Island,  which  is  near  the  entrance  to  the 
Flying  Passage. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Muscongus  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Waldoboro',  bring  Pemaquid  Point 
Light  to  bear  NE.  bj'  N.  ^-^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
Leave  the  Lighthouse  from  J^  to  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
when  it  bears  W.  ^  S-,  make  good  the  course  E.  ^  N.,  leaving 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  8,  off  New  Harbor  Ledges,  close  U  on  tl;e 
Port  hand.  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W. 
bj'  S. ;  distance  3  miles.  When  abreast  this  Buoy,  run  for  Frank- 
lin Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  E.  by  N.  %  N.  On  this  course  the 
Western  Egg  Rock,  and  Western  Egg  Rock  Ledge  (upon  which 
the  sea  always  breaks^ ,  will  be  left  }(  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  As 
you  approach  Franklin  Island  Lighthouse,  the  Tripod  upon  the 
Eastern  Egg  Rock  will  be  seen  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  this  Tripod 
is  54  feet  high,  and  the  upper  half  is  covered  with  boards.  Con- 
tinue the  course  until  this  Tripod  bears  South ;  on  which  bearing 
keep  it,  and  steer  North  for  Wreck  Island;  distance  lys  miles. 
When  Franklin  Island  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  %  E.,  and  is  just  on 
with  the  Southwestern  part  of  Crane  Island  (you  are  then  past  the 
Ledge  called  the  Devil's  Back,  which  is  bare  at  ^  Ebb),  and  is 
left  on  the  Port  hand,  and  must  steer  North westerl}-,  leaving  Wreck 
Island  at  least  i<5  mile  upon  the  Starboard  hand.  In  order  to  avoid 
the  Ledges  which  lie  off  its  Northern  jjart,  when  the  centre  6i  this 
last-mentioned  Island  bears  SE.,  distance  about  y3  mile,  the  course 
is  NE.  }^  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Garden  Island 


va 


,;■   A- 


^SR^BDRSG 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


IGl 


Ledges,  about  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Blaclt  Buoy  No.  1, 
o.T  Cow  Island  Ledges,  about  ^  mile  on  tiie  Tort  hand.  Aa  you 
Biiil  up  the  Day,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  two  small  bare 
Lslets  (connected  at  Low  Tide)  called  Gull  Rocks.  Leave  these 
Kocks  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  up  about 
NNE.  1 J^  miles,  and  anchor  to  the  Southward  of  Hungry  Island 
in  from  7  to  9  fathoms  water.  It  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  here. 
Coming  from  the  Eastward,  between  George's  Islands  and  Mon- 
hegan  Island,  leave  the  Buo}'  otf  the  Old  Man's  Ledge  about  ^ 
r^ile  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  Shark 
Island,  which  is  bold,  about  ]^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
Wlicn  the  Tripod  upon  the  Eastern  Egg  Rock  (before  described)  is 
in  range  with  Franklin  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  N.NE.,  run  N. 
by  "W.  Yi  W".  for  the  Western  ligg  Rock  until  the  last-mentioned 
Light  bears  NE. ;  then  steer  for  it  until  the  Tripod  bears  South ; 
then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  in  Waldoboro'  Harbor  33  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  10  feet. 

Friendship  Harbor. 

Vessels  bound  to  this  harbor  maj'  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Waldoboro'  Harbor  or  Muscongus  Bay.  Until  they  make 
the  Gull  Rocks  these  Islets  may  be  left  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port 
hand ;  and  when  the}'  bear  W.  %  S.  make  good  the  course  E.  ^ 
N.  about  1  mile,  which  will  take  you  to  the  mouth  of  the  harbor. 
You  may  then  nm  in  about  E.NE.  After  passing  the  entrance, 
keep  about  in  mid-channel  and  run  up  from  J^  to  J^  mile,  and 
anchor  in  from  3j4  to  5  fathoms  wator. 


I,  > 


St.  George's  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Riv^r  is  about  10  miles  E.NE.  from  Pema- 
quid  Point  Lighthouse ;   and  about  the  same  distance  N.  by  E. 
}4  E.  from  Monhegau  Island  Lighthouse. 
11  . 


\  • 


162 


ELDRIi.  JE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Franklin  Island  Lighthouse*  ' 

About  4  miles  SW.  by  W.  Yz  W.  from  the  entrance  of  St. 
George's  River  is  Franklin  Island,  upon  the  Northern  part  of  which 
is  a  Lighthouse  showing  a  fixed  Light,  varied  b}-  White  Flashes. 
This  Lighthouse  bears  from  Pemaquid  Point  Light  E.  by  N.^  N., 
distance  6^  miles ;  from  Monhegan  Lighthouse,  N.  %  W.,  dis- 
tance S%  miles. 

Remarks* 

The  approaches  to  this  River  have  a  sufficient  depth  of  water  for 
the  heaviest-draught  vessels,  but  they  are  rendered  extremely  diffi- 
cult to  strangers  on  account  of  the  numerous  Ledges  and  Shoals 
which  lie  to  the  Southwest  of  it.  There  are  usually  five  or  six 
passages  used  by  coasters,  but  in  this  work  we  shall  only  give  three, 
which  are  the  most  direct  for  vessels  coming  from  the  Eastward, 
Westward,  or  Seaward.  The  general  course  of  this  River,  from 
the  entrance  to  Thomaston,  the  head  of  navigation,  is  NE.  by  E., 
and  distance  10  miles.  About  7  feet  water  can  be  taken  up  to  this 
place  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Dire'^tions  for  St.  George's  River  in   Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bririg  Pemaqnid  Point  Light  to  bear  NE. 
by  N.  ^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  it  about  ^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  as  soon  as  Franklin  Island  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  bearing,  leaving 
the  Lighthouse  close  aboard  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  this 
Light,  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  and  leave  the  Rod  Buoy  No. 
2,  off  the  Northwest  part  of  Jenks'  Ledge,  about  200  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  distance  from  the  last-mentioned  Light,  3  miles. 
Thence,  ^  of  a  mile  farther  in,  you  will  leave  on  the  Port  band 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Goose 
Island  Ledge,  and  ^  mile  farther  on  the  same  hand,  the  Black 
Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Southern  part  of  Gay  Cove  Ledge.  After 
passing  this  last-mentioned  Buo}',  steer  about  NE.  J^  E.,  keep- 
ing in  the  middle  of  the  River,  leaving  the  Black  Buo}^  No.  3,  off 
the  Eastern  part  of  Henderson's  Ledge,  on  the  Port  hand.  Wiien 
you  are  past  the  Narrows,  there  will  be  seen  ahead,  nearly  in  the 
middle  of  the  River,  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  5,  which  lies  off  tue  Fastern 


li  ;,' 


V 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


163 


part  of  Baile5''s  Ledge  (which  is  bare  at  Low  Spring  Tides). 
Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  up 
about  NE.  by  E.,  keeping  in  the  middle  of  the  River  rintil  abreast 
Fort  St.  George.  Above  this  the  channel  is  narrow,  and  the  water 
gradually  shoals  to  Thomaston  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  to  take  a 
pilot  here.  From  tlie  Eastward,  after  passing  Monhegan  Island, 
bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  S-SE.,  and  run  N.NW.,  until 
Franklin  Island  Lighthouse  bears  E.NE. ;  then  proceed  as  before 
directed. 

Directions  for  George's  Island,  Western  Channel. 

From  the  Eastward,  Westward,  or  Seaward,  leave  Monhegan 
Island  about  1^  miles  on  either  hand,  and  after  passing  the  Duck 
Rocks  (the  farthest  of  which  is  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward  of 
this  Island)  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  S.  ^  W.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  N.  ^  E.,  with  the  Southwest  point  of 
the  Outer  George's  Island  a  little  on  the  Starboard  bow.  As  you 
sail  in,  you  will  see,  on  the  Starboard  hand,  the  Red  Buoy  No.  6, 
off  the  Southwest  part  of  the  Old  Man's  Ledge,  which  is  bare  about 
two  hours  before  Low  Tide  ;  and  Y^  mile  farther  to  the  Northward, 
the  Old  Woman's  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide.  Both  those 
last -mentioned  dangers  are  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue 
the  course  N.  V;^  E.,  leaving  tlie  Southwest  point  of  the  Outer 
George's  Island  (which  is  bold)  about  300  yards  to  the  Eastward, 
and  also  several  small  Islands  and  Ledges  to  the  Westward.  When 
Franklin  Island  Lighthouse  h(>ais  NW.,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1  off 
the  Northeast  part  of  Seal  Ledges,  will  he  in  range  of  this  Light ; 
and  about  1  mile  farther  in  you  will  see  the  Red  Buo}'  No.  2,  off  the 
Northeast  part  of  the  Ledge  called  the  Kegs,  which  are  bare  at 
I'ow  Tide,  Both  these  last-mentioned  Buoys  are  left  on  the  Port 
hand.  Continue  the  course  N.  3/(  E.,  until  Franklin  Island  Light- 
house bears  SW.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  then  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Directions  for  George's  Island,  Eastern  Channel. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward,  outside  of  Matinicus  Island,  in  order 
to  clear  all  the  Ledges,  bring  the  Lighthouses  upon  the  said  Island 
to  bear  E.  by  S.  ^  S.,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  j^  N.,  until  Monhe- 
gan Island  Lighthouse  bears  SW.  by  S.  Yz  S. ;  then  make  good 
th.  course  NE.  by  N.  >^  N.,  with  the  Southeastern  part  of  Burnt 


ZBS 


mfmmi 


mmmm 


\ 


.)t. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


; 


Island  just  on  the  Port  bow.  Leave  this  Island  (which  is  bold) 
about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  you  have  passed  it, 
steer  N.  ^  E.  1^  miles,  to  the  Black  Buoy  ofT  the  Northwestern 
part  of  the  Sisters,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
"When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  steer  N.  34!  E.,  or  directly 
for  the  Southeast  point  of  Teal's  Island ;  distance  1 }{  miles  from 
the  "Ji.oy  on  the  Sisters.  On  this  last  course,  the  Spindle  on  the 
Old  Horse  Ledge  will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  250 
yards  from  the  Southeast  point  of  this  Island,  steer  NE.  ^  E.  for 
Hooper's  Point;  distance  l}i  miles.  On  this  last  course  you  will 
see,  to  the  Northward,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal Stripes,  ^vhich  lies  off  the  Southern  part  of  Channel  Rock. 
This  Rock  has  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  bears  from 
Hooper's  Point  W.  by  N. ;  distance  ^  mile.  Continue  the  course 
NE.  3/i  E.,  until  this  Buoy  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  leave  it  100 
yards  upon  either  hand,  and  continue  the  course  N.  by  W.,  until 
the  River  is  fairly  open,  then  run  up  about  NE.  }4  E.,  as  before 
directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  in  St.  George's  River  about  20  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


i 


Davis  Straits. 

These  Straits  (which  lie  between  George's  Islands)  have  a  width 
of  about  300  yards,  and  are  distant  2}4  miles  "W.SW.  from 
Marshal's  Point  Lighthouse,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the 
entrance  to  Herring  Gut  Harbor.  A  Letlge,  having  about  8  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  near  the  middle  of  the  passage, 
and  is  marked  on  its  Southeast  part  with  a  Red  Buo}'  No.  8, 
which  in  going  East  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  Between  the  Ledge 
and  the  Southern  shore  there  is  a  narrow  channel  at  Low  Tide  of 
4:}4  fathoms  water.  Davis  Straits  at  many  times  are  of  great 
advantage  to  coasters,  especially  with  strong  Northerly  or  Southerly 
winds. 


ri^ii'' 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


165 


Sailing  Directions  for  Davis  Straits  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bring  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  to  bear 
NE.  by  N.  yi  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.    Leave  the  Light- 
house about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  W.  %  S., 
steer  B.  %  N.     As  you  enter  the  Bay,  you  will  soon  see  ahead,  upon 
the  Eastern  Egg  Rock  (which  bears  E.  ]^  N.  from  Pemaquid  Point 
Lighthouse,  distance  5J^  miles),  a  Beacon  54  feet  high,  the  upper 
half  of  which  is  covered  with  boards.     As  you  approach  it,  you 
will  also  see,  about  ]^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  it,  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  4,  which  lies  off  a  Ledge  which  is  awash  at  Low  Tide.     Pass 
about  midway  between  the  Beacon  and  Buoy,  and  steer  E.  by  N., 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Seal  Ledges 
(which  is  distant  2  miles  from  Egg  Rock  Beacon),  on  the  Starboard 
hand.     Continue  the  course  E.  by  N.  from  this  last  Buoy,  and  as 
80')n   as  the  Red  Buoy  in  the  Straits  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
E  NE.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  ;  and 
when  about  20  yards  past  it,  steer  NE.  by  E.  about  300  yards,  to 
avoW  the  shoal  water  that  makes  off  from  the  point  on  the  Star- 
boaru  hand.     When  you  are  through  the  Straits  you  will  see  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off  the  Northwest  part  of  the  Sisters  (bearing 
about  E.NE.) ,  which  you  will  leave  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  steer  about  NE.  by  E-  J^  E-,  for  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3  off  the 
Northwestern  part  of  Allen's  Ledge.    On  this  last  course,  a  Spmdle 
and  Red  Buoy  will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.     V^hen  past  tliis  last 
Black  Buoy,  Herring  Gut  Harbor  will  be  fairly  open,  and  if  bound 
into  it,  you  may  run  in  about  midway  of  the  entrance,  leaving  a 
Black  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  where  you  please.     If 
bound  farther  Eastward,  leave   the  Red  Buoy  off  Herring  Gut 
Lighthouse  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  E.  ^  S.,  leaving 
the  next  Buoy,  which  is  Red,  off  the  Southeast  part  of  Mosquito 
Island  Ledge,  on  the  Port  hand.    When  abreast  the  last-mentioned 
Buoy  steer  about  SE.  by  E.,  leaving  Great  Mosquito  Island  about 
300  yards  on  the  Port  hand.      The  above  courses  from  Great 
Mosquito  Island  through  Davis  Straits  are  reversed  by  vessels 
bound  to  the  Westward. 


•^M.. 


affS'iT'i.tiiiiiii 


SB 


166 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


George's  Harbor. 

This  small  harbor,  or  place  of  anchorage,  which  has  a  depth  of 
from  4  to  12  fathoms  water  in  it,  is  between  the  George's  Islands, 
and  bears  N.  by  "E.  }4  E.,  from  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  dis- 
tance 7  miles ;  and  SW.  by  W.  3  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  at 
Herring  Gut  Harbor.  This  place  of  anchorage  is  somewhat 
exposed  to  winds  from  W.NW.  to  South,  by  way  of  East,  but 
affords  shelter  with  winds  from  South  to  W.NW.  by  way  of  West. 


Sailing  Directions  for  George's  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Directions   to  enter  this  Harbor  to  the  Westward 
of  George^s  Islands. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Monhegan  Island  from  2  to  3  miles 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  S.  ^  W., 
make  good  the  course  N.  f^  E.,  with  the  Southwest  point  of  the 
Outer  George's  Island  a  little  on  the  Starboard  Bow.  As  j'ou  sail 
in,  j'ou  will  see  the  Buoy  off  the  Old  Man's  Ledge,  and  yi  mile 
further  in  the  Old  Woman's  Ledge,  both  of  which  are  left  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  Leave  the  Southwest  point  of  the  Outer  George's 
Island,  which  is  bold,  about  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
when  3'ou  are  abreast  it,  steer  N.NE.  As  you  enter  the  Bay,  you 
will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  the  narrow  passage  between  Ben- 
ner's  and  Allen's  Islands  which  leads  into  George's  Harbor  ;  but  j'ou 
must  still  continue  the  course  N.NE.  about  ^  mile  farther.  Then 
the  entrance  to  the  harbor  will  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  S-SE. 
You  may  then  run  in,  keeping  midway  of  the  entrance,  and  anchor 
in  from  5  to  10  fathoms  water,  the  entrance  to  the  Gut  bearing 
SW.  by  W.  about  300  yards  from  you. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  through  Egg  Rock  Channel,  follow 
the  directions  for  Davis  Straits,  and  when  abreast  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Seal  Ledges  (which  is  left  on  the 
Starboard  hand),  steer  E.  %  N.  about  1 J^  miles.  The  entrance  to 
the  harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  S.SE. ;  then  run 
in,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


167 


Directions  to  enter  this  Harbor  to  the  Eastward 
of  George's  Islands, 

Coming  from  the  Eastward,  outside  of  Matinic  Island,  when  past 
the  Ledges  which  lie  to  the  Southwest  of  it,  bring  Burnt  Island, 
which  is  uie  Southeasternmost  of  the  George's  Islands,  to  bear 
N.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  the  Southeastern 
point  of  this  Island  (which  is  bold)  about  300  yards  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  when  you  are  past  it,  steer  N.  J^  E.  from  ^  to  J4^ 
mile.  The  entrance  to  the  harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open,  and  you 
may  run  in  about  "W.NW.,  leaving  Little  Bui'ut  Island  not  less 
than  350  j-ards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  next  point,  which  is  tlie 
Northeast  part  of  Allen's  Island,  not  less  than  200  yards  on  the 
same  hand,  and  when  the  Gut  bears  SW.  by  W.,  anchor  as  before 
directed. 

From  White  Head,  when  the  Northern  part  of  Burnt  Island  bears 
West,  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  proceed  according  to  directions 
before  given.  . 

Vessels  passing  in  or  out  of  this  harbor  should  take  care  to  avoid 
a  Ledge  which  makes  off  about  150  yards  from  its  Southern  shore. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  George's  Harbor  30  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Monhegan  Island. 

This  Island,  which  is  quite  high,  lies  NE.  and  SW.,  and  is  a 
mile  and  one-third  long.  Its  Southwest,  Southern,  Southeastern, 
and  Eastern  shores,  are  very  bold.  Near  the  middle  of  the  Island, 
on  a  bare  summit,  is  built  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  flashing 
White  Light. 

Fog  Signal, 

About  200  yards  from  the  Western  shore  of  Monhegan  is  a  small 
bare  Island  called  Mananas  Island.  Upon  the  Southwest  point  of 
this  Island  is  a  Fog  Signal,  giving  blasts  of  15  seconds  at  intervals 
of  40  seconds. 


•/ 


y.» 


''^^f^mmmm 


''■'  \.' 


168 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


i 


Bearings  and  Distances  firom 

Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,     .  . 

Thatcher's  Island  Lights,  .     .  . 

Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse,     .  . 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse,  .     .  . 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,     .     .  . 

Seguin  Island  Lighthouse,     .  . 
Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse, 

White  Head  Lighthouse,  .     .  . 

Matinicus  Rock  Lights,     .     .  . 
Seal  Island  Light  (off  Cape  Sable) 


Mouhegan  Island  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

SW.  by  S.  %  S. 

,  108 

miles 

SW.  %  W.,  . 

87>^ 

SW.byW.^  W.,74 

SW.byW.^W.,63 

W.  3/8  S.,   .      . 

.     40 

W.  K  N., . 

19 

NW.  %  W., 

9^ 

NE.  %  E., 

15^ 

E.  by  S.,    . 

20 

,  SE.  by  E.  Yat  E.,   148 


Duck  Rocks, 

These  are  four  bare  rocky  Islets,  the  farthest  of  which  lies  off 
about  ^  mile  from  th^  Northern  and  Northwestern  shores  of  Mon- 
hegan  Island.  Upon  the  Western  Duck  Rock  a  Beacon  57  feet 
high  has  been  built.  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it 
about  S-SE. ;  distance  J^  mile.  About  N.  b}-  W.,  %  mile  from 
this  Beacon,  in  18  fathoms  water,  is  placed  a  Whisthng  Buoj' . 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  to  the 
Northward  of  Monhegan  Island. 

Distance. 

19      miles. 
13>^      " 
10>^ 


W.,  .     . 

w., .   . 

W.  by  N. 


N., 


Seguin  Island  Lighthouse,     . 

Bantum  Ledge, 

Northern  White  Island,    .     . 

Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse,       .     NW.  ,J^  W.,  •     •       ^Vi 

Beacon  upon  Eastern  Egg  Rock, 

Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  of 
Old  Man's  Ledge,    .... 

Southeastern  part  of  Burnt  Is- 
land,      

Roaring  Bull, NE.  by  E.  ^  E., 

White  Head  Lighthouse,       .     .     NE.  yi  E., 

Fog  Signal  on  Southwest  part, 
of  Mananas  Island,      .     .     .    S.  >^  W.,  .     .     . 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,    .     S.  by  E.  ^  E.,   . 

Lighthouses     upon     Matinicus 

Rock, E.  by  S.  Ji'  S.,    .    21 


NW.  y2  W.,  .    . 
N.  by  W., .     .     . 

NE.  by  N.  ^  N., 

NE.  ^  N.,      .    . 


3/8 

15 

1^ 


(C 


u 


u 


(( 


^ 


I  :t 


4: 


■.■  iJ 


ELDEIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


169 


Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangerous  Bocks  and  Ledges. 
Moser^a  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  (which  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed)  has  16  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it 
SE. ;  distance  5i^  miles.  / 

%  Sunken  Duck  Mock,  '   ' 

This  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  5  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Northern  side  with  a  Black  Buo^',  No.  3.  Monhegan 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  S.  by  E. ;  distance  1  mile. 

Old  Man's  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  about  Half  Tide,  is  marked  off  its 
Soul  hern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  6.  Monhegan  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  BU03'  S.  by  W-  %  W.  ;  distance  4^  miles. 

Roaring  Bull, 

This  Ledge  (which  is  awash  at  Low  Tide)  is  marked  on  its 
Northwestern  part  with  a  Black  Buoj',  No.  I.  Monhegan  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  W.  1%  miles. 

Southeast  Breaker.  ■    . 

This  Ledge  (some  parts  of  which  are  dry  at  Low  Tide)  extends 
E.NE.  and  W.SW.  about  %  mile,  and  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed. 
Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W.SW^. ;  distance  7^ 
miles. 

Haddock  Ledge. 

This  Rock  (which  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed)  has  12  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it 
W.  by  S.  ^  S. ;  distance  7^  miles. 


0 


Monhegan  Harbor. 

This  small  harbor  of  refuge  (the  entrance  of  which  bears  W.SW. 
from  Monhegan  Lighthouse,  distance  about  J^  mile)  has  a  width 
of  from  150  to  250  yards,  and  there  are  no  obstructions  or  dangers 
in  entering  it  from  the  Westward.  It  is  exposed  to  Southwesterly 
winds. 


m 


■  ".■■■jfj»> 


170 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


I) 


Sailing  Directions  for  Daytime. 

Bring  Monhegan  Lighthouse  to  bear  E.NE.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course.  As  soon  as  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  tiE.  % 
N.,  run  in,  and  anchor  in  mid-channel  in  from  5^  to  7  fathoms 
water.  From  the  anchorage  in  the  harbor  there  will  be  seen  to  the 
Northeastward,  nearly  in  mid -channel,  two  small  bare  Islets  ;  there 
is  a  narrow  Channel  of  16  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  between  these 
Islets  and  the  "Western  shore  of  Monhegan.  If  the  wind  is  so 
strong  from  the  Southwestward  that  you  cannot  beat  out  by  the 
"Western  Passage,  you  may  run  out  the  Eastern  Channel  b}-  keeping 
midwa}'  between  the  Islets  and  Monhegan.  When  you  are  out 
of  the  harbor,  leave  the  first  small  Island  about  100  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  run  but  between  the  Duck  Islands  about 
NE.  by  N.  ^ 


Herring  Gut  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  much  frequented  by  coasters,  bears  NE. 
by  N.  %  N.  from  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  distance  9^  miles  ; 
and  E.  by  N.  from  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse,  distance  11^ 
miles. 

MarshalPa  Point  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Marshall's  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is  a 
\  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  "White  Light. 


V- 


Sailing  Directions  for  Herring  Gut  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  outside  of  George's  Islands,  give 
Monhegan  Island  a  berth  of  about  2  miles,  leaving  it  to  the  South- 
ward. When  Monhegan  Lighthouse  bears  SW.,  make  good  the 
course  NE.  until  Herring  Gut  Lighthouse  bears  N.  b}'  W. ;  then 
run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  j-ou  sail  in,  3'ou  will  see  on  the  Port 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off"  the  Eastern  part  of  the  Ledge,  called 
the  Old  Cilley,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide ;  and  also  Black  Rock, 
and  Hart  Island,  all  of  which  are  left  to  the  Westward.  On  the 
Starboard  will  be  .seen  several  Rocky  Islets,  the  Westernmost  of 
which  are  called  the  Gunning  Rocks.     Leave  these  last-mentioned 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


171 


Rock3,  wliich  bear  from  Herring  Gut  Llghtliouso  S.SE.  ^  mile, 
and  arc  bold,  about  150  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when 
past  them,  steer  about  N.NW.  until  the  harbor  is  open  ;  theu  run 
in,  keeping  about  mid-channel,  and  anchor  where  you  please. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  through  George's  Islands  Passage, 
bound  to  Herring  Gut  Harbor,  see  sailing  directions  for  Davis 
Straits.  '  -  '  ) 

From  the  Eastward,  by  way  of  "White  Head,  after  passing  Great 
Mosquito  Island,  the  centre  of  wliich  bears  SW.  by  W-  )^  W. 
from  AVhite  Head  Light,  distance  5^^  miles,  you  will  open  Herring 
Gut  Lighthouse,  bearing  about  W-NW.  Give  the  Southern  point 
of  tins  last-mentioned  Island  a  berth  of  about  300  yards,  and  steer 
NW.  by  W.,  when  you  will  see  nearly  ahead  tiie  Red  Buoy  upon 
the  Southern  part  of  Mosquito  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  about  West,  leaving  the  Red 
Buoy  off  the  Lighthouse  upon  the  same  hand.  After  passing  this 
last  Buo3%  haul  gradually  to  the  Northward,  and  when  the  harbor 
is  open,  run  in  about  midway,  and  anchor  where  you  please- 


Beating  into  this  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

In  beating  in,  the  Lighthouse  must  be  kept  open  to  the  Westward 
of  the  Westernmost  Gunning  Rock  in  order  to  avoid  Gunning  Rock 
Shoal,  which  has  but  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  This  danger 
hes  upon  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel,  nearly  opposite  Black 
Rock,  and  bears  S-S£j.  from  the  Lighthouse ;  distance  about  1 
mile.  Care  should  also  be  taken  to  avoid  a  small  Rock  having  but 
14  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide  ;  this  danger  lies  nearly  in  mid- 
channel,  about  400  yards  W.  by  S.  from  the  Western  Gunning 
Rock.  To  avoid,  this  danger,  it  is  advisable,  at  Low  Tide,  when 
up  with  the  Western  Gunning  Rock,  to  make  short  tacks  to  the 
Westward  until  past  it.  The  Westernmost  Gunning  Rock  is  very 
bold,  and  may  be  approached  within  100  yards  without  danger. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  may,  when  Herring  Gut 
Lighthouse  bears  W.NW.,  steer  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving 
Great  Mosquito  Island,  the  Red  Buoy  off  Mosquito  Ledge,  and 
the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Lighthouse,  all  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
four  rocky  Islets,  and  a  shoal  spot  of  four  feet,  on  the  Port.  The 
Lighthouse  bears  from  the  latter  danger  NW.  by  W.  }i  W. ; 
distance  ^  mile. 


172 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


This  last  Chunncl  is  tlio  best  for  entering  Herring  Gut  Harbor, 
with  winds  from  Nortli  to  NE.  by  E. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Herring  Qut  Harbor,  at 
'        Night-time. 

From  tlio  Wostwurd,  after  passing  Monhcgan  Island,  bring  tlic 
Liglit  to  bi'iir  SW.,  and  steer  NE.  until  Herring  Gut  Ligiit  boars 
N.  ^  W. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing,  leaving  it  fnjui  200  to 
300  yards  on  tlie  Starboard  hand.  Wiien  abreast  the  Light,  haul 
gradually  to  tlic  Eastward,  and  anchor  anywhere  above  it  in  mid- 
chaiuiel. 

From  White  Head,  gtoer  SW.  by  W.  until  Herring  Gut  Light 
bears  N.  ^  W^. ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

It  is  not  advisable  for  strangers  to  attempt  to  beat  into  Herring 
Gut  Harbor  at  night. 

Jliyh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Herring  Gut  Harbor  30  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  i)^  feet. 


!•: 


Mosquito  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  lies  about  2  miles  Northeast  from  Herring  Gut 
Lighthouse,  and  the  entrance  to  it,  which  is  between  Great  Mos- 
quito Island  on  the  South,  and  Mosquito  Head  on  the  North,  is 
about  21^  miles  Southwest  from  the  Lighthouse  at  Tennant's  Har- 
bor ;  or  it  is  the  first  opening  to  the  Southwestward  of  the  last- 
mentioned  Lighthouse.  The  harbor  has  an  average  width  of  ]/i 
mile,  and  length  of  S/a  mile,  with  from  4  to  10  feet  Avater  in  it  at 
Low  Tide. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Mosquito  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Great  Mosquito  Island,  the 
body  of  which  bears  E.  J^  S.  from  the  entrance  to  Herring  Gut 
Harbor,  distance  2  miles  ;  Herring  Gut  Lighthouse  will  open  to  the 
Northward  of  this  last-mentioned  Island,  bearing  about  W.  ^/i  S. 


1^      it 


•       ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


173 


Wbcn  this  last-mcntionod  Liglitliouse  Is  open,  bearing  about  W. 
Yi  S-,  run  in,  leaving  the  Southwest  point  of  Mosquito  Head  about 
200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand»  When  abreast  tliis  point,  haul 
up  W.  by  N.  until  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N.  by 
E.  J^  E.  ;  then  run  in,  keeping  about  midway  of  it,  and  anchor  in 
from  4  to  10  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  Wiiite  Head,  bring  the  Light 
to  bear  E.NE.,  and  steer  W.SW.,  leaving  the  Southwest  point 
of  Mosquito  Head  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
proceed  as  before  directed. 

Hioh  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Mosquito  Harbor  about  the  same  time  it  is 
at  Herring  Gut  Harbor.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Tennant's  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  excellent  Harbor  lies  about  W.  J^  S.  from 
White  Head  Lighthouse,  distance  2^  miles;  and  NE.  J^  N.  from 
Monhegan  Lighthouse;  distance  13^/^  miles.  It  is  about  1^  miles 
in  lengtii,  with  an  average  width  of  about  500  yards. 

TennanVa  Harbor   Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Eastern  end  of  Southern  Island,  South  side  of  entrance 
to  this  Harbor,  a  Lightbouse  has  been  built  which  shows  a  revolving 
Red  Light. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Tennant's  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bring  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  to  boar 
SW.,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.,  leaving  Mosquito  Island 
about  1  mile  to  the  Westward.  When  Tennant's  Harbor  Light 
bears  North,  steer  N.  by  E.,  leaving  it  at  least  300  yards  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  the  harbor  is  fairly  opf  n,  run  in  midway  (course 
about  W.  by  N.  J^  N.),  and  anchor  about  J^  mile  above  the 
Lighthouse  in  from  3^  to  5  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  the  Bell  Boat  off  White  Head, 
bring  Tennant's  Harbor  Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  %  S.,  and  steer 
for  it.  When  about  ^  mile  fVom  this  Lighthouse,  run  about  W. 
b}'  N.  y^  N.,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


«f 


/ 


,/ 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


// 


r^^ 


O 


i 
^ 


^4^ 


'^^J^4i, 


<  k 


A 


t 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


m 


m 


■u     I 


40 


1.4 


2.5 
2.2 

2.0 

1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


k 


} 


^ 

^ 


'^^ 


ii*«riaRaHBlB!l«KJ-; 


174 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


\, 


Coming  from  the  Eastward,  through  Two  Bush  Island  Channel, 
when  the  Lighthouse  at  Teunant's  Harbor  bears  NW.  b3'  W.  % 
W.,  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Beating  into  Tennant*s  Harbor. 

Metinic  Ledge,  whijh  has  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Soutliwest  part  with  a  Buoy,  having  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes.  Herring  Gut  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
NW.  by  W. ;  distance  4^  miles.  From  the  "Westward,  after 
passing  this  Ledge,  you  may  bring  Tennant's  Harbor  Light  to  bear 
from  North  to  W.NW.,  until  you  are  }i  mile  from  it;  then  stand 
farther  to  the  Northward  until  the  Lighthouse  bears  W.  by  S. 
Give  the  shores  a  small  berth,  as  there  are  no  dangers  in  the  harbor 
excepting  a  Ledge,  which  lies  off  the  Western  shore  about  j^  mile 
above  the  Lighthouse ;  these  last  directions  will  apply  to  Night- 
time. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Tennant's  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  give  Monhegan  "'sland  a  berth  of  from  2  to 
3  miles,  leaving  it  to  the  Southward.  A^'hen  the  Light  bears  SW. 
make  good  the  course  NE.,  leaving  George's  Islands,  the  Old 
Cilley,  and  Mosquito  Island,  all  to  the  Westward.  On  this  course, 
the  Roaring  Bull,  and  the  other  Ledges  Northeast  from  it,  will  be 
left  well  to  the  Eastward.  Continue  the  course  NE.,  until  the 
Light  at  Tennant's  Harbor  bears  N.  by  W.,  then  run  for  it. 
Leave  this  Ligiit  from  300  to  400  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
gradually  haul  to  the  Westward.  When  it  bears  S.SW.  about  400 
yards,  haul  up  W.  by  N.  %  N.,  and  run  in  about  ^4  mile,  taking 
care  not  to  approach  the  shores  in  less  than  4  fathoms  water,  and 
anchor  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms.* 

niffh    Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Tennant's  Harbor  44  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9%  feet. 

•  If  a  vessel  with  strong  NE.  winds  and  ebb  tide  should  reach  Wliite  Head 
Light  she  should  not  attempt  (especially  at  night)  to  beat  into  Seal  Harbor, 
but  may  safely  run  into  Tennant's  Harbor  by  the  following  directions  :  After 
passing  the  Bell  Buoy  off*  Wliite  Head,  bring  Tennant's  Harbor  Light  to  bear 
West,  and  run  for  it  until  you  judge  you  are  about  >i  mile  from  it,  then  steer 
about  W.NW.,  taking  care  not  to  approach  either  side  in  less  than  4  fathomB. 
When  t'ue  light  bears  SE.,  anchor  in  from  6  to  7  fathoms  water. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


175 


White  Head  Lighthouse.       ' 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  flxefi  White  Light,  is  built  upon 
the  Southeastern  part  of  White  Head  Island,  and  is  intended  as  a 
guide  for  vessels  bound  into  Seal  Harbor,  and  also  through  the 
Muscle  Ridge  Channel  into  Penobscot  Bay. 

Fog  Signal. 

A  Steam  Whistle  has  been  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  giving 
blasts  of  8  seconds  at  intervals  of  52  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances. 
White  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  DiBtanoe. 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,       .  NE.  }(  E.,       .     •'  15^  miles. 
From  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses,  NW.  by  N.  j4  N.,  17 
From  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse,       .  SW.  J<  S.,      •     •     7^ 


OwVs  Head  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  summit  of  a  prominent  headland,  called  Owl's  Head, 
is  built  a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Light- 
house is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  Penobscot  Ba}'.  A  Fog  Bell 
is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  trova  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 


White  Head  Lighthouse,      .     .     .  SW.  ^  S., 

Brown's  Head  Lighthouse,  en- 
trance to  Fox  Island  Thorough- 
fare,     E 

Indian  Island  Lighthouse,  entrance 
to  Rockport  H.arbor,    .... 

Negro  Island,  entrance  to  Cam- 
den Harbor, 

The  Rocky  Island,  called  the 
Graves, 

Spruce  Head, 

Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses,    .     , 


s.,   .  .  . 

N.  34  E.,     .    .    . 

N.  by  E.  ]i  E.,    . 

N.  by  E.^  E.,     . 
NE.  by  N.  Y2  N., 

s.  y^  E',    .    •   • 


754  miles. 


6 

20 


Sailing  Directions  from  Monhegan  Island  (by  way 
of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel)  to  Bangor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  Seaward  or  the  Westward,  leave  Monhegan  Island 
from  2  to  3  miles  on  either  hand,  and  after  passing  the  Duck  Rocks 


176 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


I   r 


h     5 


"^'^ 


«r 


bx-ing  the  Lighthouse  upon  the  said  Island  to  bear  SW.  %  W., 
on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NE.  %  E-?  for  White  Head. 
If  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  on  this  course  the  Southeast 
Breaker,  Roaring  Bull,  and  Matinic  Island  Ledge  will  all  be  left 
well  to  the  Eastward.  On  the  other  hand,  George's  Islands,  the 
Ledge  called  the  Old  Cilley,  and  Great  Mosquito  Island  will  all  be 
left  to  the  Westward.  As  soon  as  White  Head  Lighthouse  is 
.aade,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  }i  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Bell  Boat  off  the  Western  part  of  the  South  Breaker 
about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  White  Head 
Lighthouse,  which  must  be  left  about  250  j'ards  on  the  Port  hand, 
steer  NE.  by  E.  As  you  enter  the  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  you 
will  see,  on  the  Starboard  hand,  the  Red  Spindle  on  Yellow  Ledge, 
which  is  left  to  the  Eastward.  On  the  Port  will  be  seen  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Hay  Island  Ledge,  and  farther  in  the  Bnoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Lower 
Gangway  Ledge,  both  of  which  are  left  to  the  Westward.  Leave  this 
last-mentioned  Buoy  off  Lower  Gangway  Ledge,  which  bears  about 
NE.  by  E.  from  Whitehead  •  Lighthouse  ^  mile,  about  150  yards 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  %  E.  3^  miles 
to  the  Beacon  on  the  Eastern  point  of  Ash  Island.  On  thia  last 
course,  from  the  Lowfer  Gangway  Ledge  to  Ash  Point  Beacon,  the 
following  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand :  First,  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Hurricane  Ledge ;  second,  a  small 
bare  Rock ;  third.  Otter  Island,  the  Western  part  of  which  is  bold  ; 
fourth,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off 
the  Southwest  part  of  Upper  Gangwaj'  Ledge.  This  last-mentioned 
Buoy  bears  from  the  Beacon  upon  Ash  Island  Point  S.  %  W., 
distance  %  mile ;  and  lastly,  the  Red  Buo}',  No.  4,  off  the  North- 
west part  of  the  Inner  Grindstone  Ledges.  On  the  Port  hand  will 
be  left,  first,  the  Black  Buoy,  No.  5,  off  the  Southeast  part  of  a 
Sunken  Ledge ;  second,  the  Black  Spindle  on  Garden  Island  Ledge ; 
third,  the  Black  Spindle  on  Otter  Island  Ledge ;  fourth,  the  Black 
Buoy,  No.  7,  off  the  Southeast  part  of  Ash  Island  Ledge.  The 
Beacon  upon  Ash  Island  Point  is  57  feet  high,  and  is  painted 
White  and  Brown.  Leave  this  Beacon  about  J^  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Northward  until  it  bears  West ; 
then  run  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.  1^  miles,  to  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  off 
Sheep  Island  Bar.  On  this  last  course,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red 
and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  NW. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


177 


Ledge,  will  be  left  about  }(  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
abreast  the  Buoy  off  Sheep  Island  Bar,  which  may  be  left  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  steer  NE.,  leaving  the  Black  Spindle  off 
Dodge's  Point,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  South  from  Owl's  Head  Light, 
both  on  the  Port  hand. 

Sailing  Directions  from  OwPs  Head  Lighthouse 
through  West  Penobscot  Bay  to  Port  Point  Light- 
house. 

After  passing  Owl's  Head  about  1  mile,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to 
bear  SW.  by  S.  U  S.,  and  steer  NE.  by  N.  J<  N.,  18  miles.  If 
there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  this  course  and  distance  will  bring 
yoii  up  with  Brown's  Head,  which  is  the  Southwest  point  of  entrance 
to  Belfast  Bay.  As  you  enter  the  Penobscot  Bay  on  this  course, 
NE.  by  N.  X  N.,  when  from  5  to  10  miles  from  Owl's  Head,  a 
number  of  small  Islands  will  be  left  from  1  to  IJ^  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  You  will  next  pass,  on  the  same  hand.  Seven 
Hundred  Acre  Island,  and  about  2  miles  farther  in  a  Lighthouse, 
7.'hich  stands  upon  Grindel's  Point,  the  Western  part  of  Long 
Island.  About  3  miles  above  this  Lighthouse  yon  will  see,  on  the 
same  hand,  three  small  Islands,  which  must  be  left  well  to  the 
pjastward,  as  there  are  several  Sunken  Ledges  which  extend  about 
^  mile  NE.  b}'  N.  from  the  Northeasternmost  Island.  On  the 
Port  hand  will  be  seen  Rockland  Harbor,  the  Lighthouse  on  Indian 
Island,  entrance  to  Rockport  Harbor,  the  small  Rocky  Islet  called 
the  Graves,  the  Lighthouse  upon  Negro  Island  at  the  entrance  to 
Camden  Harbor ;  and  Gy(  "niles  above  this  last-mentioned  Light- 
house, Spruce  Head.  Wn^in  j'ou  are  abreast  this  last-mentioned 
Head,  the  Lighthouse  upon  Grindel's  Point,  the  Western  point 
of  Long  Island  will  bear  SE.  About  2  miles  above  this  last- 
mentioned  Head  is  Great  Spruce  Head,  and  about  1  mile  farther 
up  a  small  inlet  called  Saturday  Cove,  and  lastly,  Brown's 
Head,  which  having  passed,  Belfast  Ba}'  will  be  seen  to  the 
Northwest.  When  past  this  last-named  Head,  steer  about  E. 
NE.  As  you  sail  up  the  Bay  on  this  last  course,  you  will  see 
on  the  Starboard  hand  the  Eastern  part  of  Long  Island,  called 
Turtle  Head,  which  must  be  left  at  least  ys  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  When  this  Head  bears  S.  j4  W.,  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1, 
will  be  seen  bearing  N.  %  B.  This  Buoy  lies  off  the  Southwest 
part  of  Brigadier  Island  Ledge,  and  must  be  left  on  the  Port  band 
12  ^ 


mSBBBI 


178 


ELDItlDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


i-.       ! 


by  vessels  bound  into  the  Penobscot  River.  After  passing  this 
Buoy,  and  Turtle  Head,  continue  the  course  E.NE.  until  the 
Lighthouse  at  Fort  Point  bears  NB.  tl  'in  for  it  on  this  course. 
As  you  approach  the  Lighthouse  there  will  be  seen,  about  ^  mile 
South  from  it,  a  Beacon,  with  a  pole  and  Kfg  on  its  top  ;  this  is  on 
Fort  Point  Ledge.  Le^ve  this  Beacon  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  the  Black  Buoy,  which  lies  about  ^  mile  to  the  East- 
ward of  the  Lighthouse,  on  the  Port  hand. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse 

to  Bangor. 

After  passing  the  Black  Buo}'  off  Fort  Point  Reef  bring  tlie 
Lighthouse  to  bear  SW.  by  S.  %  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it, 
and  steer  NE.  b}'  N.  ^  N.  As  you  sail  up  the  River  j-ou  will  see, 
nearly  ahead,  the  Beacon  on  Odom's  Ledge,  which  is  painted 
Black,  with  O.  L.  in  White  letters  on  each  side.  This  Beacon  is 
intended  to  be  left  to  the  Westward.  When  past  it  keep  along  the 
Eastern  shore,  passing  through  Bucksport  Narrows  in  mid-channel. 
When  past  Fort  Knox  you  will  enter  Marsh  Ba}' ;  keep  about  mid- 
way of  it  until  you  make  two  Red  Buo3's,  both  of  which  must  be 
left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the  Northwestern  Buoy, 
and  the  reach  is  fairly  open,  steer  Northeast,  passing  Frankfort. 
After  passing  this  last-mentioned  place,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the 
River,  leaving  the  Red  Spindle  on  Buck's  Ledge  (which  is  about  3 
miles  above  Frankfort)  on  the  Starboard.  From  the  Spiudle,  keep 
in  the  middle  of  the  River  to  Bangor. 

Two  Bush  Channel  at  Night. 

If  you  are  bound  into  the  Penobscot  Bay  it  is  not  advisable,  at 
Night,  to  attempt  the  Muscle  Ridge  Channel ;  but  if  there  is  no 
error  in  j'our  compass,  you  ma}'  pass  safel}'  through  Two  Bush 
Channel  into  this  Bay.  This  last-mentioned  Channel  is  free  from 
Rocks  and  Shoals,  and  from  Crow  Island  Ledges  to  Alden's  Rock, 
and  the  Ledge  called  the  Northern  Triangle,  the  passage  is  2^ 
miles  in  width. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Two  Bush  Island  Channel  at 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  Seaward  or  the  Westward,  leave  Monhegan  Island 
from  2  to  3  miles  on  the  Stai board  hand,  and  wh;;n  the  Light  bears 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


179 


South,  steer  E-NE.  until  it  bears  SW.  %  W.,  on  which  bearing 
keep  it,  and  steer  NE.  %  E.  for  White  Head  Light.  On  this 
course  the  Roaring  Bull  and  Matinic  Ledge  will  be  left  well  to  the 
Eastward.  Continue  the  course  for  White  Head  Light  until  the 
Red  Revolving  Ligfht  on  the  Port  hand  at  Tennant's  Harbor  bears 
NW.  by  W.  ]4  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  SE.  by 
B.  >^  E.,  until  the  Fixed  Light  at  White  Head  bears  NW.  by  N. ; 
then  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will 
see,  on  the  Starboard  hand,  the  Fixed  Red  Light  upon  Green 
Island,  the  Southernmost  of  the  Fox  Islands,  and  will  also  make 
the  Fixed  White  Light  at  Brown's  Head  (Fox  Island  Thorough- 
fare). Bring  this  last-named  Light  to  bear  NE.,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course  until  Owl's  Head  Light  opens  to  the  Eastward  of 
Monroe  Island,  or  bears  N.NW.,  and  the  Red  Fixed  Light  on  the 
Starboard  at  Green  Island  bears  about  E.  by  S.  ^  S. ;  then  steer 
N.  by  W.,  leaving  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  about  Ij^  miles  on  the 
Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  N.  by  W".  until  the  last-men- 
tioned Light  bears  SW.  by  S.  ^4^  S. ;  then  follow  the  directions 
before  given  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  through  West  Penobscot 
Bay  to  Fort  Point  Lighthouse. 

Two  Bush  Channel  in  Daytime. 

Run  NE.  yi  E  from  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  otfihe Roaring  Bull  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  up 
with  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  the 
Southwest  part  of  Matinic  Island  Ledge  (the  Northern  part  of 
Matini';  Island  bears  E.  by  S.  from  this  Buoy,  distance  2  miles), 
steer  E.  by  N.  J^  N.  until  White  Head  Lighthouse  bears  NW. ; 
then  steer  NE.  by  E.  about  4  miles.*  You  may  then  run  up  about 
N.  J^  E.,  leaving  several  Islands  from  1  to  1^  miles  on  the  Port 
hand.    After  passing  Owl's  Head,  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Sailing  Directions  to  enter  West  Penobscot  Bay  by 
way  of  the  Middle  Channel,  in  Daytime. 

When  3'ou  come  from  sea,  and  make  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses, 
you  may  run  for  them  on  any  bearing  from  NW.  to  NE.  Leave 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  the  South- 
east Ledge  (which  bears  NW.  by  W.,  distance  \%  miles  from  the 
last-named  Lighthouses)  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand, 

♦  A  lied  Buoy  No.  2  has  bevjn  placed  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Crow 
Island  Ledges.  This  Buoy  is  left  well  on  the  Port  hand  by  vessels  bound 
to  the  Eastward  through  Two  Bush  Channel.  White  Head  Lighthouse 
bears  N.NW.  ttom  this  Buoy,  distance  about  2  miles. 


"tl 


mmmmm 


msaast 


180 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


I;  I 


f    I: 


and  steer  about  NW.  by  N.  %  N.  about  3%  miles,  leaving  the 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  Bantum 
Ledge  (which  bears  NW.  J^  N.  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses, 
distance  5  miles)  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard,  and  steer  N.  J^ 
E.,  leaving  Ragged  Island,  Matinicus  Island,  and  the  Buoy  painted 
in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  Foster's  Ledge,  all  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  Green  Island  Ledges,  and  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1, 
off  the  Ledge  called  the  Northern  Triangles,  on  the  Port  hand. 
Continue  the  course  N.  >4  E.  until  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  opens 
to  the  Eastward  of  Monroe  Island,  or  bears  N.NW. ;  then  steer 
N.  by  W.,  leaving  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  about  1}4  miles  on  the 
Fort  hand,  and  proceed  as  before  directed.  This  last  Channel 
should  not  be  attempted  by  strangers  at  night. 


I    t 


Sailing  Directions  for  East  Penobscot  Bay  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  Mount  Desert  Rock  Light- 
house, bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  S.,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  On  this 
course  the  Southern  p.  ";  of  Isle  au  Haut,  which  bears  from  Mount 
Desert  Rock  Lighthouse  W.  by  N.  ji  N.,  distance  21  miles,  will 
be  left  about  4  miles  to  the  Northward.  Continue  the  course  W. 
by  N.  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  upon  Saddleback  Ledge ;  * 
this  Ledge  is  a  high  Black  Rock,  formed  somewhat  like  a  Saddle, 
and  lies  about  4  miles  W.NW.  from  the  Southwestern  point  of  the 
Isle  au  Haut.  Bring  the  last-named  Lighthouse  to  bear  NW.  by  N., 
and  run  for  it,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  N.  ^  E.  about  13  miles  to  Eagle  Island  Light- 
house.f  Give  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about  J/^ 
mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  West,  steer 
N.NW.  6  miles.  In  running  this  last  course  (N.NW.),  you  will 
pass  between  several  Islands,  the  Northernmost  of  which  is  called 
Western  Island.  About  ^  mile  to  the  Westward  of  this  last- 
named  Island  is  a  bare  rock  called  Green  Ledge.  Cape  Rozier,.a 
high  Bluff  Head,  with  White  Rocks  here  and  there  upon  its  surface, 
bears  N.  by  E.  %  E.  from  this  Ledge  ;  distance  1 J^  miles.  Leave 
Green  Ledge  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about 
N.  b}'  E.  7  miles.     On  this  last  course,  Cape  Rozier,  which  is  bold, 


*  Upon  Saddleback  Ledge  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixud  White  Light 
t  This  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  Wiiite  Light.      About  fi  mile  South  from 
this  Light  is  a  Ledge  having  but  16  feet  water  upon  it  at  Lov  Tide. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


181 


and  Dice  Head  Lighthouse  (entrance  to  Castine  Harbor)  will  both 
be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  Black  Buoy  off  Long  Island  Ledge 
on  the  Port  hand.  When  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N., 
follow  the  directions  before  given,  from  Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way 
of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel. 


Seal  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  lies  about  one  mile  to  the  Northward  of  White  Head 
Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Seal    Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given 
from  Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  until 
White  Head  Lighthouse  (before  described)  bears  NE.  %  E. ;  then 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Bell  Boat  off  the  Western  part 
of  the  South  Breaker  about  }^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
abreast  White  Head  Lighthouse,  which  must  be  left  about  250  yards 
on  the  Port  hand,  steer  NE.  about  J^  mile,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1,  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Hay  Island  Ledge  (White  Head 
Light  bears  from  this  last-named  Buoy  SW.  J4  W.,  distance  ^ 
mile),  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  in  about  N.NW.,  leaving 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Northeast  part  of  Long  Ledge,  about 
200  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  200  or  300  yards  past 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water. 
In  entering  this  harbor,  after  passing  the  Black  Buo}'  off  Hay 
Island  Ledge,  two  Buoys  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard,  one  Black, 
the  other  Red. 

Seal  Harbor  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Southeasterly  gales.  In 
order  therefore  to  find  good  shelter,  with  indications  of  such  gales, 
it  is  advisable  for  vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught  to  haul 
round  the  Black  Buoy  off  Long  Ledge,  and  run  up  about  W-  by 
N.  ^  N.  j5^  mile,  and  anchor  under  Long  Ledge  in  about  '2% 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  White  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  anchorage  S.  ^  E. ;  distance  about  one  mile. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Seal  Harbor  40  minutes  before  it  is  in  Bos- 
ton.    Common  Tides  rise  9J^  feet. 


,  < 


!:■' 


!  I 


t         ii 


182 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 

Owl's  Head  Harbor. 


From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Mouhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  until  the 
Beacon  upon  Ash  Island  Point  bears  West  about  ]/$  mile ;  then 
Bteer  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.  1^  miles  to  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Sheep 
Island  Bar.  When  abreast  this  Buoy,  which  may  be  left  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  steer  NE.  by  N.  until  you  open  the  Cove ; 
then  haul  in,  and  anchor  in  from  3)^  to  5  fathoms  water,  the  Spin- 
dle on  Dodge's  Point  Ledge  bearing  NE.  by  E. ;  distance  about 
i^  mile.  At  night-time,  in  order  to  avoid  Dodge's  Ledge,  vessels 
entering  this  harbor  from  the  Northeastward  should,  after  passing 
Owl's  Head  Light,  keep  the  Southern  shore,  which  is  bold,  best 
aboard. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  water  in  Owl's  Head  Fa.bor  23  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Rockland  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  Northwesterly  from  Owl's  Head  Light- 
house, is  exposed  to  Easterly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Rockland  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  th6  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  until  Owl's 
Head  Lighthouse  bears  SW.  about  Yi  mile ;  then  haul  up  W.  by 
N.  y2  N.  for  the  town.  As  j-ou  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Spear  Rock,  and  farther  in  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Southern  part  of  South  Ledge.  Leave  this  last-mentioned 
Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  about  ^  mile  past  it, 
anchor  in  from  4^^  to  6  fathoms  water.  If  bound  to  any  of  the 
Wharves,  wait  until  High  Water. 

If  it  is  night  when  you  pass  Monhegan,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Two-Bush  Channel,  and  haul  round  Owl's  Head  at 
a  distance  of  ^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand.     When  Owl's 


'■■ii.i  iin  jifii|i|j.i.. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


183 


Head  Light  bears  SE.,  make  good  the  course  NW.,  ar^d  anchor 
m  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Northeastward,  when  past  the  small  rock}*  Islet  called 
the  Graves  (Camden  Light  bears  from  this  Islet  N.  by  W.,  dis- 
tance 1^  miles),  steer  SW.  J4  S.  for  Jameson's  Point,  leaving 
Rockport  Lighthouse,  the  Beacon  on  Portersfield  Ledge,  Brewster 
Toint  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  Jameson's  Point,  all  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  tlie  last-named  Buoy,  which 
may  be  left  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  steer  W.SW.,  leaving 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  otf  the  South- 
western part  of  Jameson's  Ledge  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black 
Buoy  on  a  shoal  spot  on  the  Port  hand.  After  passing  these  Buoys, 
anchor  in  from  3  to  4)^  fathoms  water. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Rockland  Harbor  27  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Rockport  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  North  from  Owl's  Head ;  dis- 
tance 4^  miles. 

Rockport  Lighthouse, 

On  the  Southern  point  of  Indian  Island,  East  side  of  entrance 
to  Rockport  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  Red 
Light.  This  Lighthouse  bears  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  N.  J4 
E.  41^  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Rockport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel.  When 
past  Owl's  Head,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  South,  and  steer 
North,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1 ,  off  the  Northeast  part  of 
Ram  Island,  on  the  Port,  and  the  Beacon  on  Portersfield  Ledge 
(Rockport  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon  N.  by  E.  %  E., 


184 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


distance  about  ^  mile)  about  J4  mile  upon  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  the  Beacon  upon  rorterslleld  Ledge  bears  East  about  ^ 
mile,  then  run  N.  by  E.,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  and  the  two  Red 
Spindles,  one  below  and  the  other  above  the  Lighthouse,  both  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the  Upper  Spindle,  keep  midway 
the  harbor,  leaving  the  stone  Beacon  upon  Harbor  Ledge  upon  the 
Fort  hand.  When  past  this  last-mentioned  Beacon,  anchor  nearest 
the  Eastern  shore  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water. 

Roukport  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Spindle  off  Lowell  Rock 
N.  ^  E. ;  distance  about  j4  mile.  Vessels  therefore  from  the 
Northward  or  Eastward  may  leave  this  Spindle  about  J4  mile  upon 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  North,  and  anchor  above  the  Beacon 
as  before  directed. 


M  ! 


At  Night. 

Portersfield  Ledge,  which  is  marked  with  a  Beacon,  is  bold  all 
around  it.  Rockport  Light  bears  from  this  Beacon  N.  by  E.  >^  E. ; 
distance  about  ^  mile.  Vessels  bound  into  this  harbor  at  night 
should  not  approach  Rockport  Lighthouse  nearer  than  1  mile  until 
it  bears  North  ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing. 

On  this  last  course,  the  Beacon  upon  Portersfield  Ledge  will  be 
left  about  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  for  the 
Light  until  you  are  J^  mile  from  it,  or  judge  you  are  past  Porters- 
field Ledge ;  then  haul  more  Westerly,  leaving  the  Spindle  off 
Lowell  Rock  and  Light  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
steer  up  about  N.  %  "E-,  keeping  midway  the  harbor,  and  anchor 
to  the  Southward  of  the  Beacon. 

In  beating  into  this  harbor  at  night  or  day,  the  principal  dangers 
to  be  avoided  are  Portersfield  Ledge  (before  described),  Lowell 
Rock,  which  lies  about  J^  mile  to  the  Southward  of  the  Lighthouse, 
and  Seal  Ledge,  which  lies  near  the  shore,  about  ^  mile  above  the 
Lighthouse.  This  last-mentioned  Ledge,  which  is  marked  with  a 
Spindle,  is  bare  at  Half  Tide. 


1^ 


%      \ 


Sigh  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Rockport  Harbor  28  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


A 


:^samggmm 


mam 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


185 


bre  it  is  at 


Camden  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  about  6^  miles  Northeasterly 
from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse. 

Camden  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Negro  Island,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Camden  Harbor, 
is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Light- 
house bears  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  N.  by  E.  X  E. ;  distance 
6^  miles. 

Dangers  in  entering  this  Harbor. 
Outer  Ledges. 

These  are  a  group  of  dangerous  Rocks  (bare  at  Half  Tide)  lying 
Northeast  about  Ys  mile  from  Camden  Lighthouse  ;  thej'  are  marked 
with  a  Spindle  painted  Black,  and  two  Buoys,  one  Red,  the  other 
Black,  "'"''le  Red  Buo}',  No.  2,  is  placed  a  short  distance  from  the 
Southwest  part  of  the  Ledge,  and  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  NE. 
by  "Ej.  J/2  "El.  %  mile ;  the  Ship  Channel  is  between  this  Buoy  and 
the  Lighthouse.  The  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  is  placed  off  the  Northern 
part  of  the  Ledge. 

Inner  Ledges. 

These  Ledges,  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  are  separated  from 
the  outer  Ledges  by  a  Channel  about  100  yards  wide,  with  over  3 
fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  They  are  marked  with  an  I''on 
Spindle  painted  Red,  which  bears  about  N.NE.  from  the  Light- 
house ;  distance  J^  mile. 

Harbor  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  about  2  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low 
Tides,  is  marked  upon  its  Eastern  part  witu  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3, 
which  in  entering  the  harbor  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  This  last- 
named  Ledge  bears  from  Camden  Lighthouse  N.  by  W.  %  ^'  5 
distance  about  ^  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for   Camden  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather.    ' 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor,  hy  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel.     When 


186 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


W\    Ml 


past  Owl's  Head,  bring  Ihb  Lighthouse  to  bear  S.SW.,  and  steer 
N.NE.,  leaving  the  small  rocky  Islet  called  the  Graves  about  }( 
mile  upon  the  Port  hand.  Camden  Light  bears  from  this  Islet, 
which  is  bold  all  around  it,  N.  by  W.  1^  miles.  When  past  the 
Graves,  run  for  Camden  Lighthouse,  bearing  about  N.NW.  As 
you  sail  in,  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  >.  2,  off  the  Southwest 
part  of  the  Outer  Ledges ;  this  Buoy  bi  s  from  the  Lighthouse 
NE.  by  E.  J^  E.,  distance  }(  mile.  Pass  about  midway  between 
this  last-named  Buoy  and  the  Lighthouse,  leaving  the  latter  on  the 
Port,. and  steer  N.  by  W.  J^  W.  On  this  last  course  you  will 
also  pass  midway  between  the  Spindle  upon  the  Inner  Ledges  and 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Harbor  Ledge. 
When  past  the  Spindle  on  the  Inner  Ledges,  haul  a  little  more 
Northerly,  and  anchor  in  Sherman's  Cove  in  from  3  to  5  fathoms 
water,  the  Lighthouse  bea.ing  S.  ^  W. ;  distance  about  ^  mile. 
There  is  a  Channel  between  the  Northeast  point  of  the  harbor 
and  the  Outer  and  Inner  Ledges.  This  passage  is  frequently  used 
in  coming  down  thfe  Baj*  by  those  acquainted  with  it,  but  it  is  not 
advisable  for  strangers  to  attempt  this  Channel.  The  best  way  for 
them  is  to  run  down  the  Bay  until  Camden  Lighthouse  bears  West ; 
then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  pass  in  the  Ship  Channel,  accord- 
ing to  directions  before  given. 

Beating  into  Camden  Harbor.  ^i 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor,  after  passing  the  Graves,  you  may 
bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  from  West  to  North.  When  abreast 
Negro  Island,  upon  which  the  Lighthouse  stands,  the  channel 
between  the  Ledges  is  a  little  more  than  }i  mile  wide.  Negro 
Island  may  be  approached  in  beating  iu  at  a  distance  of  150  yards 
without  danger. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Owl's  Head,  bring  the  Light 
to  bear  SW.  by  S.  J4  S-,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N. 
}4  N.  until  Camden  Light  bears  NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course.  Give  the  Light  a  berth  of  about  200  yards,  leaving  it 
on  the  Port  hand ;  and  when  abreast  it  steer  N.NW.  into  the 
harbor  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  5}4  fathoms  water,  the  Light  bear- 
ing South  from  3'ou. 

Coming  from  the  Northeastward  down  the  Penobscot  Ba}-,  keep 


^^ 


*.         ! 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


187 


in  the  middle  of  it  until  Camden  Light  bears  NW. ;  then  run  for 
it,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  beat  into  this  Harbor  at  Night, 
when  the  Buo3's  cannot  be  seen. 

If  you  are  bound  to  town,  it  will  be  necessary,  in  order  to  reach 
the  wharves,  to  wait  until  High  Water. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Camden  Harbor  22  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  tides  rise  9J^  feet. 


Lincolnville,  or  Duck  Trap  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  upon  the  Western  side  of  the  Penobscot 
Bay,  bears  NE.  by  N.  J^  N.  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse ;  dis- 
Uince  about  12^  miles.    It  is  somewhat  exposed  to  S.SW.  winds. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Lincolnville,  or  Duck  Trap 
Harbor,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  wa}'  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  until  the 
Lighthouse  upon  Grindcl's  Point,  North  side  of  entrance  to 
Gilkey's  Harbor,  bears  SE.  by  E. ;  then  run  NW.  by  W.  As 
you  sail  in  on  this  last-named  course  you  will  see  on  the  Port 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Southern  part  of  Haddock  Ledge, 
which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  On  the  Starboard 
will  be  seen  Spruce  Head,  which  is  quite  bold.  Pass  about  midway 
between  the  Buoy  and  Head,  and  when  the  former  bears  South, 
steer  North  until  Spruce  Head  bears  E.  by  S. ;  then  anchor  in 
from  5}4  to  7}4  fathoms  water. 

Coming  down  the  Bay,  haul  round  Spruce  Head  at  a  distance  of 
300  or  400  yards,  and  anchor  as  before  directed.  Spruce  Head  is 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  Penobscot  Bay,  and  bears  from  the 
Lighthouse  at  Gilke3''s  Harbor  about  NW. ;  distance  1^  miles. 


If 


t  £ 


188 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  at  Lincolnville,  or  Duck  Trap  Harbor,  25 
minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  9^/^  feet. 


Gilkey's  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  on  the  "Western  shore  of  Long  Island,  is 
well  sheltered,  and  is  easy  of  access ;  in  fact,  it  is  one  of  the  best 
in  the  whole  Bay.  Its  entrance  is  Northeasterly  12v^  miles  from 
Owl's  Head,  and  about  NE.  by  E.  C^^  miles  from  Camden  Light- 
house.      , 

GrindeVs  JPoint  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Grindel's  Point,  North  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is 
a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  "White  Light.  This  Lighthouse 
bears  from  Camden  Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.  yi  E.,  distance  G^ 
miles ;  from  Great  Spruce  Head,  S.  }i  W.,  distance  2^  miles.  A 
Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  lighthousfi. 

Dangers.  .  n 

There  are  no  dangers  in  approaching  this  Harbor  from  Penobscot 
Bay,  but  there  are  several  inside  it,  which  at  this  date  (1879)  are 
not  Buoj'ed. 

Lobster  Rock, 

The  first  danger  mot  with  after  passing  the  Lighthouse  is  called 
Lobster  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide.  This  Rock  bears  SE. 
^  E.  from  Gilkej's  Point  Lighthouse;  distance  ^  mile.  Shoal 
water  extends  Northeasterl}'^  some  distance  from  this  Rock. 

Long  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  is  bare  at  Low  Tide  at  a  distance  of  %  mile  from 
the  Eastern  shore  of  the  Harbor,  and  its  centre  bears  from  Grin- 
del's I'oint  Lighthouse  SE.  J4  E.  ;  distance  about  ^  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Gilkey's  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  ft-om 
Mouhegan  Island  to  Bangor  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel, 


xr^ws 


\i 


^S5BBB 


«BM 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


189 


until  the  Lighthcise  -  -•.  Gllkej^'s  Harbor  bears  East ;  then  run  for 
it  on  this  course  unt  •  you  are  about  %  mile  from  it,  or  the  passage 
into  the  Harbor  ia  fairly  open ;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Lighthouse 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  keeping  in  mid-channel  in  not  less  than  5 
fathoms  water  until  it  bears  NW.  by  N. ;  then  haul  up  E.  J^  N. 
and  anchor  to  the  Northwest  of  Lobster  Rock  in  from  3  to  5  fath- 
oms water,  the  Lighthouse  bearing  about  NW.  by  W.  %  W. 
from  you. 

Coming  down  the  Penobscot  Bay,  keep  in  the  middle  of  it  until 
the  Lighthouse  at  Gilkey's  Harbor  bears  S-SE. ;  then  run  in, 
keeping  it  a  little  on  the  Port  bow,  and  when  the  passage  leading 
into  the  Harbor  is  fairly  open,  run  in  and  anchor  as  before 
directed.  Or  when  j'ou  are  in  the  Harbor,  if  the  Lobster  Rock 
can  be  seen,  leave  it  about  200  3'ards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer 
S.  by  E.,  keeping  in  not  less  than  5  fathoms  water,  and  anchor  to 
the  Southwest  of  Long  Ledge  in  from  5  to  ly^  fatljoms  water. 
There  is  another  passage  from  the  Southward  into  this  Harbor,  but 
at  this  date  there  are  neither  Lighthouses  nor  Buoys  to  mark  the 
channel. 

In  beating  into  Gilkey's  Harbor,  after  passing  the  Lighthouse,  or 
when  it  bears  N.NW.,  the  channel  is  narrow  for  a  short  distance  ; 
it  therefore  requires  a  good  working  vessel  to  safely  enter  it,  espe- 
cially at  Low  Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Gilkey's  Harbor  26  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Seal  Harbor. 


This  Harbor,  which  has  no  obstructions  in  entering  it,  lies  on  the 
Western  shore  of  Long  Island,  nearly  opposite  Great  Spruce  Head, 
and  about  3  miles  Northeasterly  from  the  Lighthouse  at  Gilkey's 
Harbor.  ;  • 


Sailing  Directions  for  Seal  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the   directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor  until  the  Lighthouse  at  Gilkey's  Harbor  bears 


I 


I 


190 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Eas^;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  last-named  Lighthouse  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  follow  the  shore  to  the  Northeastward,  keeping 
not  leas  than  Yz  mile  from  it.  As  yon  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the 
Port  a  small,  low,  flat,  grassy  Island ;  run  in  about  midwny 
between  this  Island  and  the  Eastern  shore,  and  anchor  in  the  Cove 
in  ft-om  6  to  8  fathoms  water,  tlie  last-named  Island  bearing  about 
W.  by  S. ;  distance  1^  milci  from  you. 

Coming  down  the  Penobscot  Bay,  bring  the  Lighthouse  at 
Gilkey's  Harbor  to  bear  S.  by  W.  j^  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course  until  past  the  small,  low,  flat,  grassy  Island  before  men- 
tioned ;  then  haul  in  and  anchor  in  the  Cove  as  before  directed. 

Saturday  Cove. 

This  small  Cove,  which  lies  on  the  Western  shore  of  Penobscot 
Bay,  bears  about  N.  by  E.  from  the  Lighthouse  at  Gilkey's  Har- 
bor ;  distance  3^  miles. 

In  running  up  or  down  the  Penobscot  Bay,  when  the  Cove  is 
fairly  open,  run  in  until'  you  strike  6  or  7  fathoms  water ;  then 
anchor.  This  Cove  is  somewhat  exposed  to  winds  from  NE.  by 
N.  to  S.SW.  by  way  of  South. 


Belfast  Harbor. 

From  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  through  West  Penobscot  Bay  to 
Brown's  Head,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Belfast  Baj',  the  course  is 
NE.  by  N.  J^  N.,  distance  18  miles ;  thence  Northwesterly  about 
4  miles  to  the  city  of  Belfast,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  the 

River. 

Remarks* 

About  10  feet  water  can  be  carried  up  abreast  the  city  at  Jjovt 
Tide,  and  8  feet  water  can  be  taken  to  some  of  the  wharves  at 
Low  Water.  With  heavy  Southeast  winds  the  Harbor  abreast  the 
cit}'  is  somewhat  exposed  at  High  Water,  but  vessels  at  such  times, 
of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught,  can  find  good  shelter  between  the 
Northeast  part  of  the  City  and  Bridge. 

Danger. 

The  principal  danger  in  entering  Belfast  Harbor  is  Steel's  Ledge, 


\\ 


!!^9«Mai 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


191 


which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel,  about  1  mile  below 
the  City,  and  ia  marked  upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Beacon  and 
Red  Buoy  No.  2,  and  on  its  Northern  part  with  the  Red  Buoj' 
No.  4. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Belfast  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  Island  to  Bangor  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel  until 
past  Brown's  Head.  When  Belfast  Bay  is  fairly  open  to  the 
Northwest,  run  in,  keeping  about  Yj,  mile  from  the  Western  shore, 
which  is  quite  bold  and  free  from  dangers.  If  bound  to  any  of  the 
wharves,  at  Low  Tide,  it  will  be  necessary  for  vessels  of  10  feet 
draught  or  upwards  to  anchor  a  little  below  the  City  in  from  2^  to 
3  fathoms  water,  and  wait  until  at  least  two-thirds  Flood. 

From  Penobscot  River  or  the  Eastward,  when  past  the  Black 
Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Brigadier  Ledge,  steer  W. 
by  N.,  leaving  the  Monument  and  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  South- 
ern part  of  Steel's  Ledge,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the 
last-named  Ledge,  run  in  as  before  directed.  Turtle  Head,  the 
Eastern  part  of  Long  Island,  bears  from  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off 
the  Southwest  part  of  Brigadier  Ledge,  S.  J^  W.  The  above- 
named  Ledge  is  bare  at  Low  Tide. 

The  above  ^directions  for  Belfast  Harbor  will  answer  for  Night  as 
well  as  Day.  .,  . 

Beating  into  Belfast  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

After  passing  Brown's  Head  (before  described)  you  may  approach 
the  Western  sliore  at  a  distance  of  Yi  mile  without  danger  until 
you  are  abreast  of  the  Southern  part  of  the  City,  when  it  will  be 
necessary  for  vessels  of  12  feet  draught  to  anchor  and  wait  for 
Flood  Tide. 

Beating  in  at  Night,  after  passing  Brown's  Head,  use  the  Lead, 
and  stand  over  to  the  Western  shore  until  the  water  shoals  to  4 
fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  and  5^  at  High  Tide,  taking  care  to  avoid 
Steel's  Ledge  (before  described),  and  anchor  below  the  city  as 
before  directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  Tiigh  Water  in  Belfast  Harbor  25  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


l^«||li,HI»WI 


II II   I  jpmiv 


192 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Searsport  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  has  no  dangers  in  entering  it  except  Briga- 
dier Island  Ledge  (before  described),  lies  about  4  miles  to  the 
Eastward  of  Belfast. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Searsport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favor:;ble  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Searsport  Harbor,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  from  Monhcgan  to  Bangor  by  way  of  Muscle 
Ridge  Channel  until  past  Brown's  Head  (before  described)  ;  then 
steer  about  NE.  j^  N.,  when  you  will  make  Brigadier  Island  ahead. 
Continue  the  course  for  the  Island  until  about  ^  mile  from  it,  then 
run  N.  by  W.,  which  course  will  lead  safely  up  to  the  anchorage 
oif  the  Village.  In  running  in  on  this  last  course,  the  Black  Buoy 
off  Brigadier  Island  Ledge  will  be  left  about  ^  mile  to  the  South- 
eastward. 

Coming  throjigh  the  East  Penobscot  Bay,  or  from  the  Southeast- 
ward, when  Dice  Head  (near  the  entrance  to  Castine)  bears  East 
Yi  mile,  steer  NW.  by  N.,  leaving  Turtle  Head,  the  Eastern  part 
of  Long  Island,  about  %  mile  on  the  Port.  After  passing  this 
last-named  Head,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  by  E.,  and  steer  N.  by  W., 
which  course  will  lead  to  the  anchorage.     . 

From  the  Penobscot  River,  when  past  Fort  Point  Lighthouse, 
keep  about  ^  mile  from  the  Southern  part  of  Brigadier  Island 
until  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  Brigadier  Island  Ledge.  When  Turtle 
Head  bears  S.  by  E.,  run  in  N.  by  W.  as  before  mentioned. 

Searsport  Harbor  is  exposed  to  Southerly  winds. 


Stockton,  or  Cape  Jellison  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  exposed  to  Southerly  winds,  lies  between 
Brigadier  Island  and  Cape  Jellison,  about  3  miles  to  the  Westward 
of  Fort  Point  Lighthouse. 

Dangers. 

The  Eastern  point  of  entrance  to  tifts  harbor  is  called  Squaw 
Point.    It  is  a  sandy  Bluff,  about  20  feet  high,  and  from  it  extends 


^'i'ljwiii 


IBMi 


mmmm^ 


mmm 


^mmmm 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PlLOt. 


I9d 


out  a  long  Lodge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide ;  this  is  called  Squaw 
Point  L(!(lgo,  and  is  the  only  danger  in  entering  the  harbor.  In 
order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  vessels  bound  into  this  harbor  should 
keep  nearest  Brigadier  Island. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Stockton,  or  Cape  Jellison 
Harbor  in  Dasrtime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhogan  Island  to  Bangor,  bj'  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel, 
until  about  1  mile  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Southwest  part  of 
Brigadier  Island  Ledge ;  then  run  in  N.  by  E.  %  E.,  taking  care 
to  keep  nearest  Brigadier  Island,  or  the  Western  side  of  the  harbor, 
nnd  anchor  where  j'ou  please. 

From  East  Penobscot  Bay,  when  Dice  Head  Lighthouse  bears  E. 
by  S.  about  ^  mile,  steer  N.  by  W.  X  ^'  ""^'^  J^u  make  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Brigadier  Island  Ledge ;  then  run  in  as  before 
directed. 

From  Penobscot  River,  after  passing  Fort  Point  Lighthouse, 
keep  about  ^  mile  from  shore  until  the  Harbor  opens ;  then  run  in 
according  to  directions  before  given.  ; 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Stockton  or  Cape  Jellison  Harbor  26  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  Titles  rise  about  9^  feet. 


i  Port  Point  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  wliich  is  on  the  West  side  of  entrance  to  Penobscot 
River,  affords  excellent  anchorage  and  good  shelter. 

<  Fort  Point  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Old  Fort  Point,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Penobscot  River, 
is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Danlgers. 

« 

The  principal  dangers  in  entering  this  narbor  are  Fort  Point 
Ledge,  Fort  Point  Reef,  and  Sandy  Point  Ledge.    The  former.  Fort 
18 


194 


ELDllIDQE  S  COAST  PILOT. 


Point  Ledge,  has  a  stone  Beacon  upon  it,  which  bears  fVora  the  Light- 
liuuse  S.  }i  W. ;  distance  '/^  mile.  The  second,  Fort  Point  Roef, 
•which  extends  from  tlie  shore,  is  marked  upon  its  outer  part  witli 
a  IJlaclf  Buo3',  No.  3  ;  this  lust  Buoy  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  E. 
y^  S.,  distance  %  mile.  The  latter,  Sandy  Point  Reef,  extends  off 
about  %  mile  from  the  Western  shore,  and  is  marked  with  a  Black 
Buoy,  No.  5.  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW. 
hy  S.  >4  S. ;  distance  1^  miles. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Port  Point  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  din  .ions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  Island  to  Bangor,  by  waj'  of  West  Penobscot  Bay, 
until  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  Fort  Point  lleef ;  then  haul  to  the 
Northwestward,  and  run  boldly  up  into  the  harbor,  as  there  is 
nothing  in  the  way,  excepting  Sandy  Point  Ledge  (before  de- 
scribed), on  the  Northern  side  of  the  harbor. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East 
Penobscot  Bay  until  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N. ; 
then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


1  . 


Castine  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  lies  between  Dice  Head  upon 
the  North,  and  the  Northern  part  of  Cape  Rozier  on  the  South,  is 
Southwesterly  about  6  miles  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse,  and  20 
miles  Northeasterly  from  Owl's  Head. 


Dice  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Bice  Head,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Castine  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Lighthouse  is 
about  5  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape  Rozier,  3  miles  Southeast- 
erly from  Turtle  Head,  the  Eastern  extremity  of  Long  Island, 
by^  miles  Southwesterly  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse,  and  21  miles 
Northeasterly  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse. 


-SMMlMiliMiHMIl 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


195 


Jtemarks, 

From  Owl's  Head,  the  most  direct  way  to  this  harbor  is  to  the 
Efistwurd  of  Long  Island,  the  distance  being  4  miles  less  than  by 
the  Channel  to  the  Westward  of  this  Island. 


Sailing  Directions  from  OwPs  Head  Lighthouse  to 
Castine  Harbor,  by  the  Channel  to  the  Eastward 
of  Long  Island,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monliegan  Island  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel, 
until  past  Owl's  Head  ;  then  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  SW.  by 
W.  J^  W. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NE-  by  E.  ^2 
Em  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes 
oft'  the  Southwest  part  of  Mcintosh  Ledge  about  Y^  mile  on  the 
Port  Hand.  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Ledge,  which 
is  nearly  dry  at  Low  Tide,  SW.  by  W. ;  distance  b]^  miles. 

When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  steer  NE.  %  E.,  71-2 
miles  distance,  to  Mark  Island.  On  this  last  course,  before  you  are 
abreast  of  Long  Island,  several  Islands  and  dry  Rocks  will  be  left 
on  the  Port  hand.  The  Egg  Rock  Ledges,  which  are  dry  at  Low 
Tide,  will  be  left  at  least  l^^  miles  on  the  Starboard.  When  you 
are  abreast  of  the  Southern  part  of  Long  Island,  you  will  see 
Mark  Island,  which  lies  N.NE.  and  S.SW.,  is  nearly  }i  mile  in 
length,  and  about  60  feet  in  height,  and  is  the  Westernmost  of  a 
group  of  Islands.  Cape  Rozier  bears  from  this  last-named  Island 
NE.  }i  N. ;  distance  3J^  miles.  Leave  Mark  Island,  which  is 
bold,  about  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  N. 
J^  N.  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  upon  Dice  Head,  North  side 
of  entrance  to  Castine  Harbor  ;  bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE. 
by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoj'  off 
Long  Island  Ledge  well  to  the  Westward.  As  you  approach  the 
Lighthouse,  you  will  see,  about  Yz  t>'\\q  Southeast  from  it,  a  Black 
Buoy  No.  1,  which  lies  off  Otter  Rock,  and  farther  in  the  stone 
Monument  on  Hosmcr's  Ledge,  which  bears  E.SE.  from  the  Light- 
house ;  distance  about  1  mile.  Leave  the  Black  Buo}'  off  the 
Lighthouse  on  the  Port,  and  the  Monument  on  the  Ledge  a  short 
distance  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  the  Monument,  a 
Red  Buoy  will  be  seen  to  the  Northeast;  this  is  off  the  Middle 


196 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ii 


{  It 


r 


Ground,  and  must  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  this 
last  Buoy,  anchor  anywhere  between  it  and  the  Wharves  in  from  8 
to  10  fathoms  water.  If  you  wish  to  go  above  this,  it  is  advisable 
to  take  a  pilot. 

Coming  through  the  West  Penobscot  Bay,  from  Owl's  Head  to 
Turtle  Head,  the  Eastern  part  of  Long  Island,  follow  the  directions 
before  given,  from  Monhegan  Island  to  Bangor,  until  past  the  last- 
mentioned  Head,  which  leave  about  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  run  SE.  by  S.,  leaving  Dice  Head  at  least  1  mile  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N.,  then  run  for  it 
until  about  J^  mile  from  it ;  then  steer  about  E.  by  N.,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Otter  Rock  about  200  yards  on  the  Port,  and  the 
stone  Monument  on  Hosmer's  Ledge  about  200  yards  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Coming  through  East  Penobscot  Bay,  follow  the  Sailing  Direc- 
tions before  given  for  this  Bay  until  Dice  Head  Lighthouse  bears 
NE.  by  N. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

High  Water.  (-^ 

It  is  High  Water  in  Castine  Harbor  18  minutes  before  it  is  in 
Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  ^%  feet.  ■■ 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  by  Vessels  beating  from 
Owl's  Head  to  Port  Point,  through  West  Penob- 
scot Bay. 

The  following  are  the  principal  dangers,  excepting  those  which 
lie  near  the  shores.     •  ■  , 

Portersfield  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  lies  ^  mile  from  the 
Western  shore,  and  is  marked  with  a  stone  Beacon  20  feet  high. 
Rockport  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon  N.  by  E.  ^  E. ;  dis- 
tance ^  mile. 

Graves, 

This  is  a  small  rocky  Islet,  with  bold  shores.  Camden  Light- 
house bears  from  the  Graves  N.  by  W. ;  distance  1^  miles. 

'-  '  Dillingham's  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed,  has  7  feet  water 
upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides,  and  lies  ^  mile  from  the  Western  shore. 


i  » 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


19^ 


Camden  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Ledge  SW.  %  S. ;  distance 
1^  miles. 

LeO,ge, 

A  Ledge,  with  7  feet  water  upon  it,  l^ing  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
tlie  Bay,  about  yi  mile  from  two  small  Islands  called  Ensign  Is- 
lands. Camden  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Ledge  W.  by  S.  ^ 
S. ;  distance  4  miles. 

Haddock  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  nearly  dry  at  very  Low  Tides,  is  marked 
off  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  Gilkey's  Harbor 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.SE. ;  distance  about  2  miles. 
The  Ledge  lies  about  ^  mile  from  the  Western  shore. 

Long  Ledge. 

A  little  more  than  one-half  mile  from  the  Western  shore  of  Long 
Island  is  a  long  Ledge  extending  N.NE.  and  S-SW.,  and  having 
but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  This  Ledge  lies  to  the  North- 
eastward of  three  small  Islets,  which  are  nearly  opposite  Saturday 
Cove. 

Brigadier  Island  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends  off  in  a  South- 
westerly direction  from  the  Southwest  point  of  Brigadier  Island ; 
it  is  marked  upon  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1. 
Tm-tle  Head,  the  Eastern  part  of  Long  Island,  bears  S.  ^2  W. 
from  this  Buoy. 

Fort  Point  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  is  marked  with  a  square  stone  Beacon,  with  Mast 
and  Keg  on  top.  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon 
North ;  distance  %  mile. 


Matinicus  Rock  Lights. 

Upon  the  highest  part  of  this  Rock,  near  its  Southwest  end,  are 
built  two  Lighthouses  which  show  two  fixed  White  Lights. 


198 


ELDUIDGK'S   COAST  TILOT. 


Steam  Whistle  and  Fog  Hell, 

In  thick  weather  a  Stdara-Whistlc  is  sounded,  giving  blasts  of  5 
seconds  at  intcrVals  of  25  seconds.  In  case  of  accident  to  tlio 
"Wliistle,  a  Fog  Bell,  struck  by  machinery,  will  be  sounded  during 
thick  weatlier.  :  .♦, 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  from  Matinious  Bock  Lighthouses. 


Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light) , 
Boston  Light,  .... 
^  Thatcher's  Island  Lights, 
Boon  Island  Light,  .  . 
■Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,  . 
Monhegan  Island  Light, 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Light, 


SW.  >^  Sm   .     . 
SW.  by  W.  .>6  W 

SW.  b3'  w.  y^  W 

W.  by  S.  >^  S., 
W.  >6  N.,      .     . 
W  by  N.,  .    .     . 
E.  >^  N.,  .    .    . 


Seal  Island  Light  (Cape  Sable) ,     SE.  by  E.  5^  E., 


Diatanoe. 

110  miles. 

,    124      " 

102      " 

81      " 

60     " 

20     " 

84     " 

125     " 


Dangers  to  the  Northward  of  Matinious  Lights. 

Southeast  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  small,  with  deep  water  all  around  it,  has  G 
feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  It  is  marked  with  a  Buoy,  having 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.  MaLinicus  Rock  Lights  bear 
ft'om  this  Buoy  SE.  b}-  E.  about  1^  miles. 

Bantum  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  has  deep  water  all 
around  it.  A  Buoy,  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes, 
marks  its  position.  Matinicus  Rock  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy 
SE.  Yz  S. ;  distance  5  miles. 

,  ,  Foster's  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  stripes.  No-Man's  Land,  a  small  wooded  Island,  lying 
about  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Northeast  point  of  Matinicns 
Island,  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  %  N.,  distance  about  3  miles; 
Matinicus  Rock  Lights,  S.SE.,  Gj/^  miles.  Vessels  bound  up  the 
Bay  may  leave  the  three  last-mentioned  Buoys  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  the  Green  Islands,  with  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the 
Northern  Triangles,  on  the  Port  hand. 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


199 


Maleoni  Ledges, 

These  dangerous  Ledges,  which  arc  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lie  nearly 
midway  between  Seal  Island  and  Wooden  Ball.  Matinicus  llock 
Lights  bear  from  them  about  SW. 

,  Matinicus  Island. 

This  Island  lies  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  Ragged 
Island,  and  a  little  more  than  4  miles  N.  by  W.  from  Matinicus 
Rocii  Lights.  Upon  its  Eastern  shore  are  several  coves,  some  of 
which  afford  anchorage  for  vessels  of  light  draught ;  but  there  are 
many  bad  Ledges  both  to  the  Eastward  of  this  and  Ragged  Island, 
some  of  which  are  nearly  a  mile  from  shore. 

Matinicus  Roads. 

These  Roads  lie  between  Matinicus  and  Ragged  Islands,  and  the 
anchorage  is  only  suitable  for  vessels  in  moderate  weather. 


Carver's  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  part  of  the  Southern 
Large  Fox  Island,  lies  East  Northerly  26  miles  from  Monhegan 
Light ;  Southeasterly  9  miles  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  ;  North- 
easterly 16  miles  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses;  and  North- 
westerly 5  miles  from  Saddleback  Lighthouse. 

Heron  Neck  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  South  Point  of  Green  Island  is  a  Lighthouse  which 
shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  This  Lighthouse  bears  from  Owl's  Head 
Light  SE.  nearl}',  distance  9  miles  ;  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lights, 
N.  by  E.  X  E.,  distance  15  miles ;  from  Monhegan  Island  Light, 
NE.  by  E 


'iA  E.,  distance  25  miles;  from  Saddleback 


Ledge 


Light,  W.NW.,  distance  6  miles. 


Bay  Ledge. 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked  off 
its  Southwest  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  Heron  Neck  Light 
bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  E.  Yt  E.,  distance  about  4  miles ;  Sad- 
dleback Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.,  about  0^  miles. ' 


200 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


Memarks  on  Carver's  Harbor, 

This  is  not  a  very  good  harbor  under  any  circumstances,  and  \x\ 
approaching  it  there  are  many  Ledges  and  sunlten  Roclcs  (but  few 
of  which  are  Buoyed)  ;  it  is  therefore  not  advisable  for  stranger* 
to  attempt  to  enter  it  without  a  pilot  unless  necessity  compels. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Carver 's  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  and  Westward,  bring  Heron  Neck  Light- 
house to  bear  NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Heron 
Neck  Ledge  (which  bears  S-  by  W.  from  the  Lighthouse  ]^  mile) 
a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Leave  the  Lighthouse 
Point,  which  is  quite  bold,  about  200  jards  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  E.  J^  N.  across  Deep  Cove,  keeping  the  Southeast  point  of 
Green  Island  close  aboard ;  haul  round  the  last-named  point  at  a 
distance  of  150  yards  from  it,  passing  midway  between  a  dry 
Ledge  and  the  Island  in  not  less  than  3J^  fathoms  water. 

After  passing  this  Ledge,  you  will  see  to  the  Northeastward  two 
Buoys,  one  Black,  che  other  Red,  lying  at  the  mouth  of  the  harbor ; 
run  in  between  them,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand.  After  passing  this  Buoy,  the  harbor  will  be  fairly  open ; 
then  run  in  about  NE.  by  E.,  and  anchor  in  from  3  to  5  fathoms 
water,  about  200  yards  above  the  Northern  point.  The  water  is 
shoal  above  this. 

Coming  from  the  Southeastward,  and  making  the  Lighthouse  upon 
Saddleback  Ledge  (see  directions  for  East  Penobscot  Bay),  bring  it 
to  bear  NW.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  .until  you  judge  you  are  about 
4  miles  from  it;  then  steer  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  leaving  the  Brim- 
stone Islands  well  to  the  Northward,  and  keeping  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Bay  Ledge  (before  described).  After  passni^ 
this  Buoy,  which  may  be  left  %  mile  on  either  hand,  run  NW.  l»y 
N.  until  Heron  Neck  Lighthouse  bears  NE. ;  then  run  in  as  beforo 
directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Carver's  Harbor  27  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9^^  feet.  « 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


201 


efore  it  is  at 


Fox  Island  Thoroughfare.       " 

This  important  passage,  which  has  a  depth  of  not  less  than  15 

feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is  much  used  by  coasters  bound  East  or 

West;  its  entrance  is  East  Soutlierly  about  4  railea  from  Owl's 

Head. 

Brown'8  Head  Lighthouse* 

Upon  Brown's  Head,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Fox  Island  j  hor- 
oughfare,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This 
Lighthouse  bears  about  E.  J^  S.  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse, 
distance  6  miles ;  from  Beacon  upon  East  side  of  Ash  Island  Point, 
E.  by  N.  Yz  N.,  distance  8  miles. 

Whistling  Buoy. 

A  "Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  the  entrance  of  this  Thor- 
oughfare in  21  fathoms  water,  about  midway  between  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  6,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Inner  Bay  Ledge,  and  Spindle  on 
Drunkard's  Ledge. 

Bearings  and  Distances  of  Prominent  Objects  from  Whistling 
Buoy  oflf  entrance  to  Pox  Island  Thoroughfare. 

Distance. 
Brown's  Head  Lighthouse, .     .     .     E.  by  N.  >^  N.,  .     2^^  miles. 
Owl's  Head  Lighthouse,      .     .     .     W.  by  N.  yi  N.,      3^      " 
Beacon  upon  Eastern  part  of  Ash 

Island, W.  by  S.  J^  S.,  •     5^      " 

Rockport  Lighthouse,    ....     NW.  by  N.  J^:  N.,  6^      " 
Camden  Lighthouse,      .     .     .     .     N.  by  W.  y^  W.,    8         " 

Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangers  feovn.  "Whistling  Buoy  off 
Pox  Island  Thoroughfare. 

Red  Buoy  No.  6,  off  Northern  part  of  Distanco. 

Inner  Bay  Ledge., S-SW.,    .     .     .      J^  mile. 

Spindle  upon  Drunkard's  Ledge,     .  N.NE.,    ...       ^i    " 

Spindle  on  Northern  part  of  Dog 

Fish  Ledge, E., l/<    " 

Beacon  upon  Southwest  part  of  Fid- 
dler's Ledge, NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,    ^   " 

Between  the  Whistling  Buoy,  off  entrance  to  Fox  Island  Thor- 
oughfare, and  the  Lighthouse  on  Heron  Neck,  entrance  to  Carver's 
Harbor,  tliere  are  many  Islands,  sunken  Rocks,  and  Ledges,  few  of 
which  are  Buoved  at  this  'date. 


/ 


V. 


202 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


i         '  i'  • 


Sailing  Directions  for  Pox  Island  Thoroughfare  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  from  Monhegan  Island  to  Bangor  until 
past  the  Beacon  upon  Ash  Island  Point.  Bring  this  last-named 
Beacon  to  bear  W.  hy  S-  }4  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer 
E.  by  N.  J^  N.,  leaving  the  buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal Stripes  otf  N.  AV.  Ledge,  and  th  j  Black  Buoy  No.  1  off  Sheep 
Island  Shoal,  both  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No  2  off  Grind- 
stone Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  soon  as  the  Lighthouse 
upon  Brown's  Head  (entrance  to  the  Thoroughfare)  is  made,  bring 
it  to  bear  E-  by  N.  ^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  jou 
approach  the  Lighthouse  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  the  Red 
Buoys  upon  Inner  Bay  Ledge,  and  nearly  ahead  the  Whistling 
Buoy.  Leave  the  last-named  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  and  run 
for  the  Lighthouse*,  bearing  about  E.  by  N.  J4  N.,  passing  nearly 
midway  between  the  Spindle  and  Beacon  upon  Fiddler's  and  Dog 
Fish  Ledges.  When  a  short  distance  from  the  Lighthouse  you  will 
see  on  the  Port  two  large,  bare  Round  Rocks,  of  a  peculiav  Orange 
color  —  thfse  are  called  the  Sugar  Loaves  —  and  a  short  distance 
to  the  Northeast  of  them  the  Sfundle  on  the  Fox's  Ears,  pass 
about  midway  between  the  Sugar  Loaves  and  Lighthouse.  When 
you  are  abreast  the  last-named  Spindle,  which  is  left  on  the  Port 
hand,  you  will  see  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Ilorizontul 
Stripes  off  Calderwood's  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  10  off  Cross 
Island  Ledge,  both  of  which  are  loft  on  the  Port  hand.  After 
passing  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  haul  gradually  to  the  Southeast- 
ward, keeping  in  mid-channel  and  leaving  the  Black  Spindle  off 
Young's  Point  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  nearly  abreast  the 
village  of  North  Haven  (which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  pas- 
sage), there  will  be  seen  nearly  ahead  two  Buo3's,  —  the  first  is 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  and  lies  off  the  South- 
west part  of  Post-Ofllce  Ledge,  the  second  is  Red  No.  8,  and  lies 
off  the  Southeast  part  of  Lobster  Ledge.  Leave  both  these  last- 
named  Buoys  about  75  j'ards  uu  the  Port,  and  steer  about  E.  by  S- 
passing  about  midway  between  the  Red  Buo}'  No.  G  off  the  south- 
east part  of  Grindstone  Ledge  and  the  Spindle  upon  Iron  Point 
Ledge.  When  about  150  yards  past  the  last-named  Spindle,  haul 
over  towards  the  Southern  shore  in  order  to  avoid  a  Rock,  having 
at  very  Low  Tides  but  7  feet  water  upon  it ;  this  Rock,  which  at 
this  date  is  not  Buoyed,  lies  nearly  in  the  Channel,  and  bears 
about  NNE.  from  the  Spindle  upon  Iron  Point  Ledge  (the  last 


ELDRiDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


203 


rort  and  run 


one  named)  distance  250  j-ards.  After  pass'ng  the  last-named 
Spindle  3'ou  will  se^  to  tlie  Northeastward  in  the  passage  two 
Buoys ;  the  first  is  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes, 
and  lies  off  the  South  part  of  Waterman's  Ledge ;  the  second  is 
Red  No.  4,  and  lies  off  the  South  Point  of  Fish  Point  Ledge,  both 
these  last-named  Buoj's  are  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  abreast 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  which  is  left  close  to,  steer  about  E.  by  S- 
s/s  mile  to  the  Spindle  upon  the  Goose  Rocks  ;  leave  this  Spindle 
about  150  yards  on  the  Port,  and  the  Black  Buoj'  off  Bradstreet's 
Rock  on  the  Starbop'-:!  hand,  and  steer  about  SE.  by  Em  when  you 
will  sec  ahead  Channel  Rock,  which  is  bold,  and  lies  at  the  Eastern 
entrance  of  Fox  Island  Tlioroughfare. 

Coming  through  Two  Bush  Channel,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  entering  the  West  Penobrcot  Bay  by  this  Channel,  until 
Brown's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  E.  b}-  N.  J^  N. ;  then  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  entering  the  Thoroughfare. 

Entering  the  West  Penobscot  Bay  by  the  Middle  Channel  West 
of  Matinicus  Rock  Lights,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
that  passage  until  Brown's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  E.  by  N.  J^  N. ; 
then  run  into  the  Thoroughfare  as  before  directed. 

Beating  In. 

In  beating  into  Fox  Island  Thoroughfare,  do  not  approach 
Brown's  Head  Lighthouse  nearer  than  3  or  4  miles  until  it  bears 
E.  by  N.  y2  N.  The  narrowest  part  of  the  Channel,  which  is 
about  one-half  mile  in  width,  lies  between  Fiddler's  and  Dog  Fish 
Ledges ;  the  former  is  marked  with  a  Beacon,  the  latter  with  a 
Spindle.  The  Channel  between  the  Red  Buoy  upon  the  Northern 
part  of  Inner  Bay  Ledge,  and  the  Spindle  upon  Drunkard's  Ledge, 
the  two  first  dangers  met  with  in  beating  into  this  Thoroughfare,  is 
about  1  li  miles  in  width. 


Sailing  Directions  to  enter  Pox  Island  Thorough- 
fare at  Night-time.* 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Two 
Bush  Island  Channel  until  Brown's  Head  Light  bears  E.  by  N.  ^ 

♦  The  White  light  at  Brown's  Head,  Western  entrance  to  Fox  Island  Thor- 
oughfare, will  (after  Sept.  15,  1880)  show  a  Red  light,  between  the  bearings 
of  NE.  by  E.  |  E.,  and  E.  by  N.  i  N.  Vessels  therefore  at  night,  entering 
or  leaving  the  Western  entrance  of  the  Thoroughfare,  will  clear  the  ledges 
by  keeping  in  the  Bed  light 


V 


204 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  tliia  course.  If  there  is  no  error  in  tlio  Com- 
pass, you  will  pass  midway  between  Fiddler's  and  Dog  Fish  Ledges. 
Continue  the  course  for  the  Lighthouse,  and,  in  order  to  avoid  the 
Sugar  Loaves,  leave  it  not  more  than  2r)0  yards  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  If  you  have  smooth  water  when  you  are  abreast  the  Liglit, 
anchor;  but  if  the  wind  is  strong  from  the  Westward,  run  farther 
in  under  short  sail,  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges  upon  the  Port 
Fide,  do  not  keep  more  than  200  j-nrda  from  the  Southeastern  shore. 
As  soon  as  the  water  becomes  smooth,  anchor  in  from  5)^  to  7 
fathoms. 

In  running  up  the  Bay  at  night,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges 
which  extend  off  to  the  Westward  of  the  Fox  Islands,  do  not  ap- 
proach the  Light  upon  Brown's  Head  nearer  than  4  or  5  miles  until 
it  bears  E.  by  N.  ^  N. 


H     i 


Southern  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  about  1  ^  miles  Northeasterly  from  Brown's  Head 
Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Fox  Island  Thoroughfare. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Southern  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Bound  to  Southern  Harbor,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Fox  Island  Thoroughfare  until  about  yd  mile  from  the  Lighthouse 
on  Brown's  Head,  when  you  will  sec  two  large  round  bare  llocka  of 
a  peculiar  Orange  color ;  these  are  called  the  Sugar  Loaves,  and 
are  bold  on  their  Southwest  part.  Leave  the  Sugar  Loaves  about 
250  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  by 
E.  about  %  mile,  when  the  harbor  will  be  fairly  open  ;  then  run  up 
about  E.NE.,  keeping  in  mid-channel,  and  anchor  in  from  3'/^  to 
6  fathoms  water. 


The  Large  Fox  Islands. 

There  are  two  large  Islands  known  as  the  Fox  Islands:  the 
Southernmost  is  called  Vinal  Haven,  the  Northernmost  North 
Haven. 


ELDniDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


205 


\     _^      Harbors.  '  • 

On  tho  Enatcrn  shoio  of  Viiiul  Haven  tliero  nro  ono  or  two  good 
Imrhors  wliich  aro  not,  however,  safe  for  Htrangers  t(>  -.run:.'  witliout 
a  pilot.  On  tho  Northern  shore  of  North  Haven  there  aro  also 
several  smi.ll  harbors  whicii  have  good  water  in  them,  but  as  there 
are  neither  iiglithouHes  or  JUioys  to  mark  the  dangers,  it  is  thought 
not  advisable  to  givo  directions  to  enter  them. 

Jlif/ti  Water.  ' 

It  is  High  Water  at  North  Haven,  Nortliern  side  of  Fox  Island 
Thoroughfare,  21  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Common  Tides 
rise  about  10  feet. 


Brown's  Head 


Deer  Island  Thoroughflare. 

This  Thoroughfare,  which  has  a  depth  of  from  10  to  12  feet  water 
at  Low  Tide,  commences  near  the  Southern  part  of  Deer  Isle  ;  lis 
whole  length  is  little  more  than  G  miles.  Its  width  varies  some- 
wiiat,  tho  narrowest  part  being  abreast  of  Green's  Head,  where  it  is 
a  little  over  200  yards  wide  ;  its  widest  part  is  near  its  Eastern  end, 
between  Lazy  Gut  Island  and  Eastern  Mark  Island,  where  it  is 
about  %  mile  wide. 

Mark  Island  LighthouHe, 

Upon  Mark  Island,  Western  entrance  to  Deer  Island  Thorough- 
fare, is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Fog 
Trumpet  la  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Note, 

Masters  of  vessels  from  the  Westward,  bound  to  the  Eastward, 
through  this  Thoroughfare,  will  remember  that  all  Black  Buoys  in 
this  passage,  and  also  York  Narrows,  are  left  on  the  Starboard,  and 
all  Red  Biioys  on  tlie  Port  hand.  Buoys,  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  stripes,  are  placed  upon  Obstructions  in  the  ChanneL 


V 


206 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather,  from  the  Eastern  part  of  Pox 
Island  Thoroughfare,  through  Deer  Island  Thor- 
oughfare, acres?  Jericho  Sound  and  through  York 
Narrows.   Strangers  should  proceed  with  caution. 

Coming  from  the  Westward  through  Fox  Island  Thoroughfare, 
follow  the  directions  before  given  for  this  passage  until  j'ou  make 
Channel  Rock,  which  lies  near  its  Eastern  entrance.  Leave  this 
Rock  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  E-  by  S., 
leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  tlie  Southeast  part  of  Black  Ledge,  on 
the  Port  hand.  After  passing  this  Buoy,  you  will  see  nearl}'  ahead 
the  Lighthouse  at  the  entrance  of  Deer  Island  Thoroughfare  ;  bring 
it  to  bear  E.  hy  S.,  and  run  across  Isle  Ilaut  Bay  for  it.  As  you 
draw  near  this  Lighthouse,  j'ou  will  see  about  j{  mile  to  the  North- 
west of  it  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Southern  part  of  Mark 
Island  Ledge  ;  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Port  and  the  Lighthouse  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  the  Lighthouse,  there  will  be 
seen  to  the  Eastward  of  it  a  Black  Buoy  No.  13,  off  Field's  Ledge  ; 
next,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  on 
Gangwa}'  Rock ;  leave  the  first  Buoy  75  yards  on  the  Starboard, 
and  fur  the  deepest  water  the  Buo}'  with  Horizontal  stripes  about 
the  same  distance  on  the  Port  hand.  After  passing  this  last-named 
Bnoy,  a  Black  Buoy  No.  11  will  be  seen  off'  the  Northern  part  of 
Crotch  Island  ;  leave  this  last  Buoy  (which  bears  from  the  Light- 
house E.  by  N.  ^  N.  about  ^  mile)  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  past  this  last-named  Buo}',  the  Red  Buoy  off  Staple's  Ledge 
will  be  seen  ;  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  it.  the 
course  is  East  Northerlj-,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  9  off  Russ 
Island,  and  the  Black  Buoy  No.  7  off  Bold  Island  Ledge,  both  on 
the  Starboard  hand ;  the  Red  Buoy  No.  10  off  Door  Rock,  Rod 
Buoy  No.  8  off  Haskell's  Ledge,  and  also  the  Red  Buoy  No.  G  off 
White  Rock,  all  on  the  Port  hand.  There  is  good  anchorage 
Northeast  from  this  last-mentioned  Buo}'.  After  passing  the  Red 
Buoy  off  White  Rock  a  Black  Spindle  will  be  seen  ;  this  is  on 
Haycock  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  low  tide,  and  ma}-  be  left  about 
25  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  the  Spindle,. a 
Black  Buoy,  No.  3,  will  be  seen  lying  about  NW.  J4  mile  from 
an  Island ;  this  Buoy  is  off  East  Mark  Island  Ledge,  and  may  be 
left  on  the  Starboard  hand.    When  past  this  last  Buoy,  steer  about 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


207 


Shfare ;  bring 


E.  by  S.  leaving  the  Red  Buoj'  No.  4  off  Laz.ygiit  Island,  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  past  this  last-named  Buoy,  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2, 
off  Long  Ledge,  will  be  seen ;  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand 
and  make  good  the  course  E.  %  S.,  when  3-011  will  soon  see  tlie 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  Yellow  Rock 
Ledge ;  j'ou  must  leave  this  last-named  Buoy  not  less  than  200 
yards  on  either  hand.  After  passing  this  last  Buoy,  you  will  tLen 
be  near  the  entrance  to  York  Narrows,  and  in  going  through  ihera 
will  leave  on  the  Port  hand  three  Buoys:  the  first,  No.  G  Red,  is 
riff  the  Western  part  of  Long  Ledge ;  the  second  is  No.  4  Red,  and 
lies  off  the  Southeastern  end  of  Long  Ledge ;  and  the  last.  No.  2 
Red,  is  off  the  Northeast  point  of  Long  Ledge.  Near  this  last- 
named  Buoy  the  Channel  is  narrow ;  the  Buo}',  which  sets  in 
about  2/3  fathoms,  should  therefore  be  passed  cluse  to. 

Tlie  distance  from  Mark  Island  Lighthouse  through  Deer  Island 
Thoroughfare,  across  Jericho  Sound,  and  through  York  Narrows, 
is  about  lo}4  miles. 

When  past  the  last-named  Bii  oy,  at  the  Eastern  entrance  of  York 
Narrows,  you  will  then  be  in  Blue  Hill  Bay,  and  if  bound  farther 
I^astward,  may  steer  about  East,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  at  Bass 
Harbor,  Mount  Desert,  not  more  than  j{  mile  upon  the  Port  hand. 
On  this  last  run,  when  this  Lighthouse  hears  N-  by  E.  }4  E-,  you 
will  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar  in  about  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  and 
when  it  bears  North  make  good  the  course  E-SE-,  which  will  take 
you  well  to  the  Southward  of  Baker's  Island,  clear  of  all  dangers. 


Eggemoggin   Reach. 

This  important  Reach  or  Strait,  which  connects  Penobscot  Bay 
with  Blue  Hill  Bay,  has  a  deptli  of  four  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  It 
lies  between  the  villages  of  Brookliu,  Sedgwick,  and  Brooksville 
on  the  North,  and  Deer  Isle  and  Little  Deer  Island  on  the  South. 
The  length  of  J;,  i  Roach  is  about  15  miles,  and  its  general  course 
NW.  and  SE. ;  its  width  varies  from  yj  to  3  miles. 

PurnpMn  Island  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  side  of  the  Reach  at 
its  Western  end,  shows  a  Fixed  White  Light,  and  in  passing  through 
from  the  Westward,  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  A  Fog  Bell  is 
placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 


/ 


/ 


208 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Masters  of  vessels  from  the  Westward,  bound  to  the  Eastward, 
through  Eggemoggin  Reach,  should  bear  in  mind  that  all  Black 
Buoys  in  the  passage  are  Iffb  on  the  Starboard,  and  all  Red  Buoys 
on  the  Port  hand.  Buoys  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
stripes  are  placed  upon  obstructions  in  the  channel. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Eggemoggin  Reach,  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Penobscot  River,  bound  through  this  pjissago,  after 
passing  the  Beacon  on  Fort  Point  Ledge,  steer  about  SW.  by  S- 
J^  S.,  passing  about  midway  between  Dice  Head  and  the  Eastern 
part  of  Long  Island  ;  haul  round  the  Western  part  of  Cape  Rozier, 
passing  about  midway  between  it  and  Western  Island.  This  Island 
bears  al)out  South  from  the  Western  part  of  Cape  Rozier ;  distance 
1  ]^  miles.  When  you  are  midway  between  this  last-named  Island 
and  Cape,  j'ou  will  see  to  the  Eastward  the  Lighthouse  upon  Pump- 
kin Island,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to  the  Reach ; 
bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear  East  and  run  for  it.  On  this  last 
course  you  will  pass  nearly  midway  between  the  Buoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes,  off  the  Western  part  of  Two- 
Bush  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoj'  No.  8,  off  the  Southern  part  of 
Heron  Island  Ledge.  The  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  first-named 
Buoy  E.  by  N.  >^  N.  1  mile ;  from  the  latter  E-  by  S.  1^  miles. 
As  3'ou  draw  nearer  the  Lighthouse  you  will  see  the  following  Buoys 
and  Spindle:  First,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  13,  off  the  Nortliwcst 
part  of  Mcriman's  Ledge  (the  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E. 
J4  S.  ^  mile)  ;  second,  a  Black  Spindle  on  a  dry  Rock,  about  200 
yards  Northeast  from  the  Lighthouse ;  third,  the  Black  Buoj'  No. 
11,  off  Northwest  part  of  Pumpkin  Island  Ledge  (the  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  Yt.  mile)  ;  fourth,  the  Black  Buoy  No. 
9,  off  Western  part  of  Triangles  (the  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  W.SW.  y2  mile)  ;  fifth,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Eastern 
end  of  Triangles  (the  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W.  by  S- 
J^  S.,  distance  5^  mile)  ;  and  lastly,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off 
Northern  part  of  Howard  Ledges.  The  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy  NW.  by  W.  J4  W. ;  distance  1  mile. 
All  these  Black  Buoys  going  East  through  the  Reach  are  left  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northern 
part  of  Howard  Ledges,  the  course  is  about  SE.,  keeping  nearly 
in  the  middle  of  the  passage.    As  you  sail  in,  Billing's  or  Sargent 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


209 


Cove  will  be  seen  on  the  Northern  side.  On  the  Southern  side 
will  be  seen  the  passage  between  Little  Deer  Island  and  Deer 
Isle ;  farther  in  the  village  of  Sedgwick,  which  is  on  the  West 
bank  of  Benjamin  River.  Stump  Cove  Ledge  makes  off  about  ys 
mile  from  the  Western  point  of  entrance  to  this  River,  and  is 
marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red.  Buoy  No.  G,  which  in 
going  to  the  Eastward  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.*  About  1  ^  miles 
from  the  entrance  to  the  last-named  River,  is  a  Red  Buoy  No,  4  ; 
this  is  off  the  West  part  of  Torrey's  Ledge,  entrance  to  Centre 
Haihor,  and  must  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  i)ast  this  last- 
named  Buoy,  Torrey's  Islands  will  be  seen,  a  short  distance  to  the 
Westward  of  which  is  a  remarkable  bare  Rock  with  a  Reddish 
color,  having  two  large  White  Boulders  or  Rocks  on  its  summit. 
This  is  called  Torrey's  Castle,  and  is  left  about  300  yards  on 
tlie  Port  hand.  After  passing  Torrey's  Castle,  a  Black  Buoy  No. 
3  will  be  seen ;  this  lies  off  the  Northern  part  of  Conary  Ledge, 
and  must  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  The  Northeast  point  of 
Conary  Island  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  S. ;  distance  1  mile. 
When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Island,  which  is  left  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  steer  about  SE-  by  S-,  passing  between  Hog  and 
White  Islands,  the  former  of  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the 
channel,  and  close  in  with  the  Main  Land.  When  coming  from 
the  Westward,  it  appears  like  a  mass  of  bare  White  Rock,  and 
shows  a  bold  bluff-head  called  Devil's  Head.  Its  Northern  end  is 
also  high,  lyire,  and  rocky,  and  when  coming  from  the  Westward 
the  Island  appeals  like  two  Rock}'  Hills  witli  a  small  valley  be- 
tween them.  There  is  good  anchorage  between  this  last-named 
Island  and  the  INIain  Land,  near  the  Porgy  Factory.  When  past 
Devil's  Head  (the  Southern  part  of  Hog  Island) ,  a  Black  Buoy 
No.  1  will  be  seen  ;  this  is  off  the  Northern  part  of  Eastern  Half- 
tide  Rock,  and  must  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Devil's 
Head  bears  from  this  last-named  Buoy  N-  by  E.  about  }4 
mile.  Another  Buoy  yn\l  also  be  seen  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes ;  this  lies  off  the  Western  part  of 
Hog  Island  Ledge,  and  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
the    last-named    Buoy,    steer    about    E-SE.,    passing    between 

*  From  1  to  1}(  miles  SE.  by  S.  }^  S.  from  the  Red  Buoy  off  Stump  Cove 
Ledge,  and  nearly  In  the  middle  of  the  passage,  are  two  Ledges  having  but  11 
and  13  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low  tide.  In  order  to  avoid  these  Ledges, 
vessels  of  more  than  11  feet  draught  sailing  from  Benjamin  River  to  the 
remarkable  Rock  called  Torrey's  Castle,  should  keep  nearest  Deer  Isle. 


y    ' 


ii  '^ 


/   ;i 


m 


210 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Mahoney  and  Smutt3no8e  Islands  ;  the  former  Island  Is  small,  low, 
and  (lotted  hero  and  tliere  with  scrubby  trees,  and  has  a  Red  Buoy 
off  its  Western  part,  which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  the  latter 
is  simply  a  bare  Rock  destitute  of  trees.  When  past  these  Islands 
you  are  then  through  the  Reach  and  may  steer  East  Northerly, 
leaving  Pond  Island  and  the  Black  Buo}'  off  its  Northwest  part  on 
Uic  Starboard  hand  ;  after  passing  the  last-named  buoy  steer  about 
E.  by  S.,  iJassing  between  a  group  of  Islets  and  Rocks  called  the 
hliip  find  Barges.  Upon  one  of  the  Rocks  called  the  Barges  (which 
is  bare  at  two  thirds  Ebb)  is  placed  a  Black  Spindle  30  feet  high,  and 
is  lolt  on  the  Starboard  hand  by  vessels  bound  to  the  Eastward. 
After  passing  this  Spindle  you  are  in  Blue  Hill  Bay,  and  must  steer 
about  E.SE.  for  Bass  Head,  leaving  it  and  the  Lighthouse  not 
more  than  }£  mile  upon  the  Port  hand.  On  this  last  run,  when  tlie 
Light  bears  N.  by  E.  J^  E.,  you  will  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar  in  not 
less  than  14  feet  at  Low  Tide.  When  the  Liglithouse  bears  North, 
make  g(jod  the  course  E.SE.,  which  will  take  you  well  to  the  East- 
ward of  Baiter's  Island,  clear  of  all  dangers. 

If  you  intend  to  pass  through  Eggemoggin  Reach,  and  are  from 
Owl's  Head,  or  any  place  in  tlie  West  Penobscot  Bay,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  Castine  Harbor  until  you  make  Cape 
liozier ;  then  follow  the  directions  for  this  Reach. 


Buck's  Harbor. 

This  excellent  harbor,  which  is  sheltered  from  all  winds,  lies  on 
the  Northern  side  of  entrance  to  Eggemoggin  Reach,  about  2  miles 
Northeasterly  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Pumpkin  Island. 

Memarks, 

When  approaching  Buck's  Harbor  from  the  Westward,  it  may  be 
known  by  what  appears  to  be  a  remarkable  straight  White  path  run- 
ning from  the  summit  of  the  hills  down  their  almost  perpendicular 
sides. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Buck's  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Egge- 
moggin Reach  until  Pumpkin  Island  Lighthouse,  on  Western  side  of 

*  Pond  Island  is  tlie  first  large  Island  met  with  after  passing  between  Ma- 
honey and  Smuttynose  Islands. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


211 


entrance  to  the  Reach  bears  about  S.SW. ;  then  Bteer  N.NE. 
As  you  sail  in,  you  will  sec  on  the  Northern  shore  the  large  Cove 
cftUed  Buck's  Harbor,  with  an  Island  lying  nearly  in  the  middle  of 
it;  the  best  Channel  is  between  this  Island  and  the  Western  point, 
which  is  high  and  quite  bold.  Kun  in  about  midway  between  this 
last-named  Point  and  Island,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes  on  Buck's  Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  anchor  where  you  please. 

)  . 
High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Buck's  Harbor  about  25  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9>^  feet. 


1  winds,  lies  on 
1,  about  2  miles 


Sedgwick  Village,  or  BeDjamin  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  lies  upon  the  Northern  side  of  Egge- 
moggiu  Reach,  about  5  miles  from  Pumpkin  Island  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Benjamin  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Egge- 
moggin  Reach  until  you  make  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southern 
part  of  Stump  Cove  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  when  the  end  of  the  Steamboat  Wharf  on  the  West  bank  of  the 
River  bears  N.  by  E.  %  E.,  then  steer  in,  with  the  end  of  the 
Wharf  a  little  on  the  Port  bow ;  this  course  will  lead  about  midway 
between  the  two  shores.  In  order  to  avoid  a  Sand  Bar  which  ex- 
tends off  from  the  Eastern  side  of  the  River,  when  abreast  the 
Steamboat  Wharf,  keep  the  Western  shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor 
at  your  pleasure.  About  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  to  this 
anchorage  at  Low  Tide. 


sing  between  Ma- 


Blue  Hill  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  at  the  Head  of  Blue  Hill  Bay,  is  about 
North  10  miles  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  and  15^  miles  North- 
westerly from  the  Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor,  Mount  Desert. 


212 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Green  Island  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  built  upon 
a  low  bare  rocky  Islet  called  Green  Island,  which  is  Northeasterly 
from  Eastern  entrance  to  Jlggeraoggin  Reach.  This  Light  is  in- 
tended as  a  guide  to  Blue  Hill  and  Ellsworth. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  and  entering 
Blue  Hill  Bay  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  by  way  of  Eggemoggin  Reach,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  that  passage  until  past  the  Buoy  painted 
in  Rod  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes,  (which  lies  Southeast  about  ^ 
mile  from  Devil's  Head) ;  then  steer  E.SE.  until  the  middle  of 
Tinker's  Island,  which  is  a  large  Island  lying  Northeasterly  from 
Green  Island  Lighthouse,  bears  NE.  by  E. ;  then  steer  for  it  on 
this  course,  passing  between  Mahoney  and  Smuttynose  Islands  ;  the 
former  Island  is  small,  low,  and  dotted  here  and  there  with  scrubby 
trees ;  the  latter  is  simply  a  bare  Rock  destitute  of  trees.  When 
past  the  last-named  Islands,  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  J^  E.,  leaving 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  3  off  Fly's  Point,  and  the  Lif  ithouse  well  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  past  the  Lighthouse,  steer  about  N.  ^  W., 
leaving  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  about  ^  mile  fi-om  the  North- 
west part  of  Tinker's  Island  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing 
the  last-named  Buoy,  run  up  the  Bay,  keeping  about  midway  be- 
tween Long  Island  and  the  Western  shore.  When  nearly  abreast 
the  Northern  part  of  the  last-named  Island,  with  Blue  Hill  bearing 
N.  by  W.  li  W.,  steer  for  it;  which  course  will  lead  up  to  the 
entrance  of  the  harbor,  when  in  order  to  enter  it  safely  a  pilot  will 
be  necessary. 

From  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Blue  Hill  Baj'  Harbor,  leave  Ba- 
ker's Island  about  2  miles  to  the  Northeastward,  and  steer  "^ 
As  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor  Head,  Mount  L 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  thib  course, 
leaving  the  Red  Buo}'  off  Bunker's  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard. 
Leave  this  last-named  Lighthouse  not  more  than  %  mile  on  the 
Starboard,  and  steer  about  "W.  by  N.  %  N.  until  it  bears  N.  by 
E.  ^  E.,  when  you  will  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar  in  about  14  feet 
water  at  Low  Tide.  Continue  the  course  W.  hy  N.  %  N.  until 
Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  bears  E.  X  S.,  and  the  extremity'  of  the 
Western  point  of  this  harbor  bears  N.  >4  E. ;  then  steer  about 


i  ! 


ELDKIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


213 


NW.  by  N.  along  the  West  shore  of  Mount  Desert  Island  for  the 
Southern  point  of  Long  Island ;  distance  about  8  miles.  As  you 
sail  up  the  Bay  on  this  course,  tlie  Spindle  upon  the  Barges  will  be 
seen,  which  are  left  abont  1  %  miles  on  the  Port  ;  and  about  2  miles 
farther  up,  Tinker's  Island,  which  is  quite  large.  Continue  the 
course  towards  Long  Island  until  the  Northern  end  of  Tinker's 
Island  bears  West,  when  the  Red  Buoy  on  the  Cow  and  Calf  will 
be  seen  ;  this  Buoy  lies  off  about  ^  mile  NW.  from  the  Northwest 
part  of  the  last-named  Island.  Leave  this  Buoy  well  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  about  NW.  J4  W.  for  the  Western  shore  until  Blue 
Hill  Bay  is  fairly  open ;  then  run  up  as  before  directed.  Before 
attempting  to  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar,  it  is  advisable  for  vessels  of 
more  than  12  feet  draught  to  wait  until  at  least  one-half  Flood. 

There  are  several  sunken  Ledges  in  Blue  Hill  Bay  which  at  this 
date  are  not  Buoyed ;  it  is  advisable  therefore  to  take  a  pilot  at 
Tinker's  Island. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  on  Bass  Harbor  Bar  40  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Commou  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Union  River  and  Ellsworth. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  13  miles  Northwesterly  from 
the  Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor  Head,  Mount  Desert,  and  about  10 
miles  Northeasterly  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse  (Eastern  en- 
trance to  Eggemoggin  Reach),  lies  between  Oak  Point  on  the  East, 
and  Newbury  Head  upon  the  West,  running  in  a  N.NE.  direction 
for  about  10  miles  to  Ellsworth.  It  has  an  average  width  of  about 
a  mile  and  a  half  for  about  7  miles  to  Weymouth  Point,  where  it 
suddenly  contracts,  and  becomes  a  narrow  stream  only  a  few  hun- 
dred yards  wide,  and  gradually  diminishing  to  about  150  yards  at 
the  town  of  Ellsworth. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Union  River  in  Daytime» 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  by  way  of  Eggemoggin  Reach,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  that  passage  until  past  the  Buoy  painted 
in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes,  which  lies  Southeast  about  ^ 
mile  from  Devil's  Head  ;  then  steer  about  E.SE.  until  the  middle  f 


214 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Tinker's  Island  (whicli  is  a  large  Island  lying  Northeasterly  from 
Green  Island  Lighthouse)  bears  NE.  by  E. ;  then  steer  for  it  on  this 
course,  passing  between  Mahoney  and  Smuttynose  Islands.  Tiie 
former  Island  is  small,  low,  and  dotted  here  and  there  with  scrubby 
trees ;  the  latter  is  simply  a  bare  Rock,  destitute  of  trees.  When 
past  the  last-named  Islands,  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  leaving 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  Fly's  Point,  and  the  Lighthouse,  well  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  past  the  Lighthouse,  steer  about  N.  ^W. 
until  you  make  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  about  ^  mile  from  the 
Northwest  part  of  Tinker's  Island ;  then  haul  to  the  Eastward, 
passing  between  this  last-named  Buoy  and  the  Southeastern  part  of 
Long  Island.  Shoal  water  extends  off  about  %  mile  from  this 
last  point.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  an  Island  which  lies  about 
1  ^  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Southeast  end  of  Long  Island ; 
this  is  Harwood  Island.  Pass  in  about  midwaj'  between  this  last- 
named  Island  and  Long  Island  and  steer  up  about  N.NE.,  which 
course  leads  up  between  Newbur}-  and  Oak  Points  into  Union  Bay 
River.  When  near  the  head  of  the  Baj-,  keep  the  Eastern  shore 
best  aboard  to  avoid  Tupper  Ledge,  which  is  marked  upon  its 
outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  which  in  going  up  is  left  on 
the  Port  hand.  From  this  last  Buoy  to  Ellsworth  a  pilot  is  neces- 
sary. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  bound  to  Ellsworth, 
keep  outside  of  all  dangers,  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  at 
Bass  Harbor  Head,  Mount  Desert;  then  bring  it  to  bear  NW. 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Bunker's 
Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Leave  this  last-named  Light- 
house not  more  than  ]^  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  steer  about  W. 
by  N.  %  N.  until  it  bears  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  when  you  will  cross 
Bass  Harbor  Bar  in  about  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide.  Continue 
the  course  W.  by  N.  X  N.  until  Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  bears 
E.  %  S.,  and  the  extremity  of  the  Western  point  of  this  harbor 
bears  N.  Yz  E.,  then  steer  about  NW.  by  N.  along  the  West 
shore  of  Mount  Desert  Isknd,  for  the  Southeast  point  of  Long 
Island ;  distttnce  about  8  miles.  As  you  sail  up  the  Bay  on  this 
last  course,  the  Spindle  upon  the  Barges  will  be  seen,  which  are 
left  about  1  }^  miles  on  the  Port  hand ;  and  also  about  4  miles 
farther  up  on  the  Starboard,  Harwood  Island,  which  lies  about  1  % 
miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Southern  end  of  Long  Island.  Pass 
about  midway  betweeu  this  last-named  Island  and  the  Southeast 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


215 


end  of  Long  Island,  and  steer  up  about  N.NE.,  and  follow  the 

directions  before  given. 

Before  attemptinf;;  to  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar,  it  is  advisable  for 

vessels  of  more  than  12  feet  draught  to  wait  uutil  at  least  oue-half 

Flood.  •!:/ 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  on  Bass  Harbor  Bar  40  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


i'l 


Deer  Isle. 

Upon  the  Western  part  of  this  Island  there  are  several  harbors, 
which  are  seldom  used  except  by  the  people  belonging  to  it ;  they 
lie  somewhat  out  of  the  track  of  vessels  bound  East  or  West,  and 
much  better  harbors  can  be  found  both  among  the  Fox  Islands  and 
in  Eggemoggin  Reach.  Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  attempt 
to  enter  them  without  a  pilot. 


Southeast  Harbor,  Deer  Isle. 

This  Harbor  lies  upon  the  Southeast  part  of  Deer  Isle ;  its 
entiunce,  which  is  between  Sheep  and  Lazj-gut  Islands,  is  East 
Northerly  about  6  miles  from  Mark  Island  Lighthouse,  West 
entrance  to  Deer  Island  Thoroughfare,  and  West  about  12  miles 
from  Bass  Harbor  Liglithouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Southeast  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Deer 
Island  Thoroughfare  until  past  the  Black  Spindle  upon  Haycock 
Rock,  wiiich  is  bare  at  Low  Tide.  After  passing  this  last  Rock 
and  Spindle,  you  will  see  to  the  Eastward  a  Black  Buoy.  This  is  off 
East  Mark  Island  Ledge.  When  about  300  yards  from  it,  or  that 
distance  to  the  Westward  of  it,  steer  about  North.  As  you  sail  ui, 
yon  will  see  the  Buoy,  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes, 
which  lies  off  the  Eastern  part  of  the  Boat  or  Channel  Rock  ;  leave 
this  last-named  Buoy  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  more 


216 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


y 


Westerly,  when  a  Black  Biloy  will  be  seen  on  the  Port.  This  lies 
off  the  Northeast  part  of  the  Whale's  Back  Ledge,  and  must  also 
be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  this  last-named  Buo}',  steer 
about  NW.  for  the  anchorage.  If  you  wish  to  go  into  the  Inner 
Harbor,  a  pilot  will  be  necessary. 


Head  Harbor  (Isle  au  Haut). 

This  small  Harbor,  the  entrance  of  which  is  near  the  SE.  end  of 
Isle  Au  Haut,  bears  NE.  ^  E.  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lights,  dis- 
tance 17  miles;  from  Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  W.  by  N. 
5^  N.,  distance  20  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Head  Harbor  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Matinicus  Rock  Lights  from  2  to  3 
miles  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  about  NE.  by  E.,  leaving 
Wooden  Ball,  Seal  Rock,  and  the  Ledges,  well  to  the  Northward. 
When  the  SE.  Head  of  Isle  Au  Haut,  which  is  a  High  Bluff,  bears 
NE.  by  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  3  miles  from 
it,  then  steer  more  Northerly  until  this  Head  bears  E.NE. ;  then 
run  for  it,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Ledge  called  the  Roar- 
ing Bull.  The  Eastern  Head  of  Isle  Au  Haut  bears  from  this 
Ledge  NE.  %  E. ;  distance  about  Ij^  miles.  Continue  the 
course  E.NE.  for  the  Eastern  Head,  until  about  1  mile  from  it; 
then  haul  in  NE.  ^  N.,  leaving  Flagstaff  Point,  which  is  bold,  and 
lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  entrance,  about  250  yards  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  abreast  this  last  point,  steer  about  E.NE.  Yi 
mile,  leaving  the  next  point  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  about  75 
yards  on  the  Port  hand.  After  passing  this  last  point  about  200 
yards,  anchor  midway  the  harbor  in  about  12  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide.     Farther  up,  the  water  is  shallow. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  Mount  Desert  Rock  Light, 
bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  "W.  by  N. 
until  the  Western  Head  of  Isle  Au  Haut  bears  NW. ;  then  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Ledge  called 
the  Roaring  Bull.     The  highest  part  of  the  Western  Head  bears 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


217 


from  this  Ledge  NW.  by  N.  Y^  N. ;  distance  \]i{  miles.  Con- 
tinue the  course  NW.  for  the  Western  Head,  until  the  Eastern 
Head  bears  E.NE. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed.  •: 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  bound  into  this  harbor, 
should  endeavor  to  make  the  Ledge  called  the  Roaring  Bull.*  It 
lies  about  Ij^  miles  ott'  the  South  shore  of  the  Island,  about  mid- 
wa}'  between  the  Eastern  and  Western  Heads,  and  breaks  with  a 
little  motion  of  the  sea.  After  making  this  Ledge,  you  may  pass  it 
on  either  hand,  and  bring  it  to  bear  S.SW.,  on  which  bearing 
keep  it,  and  run  N.NE.  for  Flagstaff  Point;  distaJhce  Ij^  miles. 
This  point  is  bold,  and  may  be  left  about  250  yards  on  the  Poit 
hand,  when  the  course  into  the  harbor  is  as  before  given.  In  order 
to  avoid  the  Ledges  which  lie  off  the  Eastern  Head,  vessels  with  a 
smooth  sea  should  not  approach  it  nearer  than  1)^  miles  until  the 
Western  Head  bears  NW. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Head  Harbor  (Isle  Au  Haiit)  58  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


E.NE. ;  then 


Burnt  Coat  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  capable  of  sheltering  a  large  number  of 
vessels,  is  one  of  the  best  on  the  coast  of  Maine.  It  lies  on  the 
South  shore  of  Burnt  Coat  Island.  Its  entrance  bears  from  Mount 
Desert  Rock  Light  NW.  ^  N.,  distance  about  IG^^  miles;  from 
Matinicus  Rock  Lights,  NE.  by  E.,  about  28  miles.  About  5 
fathoms  water  can  be  taken  into  this  harbor. 

'  Range  Lights* 

Upon  Hockomock  Head,  Northwest  side  of  entrance  to  Burnt 
Coat  Harbor,  are  two  Lighthouses,  about  100  feet  apart,  ranging 
nearly  NE.  Y^  N.  and  SW.  ^  S.  ,  _. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Burnt  Coat  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  pass  about  3  miles  South  of  Matinicus 
Rock  Lighthouses,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.,  leaving 

*  An  Iron  Spindle  has  been  placed  upon  tliia  Ledge. 


218 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


the  dangerous  Ledge  called  the  Roaring  Bull  (which  lies  about  1% 
miles  South  from  the  Southern  shore  of  Isle  Au  Haut)  well  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  the  Southeast  part  of  the  Isle  Au  Haut, 
■which  is  a  High  Bluff,  bears  NW.  by  W.  about  4  miles,  then 
steer  NE.,  and  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouses  at  Burnt  Coat  Harbor 
are  made,  bring  them  in  range  and  run  for  them  in  range  ;  course 
about  NE.  %  N.  When  about  3  miles  from  the  Lighthouses,  jou 
will  see  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Heron 
Island  Ledge,  which  on  the  range  will  be  left  a  short  distance  on 
the  Port  hand.-*  As  you  approach  the  Lighthouses,  you  will  see, 
about  j4  mile  West  from  them,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  the 
Southeast  part  of  Gooseberry  Island  Ledge,  which  is  left  on  the 
Port  hand ;  and  farther,  in,  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  about 
}{  mile  to  the  Southward  of  the  Lighthouses,  in  nearly  mid-chan- 
nel, a  Red  Spindle,  which  is  on  Harbor  Ledge.  Give  this  Spindle 
a  berth  of  about  50  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
run  up  about  J^  mile,  and  anchor  in  the  harbor. 

From  the  Eastward,  bring  Mount  Desert  Rock  Light  to  bear 
SE.  }{  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NW.  }£  W., 
leaving  Long  Island  about  3  miles  upon  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Island,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  large  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  John's  Island 
Ledge.  Long  Island  bears  f^-om  it  E.  ^  S.  about  2  miles.  Leave 
this  last-named  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW.  % 
W.  until  the  harbor  Lights  are  in  range ;  then  run  in  as  before 
directed. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  beating  in. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor,  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  Heron 
Island  Ledge,  which  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Black 
Buoy,  No.  1.  The  Lighthouses  bear  from  this  Buoy  NE.  }4  N. ; 
distance  about  3  miles.  Also  Gooseberrj'  Ledge,  which  is  marked 
off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3.  The  Northern 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoj-  E.  J4  N. ;  distance  j4  mile.  The 
Northern  Lighthouse  bears  from  Harbor  Island  Ledge  (which  is 
marked  with  a  Spindle)  N.  by  W. ;  distance  about  ^  mile.  The 
channel,  which  is  between  this  Ledge  and  Lighthouse,  is  therefore 
narrow,  but  the  Head  on  which  the  Lighthouses  stand  is  bold,  and 
may  be  safely  approached  within  a  cable's  length. 


hm  'n.ti'i 


mm 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


219 


Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  keep  outside  all  the  Islands 
and  Ledges  until  the  Lights  at  Burnt  Coat  Harbor  are  in  range 
(then  run  for  them  in  range)  ;  course  about  NE.  ^  N.,  until  you 
judge  you  are  about  150  yards  from  the  shore,  or  the  Lights  are 
close  {(board ;  then  run  E.  by  N.  about  }(  mile  to  the  anchorage. 
In  running  this  last  course,  E.  by  N.,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Spindle  on  Harbor  Island  Ledge,  which  lies  S.  by  E.  from  the 
Northern  Light,  distance  ^  mile,  and  in  going  in  may  be  left  100 
feet  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


Bass  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  situated  upon  the  Southwest  extremity  of  Mount 
Desert  Island.  Its  entrance  bears  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  from  Mount 
Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  distance  18  miles ;  from  Baker's  Island 
Lighthouse,  W.  J^  N.,  distance  6  miles.  About  6  fathoms  water 
can  be  cai'ried  into  the  outer  harbor. 


Bass  Harbor  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Bass  Harbor  Head,  which  is  on  East  side  of  entrance  to 
this  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  At 
this  date  (1879)  a  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bass  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  outside  of  all  the  Ledges  and 
Islands,  as  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  NE.  by  N.  and  run  for  it  on  tliis  course,  leaving  the  Great 
and  Little  Duck  Islands  about  2  miles  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
past  these  two  last-named  Islands,  haul  in  'ibout  N.NE.  until  the 
Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor  bears  NW. ;  then  run  in  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  it  about  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
about  W.  by  N.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E.  J^  E., 
yniiu  will  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar  in  about  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 
Continue  the  course  W.  by  N.  across  the  Bar,  when  the  harbor 
will  open,  and  you  will  see,  about  a  mile  to  the  Northwestward  of 


220 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


the  Lighthouse,  two  Buoys.  The  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  lies  off  the 
Western  part  of  Weaver's  Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide ;  the 
Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  lies  off  the  Eastern  part.  When  this  last- 
mentioned  Buoy  bears  N.  by  "W.,  run  in  about  North,  leaving  it 
on  the  Port  hand.  Large  or  heavy-draught  vessels  may  anchor 
when  past  this  Buoy  a  short  distance ;  but  wishing  to  enter  the 
Inner  Harbor,  when  the  Western  point  of  the  harbor  bears 
W.SW.,  run  up  about  N.NE.  through  the  Narrows,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Harbor  Point  Ledge  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
this  Buoj',  and  abreast  the  Eastern  Long  Wharf  on  the  Eastern 
shore  of  the  Narrows,  steer  about  300  yards  N.NW.  and  anchor 
in  about  3  fathoms  water  off  the  wharves.  It  is  not  safe  for 
strangers  to  go  above  this. 

From  the  Westward,  by  way  of  Eggemoggin  Reach,  or  coming 
through  Deer  Island  Thoroughfare  and  York  Narrows,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  those  passages  until  you  make  Bass 
Harbor  Head  Lighthouse  ;  then  bring  it  to  bear  about  E.  by  S.  Yz 
S.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Eastern 
part  of  Weaver's  Ledge,  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  about  2 
miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  by  N.  until  Bass 
Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  NW. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

Beating  into  Bass  Harbor. 

From  Seaward,  beating  into  this  Harbor  at  Night  or  Day,  you 
may  stand  to  the  Westward  until  the  Red  Light  at  the  entrance 
bears  NW.  y^  N.,  and  to  the  Eastward  until  it  bears  W.NW. 
The  channel  between  the  Lightlionse  and  Eastern  part  of  Weaver's 
Ledge  (which  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1)  is  about  ^  mile 
wide ;  it  is  therefore  necessary,  after  passing  the  Lighthouse,  to 
keop  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard.  The  Lighthouse  b^ars  from 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy  on  Eastern  part  of  Weaver's  Ledge,  SE. 
by  E.  about  J  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bass  Harbor  at  Night-timr 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  Seaward,  as  soon  as  the  Red  Light  at  Bass  Harbor  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.    Leave 


,. .*>. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


221 


this  Light  not  more  than  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  haul 
round  it,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  off  the  Eastern  part 
of  Weaver's  Ledge,  and  follow  the  Eastern  shore,  course  about  N. 
by  W.  (keeping  about  ^  mile  from  it) ,  into  the  harbor.  When 
the  Light  bears  about  SE.,  anchor  in  the  Outer  Harbor  in  from  6 
to  8  fathoms  water.  B3'  keeping  about  j^  mile  from  the  Eastern 
shore  you  will  pass  in  midway  between  it  and  the  Buoy  off  Eastern 
part  of  "Weaver's  Ledge. 

In  running  into  Bass  Harbor  from  Seaward,  when  the  Light 
bears  N.  by  E.  J^  E.  ^  mile,  you  will  cross  the  Bar  in  about  14 
feet  water  at  Low  Tide.  It  is,  therefore,  advisable  for  heavy- 
draught  vessels  to  wait  until  at  least  half  Flood  before  attempting 
to  cross  this  Bar.  , 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  in  Bass  Harbor  28  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton. Common  tides  rise  about  10  feet.  It  is  High  "Water  on  Bass 
Harbor  Bar  a  little  before  it  is  in  the-harbor. 

Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  "White  Light,  is  erected 
upon  a  small  barren  Islet  called  Mount  Desert  Rock.  At  this 
date  (1879)  a  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 


Dangers  near  Mount  Desert  Eock  Lighthouse. 

,  It  is  said  that  SW.  by  S.,  a  little  more  than  J^  mile  from  this 
Lighthouse,  is  a  dangerous  Rock,  having  but  18  feet  water  ufJ&n  it 
at  Low  Tide. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Moiint  Desert  Bock  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Cape  Cod  (Highland)  Lighthouse, 

Thatcher's     Island     Lighthouses 

(Cape  Ann),     ...... 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse,     .     .     . 

[atinicus  Rock  Lighthouses,  .     . 

inker's  Island  Lighthouse,     .     . 

Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,     .     .     . 

Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses, 


SW.  J^  W.,   .  143  I 

niU 

W.SW.,   .  .  133 

' 

W.  byS.  ^  S.,  114 

W.  >^  S.,   .  .  34 

N.J^  E.,  .  .  .  16J^ 

NE.  :^  N.,  .  .  26 

E.  by  N.  ^  N.,  54 

NE.bvE.  3/E.,  76 

'> 


-^' 


222 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Brier's  Island  Lighthouse,  North  ' 

side  of  entrance  to  St.  Mary's  Dlatanoe. 

Bay, E.  ^  S.,  •     •     •     77    miles. 

Cape  Forchu  Lighthouse,  entrance 

to  Yarmouth  Harbor,       .     .     .     E.SE.,      ...     86 
Seal    Island     Lighthouse    (Cape 

Sable), SE.  5<  E.,    .    .    98j^     «» 


u 


South-West  Harbor  (Mount  Desert). 

This  fine  harbor,  which  is  on  the  Southern  part  of  Mount  Desert 
Island,  lies  Northeast  38  miles  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses  ; 
Northwesterly  20  miles  from  Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse  ;  and 
West  Southerly'  20  miles  from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse. 

Baker's  Island  Lighthouse* 

Upon  Baker's  Island,  the  Southeasternmost  of  the  group  lying 
off  the  South  shore  of  Mount  Desert,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows 
a  fixed  Light  varied  by  White  flashes.  The  Lighthouse  at  Winter 
Harbor  bears  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  NE.  }(  E. ;  distance 
9  miles.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  Baker's  Island  Light- 
house E.  by  N.  %  N. ;  distance  16  miles.  There  is  no  passage 
for  vessels  between  Baker's  Island  and  Little  Cranberry  Island. 

♦ 
Bear  Island  Lighthouse. 

About  4  miles  Northwesterly  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse, 
upon  the  Southwest  part  of  Bear  Island,  North  side  of  entrance  to 
Southwest  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White 
Light.  This  Light  is  also  a  guide  to  Northeast  Harbor.  A  Fog 
Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Bennarhs, 

Southwest  Harbor  is  more  than  a  mile  in  length  in  ^n  E.SE.  and 
W.NW,'  direction,  with  an  average  width  of  about  J4  mile.  The 
holdingi^ourfd  is  excellent,  the  shelter  good,  and  about  7  'fathoms 
water  can  bgi  carried  into  it  at  Low  Tide,  thus  affording  anchorage 
for  tho  heaviest-draught  vessels.     There  are  three  passages  into 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


223 


this  harbor.  First,  tlie  Western,  which  leads  in  between  Great 
Cranberry  Island  and  Mount  Desert.  The  entrance  to  this  channel 
is  about  4  miles  West  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse,  and  h"as  a 
depth  of  about  14  feet  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  Second,  the  one 
North  of  Baker's  Island,  between  Sutton's  and  Great  and  Little 
Cranberry  Islands,  which  has  a  depth  of  4  fathoms  water ;  and 
lastly,  the  Main  Ship  Channel,  which  is  about  1^  miles  North  of 
Baker's  Island.  This  last  channel  is  between  Bunker's  Ledge  and 
Bear  Island  Lighthouse  on  the  North,  and  Sutton's  Island  on  the 
South. 

Western  Passage. 

Sailing  Directions  to  enter  Southwest  Harbor  by 
the  Western  Passage,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses  about  2 
or  3  miles  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.  J^  E.  If  this 
course  is  made  good,  all  the  Islands  and  Ledges  will  be  left  well  on 
the  Port  hand.  As  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  NE.  %  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  the 
Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor  bears  NW.  (Baker's  Island  Lighthouse 
will  then  be  distant  4  miles)  ;  then  steer  N.NW.,  keeping  a  sharp 
lookout  for  Long  and  South  Bunker's  Ledges.  The  former  extends 
off  about  ^  mile  from  the  Mount  besert  shore,  and  is  marked  on 
its  outer  part  with  a  Black  BU03',  No.  3.*  The  latter  is  marked 
with  a  Red  Spindle.  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  E. 
.}(  S. ;  distance  3^  miles.  The  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Long 
Ledge,  bears  from  this  Si)indle  West ;  dista«ce  ^  mile.  The 
channel  is  between  this  Spindle  and  Buoy.  When  the  Buoy  and 
Spindle  are  made,  pass  in  between  them,  giving  the  latter  a  berth 
of  at  least  250  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard,  and  steer  about 
NE.  by  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  about  3^  mile  to  the 
Northeastward  of  the  Spindle  two  Buoys,  one  Black,  the  other 
Red.  The  Black.Buoy,  No.  5,  lies  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Flynn's 
Ledge,  which  has  .5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  The  Red 
Buoy,  No.  2,  lies  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Cranberry  Island  Ledge, 
which  has  but  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  The  channel, 
which  is  between  these  two  Buoys,  is  275  j'ards  wide,  and  has  a 
depth  of  3J^  fathoms  water.  Pass  in  between  these  two  last- 
named  Buoys,  leaving  the  Black  one  about  50  yards  on  the  Port, 

♦  The  outer  part  of  Long  Ledge  at  this  date  (1882)  is  marked  with  an 
Automatic  Bell  Buoy. 


uMPiPWiwr 


224 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


and  steer  about  N.  by  E.,  keeping  in  about  mid-channel,  and 
crossing  Cranberry-  Island  Bar  in  about  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 
After  passing  this  Bar,  continue  the  course  N.  by  E.  for  about  1}( 
miles,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cow  Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  the  Southwest  Harbor  is  open,  bearing  about  W.NW., 
then  run  in  about  midway,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Greening's 
Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  near  tlie  Head  of  tlie 
harbor  in  from  3}4  to  G  fathoms  water.  At  Night-time  strangers 
should  not  attempt  to  enter  Southwest  Harbor  by  this  channel. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  through  Eggeraoggin  Reach  or  Deer 
Island  Thoroughfare,  bound  to  Southwest  Harbor  by  the  Western 
channel,  follow  the  directions  before  giv;en  for  those  passages  until 
past  Bass  Harbor  Bar,  then  bring  the  Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor 
Head  to  bear  W.  by  N.  j4  N.,  and  steer  E.  by  S.  J^  S.  until  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Long  Ledge  and  the  Red  Spindle  on  South  Bunker's 
Ledge  are  both  made ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Sailing  Directions  to  enter  Southwest  Harbor  by- 
Ship  Channel,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  the 
Western  passage  until  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made ;  then 
leave  it  about  1  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  West 
steer  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the 
Eastern  part  of  Harding's  Ledge  (which  extends  off  from  Little 
Cranberry  island),  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  NW. 
by  N.  ^  N.  until  Bear  Island  Lighthouse  (East  side  of  entrance 
to  Northeast  Harbor)  bears  NW.  bj-  W.  %  W. ;  then  steer  for  it 
on  this  course.  The  Monument  on  East  Bunker's  Ledge,  and  the 
Red  Buoj-s  on  Bowden's  Ledge  and  Long  Point  Ledge,  will  all  be 
left  well  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  and  Sutton's  Island  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  abreast  the  Northeast  part  of  this  last-named  Island, 
or  about  1  mile  from  Bear  Island  X.ighthouse,  haul  up  about  W.  by 
N.,  passing  about  midway  between  the  Western  part  of  Sutton's 
Island  and  the  Lighthouse.  Continue  the  course  W.  by  N.  until 
the  last-named  Lighthouse  bears  E.NE. ;  then  steer  W-SW., 
leaving  the  Southeast  part  of  Greening's  Island  about  ^  mile  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  Southwest  Harbor  opens,  bearing 
about  W.NW.,  run  in  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


225 


nid-cbannel,  and 
iter  at  Low  Tide. 
E.  for  about  1}( 

Starboard  hand, 
about  W.NW., 
)y  off  Greening's 

the  Head  of  the 
ht-time  strangers 
tliis  channel, 
in  Reach  or  Deer 
r  by  the  Western 
3e  passages  until 

at  Bass  Harbor 
S.  y2  S.  until  the 
n  South  Bnnlcer's 
jefore  given. 
> 

t  Harbor  by 
orable  winds 


)re  given  for  the 

le  is  made ;  then 

en  it  bears  "West 

)j  No.  1,  off  the 

s  off  from  Little 

le  course  NW. 

side  of  entrance 

then  steer  for  it 

Ledge,  and  the 

edge,  will  all  be 

and  on  the  Port 

st-named  Island, 

up  about  W.  by 

part  of  Sutton's 

W.  by  N.  until 

steer  W.SW-, 

bout  ^  mile  on 

opens,   bearing 

,ed. 


Beating  into  Southwest  Harbor  by  way  of  Ship 

Channel. 

At  Night  or  Day,  in  beating  into  tliis  Harbor,  the  shores  are  bold, 
and  the  principal  dangers  to  be  avoided  are  Harding's  Ledge,  East 
Bunker's  Ledge,  and  Long  Point  Ledge.  The  "lirst-named  danger 
extends  off  about  East  %  mile  from  the  Southeast  part  of  Little 
Cranberry  Island,  and  is  marked  off  its  Eastern  part  with  a  Black 
Buoy,  No.  1.  Baker's  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buo}'  about 
South;  distance  1^  miles.  The  second  danger  is  P>ast  Bunker's 
Ledge,  which  is  marked  with  a  White  square  stone  Beacon.  Bear 
Island  Light  bears  from  this  Beacon  about  W.NW. ;  distance  2 
miles.  In  beating  in  Ship  tIJhannel,  this  last-named  Ledge,  which 
is  quite  bold,  maj*  be  approached  upon  its  Southern  side  within  250 
yards ;  but  vessels  passing  North  of  it  should  give  the  Monument 
a  berth  of  at  least  ys  mile.  The  third  and  last  danger  is  Long 
Point  Ledge,  which  has  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  is 
marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  4.  Bear 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W.  by  N.  %  N.,  ^  mile. 
In  beating  in  at  Night,  in  order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  Bear  Island 
Light  should  not  bear  to  the  Westward  of  W.NW.  Greening's 
Ledge,  which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  off 
about  y  mile  from  Greening's  Island,  which  is  on  the  North  side 
of  Southwest  Harbor.  In  order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  in  going  in, 
keep  tlie  Southern  shore  of  the  harbor  best  aboard.  In  beating  in, 
the  Southern  side  may  be  approached  by  vessels  of  14  feet  draught 
within  200  yards  witliout  danger. 

At  Niglit  or  Day,  coming  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  and 
intending  to  beat  into  Southwest  Harbor,  when  Baker's  Island 
Light  beai-s  S.  by  W.,  bring  Bear  Island  Light  to  bear  NW.  by 
W.  %  W. ;  then  keep  a  sharp  lookout  to  avoid  the  shores,  and 
hkewise  the  dangers  I  have  described,  and  you  will  work  safely 
into  Southwest  Harbor. 

"'         ■  ,  "k 

SaiUng  Directions  for  Southwest  Harbor,  by  way 
of  Ship  Channel,  at  Night-time,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  when  Baker's  Island  Light 
hears  SW.,  bring  Bear  Island  Light  to  bear  NW.  by  W.  y  W. 
If  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  this  last  course  will  take  you 
15 


226 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


nearly  in  mid-channel.  "When  Baker's  Island  Light  is  shut  in 
behind  Little  Cranberry  Island,  or  bears  S.  by  E.  j4  E.,  you  are 
then  past  East  Bunker's  Ledge.  Continue  the  course  NW.  by  W. 
^2  W.  for  the  Light  until  you  judge  you  are  from  ^  to  1  mile 
from  it;  then  haul  up  W.  by  N.,  passing  about  midway  between 
Bear  Island  Light  and  Sutton's  Island.  Th»  channel  between  tlie 
last-mentioned  Island  and  Light  is  about  y^  mile  wide.  Wlicn 
Bear  Island  Light  bears  E.  by  N.  3^  N.,  steer  W.  by  S.  ^  S., 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Southeast  point  of  Greening's 
Island,  which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  this 
point,  haul  up  about  W.  b}'  N.  into  the  harbor,  and  anchor  in 
from  31^  to  10  fathoms  water.  The  Southern  shore  of  Southwest 
Harbor  is  bold ;  in  order,  therefore,  to  avoid  Greening's  Ledge  at 
Night,  keep  this  side  best  aboard. 

If  you  do  not  think  proper  to  attempt  to  enter  Southwest  Harbor 
at  Night,  when  Bear  Island  Light  bears  ENB.,  you  ma}'  anchor  in 
from  10  to  12  fathoms  water  and  wait  until  daylight.  This  last 
anchorage  is  exposed  to  winds  from  East  to  Southeast. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Southwest  Harbor,  Mount  Desert,  28 
minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  10  feet. 


Northeast  Harbor  (Mount  Desert). 

This  Harbor  lies  about  5  miles  Northwesterly  from  Baker's 
Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  Ij^  miles  Northeasterly'  from  South- 
west Harbor.  Upon  Bear  Island,  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  this 
harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  (before  described). 

Memarka. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  narrow,  is  about  %.  mile  in  length,  and 
has  good  anchorage,  and  also  good  holding-ground,  in  from  2  to 
3J^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions*  for  Northeast  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward  outside  of  all  dangers,  or  through 
Eggemoggin  Reach,  or  Deer  Island  Thoroughfare,  follow  the  direc- 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


227 


tions  before  given  for  the  "Western  passage  into  Southwest  Harbor 
until  past  Cranberry  Island  Bar  and  abreast  the  Northwest  part 
of  Great  Cranberry  Island;  then  steer  N.NE.  1>^  miles,  leaving 
the  Lighthouse  on  Bear  Island  about  Yi  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see,  about  y3  mile  Northwest  from 
it,  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  the  Northwest  part  of  Northeast 
Harbor  Ledge  (which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide).  Leave  this  Buoy 
about  50  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  in  about  North, 
keeping  midway  of  the  harbor,  and  anchor  about  J4  mile  North 
from  the  Buoy  in  about  3^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  Above  this,  or 
about  ys  mile  ft'om  the  head  of  the  harbor,  the  water  is  shoal. 

By  Ship  Channel. 

Entering  Northeast  Harbor  by  this  Channel,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Southwest  Harbor  until  Bear  Ishind  Lighthouse 
bears  E.NE.,  when  you  will  see,  about  J^  mile  to  the  Northwest 
of  it,  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Northwest  part  of  Northeast  Harbor 
Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  about  50  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Southeast  Hock  off  Petit  Menan, 

This  Rock,  which  has  but  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  with  a  Buoy  (painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes) 
which  lies  about  100  feet  Southwest  from  it.  From  this  Buo}', 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  N  by  W.  about  4  miles. 

From  the  Eastward. 

Vessels  ft-om  the  Eastward,  bound  to  either  Northeast  or  South- 
west Harbors,  may  leave  the  Buoy  on  this  last-mentioned  Rock 
about  yi  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  %  N.  for 
Baker's  Island  Lighthouse;  distance  17  miles.  When  about  4 
miles  from  it,  haul  in  W.NW.,  and  when  the  Beacon  upon  East 
Bunker's  Ledge  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it, 
leaving  it  ^  mile  upon  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

Beating  into  Northeast  Harbor  by  way  of  Ship 

Channel. 

At  Night  or  Day,  beating  into  this  Harbor,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  beating  into  Southwest  Harbor  by  Ship  Channel 


228 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


until  past  Bear  Island  Light ;  then  keep  the  "Western  shore  of  the 
harbor  (which  is  bold  after  the  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  by  B.)  best 
aboard,  taking  care  to  avoid  Northeast  Harbor  Ledge,  which  is 
marked  off  its  Northwest  part  with  a  Red  Buoy.  Bear  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  frori  this  Buoy  SE.  Y^  E. ;  distance  %  mile. 
At  Night,  after  passing  this  Buoy,  or  the  Light  bears  SE.  by  S., 
distance  about  ^  mile,  anchor  in  from  hy^  to  6^^  fathoms  ^/ater. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Northeast  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  run  in  according  to  directions 
before  given  for  Southwest  Harbor,  by  way  of  Sliip  Channel,  until 
Bear  Island  Light  bears  North ;  then,  in  order  to  avoid  North- 
east Harbor  Ledge,  haul  to  the  Northeastward  around  the  Light, 
leaving  it  not  more  than  250  yards  on  the  Starboard.  When  it 
bears  SE..  by  S.  >^  S.,  steer  NW.  by  N.  >^  N.,  and  anchor  at 
the  mouth  of  the  harbor  in  from  5J^  to  7  fathoms  water.  North- 
east Harbor  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  NW.  500 
3'ards  from  the  Lighthouse ;  the  Red  Buoy  is  placed  about  80  feet 
W.NW.  from  its  Western  part.  There  is  another  Ledge  on  the 
Eastern  side  of  the  harbor  which  has  4  feet  water  upon  it.  This 
last  Ledge  bears  N.  by  W.  from  Bear  Island  Light ;  distance  750 
yards. 

Sigh  Water. 

For  time  of  High  Water  in  Northeast  Harbor,  see  directions  for 
Southwest  Harbor. 


Cranberry  Island,  or  Hadlock's  Harbor. 


This  Harbor,  which  has  from  2  to  4  fathoms  water  in  it,  lies 
between  Great  and  Little  Cranberry  Islands.  Its  entrance  is  abc-.t 
E-SE.  ^Yt.  miles  from  Southwest  Harbor,  and  1^2  miles  South 
from  Bear  Island  Lighthouse. 


>- 


.^-cy'^v' 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


229 


directions  for 


Sailing  Directions  for  Cranberry  Island  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  South- 
west Harbor,  by  way  of  the  Western  passage,  until  past  Cranberry 
Island  Bar  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cow  Ledge ;  then  haul  to  the 
Northeastward  around  the  Northwest  part  of  Great  Cranberry 
Island,  leaving  it  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
about  East.  As  you  pass  in,  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies 
off  the  Northern  part  of  Sperlin  Rock.  Leave  this  Buoy  a  short 
distance  upon  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  in  S.SE.  about  J^ 
mile,  and  anchor  abreast  Long  Point,  in  about  3  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide,  which  will  be  nearly  5^  fathoms  at  High  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  bound  into  this  Harbor,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  Southwest  Harbor,  by  way  of  Ship 
Channel  in  daytime,  until  the  Monument  upon  East  Bunker's  Ledge 
bears  E.NE. ;  then  steer  W.SW.  until  the  harbor  is  fairly 
open ;  then  run  in  about  midwaj',  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 
In  beating  in,  after  passing  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Sperlin  Rock, 
use  the  lead,  and  do  not  approach .  either  shore  at  Low  Tide  in 
less  than  3  fathoms  water.  It  is  not  advisable  for  vessels  of  more 
than  14  feet  draught  to  attempt  to  enter  this  harbor,  as  there  are 
several  shoal  spots  of  15  feet  in  it,  some  of  which  lie  nearly  mid- 
waj  the  entrance. 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  Cranberry  Island  Harbor  is  a  shallow 
Cove  called  The  Pool.  Only  2  feet  water  can  bo  taken  into  it  at 
Low  Tide,  and  vessels  that  enter  it  at  High  Water  must  lie  aground 
when  the  Tide  falls. 


High  Water, 

For  time  of  High  Water  in  Cranberry  Island  Harbor,  see  direc- 
tions for  South- West  Harbor. 


Somes,  or  Somesville,  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  situated  near  the  Head  of  Somes  Sound,  and  bears 
N.  ^2  E.  about  51^  miles  from  South-West  Harbor.  About  3 
fathoms  water  can  be  carried  at  Low  Tide  up  the  Sound  abreast  the 
village,  but  in  order  to  reach  it  vessels  must  wait  until  High  Water. 
In  sailing  through  this  Sound  from  Bear  Island  Lighthouse  there 
are  but  few  obstructions  to  Navigation,  but  it  is  advisable  for 


V 

230 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


strangers  to  take  a  pilot  either  at  North-East  or  South- West  Har- 
bors, as  the  sudden  gusts  and  heavy  flaws  of  wind  from  the  Moun- 
tain are  apt  to  capsize  or  carry  a  vessel  ashore. 


Bar  Harbor  (Mount  Desert). 

This  Harbor,  which  is  formed  by  the  Northeastern  shore  of 
Mount  Desert,  and  Harbor,  and  Porcupine  Islands,  is  on  the  West- 
ern side  of  Frenchman's  Bay,  about  9^  miles  Northeasterly  from 
Baker's  Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  4  miles  from  the  Red  Light 
upon  Egg  Rock. 

Remarkd, 

In  approaching  and  entering  this  Harbor  there  are  but  few  dan- 
gers to  be  avoided.  With  Westerly  and  Northerly  winds  there 
is  good  anchorage  off  the  Wharf  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water,  with 
good  holding-ground ;  but  the  harbor  is  exposed  to  gales  from 
E.NE.  to  S.  by  E.  bj'  way  of  East.  This  place  has  recently  be- 
come famous  as  a  watering-place,  but  it  is  said  to  be  rarely  used  by 
coasters  as  a  harbor  of  refuge. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bar  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  give  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  a  berth  of 
about  one  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand.  When  it  bears  W. 
NW-,  steer  about  N.NE.,  giving  the  Eastern  shore  of  Mount 
Desert  Island  a  good  berth.  As  you  sail  in  you  will  see  a  remark- 
able bare  perpendicular  Bluff,  a  part  of  which  at  a  distance  appears 
like  a  Schooner  with  her  three  lower  sails  set ;  this  is  called  Schooner 
Head.  When  abreast  this  Head  there  will  be  seen  to  the  North- 
ward, lying  near  the  shore,  a  small  Island  which  is  bold,  and 
farther  in  the  Porcupine  Islands.  The  first,  which  lies  about  J^ 
mile  from  the  Western  shore,  is  high,  and  has  a  peculiar  White 
spot  on  its  South  side ;  this  is  called  Round  Porcupine.  As  you 
approach  this  last-mentioned  Island,  j-ou  will  see  a  short  distance 
to  the  Westward  of  it  a  dry  Ledge  ;  pass  in  about  midway  between 
this  Ledge  ajid  the  Western  shore,  taking  care  not  to  approach  the 
latter  nearer  than  400  yards.    When  the  end  of  the  long  Wharf 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


231 


bears  "West,  run  for  it  until  the  water  shoals  to  5  fathoms  at  Low 
Tide ;  then  anchor. 

If  you  are  bound  to  Bar  Harbor,  and  wish  to  pass  to  the  North- 
ward, or  inside  of  the  Cranberry  Islands,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  entering  the  Southwest  Harbor  by  the  Western 
passage  until  past  Cranberry  Island  Bar  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4, 
off  Cow  Ledge.  When  abreast  the  latter,  steer  N.  by  E.  J^  E. 
until  Bear  Island  Light  hears  NE. ;  then  run  for  it,  passing  be- 
tween Greening's  and  Sutton's  Islands.  Continue  the  course  for 
the  Lighthouse  until  about  ^  mile  from  it;  then  steer  E.  j4  S., 
leaving  the  Red  Buoys  off  Long  Point  and  Bowden's  Ledges  well 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  Monument  on  East  Bunker's  Ledge,  and 
the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northeast  part  of  Lewis  Rock,  both  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  the  latter  lies  about  400  yards  to  the  Northward 
of  the  Monument.  After  passing  the  Monument  and  Buoy,  it  is 
only  necessary  to  give  Mount  Desert  Island  a  good  berth,  and  fol- 
low the  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Eastward,  give  the  Lighthouse  upon  Egg  Rock  a  berth 
of  about  a  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW. 
by  N.  until  you  make  the  Southern  Porcupine  Island  (before  de- 
scribed). Bring  this  Island  to  bear  NW.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving 
it  about  200  yafds  on  the  Port  hand,  and  haul  in  about  W.NW-, 
and  anchor  in  about  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  with  the  end  of 
the  long  Wharf  bearing  West. 

Bar  Harbor  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Egg  Rock  about 
NW.  J^  N. ;  distance  about  4  miles. 

In  beating  into  this  harbor  between  the  Porcupine  Islands  there 
are  no  dangers,  and  vessels  may  stand  to  the  Northwestward,  after 
they  have  passed  these  Islands,  until  the  end  of  the  Wharf  bears 
SW.  by  W. ;  it  is  then  necessary  to  tack  ship,  as  there  is  a  Shoal 
Bar  which  extends  from  the  largest  Island  to  the  Western  shore. 

Sigh  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Bar  Harbor  32  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
Common  Tides  rise  about  lOj^  feet.  ^      . 


JEgg  Bock  Lighthouse  {Frenchman's  Bay), 

Upon  this  Rock  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light. 
At  this  date  (1879)  a  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  it,  which  is  struck 


; 


m   !' 


r    ■ 


232 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


by  hand  in  thick  weather.  This  Lighthouse  is  nearly  in  the  middle 
of  the  Bay,  and  is  not  onlj'  a  guide  to  Frenchman's  Bay,  but  also  to 
Winter  Harbor.  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Egg  Rock 
Lighthouse  SW.  by  S.  ^  S. ;  distance  about  7}4  miles. 


Winter  (or  Mosquito)  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  about  NE.,  distance  9J{ 
miles  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse ;  and  SE.  by  E.  %  E.,  2}( 
miles  from  Egg  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Mark  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  South  point  of  Mark  Island,  West  side  of  entrance  to 
this  harbbr,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Winter  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,*  after  passing  Baker's  Island,  bring  the 
Lighthouse  to  bear  SW.  by  S.  %  S.,  and  steer  NE.  byN.  }i  N. 
for  Egg  Rock  Lighthouse ;  distance  7j4  miles.  As  soon  as  this 
Lighthouse  is  made,  keep  it  on  the  Port  bow,  and  leave  it  about  J^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  it  bears  North,  steer  E.  by  S., 
leaving  the  Southern  part  of  Turtle  Island,  which  is  bold,  about  )l 
mile  on  the  Port.  After  passing  this  point.  Winter  Harbor  Sound 
will  open,  and  j'ou  will  see  Mark  Island  Lighthouse,  which  in  enter- 
ing the  Sound  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  E.  by 
S.  until  this  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E. ;  then  run  in  about  mid- 
way between  it  and  the  Eastern  shore.  When  abreast  the  Light' 
house,  steer  N.  by  E.  J^  E.  As  j-ou  sail  in  you  will  see,  J^  mile 
to  the  Northward  of  it,  a  Black  Spindle  with  Cage  on  top,  which  is  on 
Grindstone  Ledge ;  pass  about  midway  between  this  Spindle  and 
the  Eastern  shore,  and  continue  the  course  N.  by  E.  J^  E.  about 
^^  mile,  when  3-ou  will  see  Winter  Harbor  Point,  which  is  left  on 
the  Port  hand.  On  the  Starboard  will  be  seen  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Northwest  part  of  Abijah's  Ledge ;  leave  this  Buoy  about 
100  yards  on  the  Starboard,  and  when  it  bears  SE.  Y^  S.,  boul  up 


It 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


233 


NW.  Yi  N.  into  the  harbor,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  South 
pai't  of  Guptill's  Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  about  100 
yards  past  tliis  last-named  Buoy,  anchor  in  about  2^^  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide.     Farther  up  the  water  is  shoal. 

Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes,  off  the  Southern  part  of  Southeast  Rock, 
N.  by  W. ;  distance  about  4  miles.  Vessels  therefore,  coming 
ftom  the  Eastward,  ma}'^  leave  this  Buoy  about  ^  mile  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  X  N.  9  miles,  when  Winter 
Harbor  Sound  will  open ;  on  this  course  Schoodiac  Island  and 
Point  will  be  left  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  the  Light- 
house on  Mark  Island  bears  N.  V2  E.,  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving 
given. 


it   on  the  Port  hand,   and  follow  the  directions  before 


Beating  into  Winter  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor  the  shores  are  bold,  and  may  be 
approached  within  200  yards  without  danger.  The  principal  ob- 
structions are  Grindstone,  Abijah's,  and  Guptill's  Ledges.  The 
first-named  (Grindstone  Ledge) ,  which  lies  upon  the  Western  side 
of  the  Channel,  is  marked  with  a  Black  Spindle  which  bears  from 
Mark  Island  Lighthouse  N.  by  El.  J^  E.,  distance  Yz  mile;  the 
second  (Abijah's  Ledge),  which  lies  on  the  East  side  of  the  Chan- 
nel, at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  is  marked  on  its  Northwestern 
side  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  which  bears  from  Mark  Island  Light- 
house NE.  by  N.  Y^  N.,  distance  XYz  miles ;  and  lastly,  Guptill's 
Ledge,  which  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  harbor,  and  is  marked 
off  its  South  part  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  which  bears  NW.  by  N. 
3^  mile  from  the  Red  Buoy  off  Abijah's  Ledge.  In  beating  in  at 
night  or  day,  bring  the  Light  to  bear  from  N.NE.  to  N.  At 
night,  after  passinsr  it,  in  order  to  avoid  Grindstone  Lec'^e,  keep 
the  Eastern  shore  t  aboard  until  you  judge  you  are  past  it ;  then 
keep  the  Western  .  le  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  Sand  Cove  in 
from  5  to  8  fathoms  water.  This  Cove  is  on  the  Western  side  of 
Winter  Harbor  Sound,  about  Ij^  miles  above  the  Light. 


234: 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sand  Cove  Harbor. 


,1         Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  Winter  Harbor  at  night, 

but  maj'  by  the  following  directions  run  safely  into  this  Cove.     This 

,    fine  harbor,  which  lies  on  the  "Western  side  of  Winter  Harbor  Sound, 

'  is  a  large  commodious  Cove,  easy  of  access  to  the  heaviest-draught 
vessels.  The  holding-ground  is  good,  the  depth  of  water  about  5j^ 
fathoms,  and  there  are  no  dangers  in  it.  After  passing  the  Light, 
the  onlj'  danger  to  be  avoided  is  Grindstone  Ledge,  which  lies  ^ 
mile  from  the  Southeast  point  of  Grindstone  Island,  and  is  marked 
■with  a  Black  Spindle  with  a  large  Cage  on  top.  This  Spindle  bears 
N.  by  E.  J^  E.  from  the  Lighthouse ;  distance  J^  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sand  Cove  Harbor,  in  Night- 
time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  bring  Winter  Harbor 
Light  to  bear  from  N.NE.  to  N.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it.  As  j'ou 
approach  the  Light,  haul  gradually  to  the  Eastward,  leaving  it  about 
300  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  abreast  it,  steer  N-  by  E.  Yz 
V  E.,  and  if  the  night  is  very  dark,  use  the  Lead,  and  do  not  go  into 
less  than  10  fathoms  water  until  past  the  Spindle  on  Grindstone 
Ledge.  When  you  judge  you  are  about  a  mile  past  the  Light, 
haul  up  N.  by  W.,  run  J^  mile,  and  anchor  in  the  Cove  in  from 
6^  to  7  fathoms  water.  After  passing  Grindstone  Ledge  there 
are  no  obstructions,  and  the  shores  may  be  approached  within  100 
yards  without  danger. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Winter  Harbor  37  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  10^  feet. 


Mosquito  Harbor. 


This  small  shallow  Cove,  which  is  only  fit  for  small  vessels  to 
enter,  lies  on  the  Eastern  shore  of  Winter  Harbor  Sound.  Its  en- 
trance bears  NE.  Yz  N.  from  Winter  Harbor  Lighthouse ;  distance 
about  1  mile.       .       . 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


235 


Sailing  Directions  for  Mosquito  Harbor  in 

Dasrtime. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Winter  Harbor  iu  daytime  until  abreast  the  Light- 
house ;  then  steer  NE.  by  N.  >^  N.  a  little  more  than  a  mile,  when 
the  Harbor  will  be  fairly  open,  bearing  S'SE. ;  then  run  in  about 
midway,  and  anchor  when  the  water  shoals  to  2  fathoms  at  Low 
Tide,  which  will  be  about  3^  fathoms  at  High  Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Mosquito  Harbor  about  the  same  time  it  is  at 
Winter  Harbor. 


Prospect  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  East  Northerly  about  12  miles 
from  Baiter's  Island  Lighthouse,  and  West  Northerly  about  5  miles 
from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse. 


8  before  it  is  at 


Prospect  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Prospect  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  Flashing  Red  and  White  Light.  This 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.  5^ 
Em  distance  13  miles;  from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  NW.  by 
W.  H  W.,  distance  5  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Prospect  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Baker's  Island,  bring  the 
Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  by  S.,  on"  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E. 
by  N.  9  miles,  when  you  will  be  abreast  Schoodic  Island.  Continue 
the  course  E.  by  N.  until  the  Lighthouse  at  Prospect  Harbor  bears 
N.  by  E. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
off  the  Eastern  part  of  Harbor  Ledge  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red 
liuoy  off  the  Western  part  of  Prospect  Harbor  Ledge  on  the  Star- 
board baud.    Continue  the  course  for  the  Lighthouse  until  about 


236 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


400  yards  from  it;  then  steer  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  leaving  the 
Black  Spindle,  with  wheel  and  pendant  on  top,  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  the  Lighthouse  bears  E.  Y^  N.,  anchor  in  the  Inner  Harbor 
in  from  3  to  5  fathoms  water.    Above  this,  the  water  is  shoal. 

Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Buoy  off  Southeast  Rock 
yV:  jy  ■  yy  t/f'  H.  ,1JV  W. ;  distance  4  miles.  Vessels  from  the  Eastward  may 
leave  this  Buoy  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  steer  W.  by 
N.  J^  N.  until  Prospect  Harbor  Lighthouse  (which  is  on  the  keep- 
er's dwelling)  bears  N.  by  E. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

There  is  a  Ledge  which  makes  off  to  the  Southwestward  about 
250  yards  from  the  Lighthouse  Point,  and  at  this  date  (1879)  is 
not  Buo3'ed.  Vessels  in  running  in  N.  by  E.  for  the  Lighthouse 
should  not,  therefore,  approach  it  nearer  than  400  yards. 

High,  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  in  Prospect  Harbor  32  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston,    Common  tides  rise  about  10^  feet. 


Petit  Menan  Lighthouse.  ' 

Upon  the  Southern  part  of  a  small  Rocky  Islet  called  Petit 
Menan  a  lofty  Tower  has  been  erected,  which  shows  a  Fixed  Light 
varied  by  Flashes. 

Fog  Signal, 

Near  this  Lighthouse  is  a  Steam  Whistle,  which  at  this  date 
(1879)  gives  two  blasts  of  5  seconds  each  per  minute,  with  inter- 
vals between  the  blasts  of  8  seconds  and  42  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  of  Lighthouses  &om  Petit  Menan 

Lighthouse. 

Mt.  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  .  . 
Baker's  Island  Lighthouse,  .  . 
Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  .  .  . 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses, 
Bryer's  Island  Lighthouse,  en- 
trance to  St.  Mary's  Bay,     .     . 


Distance. 

SW.  54^  s.,  .    . 

27     miles. 

W.  by  S.  H  S., 

16>^     " 

NE.  by  E.,  .    . 

7^     " 

E.  j^  S.,      •    • 

34        " 

E.SE. 


64 


(( 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


237 


es  before  it  is  at 


Petit  Menan  Island  is  surrounded  by  dangerous  Ledges,  Rocks, 
and  Shoals,  some  of  which  are  more  than  4  miles  from  it.  On  its 
North  side  lie  the  two  shoals  known  as  Inner  and  Outer  Bars.  On 
its  East,  West,  South,  and  Southeastern  are  several  dangerous 
Rocks,  most  of  which  are  at  this  time  Buoyed. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  of  Dangers. 

•     Moiilton'8  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends  in  a  NE.  and 
SW.  direction  about  100  yards,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southwest 
part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes. 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  S.  about  2  miles. 

Petit  Menan  Meef, 

This  Reef  extends  off  from  the  Southern  part  of  Petit  Menan 
Island,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy, 
No.  4.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  ^  E. 
about  ^  mile. 

Simm'a  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  has  but  6  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  N.  %  W.  about  2  miles.  The  channel  between 
Simm's  Rock  and  the  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan  Reef  is  a  little  more 
than  a  mile  wide,  and  has  not  less  than  5  fathoms  water  in  it. 


ELDHIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT,  No.  1 


Petit  Menan 


Southeast  Roeh. 

llV'tit  ]\[('uau   Ligfhthouso  bears   from    the   Buoy   off   Southeast    . 
iock  N.W.  by  N.  '4  N. 

'mis  Ledge,  which  extends  off  about  S.  b}*  E.  over  a  mile  from 
the  Island  called  Jordan's  Delight,  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  part 
with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  2.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears,  from  this 
BuoySW.  %  S.,  distance  3  miles;  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  E. 
hy  N.  yi  N.,  distance  5  miles.    Vessels  running  from  Petit  Menan 


236 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


400  yards  from  it;  then  steer  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  leaving  the 
Black  Spindle,  with  wheel  and  pendant  on  top,  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  the  Lighthouse  bears  E.  j4  N.,  anchor  in  the  Inner  Harbor 
in  from  3  to  5  fathoms  water.    Above  this,  the  water  is  shoal. 

Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Buoy  off  Southeast  Rock 
,yV".  7T'  «^  ^-  "&,  1.HI  W. ;  distance  4  miles.  Vessels  from  the  Eastward  may 
leave  this  Buoy  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  steer  W.  by 
N.  >^  N.  until  Prospect  Harbor  Lighthouse  (which  is  on  the  keep- 
er's dwelling)  bears  N.  by  E. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

There  is  a  Ledge  which  makes  off  to  the  Southwestward  about 
250  yards  from  the  Lighthouse  Point,  and  at  this  date  (1879)  is 
not  Buoj'ed.  Vessels  in  running  in  N.  by  E.  for  the  Lighthouse 
should  not,  therefore,  approach  it  nearer  than  400  yards. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  in  Prospect  Harbor  32  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  10^  feet. 


Petit  Menan  Lighthouse.  ' 

Upon  the  Southern  part  of  a  small  Rocky  Islet  called  Petit 
Menan  a  lofty  Tower  has  been  erected,  which  shows  a  Fixed  Light 
varied  by  Flashes. 


Baker's  Island  Lighthouse,      .     .  W.  by  S.  X  S.,     16>^ 
Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  .     .     .  NE.  by  E.,  .     . 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,  E.  ^  S.»       •     •    34 
Bryer's    Island    Lighthouse,    en- 
trance to  St.  Mary's  Bay,    .    .  E-SE.,     ...    64 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


237 


js  before  it  is  at 


Petit  Menan  Island  is  surrounded  by  dangerous  Ledges,  Rocks, 
and  Shoals,  some  of  which  are  more  than  4  miles  from  it.  On  its 
North  side  lie  the  two  shoals  known  as  Inner  and  Outer  Bars.  On 
its  East,  West,  South,  and  Southeastern  are  several  dangerous 
Rocks,  most  of  which  are  at  this  time  Buoyed. 

Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangers. 

Moulton*8  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends  in  a  NE.  and 
SW.  direction  about  100  yards,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southwest 
part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.  • 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  S.  about  2  miles. 

JPetit  3Ienan  Meef, 

This  Reef  extends  off  from  the  Southern  part  of  Petit  Menan 
Island,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy, 
No.  4.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  %  E. 
about  ^  mile. 

Simm^a  Mock, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  has  but  6  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  N.  >4  W.  about  2  miles.  The  channel  between 
Simm's  Rock  and  the  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan  Reef  is  a  little  more 
than  a  mile  wide,  and  has  not  less  than  5  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Southeast  Rock. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  but  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides, 
is  the  outermost  danger  to  the  Southward  of  Petit  Menan ;  it  is 
marked  off  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  NrJtij-W. ;  distance  about  4  miles. 

Jordan's  Delight  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  extends  off  about  S.  by  E.  over  a  mile  from 
the  Island  called  Jordan's  Delight,  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  part 
with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  2.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears,  from  this 
Buoy  SW.  ^  S.,  distance  3  miles;  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  E. 
by  N.  yi  N.,  distance  5  miles.    Vessels  running  from  Petit  Menan 


V 

238 


ELDRIDGES  CT^AST  PILOT. 


to  Nash's  Island  should  not  go  to  tho  Northwanl  of  this  Buoy,  ns 
there  arc  nmu}'  dnnj^orous  Rocks  lying  between  it  and  tho  Island 
called  Jordan's  Delight. 

Jack8on*8  Ledge, 

This  dnngorous  Ledge,  wliich  .it  this  date  (1879)  is  not  Ruoycd, 
has  but  i)  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides.  Petit  Meiiaii 
Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W.  ^  S. ;  distance  about  4  miles. 

f 

Petit  Menan  Channel. 

In  Daytime,  vessels  ft-om  the  Westward,  especially  with  strong 
Northerly  winds,  may  bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  hear 
NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  tins  course.  As  tliey  approach  tills 
Lighthouse  it  is  necessary  to  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  hwga 
Reil  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan  Reef.  The  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  Buoy.N.  %  E.  ;  distance  about  J/,  mile.  Leave  this  lltioy 
about  l^l  mile  on  the  Port,  and  in  order  to  clear  Jackson's  Ledge, 
make  good  the  course  E.SE.  From  the  Eastward,  as  soou  as  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  is  made,  in  order  to  clear  Jackson's  Ledge, 
bring  it  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving 
the  Red  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan  Reef  on  tho  Starboard  hand.  After 
passing  this,  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W.  The  channel 
between  Petit  Menan  Reef  and  Simm's  Rock  is  about  \\l  lAiles 
in  width,  and  has  a  depth  of  not  less  than  b  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide.  Strangi^rs  should  not  attempt  this  channel  at  Night,  and  in 
passing  Petit  Menan  Light  at  that  time  should  keep  at  least  6  miles 
to  the  Southward  of  it. 


Gouldsborough  Bay  and  Harbor. 

A  little  more  than  2  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Prospect  Point 
Lighthouse,  and  NW.  Yz  N.  about  4  miles  from  Petit  Menan 
Lighthouse,  is  the  entrance  to  Gouldsborough  Bay.  This  Bay, 
•which  makes  in  nearly  North  and  South,  has  an  average  width  of 
about  1  ^  miles  to  the  Narrows,  which  is  5  miles  above  its  mouth ; 
between  the  Narrows  and  Steuben  the  water  is  shoal.  At  the 
entrance  of  this  Bay  there  are  several  small  Islands  ;  the  channel, 
which  is  about  ^^  mile  wide,  leads  in  to  the  Westward  of  the  Eastern- 


Bi 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


239 


I  of  this  Buoy,  ns 
it  and  tho  Ulund 


I)  18  not  Buoyed, 
08.  Tctit  Mciinu 
}ut  4  uiilcs. 


cially  with  strong 
•jjhthouso  to  bear 
tlicy  appronch  this 
kout  for  tho  hirge 
;hou80  boara  from 

Leave  this  Uuoy 

Jackson's  Ledge, 
•d,  ns  soon  as  Petit 

Jackson's  Ledge, 
lis  course,  leaving 
)oard  hand.  After 
W.  Tlic  channel 
about  1^  rftik'3 
oms  water  at  Low 
at  Night,  and  in 

ep  at  least  C  miles 


larbor. 


most  Island.  'Hiis  Island  lies  just  to  tho  Westward  of  Dyer's 
Point,  and  is  bare  except  in  tho  middle,  vvhoro  tliere  is,  at  this 
time,  a  snuill  grovo  of  bushes.  Tho  next  Island  to  tlio  Westward 
of  this  lust  uaricJ  has  no  troos  upon  it,  and  is  covered  with  moss 
and  grass. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Oouldsborough  Bay  and 
Harbor  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  tho  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point  and  Island, 
bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it 
on  tills  course  until  you  make  tlio  Buoy  painted  in  Ued  and  Black 
Ilori/.oiital  stripes,  off  tho  Southwest  part  of  Moulton's  Ledge. 
Potlt  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  S. ;  distance 
about  2  miles.  Leave  tho  Buoy  about  %  milo  on  the  Starboard 
liand,  and  steer  N.  by  E.  until  tho  passage  between  the  two  East- 
ern Isliuids  at  the  entrance  of  Gouldsliorough  Bay  is  fairly  open, 
l)o;uing  N.  j/j  W. ;  then  run  in  midway  between  them.  When 
past  these  Islands,  steor  N.NW.  about  ^  milo,  when  you  will  be 
abreast  of  Ward's  Covo,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Ba}-. 
From  tliis  Covo  steor  about  N.  J^  E-  4  miles,  and  anchor  between 
Garden  aiul  Roger's  Points,  at  tlic  mouth  of  the  Narrows,  in  from 
3  tc»4  fiithoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  with  good  holding-ground.  If 
you  wish  to  go  above  the  Narrows,  a  pilot  will  bo  necessary. 
From  the  Eastward,  bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear 
W.NW.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving  Jackson's  Ledge  well  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  As  j-ou  approach  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  keep 
a  sharp  lookout  for  the  largo  Rod  Bony  off  Petit  Menan  Reef. 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  KB.;  distance 
a  little  more  than  }4  milo.  .  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  about 
X  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.NW.  until  the  last- 
named  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  E.  ^4  E.  about  1  mile ;  then  run 
N.NW.  until  you  make  tho  passage  between  the  two  Eastern 
Islands  at  the  mouth  of  Oouldsborough  Bay.  When  this  passage 
is  fairly  open,  bearing  N.  J4  W.,  then  run  in,  and  proceed  as 
before  directed. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Oouldsborough  Bay  about  the  same  time 
that  it  is  at  Prospect  Harbor. 


240 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


Dyer's  Bay. 

The  next  opening,  which  is  about  1  mile  to  the  Eastward  of 
Gouldsborough  Bay,  is  the  entrance  to  D3-er's  Bay.  Petit  Meiian 
Point,  which  lies  on  the  East  side  of  this  entrance,  is  low,  and  there 
extends  off  from  it  at  Low  Tide  a  long  Ledge.  This  last-named 
Point  bears  from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  NW.  by  N.  ^  N. ; 
distance  about  2]/2  miles.  On  the  West  side  of  entrance  is  Dyer's 
Point,  which  bears  from  Petit  Menan  Point  NW.  1%  miles.  Sev- 
eral Rocks  and  Ledges  lie  off  to  the  Southward  of  this  last-named 
point,  rendering  it  dangerous  of  approach.  From  Petit  Menan 
Point  to  the  Head  of  the  Bay  the  distance  is  about  6  miles.  In 
entering  this  Bay  there  is  a  good  channel  which  leads  in  close  to 
the  Dyer's  Bay  Ledges,  which  are  on  the  West  side ;  and  there  is 
also,  about  3)^  miles  above  this  entrance,  excellent  anchorage  in 
from  4  to  5  fathoms  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Dyer's  Bay  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point  and  Island, 
bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  NB.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course  until  you  make  the  Buoy  with  Red  and  Black  Horizon- 
tal stripes  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Moulton's  Ledge.  Petit  M«nan 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  S- ;  distance  about  2  miles. 
Leave  the  Buo}'  about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about 
NE.  When  the  entrance  to  Dyer's  Bay  is  fairly  open,  run  in, 
leaving  the  Ledges  off  D3'er'3  Point  (which  is  on  the  Western  side 
of  entrance)  close  to  on  the  Port  hand ;  and  in  order  to  avoid  " 
Ledge  which  extends  off  about  %  mile  from  a  Sand  Bluff  on  the 
Eastern  shore,  steer  about  N.  J4  E.  ^  mile  for  Stanley's  Point, 
which  is  a  White  Rocky  Head  on  the  Western  shore.  When  abreast 
this  last-named  point,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  Bay,  course  about 
N-  by  E.  yi  E.  As  you  sail  in,  5'ou  will  see  ahead  the  two  Sheep 
Islands ;  run  for  the  Western  point  of  the  Westernmost  Island, 
which  is  Yellow.  After  passing  these  last-named  Islands,  which 
are  left  on  the  Starboard  hand,  anchor  anywhere  to  the  Northward 
of  them  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  Small  vessels  may 
run  further  up,  and  anchor  in  Dyer's  Cove. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  order  to  clear  Jackson's  Ledge,  bring 
Petit  Menan  Light  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


241 


the  Eastward  of 
ly.    Petit  Menan 

is  low,  and  there 

This  last-named 
^  byN.  ^^  N.i 
ntrance  is  Dyer's 

1^  miles.  Sev- 
)f  this  last-named 
pom  Petit  Menan 
)out  6  miles.    In 

leads  in  close  to 
ide ;  and  there  is 
lent  anchorage  in 


in  Daytime, 
yv^eather. 

Point  and  Island, 

3.,  and  run  for  it 

id  Black  Horizon- 

ge.     Petit  Mftnan 

ice  about  2  miles. 

I,  and  steer  about 

rly  open,  run  in, 

the  AVestem  side 

order  to  avoid  " 

and  Bluff  on  the 

Stanley's  Point, 

.    "When  abreast 

|ay,  course  about 

id  the  two  Sheep 

;ernmost  Island, 

Islands,  which 

10  the  Northward 

lall  vessels  may 


keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large  Red  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan 
Reef.  The  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  ^  E. ;  distance  J^ 
mile.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  haul 
gradually  to  the  Northwestward,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  about  J^ 
mile  to  the  Eastward,  and  steer  about  N.NW.  for  Dyer's  Point, 
which  is  the  Western  entrance  to  the  Bay.  Leave  the  Ledges  off 
this  point  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  be- 
fore given.  In  running  this  last  course,  N.NW.,  for  Dyer's  Point, 
you  will  leave  the  Rock  called  the  Old  Bull  about  300  j'ards  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  This  Rock  lies  about  2  miles  to  the  Northwest- 
ward of  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  and  breaks 
with  a  little  motion  of  the  sea.  "  /■ 

• 

JPond  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southeastern  part  of  Pond  Island  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  and  is  intended  to  guide  vessels 
into  Narraguagus  and  Pigeon  Hill  Bays.  The  Lantern  is  upon 
the  Keeper's  dwelling.  Pond  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  NE.  b}- N.  %  N.,  distance  b]^  miles;  from 
Nash's  Island  Lighthouse  W.  ^  N.,  distance  about  4  miles. 

,       Fog  Signal, 

A  Bell,  struck  by  hand,  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 


I's  Ledge,  bring 
It  on  this  course, 


Pigeon-Hill  Bay,  or  Bowbear  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  bears  about  N.  %  E.  from  Petit  Menan 
Lighthouse ;  distance  about  3  miles.  This  is  a  good  harbor  of 
refuge  for  small  vessels,  and  large  vessels  in  case  of  necessity  may 
safely  enter  it  b}'  carefully  observing  the  following  directions. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Pigeon-Hill  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point,  bring  Petit 

Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 

course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large  Red  Buoy  off  Petit 

Menan  Reef.     Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  }i 

16 


e 


/^ 


(/ 


242 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


E. ;  distance  J^  mile.  When  the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NE.  about  1  mile ;  then  haul  in  N.  by  W. 
J^  W.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Egg  Rock,  and  also  the  Rock 
called  the  Whale.  Egg  Rock  is  simply  a  small  bare  rocky  Islet 
about  10  feet  high ;  the  Whale,  which  is  bare  at  Yi  Ebb,  lies  S. 
SW.  Yi  mile  from  Egg  Rock,  Leave  both  these  Rocks  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  continue  the  course  about  N.  by  W.  Yz  W. 
until  you  are  about  Yi  mile  from  Wood's  Pond  Point,  which  is  on 
the  Western  shore  ;  then,  with  the  entrance  of  the  Bay  fairly  open, 
run  up  NNE.  about  2  miles  to  Chitman's  Point.  Give  this  last- 
named  Point,  which  is  on  the  West  side,  a  good  berth,  to  avoid 
the  Lobster  Rocks,  which  extend  off  more  than  half-way  across  the 
passage,  and  are  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  these  Rocks, 
anchor  to  the  Northward  of  thera,  opposite  the  next  point,  in  from 
3  to  3J^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  good  holding-ground.      • 

Beating  into  Pigeon  Bay. 

In  beating  into  this  Bay,  after  passing  the  Egg  Rock  and  the 
Whale  Rock  (before  described),  the  first  danger  to  be  avoided  is  a 
Rock  (bare  at  Low  Tide)  lying  off  about  100  yards  from  V/ood's 
Pond  Point,  which  is  on  the  Western  side.  One-half  mile  above  this 
point,  about  %  mile  from  shore,  is  another  Rock,  bare  at  very  Low 
Tides.  Above  this  last-mentioned  Rock,  on  the  Eastern  side,  is 
Bowbear  Ledge  which  extends  off  about  300  yards  from  the  Eastern 
shore,  and  is  bare  at  Half  Tide.  From  this  last  Ledge  the  passage 
is  clear  to  the  Lobster  Rocks. 

From  the  Eastward,  bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  W. 
NW.,  leaving  Jackson's  Ledge  well  to  the  Northward.  Continue 
this  course  for  the  Lighthouse  until  about  y^  mile  from  it ;  then 
steer  N.  by  W.  Y^  W.  until  you  make  Egg  Rock  and  the  Whale 
Rock  (before  described)  ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Douglass  Harbor. 

This  convenient  Harbor,  which  lies  between  Pond  Island  on  the 
East  and  the  Douglass  Islands  on  the  West,  bears  about  N.NE-  5 
miles  from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse.    There  is  good  anchorage  in  it 


•  ELDRIDGE'3  COAST  PILOT.  243 

in  about  8  fathoms  water,  with  good  holding-ground.    It  is  easy  of 
access,  and  is  said  to  be  free  from  ice  in  the  winter. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Douglass  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point  and  Island, 
bring  Petit  Menan  Lightliouse  to  bear  about  NE.  by  E.,  and  run 
for  it.  As  you  approach  it,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large 
Eed  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan  Reef.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  N.  54  E. ;  distance  J^  mile.  Leave  this  Buoy  a 
short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  Pond  Island  Lighthouse 
boars  N.  by  E.  ME.,  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  you  approach 
this  last-named  Lighthouse,  you  will  see  on  the  Poit  bow  a  large 
Island  showing  a  bare  White  Rocky  surface  without  grass  or  trees 
upon  it ;  this  is  Bowbear  Island.  To  the  Eastward  of  this  will  be 
seen  the  Douglass  Islands,  which  are  well  wooded.  The  two  South- 
ernmost of  the  group  present  a  peculiar  appearance,  which  has 
given  them  the  name  of  the  Horse  Heads  ;  the  Channel  is  between 
these  last-named  and  Bowbear  Island.  When  this  passage  is  fairly 
open,  run  about  N.  Y^  W.,  passing  midway  between  them,  leaving 
Bowbear  Island  on  the  Port,  and  the  Douglass  Islands  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  Continue  the  course  N.  J^  W.  until  about  J^  mile  to 
the  Northward  of  the  Western  Douglass  Island  ;  then  steer  E.  J4 
N.  toward  Pond  Island,  passing  about  200  yards  to  the  Northward 
of  the  East  Douglass  Island ;  haul  round  this  last-named  Island, 
and  run  to  the  Southward,  and  anchor  between  it  and  Pond  Island 
in  about  8  fathoms  water,  good  holding-ground. 

In  beating  in  or  out  of  this  harbor,  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid 
a  Ledge  lying  off  about  \{  mile  from  the  North  end  of  the  Western 
Douglass  Island,  and  also  another  Ledge  on  the  Western  side  of  the 
passage  about  250  yards  from  shore.  ^ 


Narraguagus  Bay  and  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  is  about  6  miles  NE.  by  N.  from  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse,  and  about  3  miles  W.  by  N.  from  Nash's  Is- 
land Light.  It  is  over  2  miles  wide,  and  its  general  course  is  about 
North  over  4  miles  to  the  entrance  of  Narraguagus  River.    About 


i 


^r      ,. 


244 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


4^  miles  from  Pond  Island  Lighthouse,  upon  thf  Western  bank  of 
this  River,  is  the  village  of  Millbridge.  About  "  feet  water  can  be 
carried  up  to  this  place  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Narraguagus  Bay  and  River 
in  Dasrtime,  with  fair  weather  and  favorable 
winds. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point,  bring  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large  Red  Buoy  off  Petit 
Menan  Reef.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  % 
E. ;  distance  J^  mile.  When  the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  graduall}'  haul  to  the  Northward  until  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  bears  SW.  ^  W. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it, 
and  steer  NB.  ^  E.  for  Nash's  Island  Light,  keeping  a  sharp 
lookout  fbr  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  the  Southern  part  of  Jor- 
dan's Delight  Ledge.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  SW^-  ^  S.  about  3  miles.  When  this  last-named  Buoy  is 
made,  leave  it  well  on  the  Port  hand,  and  continue  the  course  NE. 
3^  E.  past  Jordan's  Delight  Island,  until  Pond  Island  Lighthouse 
opens  to  the  Eastward  of  it ;  then  steer  in  about  N.  by  "W.,  leav- 
ing Pond  Island  about  }4  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  abreast 
this  last-named  Island,  or  its  Southeast  part  bears  West,  haul  up 
NW.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  North  part  of  Pond 
Island  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Star- 
board an  Island  having  some  peculiar  White  Rocks  in  its  middle ; 
this  is  Trafton's  Island.  Haul  gradually  rouud  the  West  end  of 
this  Island,  leaving  it  about  }{  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
steer  N.  by  E.  }i  E.  On  this  course  you  will  see  a  Red  Spindle 
^ith  Wheel  on  top ;  this  is  on  Trafton's  Island  Ledge,  and  is  loft 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  this  last-named  Spindle, 
steer  more  AVesterh'*  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  on  the  Lower 
Middle  Ground,  on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off 
lower  end  of  Upper  Middle,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  If  bound  up 
to  Millbridge,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor  off  the  lower  Steamboat 
Wharf,  and  take  a  pilot.  Vessels  of  more  than  12  feet  <lrauglit 
should,  at  Low  Tide,  anchor  between  Trafton's  Island  and  the  Red 
Spindle  on  Trafton's  Island  Ledge. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse  about  J4 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


245 


mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  for  Pond  Island  Lighthouse, 
bearing  about  W.  by  N.  When  about  >^  mile  from  it,  and  the 
town  opens  to  the  Westward  of  Trafton's  Island,  steer  NW.  by 
N.,  and  follow  the  directions  before  jiven.  i  •  , 

Nash's  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  a  bare  rocky  Islet  called  Nash's  Island  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  This  Lighthouse  bears  from  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.,  distance  about  8  miles,  and  is  in- 
tended to  guide  vessels  into  i'leasant  Bay,  Cape  Split  Harbor,  and 
Moose-A-Bec  Reach. 

Harrington  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  bears  about  N.NW.  from  Nash's 
Island  Lighthouse ;  distance  4  miles.  The  general  course  of  this 
River  from  its  entrance  is  N.NE.  for  5  miles  ;  then  N.NW.  1% 
miles  to  the  village  of  Harrington.  About  6  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide  can  be  carried  up  to  Nash's  Point,  which  is  about  5  miles 
from  the  entrance.  Above  this,  there  is  no  channel  at  Low  Tide. 
On  account  of  the  numerous  shoals  and  ledges  in  thia  River  (none 
of  which  are  Buoyed  at  this  time),  it  is  advisable  for  strangers 
bound  to  this  place  to  take  a  pilot. 

1 

Pleasant  Bay  and  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  is  about  3  miles  North  from  Nash's 
Island  Lighthouse.  Its  general  course  and  distance  from  its  mouth 
to  the  entrance  of  Pleasant  River  is  about  N.NE.  3J^  miles ; 
from  the  mouth  of  Pleasant  River  to  Addison  the  course  is  about 
N.NE.  3^  miles.  There  are  many  dangerous  Rocks  and  Ledges 
in  this  Bay  and  River,  which  at  this  date  (1880)  are  not  Buoyed. 
Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  atte;upt  to  enter  them  without  » 


thouse  about  j4 


Cape  Split  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  convenient  harbor  of  reftjge,  which  is  easy 
of  access,  bears  about  NE.  by  N.  from  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse ; 
distance  2  mil^s.    This  Harbor  is  a  wide  cove  alx)ul  1 1^  miles  in 


A 


I  k 


246 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


length,  and  more  than  ^2  mile  in  breadth  ;  3  fathoms  water  can  be 


found  at  the  anchorage,   with  excellent  holding-ground, 
exposed  to  Southerly  or  Southwest  winds. 


It  is 


Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Split  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point,  bring  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  NB.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  lliis 
course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large  Red  Buo}'  off  Petit 
Menan  Reef.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N. 
%"£!.%  mile.  When  the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Northward  until  Petit  Menan 
Lighthouse  bears  SW.  ^  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer 
NE.  ^  E.  for  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  otf  the  Southern  part  of  Jordan's 
Delight  .Ledge.*  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
SW.  ^  S.  about  3  miles.  When  this  last  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it 
well  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  for  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse, 
keeping  it  a  little  on  the  Port  bow.  As  you  approach  it,  30U  will 
see  Cone  Island,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Light- 
bouse  ;  and  also  Flat  Island,  which  bears  from  Nash's  Island  Light- 
house E.SE.,  distance  1^  miles.  Pass  in  midwaj'  between  these 
two  last-named  Islands,  and  steer  N.  ^  E.,  leaving  a  i-emarkable- 
looking  Islet,  called  Ladle  Island,  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  past  this  last-named  Island,  the  Harbor  will  be  open  ;  then 
run  in,  keeping  the  Western  shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor  where 
you  please,  in  about  3  fixthoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  With  strong 
Southerly  or  Southwest  winds,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor  in  Tabbott's 
Cove,  which  is  on  the  East  side  of  this  harbor,  about  ^  mile  above 
its  entrance.  Here  you  may  moor  NW.  and  SE.  and  lie  safe  from 
all  winds.  'v.  .,    ,  '        •'        '  ,     '  ' 

Channel  to  the  Northward  of  Nashua  Island 

Lighthouse, 

After  passing  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  the  Southwest  part  of 
Jordan's  Delight  Ledge,  steer  NE.  J4  E.  As  you  approach  Nasli's 
Island  Light,  you  will  see,  about  1  mile  to  the  Northward  of  it,  a 

♦  There  is  said  to  be  a  Ledge,  with  18  feet  water  upon  it,  lying  about  NE. 
>i  E    2^  miles  from  Petit  Menan  Light. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


247 


US  water  can  be 
-ground.      It  is 


bor  in  Day- 
:  weather. 

oint,  bring  Petit 
n  for  it  on  this 
I  Buoy  off  Petit 
m  tliis  Buoy  N. 
t  close  to  on  the 
ntil  Petit  Menan 
ceep  it,  and  steer 

a  sharp  lookout 
part  of  Jordan's 

from  this  Buoy 
is  made,  leave  it 
and  Lighthouse, 
•oach  it,  you  will 
rd  of  the  Light- 
h's  Island  Light- 


^y 


between  these 
ng  a  remarkable- 
a  the  Port  hand. 

be  open ;  then 
md  anchor  where 
e.  With  strong 
hor  in  Tabbott's 
ut  j{  mile  above 
and  lie  safe  from 


h'8  Island 

Duthwest  part  of 
approach  Nash's 
rthward  of  it,  a 

t,  lying  about  NE. 


small,  high,  bare,  rocky  Islet.  This  is  called  the  Big  Pot ;  and 
about  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  this,  a  remarkable-looking  Island 
called  the  Ladle.  Leave  both  of  these  last-named  Islands  about  ]4 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  the  Black  Spindle  on  Norton's  Rock 
a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand.  When  the  entrance  to  the  harbor 
(which  bears  NE.  by  N.  from  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse)  is  fairly 
open,  bearing  about  N.NE.,  then  run  in,  keeping  the  Western  shore 
best  aboard,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward,  outside  of  rU  the  Ledges  and  Islands, 
when  Nash's  Island  Light  bears  N.  by  W.,  run  for  it  on  this 
course  until  the  passage  between  Cone  and  Flat  Islands  (before 
described)  is  fauiy  open  ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

High   Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Cape  Split  Harbor  30  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  11 J^  feet.  ■  ' 


Moose- A-Bec  Reach. 

The  Western  entrance  to  this  passage  is  about  2^  miles  North- 
east from  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse.  It  lies  between  the  main 
land  on  the  North,  and  a  group  of  Islands  on  the  South.  Its  length 
from  Tabbott's  Narrows  to  Mark  Island  is  about  8  miles,  and  in 
some  places  it  is  very  narrow.  The  least  water  in  this  Reach  is 
about  6  feet  (at  Low  Tide) ,  which  is  upon  Moose- A-Bec  Bar,  near 
its  Eastern  entrance.  There  are  many  dangers  in  it,  but  those 
lying  in  and  near  the  channels  are  marked  with  Spindles  and  Buoys. 
Good  anchorage  is  also  found  in  all  winds,  and  strangers  may 
safely  pass  through  it  by  carefully  observing  the  follow;  ng  directions. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Moose- A-Bec  Reach  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Note, 

Masters  of  vessels  should  bear  in  mind  that  in  sailing  from 
Nash's  Island  Light  through  Moose- A-Bec  Reach,  Black  Buoys  and 
Black  Spindles  must  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  Red  Buoys 
and  Red  Spindles  on  the  Pdrt  hand.    In  sailing  to  the  Westward 


248 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


through  this  Reach  Red  Buoys  and  Red  Spindles  must  be  left  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  Black  Buoys  and  Black  Spindles  on  the 
Port  hand. 

From  the  Westward  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Cape 
Split  Harbor,  and  run  for  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  NE. 
J^  E.  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  yi  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  passing  about  midway  between  it  and  the  Islands  called  the 
Big  Pot  and  Ladle  (before  described).  When  Nash's  Island  Light- 
house bears  SW.  by  W.  %  W.,  keep  it  on  that  bearing  and  steer 
NE-  by  E.  ]4-  E.  for  the  entrance  of  Tabbott's  Narrows.  As  you 
sail  in,  3-ou  will  see  on  the  Port,  Sheep  'sland,  which  lies  close  to 
the  Main  Land  This  is  a  remarkable  "  king  Island,  being  high, 
rock}',  and  nearh*  bare.  On  the  Starboa.'d  will  be  seen  Ram  Island, 
which  is  smaller  than  Sheep  Island,  and  at  this  time  is  covered  with 
a  thick  growth  of  trees.  The  Narrows,  which  are  about  y^  mile 
wide,  lie  between  these  two  Islands.  As  you  enter  this  passage, 
keep  a  sharp  lookout  fi)r  the  Black  and  Red  Buoys,  off  Tabbott's 
Rock  and  Ram  Island  Ledge.  When  tliese  are  made,  pass  midway 
between  them,  carrying  about  6  fathoms  water,  and  make  good 
the  ciiurse  NE.  by  E.,  leaving  Shabbitt  Island,  which  is  low  and 
wooded,  about  400  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the 
course  NE-  by  E.  As  yoit  enter  the  Reach,  you  will  see  on  tlie 
Starboard  a  Red  Spindle  with  round  Cage  on  top.  When  this 
Spindle  bears  E-  ^  N.  steer  E.  J^  S.i  leaving  it  about  250  yards 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  J^  S-,  2J^  miles 
to  Red  Buov  off  Cumming's  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  al)0Ht  loO 
yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  continue  the  course  E.  J^  S.  1^^ 
miles  to  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of  Horse  Ledge.  If 
it  is  Low  Tide,  and  your  vessel  draws  more  than  6  ft.  water,  and 
the  wind  is  not  favorable  to  run  through  the  Seguin  Passage,  you 
must  anchor  off  the  village  of  Jonesport.  and,  in  order  to  cross 
the  bar  safely,  wait  for  Flood  Tide.  There  is  about  18  feet  upon 
Moose-A-Bec  Bar  at  High  Water.  Leave  the  Black  Buoy  off 
Horse  Ledge,  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  E. 
by  S.  %  S.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys  and  Spindle  on  the  Star- 
board, and  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  mid- 
way between  the  Red  Buoy  No.  6  and  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  you  will 
then  be  on  the  shoalest  part  of  the  Bar,  and  must  make  good  the 
course  East,  leaving  the  two  small,  bare,  Rocky  Islets  called  the 
Virgin's  Breasts,  the  Black  Spindle  on  Gilchrist's  Rock  and  ]\Iark 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


249 


Island  (which  is  the  first)  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  the  Red 
Buoy  off  Leigh  ton's  Ledge  and  Bay  Ledges  on  the  Tort  hand.  In 
order  to  clear  the  dangerous  shoals  called  the  Eastern  Ledges, 
when  abreast  Mark  Island,  which  is  bold  on  the  Northern  part, 
continue  the  course  East  about  2  miles  ;  then  make  good  the  course 
ESE.,  leaving  Libby  Island  Lighthouse  well  on  the  Port  hand. 

Mark  Island  bears  from  the  Eastern  Ledges,  which  are  bare  at 
Low  Tide,  W.  by  N.  >^  N. ;  distance  1}{  miles.  ■  " 


re  about  ys  mile 


Seguin  Passage. 

In  sailing  through  Moose- A-Bec  Reach  at  Low  Tide,  with  winds 
from  W.  by  S-  to  N.  by  E.  by  way  of  North,  you  may  safely 
carry  11  feet  water  through  this  passage  by  carefully  observing 
the  following  directions. 

After  passing  the  village  of  Jonesport,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  North  part  of  Horse  Ledge.  Leave  this 
Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
E.  by  S-  }4  Sm  leaving  the  following  Buoys  and  Spindle  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  First,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off  Sand  Ledge ; 
second,  the  Black  Spindle  on  Snow's  Rock  with  Cage  on  top  ;  and 
lastly,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Little  Ledge. 
Haul  round  this  last  Buoy,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
band,  and  steer  S.  %  W.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2  off  the 
South  end  of  Little  Ledge  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  4 
and  No.  2  off  Nova's  Rock  and  Southwest  Ledge,  both  on  the  Port 
hand ;  leave  the  last-UHmed  off  Southwest  Ledge  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  steer  SE.  by  E.  j4  E.  about  ^  mile,  then  E.  by 
S-  about  J^  mile,  leaving  the  Red  Buqj-s  on  the  Port,  and  the  Black 
Buoys  and  Black  Spindle  with  Cage  on  top  on  Moose  Rock,  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  If  bound  to  the  Eastward,  after  passing  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Seguin  Ledge,  which  is  the  last  in  the  pas- 
sage, make  good  the  course  E.SE.,  leaving  the  dangerous  shoals 
called  the  Eastern  Ledges  well  on  the  Port  hand. 

Mark  Island. 

This  Island,  which  lies  near  the  Eastern  part  of  the  entrance  to 
Moose- A-Bec  Reach,  is  the  landmark  for  vessels  bound  to  the  West- 


\t  J 


li 


250 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ward  tlirougb  this  passage.  It  is  high  aud  roclt}',  and  at  this  time 
is  covered  with  trees,  lu  coming  rrom  the  Eastward,  a  hirge  roiiiul 
Head  will  be  seen  on  its  Western  part,  whicli  appears  over  the  trees 
as  if  it  were  in  the  middle.  The  Northern  part  of  this  Island  is 
bold,  but  a  Ledge  extends  off  about  }i  mile  fVom  its  Southern  piirt. 
Vessels  bound  through  the  Seguin  Passage  must  leave  this  Island 
to  the  Northward,  but  those  bound  over  Moose- A-Bec  Bar  leave  it 
to  the  Southward. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Moose-A-Boc  Reach  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

^ote. 

At  Low  Tide  there  are  about  6  feet  water  upon  Moose- A- Roc 
Bar,  at  Half  Flood  12  ft.,  aud  at  High  Water  18  feet.  Vessels, 
therefore,  of  more  than  6  feet  draught  must  wait  for  Flood  Tide. 

From; the  Eastward,  leave  Libby  Island  about  2  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer  W- 
j4  N.  about  5  miles,  then  Mark  Island,  wliich  lies  near  the  East- 
ern entrance  to  -tloosc- A-Bec  Reach,  will  be  distant  about  3  miles; 
then  haul  more  Northerly,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  danger- 
ous shoals  called  the  Eastern  Ledges.  Mark  Island  bears  from 
them  W.  by  N.  J4  N-  ;  distance  1^  miles.  When  this  last-men- 
tioned Island  bears  West,  run  for  it  on  this  course  and  leave  it 
about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  first 
see  on  the  Starboard  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  South  part  of 
the  Bay  Ledges.  On  the  Port  will  be  seen  the  Black  Spindle  on 
Gilchrist's  Rock,  and  farther  in  the  Red  and  Black  Buo3's  on  Moose- 
A-Bec  Bar ;  leave  the  Red  Buoys  and  Red  Spindles  on  the  Star- 
board, and  the  Black  Buoys  and  Black  Spindles  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  midwaj'  between  the  Red  Buoy  No.  G  and  Black  Buoy  No. 
1,  j'ou  arc  then  on  the  shoalest  part  of  the  Bar,  and  must  steer 
about  W.  by  N.  >4  N.  ^  mile  to  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  the 
North  part  of  Horse  Ledge  ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port, 
aud  make  good  the  course  W-  J^  N.  1^  miles  to  Red  Buoy 
off  South  part  Cumming's  Ledge ;  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  continue  the  course  W.  yi  N.  2|4  miles  to 
the  Red  Spindle  on  Fessenden's  Ledge.  Leave  this  Spindle 
about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard,  and  continue  the  course  about 
^  mile ;  then  steer  SW.  by  W.  for  Tabbott's  Narrows,  leaving 


ELDTIIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


251 


Slml)l/it's  Island  about  400  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
tbis  Ishmd,  keep  ii  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  and  Hlack  Buoys  nt 
the  entrance  of  the  Narrows.  When  tl'i-se  are  made,  pass  midway 
lielwc^en  them,  and  steer  SW.  hy  W.  \i  W-,  leaving  Nash's 
Island  Lighthouse  about  Yi  mile  on  the  Port,  and  also  passing 
about  midway  between  it  and  the  Islands  called  the  Big  Pot  and 
Ladle  (before  described).  If  bound  inside  the  Petit  Menan  Ledges, 
bring  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  ^  E.,  and  steer 
SW-  yi  W.  luitil  you  make  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse ;  then  bring 
it  to  bear  SW.  ^  W-,  aud  steer  for  it,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off 
Jordan's  Delight  Ledge  w(!l[  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing 
this  Buoy,  haul  more  Southerly,  and  leave  the  large  Red  Buoy  off 
Petit  Menan  Reef  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  last-named  Buoy  N.  ^  E.  about  ^  mile. 

Directions  for  the  Seguin  Passage  from  the  East- 
ward. 

If  it  is  Low  Tide,  and  your  vessel  draws  more  than  G  and  not 
more  than  11  feet  water,  you  may  (with  winds  from  E.NE.  to 
SSW.  by  way  of  South)  safely  pass  through  this  Channel  by 
carefully  observing  the  following  directions. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Libby  Island  about  2  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer  W. 
Yi  N.  about  5  miles,  then  Mark  Island,  which  lies  near  the  East- 
ern entrance  to  Moose- A-Bec  Reach,  will  be  distant  about  3  miles. 
Bring  this  Island  to  bear  NW.  by  W.  %  W".,  and  run  in,  keeping 
it  a  little  on  the  Starboard  bow.  On  this  last  course  the  dangerous 
shoals  c.iUed  the  E-astcrn  Ledges  will  be  left  well  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  Mark  Island  bears  from  these  last-named  dangers  W.  by 
N.  %  N. ;  distance  1^  miles.  When  about  J^  mile  from  the 
Island,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  the  Buoys  and  Spindle  which 
mark  the  entrance  to  the  Seguin  Passage  ;  tiie  Easternmost  Buoy, 
which  is  Black,  No.  1,  lies  off  the  Northern  part  of  Seguin  Ledge, 
and  bears  from  the  Eastern  part  of  Mark  Island  SW.  by  S.  J4 
mile.  As  soon  as  this  Buoy  is  made,  run  for  it,  and  leave  it  close 
to  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  it,  steer  about  W.  by  N.  Y^ 
mile,  leaving  two  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard,  and  one  Black 
Spindle  and  one  Black  Buoy  on  the  Port.  After  passing  these, 
steer  about  NW.  by  W.  Y^  W-  about  one  mile,  leaving  the  Red 
Buoy  Xo.  0,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Long  Ledge,  on  the  Starboard 


"WW^ 


252 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


hand  ;  continue  the  course  NW-  by  W.  >4  W.  for  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  iiand.  Afler  passing  it,  haul  up 
N.  }4  E-,  leaving  Jie  Red  Buoy  No.  4  on  the  Starboard,  and  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  Little  Ledge,  close  to  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  past  this  last  Buoy,  steer  about  W-  by  N-  l4  N.  for  the 
Buoy  oir  the  North  i)art  of  Horse  Ledge,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the 
Port,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  on  Moose-A-Bec  Bar  32  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  11^  feet. 

Jonesport  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  a  small  shallow  Cove,  lies  on  the  Northern 
Bide  of  Moose-A-Bec  Reach  near  its  Eastern  entrance.  Vessels 
from  the'  Eastward  or  Westward  bound  to  this  place  should  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  this  Reach,  and  at  Low  Tide  anchor 
off  the  village  in  from  7  to  9  fathoms  water. 


Head  Harbor. 

Lighthouses, 

Upon  Mistake  Island,  which  forms  the  Southern  side  of  Head 
Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  flashing  White  Light.  Tills 
Light  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  this  Harbor,  and  also  into 
Englishman's  Ba}'. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Head  Harbor  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  ontside  Petit  Menan  Ledges,  as 
soon  as  the  Lighthouse  on  Mistake  Island  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
NE.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  this  Lighthouse 
about  y^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  Head  Harbor  is  fairly 
open,  bearing  North,  then  run  in,  keeping  midwa}'  the  passage, 
and  anchor  off  White  Point,  or  run  up  into  the  Cow  Yard,  or  Inner 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


tes  before  it  is  at 


253 


Harbor ;  the  latter  has  from  2  to  4  fatlioms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide, 
ami  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

p>oni  the  Eastward,  leave  Libby  Island  Lighthouse  about  2  miles 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  S.  As  soon  as  the  Light- 
house on  Mistake  Island  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  S.,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course  until  Head  Harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing 
North ;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  to  the  Westward,  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Whistling  Buoy. 

A  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  about  2  miles  S.  by  E.  ^  £• 
tcoxa  the  Lighthouse  on  Mistake  Island. 


Machias  Bay  and  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  lies  between  Libby  Island  on 
the  West  and  Cross  Island  on  the  East,  is  NE.  by  E.  %  E.  from 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  distance  about  49  miles,  and  W. 
SW.  from  West  Quoddy  Head  ;  distance  about  21  miles.  About 
6  miles  from  the  entrance  is  Machias  River,  which  empties  into  this 
Bay.  Machiasport  is  situated  on  the  West  bank  of  tliis  River,  ne{.r 
its  mouth,  and  about  4  miles  above  the  port  is  the  cit}'  of  Machias. 
About  14  feet  water  may  be  carried  up  to  the  anchorage  off  Machias- 
port at  Low  Tide.  About  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  from  Ma- 
chiasport to  the  Bridge,  but  there  is  not  more  than  9  or  10  feet  in 
the  Channel  up  to  Machias. 

Libby  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  part  of  this  Island  is  a  Lighthouse  which 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  At  this  date  (1880)  a  Fog  Bell  is 
placed  near  it.  '  . 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Libby  Island  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,  .     SE.  Yz  E.,     .     .     12  miles. 
Brycr's  Island  Lighthouse,     .     .     .     SE.  J^  E.,     .     .     46      " 
Seal  Island  (Cape  Sable)  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  S.  ^  S-,     92     " 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,     .    SW.byW.>^W.,49     "   , 


254 


ELDRir  .£'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Avery's  Hock, 

A  Lighthouse  has  been  built  upon  this  Rock  which  shows  a  fixed 
Red  Light.  Tt  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Libby  Island  NE. 
by  N. ;  distance  5^  miles. 

Sailing  Diroctions  for  Macliiasport  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward  outside  Petit  Met  "n  Ledges,  when 
up  with  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  to  the  Southward  of  the  Lighthbuse 
on  Mistake  Island,  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  }(  E.,  leaving  the 
Lighthouse  on  Libby  Island  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  After 
passing  this  Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the  Northward  until  it  bears 
SW.  by  S. ;  then  steer  NE.  by  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on 
the  Stnrboard  the  large  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  which  lies  off  the  South- 
west end  of  Cross  Island  Ledge ;  this  Ledge  extends  from  Cross  Is. 
land,  ancl  the  Buo.v,  which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand,  bears  NE. 
by  E.  j4  E.  from  Libby  Island  Light.  On  the  Port  will  be  seen  the 
Lighthouse  on  Avery's  Rock,  which  ma}-  be  left  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse,  steer 
N.NE.  for  Round  Island,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
it,  j'ou  will  see,  a  short  distance  to  the  North v\ard  of  it,  a  Black 
Buoy  No.  3,  which  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  this  Buoy, 
iteer  NW.  by  N.  for  the  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off  the  Middle  Ground ; 
leave  this  Buoj'  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about  W.NW.,  keeping 
the  Southwestern  shore  best  aboard,  in  order  to  avoid  the  flats 
which  lie  upon  the  opposite  side  of  the  Channel.  As  you  enter  the 
River  you  will  see  the  Rod  Buoy  No.  2,  which  marks  the  Western 
end  of  Holmes  Point  Flats  ;  leave  this  BU03'  close  to  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  steer  about  N.  b}'  E.  ^  E.,  keeping  in  the  middle 
of  the  River  to  the  anchorage  off  Macliiasport.  On  the  above 
courses  there  will  be  deep  water  as  far  as  the  Lighthouse  i.pin 
Avery's  Rock,  and  from  that  point  not  less  (in  the  Channel)  than 
14  feet  to  Machiasport.  If  bound  up  to  Machias,  it  is  advisable  to 
take  a  pilot  at  Machiasport.  You  will  have  good  anchorage  a  short 
distance  to  the  Northwest  of  the  Black  Buoy,  which  lies  to  the 
Northward  of  Round  Island. 

Corning  from  West  Quoddy  Head  or  the  Northeastward,  st^  ; 
about  SW.  by  W.  %  W.  along  the  shore,  and  as  soon  as  Lilthy 
Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W-  by  N.,  and  rim  for 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


255 


h  shows  a  fixed 
jby  Island  NE. 


tt  Daytime, 
eather. 

n  Ledges,  when 
[■  the  Lighthbuse 
Em  leaving  the 
ort  hand.  After 
rard  until  it  bears 
1,  you  will  see  on 
8  off  the  South- 
Is  from  Cross  Is. 
hand,  bears  NE. 
1;  will  be  seen  the 
close  to  on  the 
[lighthouse,  stoer 
When  past 

of  it,  a  Blaclc 

past  this  Buoy, 
Middle  Ground ; 

NW.,  keeping 

avoid  the  flats 
A,s  you  enter  the 
irks  the  Western 

to  on  the  Star- 

ug  in  the  middle 

On  the  above 

itjhthouse  upon 
e  Channel)  tlian 

t  is  advisable  to 
ichorage  a  short 

lich  lies  to  the 


it  on  this  course  until  about  2  miles  from  it ;  then  steer  NW.  until 
it  bears  SW.  by  S.  when  the  course  is  as  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Machias  Bay  29  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton.   Common  Tides  rise  about  13'/^  feet.  •  i    '■ 


leastward,  st^  : 

soon  as  Lihhy 

N.,  and  run  for 


Little  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  excellent  harbor  of  refuge  is  about  10  miles 
Northeasterly  from  Libby  Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  13  miles 
SW.  by  W.  y2  W.  from  West  Quoddy  Head.     ,- ,.;  . 

Little  River  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse  is  built  upon  an  Island  lying  in  the  middle  of  the 
entrance  to  this  River,  and  shows  a  Fixed  Light  varied  by  White 
Flashes.    At  this  date  a  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Hemarks. 

The  Ship  Channel  into  this  River  is  between  the  Lighthouse  on 
the  Southwest  and  a  high  steep  i-ocky  Head  on  the  Northeast  (with 
a  few  trees  upon  it)  called  Eastern  Knubble ;  to  the  Eastward  of 
this  Knubble  is  a  high  square  bare  Tower-like  Head  called  Great 
Head.  Little  River  Head,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  side  of  the 
entrance,  is  of  moderate  height.  The  Rocks  on  the  Southern  and 
Eastern  faces  of  tiiis  Head  have  large  White  spots  painted  on  them 
just  below  the  top  of  the  Cliffs ;  these  are  for  the  purpose  of  en- 
abling vessels  from  the  Westward  to  recognize  the  entrance,  as  no 
opening  can  be  seen  until  past  this  Head. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Little  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  AVestward,  when  Libbj'  Island  Lighthouse  boars  N. 
NW.,  distance  3  or  4  miles,  steer  about  E.NE.  d%  miles.  As 
soon  as  Little  River  Head  is  made  (which  may  be  known  by  the 
White  Spots  painted  near  it) ,  haul  more  Northerly,  and  when  the 
Lighthouse  is  open;  run  in,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand, 


if 


256 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


and  in  order  to  avoid  Eastern  Head  Ledge,  which  lies  off  the  North- 
eastern shore,  and  is  dry  at  Low  Spring  Tides,  keep  the  Southwest- 
ern shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor  near  the  lower  part  of  the  town 
in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  with  good  holding- 
ground.  To  the  Westward  of  the  Lighthouse  is  a  passage  into  this 
River  which  is  about  400  j'ards  in  width,  and  has  a  depth  of  about 
7  feet  w>ter  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  this 
Chaunel,  as  there  are  several  Ledges  which  extend  off  from  both 
shores. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  the  Lighthouse  at  Little  River  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  about  West,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  close 
to  it ;  then  foUov;  the  directions  before  given.  In  beating  in,  the 
shores  are  bold,  and  the  only  danger  to  be  avoided  is  Eastern 
Head  Ledge,  which  lies  off  the  Northeastern  shore.  This  Ledge 
extends  about  50  3'ards  NW.  and  SE.,  and  is  bare  at  very  Low 
Tides. 

Currents- 

Off  Little  River  the  current  of  Flood  runs  strong  to  the  East- 
ward, and  that  of  the  Ebb  to  the  Westward. 


Machias  Seal  Island. 

Upon  this  Island,  which  is  rmall,  low,  and  rock}',  are  two  Llght- 
Vouses  which  show  two  fixed  White  Lights.  Those  Lighthouses  are 
57  yards  apart,  and  when  in  range  bear  from  each  other  about  W. 
by  N.  y2  N.  and  E.  by  S.  >^  S. 

Fog  Whistle, 

No'-.r  !'ie  ^  •.Tt',iioiiSh!s  if  u  Fog  Vhi^tje  which  in  tuick  woati.  r 
sounds  ■'^^,,%«'^,,;;yV**rv,Mj  ,5","'  '  •  <>,>u'-''  '^jn'-.^'i 

Bearings  ana  Distanoes  fi*om  Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses. 

Distance. 

Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,     .     W.  by  S.  %  S.,  54  miles. 

Seal  Island  Lighthouse  (Cape  Sable),  S.  by  E.  %  E.,  .  80     " 

Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  ....     W.  J^  N.,     .     .  34     " 

Libby  Island  Lighthouse, ....     NW.  >^  W.,     .  12     " 

West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,     .    NB.  ^  N.,   .    .  20     " 


^^mmmmmmm^imnmi' 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


257 


rong  to  the  East- 


Dangers. 

From  N.  by  W.  to  S.  by  E.  by  way  of  P^ast  from  these  Light- 
houses there  are  many  Shoals,  Rocks,  and  sunken  Ledges.  We 
shall  therefore  only  give  bearings  and  distances  of  a  few  of  the 
dangers  lying  to  the  Northward  and  Northeastward  of  them,  ai  no 
stranger  should  attempt  to  pass  between  Machias  Seal  Island  Lights 
and  the  Gannett  Rock  Lighthouse. 

North  Shoal. 

Machias  Seal  Island  laghthouses  bear  from  this  Shoal  (which  has 
hut  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide)  S.  by  E. ;  distance  3  miles. 

North  Hock, 

Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses  bear  from  this  Rock  (which  is 
bare)  SW.  by  S. ;  distance  2^  miles.  Between  the  North  Shoal 
and  this  Rock  there  are  several  spots  having  from  G  to  8  feet  water 
upon  them. 

Middle  Shoal. 

Machias  Seal  Isiu.jd  Lighthouses  bear  from  this  Shoal  (which  has 
17  feet  water  upon  it)  W.SW. ;  distance  5  miles. 

It  is  said  that  a  Rock,  upon  which  several  large  vessels  have  been 
wrecked,  lies  about  West  3*^  miles  from  these  Lighthouses;  the 
author  of  this  work  searched  for  it  in  18.57  without  success.  It 
is,  however,  advisable  for  vessels  bound  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and 
iutendlng  to  pass  to  the  Northward  of  Grand  Menan  Island,  to  give 
these  Lighthouses  a  good  berth  to  the  Southward. 


Passamaquoddy  Bay  and  St.  Croix  River. 

This  large  deep  Bay,  which  separates  the  British  Provinces  from 
the  United  States,  lies  about  NE.  and  SW.  between  the  shores  of 
Maine  and  New  Brunswick.  Into  the  Northwest  corner  o{  Passama- 
quoddy Bay  empties  the  St.  Croix  River,  which  also  separates  the 
Province  of  New  Brunswick  from  the  State  of  Maine.  The  town 
of  Calais  is  situated  on  the  Western  bank,  about  13  miles  from  its 
mouth ;  the  town  of  Eastport  is  situated  on  Moose  Island,  about  10 
miles  below  the  mouth  of  this  River. 
17  ' 


/ 


I  I 

11 


Ir 


f 


!     ! 


258 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Passages  into  Fassamaquoddy  Bay. 

There  are  several  passages  into  this  Bay :  the  Main  Ship  Chan- 
nel, which  lies  between  East  Quoddy  Head  and  Deer  Island ;  the 
Southern,  through  Lubec  Narrows,  which  opens  between  West 
Quoddy  Head  and  the  Southern  part  of  Campobello  Island.  Only 
6  feet  water  can  be  carried  through  Lubec  Narrows  at  Low  Tide. 
An  appropriation,  however,  has  been  recently  made  by  the  United 
States  government  for  the  purpose  of  improving  this  channel.* 

,•'-;■      -  '   \  .  ■  -  .    :  '■ 

.  ;       West  Quoddy  Head  Lightlionse, 

Upon  West  Quoddy  Head,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Lubec 
Narrows,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Near 
this  Lighthouse  is  placed  a  Steam  Whistle,  giving  blasts  of  8  sec- 
onds at  intervals  of  52  seconds. 

Bearing^  and  Distances  from  West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,    .     SW.  ^  S.,       •     20  miles. 
South  Wolf  Island  Lighthouse,   .     .     E.  by  N.  Y^  N.,    12 
Point  Lepreau  Lighthouses,    .     .     .     E.  by  N.  Yz  N.,    26 
Cape  Spencer  Lighthouse,       .     .     .     E.  by  N.,      .     .51 


u 


Mast  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  East  Quoddy  Head,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Fassama- 
quoddy Bay,  by  Ship  Channel,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  Fixed 
Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  East  Quoddy  Head  Light- 
house. 

Distance. 

West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,  Southwesterly,       .     9      miles. 

Lighthouse  at  Bliss  Harbor,    .     .  NE.  J^  E.,      .     .     ^Yi 

South  Wolf  Island  Lighthouse,  .  SE.  by  E.  ^  E.,      7>^ 
Lighthouse    on    Swallow's    Tail 

(Grand  Menan), S.  T^y  E.,     .     .     .14 


♦  Since  the  above  was  written,  we  are  informed  that  workmen  are  engaged 
deepening  the  passage  leading  through  Lubec  Narrows  into  Passaniaquoddy 
Bay. 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


259 


blasts  of  8  80C- 


nce  to  Passama- 
showsa  Fixed 


Head  Light- 


Eastport  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  situated  at  tlie  end  of  Passamaquoddy  Bay.  It 
has  two  entrances :  t'e  Main  Ship  Channel,  which  lies  between 
East  Quoddy  Head  and  Deer  Island  ;  and  the  Southern,  by  way  of 
Lubec  Narrows.  The  latter  passage,  however,  at  this  date  (1879) 
is  only  fit  at  Low  Tide  for  light-draught  vessels. 

Sailing  Directions  by  Ship  Channel  for  Eastport 
Harbor,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  "Westward,  when  past  Mount  Desert  Rock  (which  may 
be  left  about  a  mile  on  either  hand) ,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear 
SW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  steer  NE.   by  E.   ^   E.,  for  West 
Quoddy  Head ;  distance  from  Mount  Desert  Rocli,  72  miles.     If 
this  course  is   made  good,  tlie   large  Buo^'  ort"  Southeast  Rock, 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  (and  which  bears  S. 
by  E.  4  miles  from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse),  will  be  left  G  miles 
on  the  Port  hand  ;  the  Whistling  Buoy  which  lies  S.  by  W.  2  miles 
from  Moose- A-Bec  Lighthouse,  3  miles  on  the  Port  hand ;  Libby 
Island  Lighthouse,  ij{  miles  on  the  Port;  Little  River  Lighthouse, 
2}^  miles  on  the  Port ;  and  West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse  about 
3^^  miles  on  the  same  hand.     Machias  Seal  Isla.  J   Lighthouses 
will  be  left  about  7  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand.     Continue  the 
course  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  until  West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse  be.irs 
W.NW.,  distance  about  3^  miles  ;  then  steer  about  NE.  by  N. 
y2  N.,  along  the  shore  of  Campobello  Island  until  you  make  East 
Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse.     When  this  bears  from  NW.  by  N.  to 
N.NW.,  run  in,  and,  with  light  winds  and  Flood  Tide,  haul  round 
this  Head,  which  is  bold,  leaving  it  not  more  than  ^  mile  upon  the 
Port   hand.      When  past   this   last-mentioned   Lighthouse,   steer 
Southwesterly,  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  do  not  keep  more  than  from  }i  to  }(  mile  from  the  Campo- 
bello shore,  which  is  bold  and  free  from  dangers.     Continue  the 
cotu'se  along  it,  leaving  several  Islands  and  Ledges  on  the  Star- 
board, and  a  deep  opening  called  Harbor  Delute  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  the  town  of  Eastport  bears  W.SW.,  then  run  for  it  on  this 
course.     If  bound  to  this  place,  in  order  to  avoid  the  deep  water 
and  strong  current,  anchor  close  in  to  the  Wharves.     In  passing 
near  the  Wharves  at  Low  Tide,  heavy-draught  vessels  must  be  care- 


260 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


ful  to  avoid  two  Rocks,  one  having  14  feet  water  on  it,  the  other 
16  feet.  The  anchorage  off  Eastport  is  called  Friars'  Roads, 
but  the  water  in  them  is  very  deep,  with  a  strong  current.  These 
Roads  are  also  exposed  to  Northeast  winds.  For  vessels  only 
making  a  harbor  here,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor  in  Broad  Cove,  which 
lies  near  the  Southern  part  of  the  town,  is  free  from  current,  and 
is  also  sheltered  from  all  winds.  This  Cove  is  the  real  harbor  of 
Eastport.  In  running  into  Broad  Cove,  in  order  to  avoid  Shack- 
ford  Ledge,  which  lies  on  the  Port  hand  off  Shackford  Head,  keep 
the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide.  Here  j-ou  will  have  excellent  holding-ground. 
In  beating  from  East  Quoddy  Head  to  Eastport,  keep  the  Campo- 
bello  shore  best  aboard,  as  this  is  bold  and  free  from  dangers. 
Mariners  should  bear  in  mind  that  after  passing  Machias  Seal 
Island  Lights,  bound  to  Eastport  or  up  the  Baj*  of  Fund}',  the  tide 
rises  from  18  to  20  feet.  In  passing  East  Quoddy  Head  Light, 
with  light  winds,  haul  close  round  the  Head,  as  the  first  of  the 
Flood  sets  directly  on  some  of  the  Ledges  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
Upon  the  South  Wolf  Island  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a 
White  Revolving  Light.  East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Light  on  the  South  Wolf  NW.  by  W.  %  W.  7J^ 
miles.  Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Eastport,  when  the 
Light  on  the  South  Wolf  Island  is  made,  may  bring  it  to  bear 
W.  %  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this' course,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  it,  steer  NW.  by  W.  for 
East  Quoddy  Head  Light,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Head  Harbor. 

Abont  ^  mile  to  the  Southwest  of  the  Lighthouse  on  East 
Quoddy  Head  is  Head  Harbor  Island.  Between  this  Island  and 
the  Northeast  part  of  CampoboUo  Island  is  Head  Harbor,  which  is 
about  ^  mile  in  width.  In  entering  this  harbor  by  the  Eastern 
passage  there  are  no  dangers,  and  about  a  fathoms  water  can  be 
carried  into  it  at  Low  Tide. 

A  Fog  Trumpet  has  been  placed  at  this  harbor  near  the  Light- 
house, aud  in  thick  weather  will  sound  blasts  of  8  seconds  duration, 
with  intervals  of  35  seconds  between  them. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


261 


Sailing  Directions. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directiona  before  given  for  East- 
port  Harbor  until  the  Lighthouse  at  East  Quoddy  Head  bears 
NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  until  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bear- 
ing West,  when  3'ou  may  run  in,  leaving  this  Lighthouse  about  300 
yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  near  the  Southwest  part 
of  the  Island  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

There  is  a  passage  into  this  harbor  to  the  Westward  of  Head 
Harbor  Island  in  which  there  are  about  2]/^  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide,  but  it  is  narrow.  Strangers  will,  therefore,  unless  necessity 
compels,  enter  by  the  Eastern  passage. 

From  the  Eastward,  bound  into  Head  Harbor,  after  passing  the 
Lighthouse  on  the  South  Wolf  Island,  run  for  East  Qnoddy  Head 
Light,  bearing  NW.  by  W.  until  about  300  yards  from  it ;  then 
steer  about  W.  by  S.  into  the  harbor,  and  gradually  haul  South- 
erly, and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


Harbor  Delute. 

This  Harbor,  which  has  but  few  dangers  in  it,  lies  on  the  North- 
ern side  of  Campobello  Island  ;  its  entrance  is  about  2  miles  E.  by 
N.  from  the  town  of  Eastport,  and  Southwesterly  about  3  miles 
from  the  Lighthouse  at  East  Quoddy  Head. 

Sailing  Directions  in  Daytime. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  for  East- 
port  Harbor  by  Ship  Channel  until  Harbor  Delute  opens ;  then  run 
in,  leaving  Windmill  Point,  which  is  the  first  on  the  Northeastern 
side,  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  this  point,  steer 
about  SE.  by  S.  %  S.,  leaving  two  small  coves  on  the  Port  hand. 
After  passing  these  (in  order  to  avoid  Racer  Rock,  which  lies  in  the 
middle  of  the  harbor,  and  has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide) , 
keep  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  8  to  10 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

The  Southwest  arm  of  this  Harbor  extends  well  up  into  the 
land,  and  is  sheltered  from  all  winds.  About  15  feet  water  can  be 
taken  into  it  at  Low  Tide ;  but  the  channel  is  narrow.    In  entering 


262 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


keep  in  the  middle,  and  when  in,  keep  the  Southeastern  shore  best 
aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fatlioms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Eastport  Harbor  by  way 
of  Lubec  Narrows,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given 
for  Eastport  Harbor  by  way  of  Ship  Channel,  until  West  Quoddy 
Head  Lighthouse  bears  N.NE. ;  then  run  about  NE.  by  N.  la 
order  to  avoid  Sail  Rock  and  the  dangerous  Whirlpool  (which  both 
lie  Southeasterly  from  this  Lighthouse),  do  not  approach  West 
Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse  nearer  than  ^  mile  until  it  bears  NW. 
by  "W.  You  are  then  past  these  dangers,  and  may  haul  to  tlie 
Northwestward,  keeping  about  300  j-ards  from  West  Quoddy  Head, 
which  is  quite  bold.  When  past  this  Head,  steer  about  NW., 
keeping  a  shai-p  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  off  the  Middle 
Ground.  '  West  Quoddy  Head  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  S. 
,  K  S. ;  distance  J^  mile.  Leave  this  last-named  Buoy  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  Yz  W.  As  you  sail  in, 
you  will  see  the  Black  Wooden  Beacon,  with  Tripod  on  top,  on  the 
Western  Bar.  Leave  this  about  25  j-ards  on  the  Port,  and  steer 
about  N.  by  E.,  carrying  about  8  feet  at  Low  Tide,  and  leaving 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  4  close  to  on  the  Starboard.  When  past  this 
last  Buoy,  steer  about  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1  (off  Eastern  part  of  a  Ledge),  on  the  Port  hand.  From 
this  last  Buoj^  steer  N.  by  W.  for  the  Eastern  end  of  Lubec 
Wharves,  and  when  abreast  Leadbury  Point  (which  is  the  first  on 
the  Port  hand),  steer  tln-ough  the  Narrows,  keeping  in  about  mid- 
channel.  When  a  sliort  distance  past  the  town  of  Lubec,  you  will 
cross  the  Bar,  which  at  this  date  (1879)  has  about  6  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  When  you  are  througii  the  Narrows,  the 
first  Island  is  called  Pope's  Folly.  Leave  this  small  Island  about 
250  yards  on  the  Starboard  hiuid,  and  steer  up  about  NE.  by  N., 
leaving  Dudley's  and  Treat's  Islands  (which  are  both  bold  on  their 
Eastern  part)  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  these  Islands,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  Ship  Channel.  Or  when  you  are 
through  Lubec  Narrows,  you  may  steer  up  NW.  ^  N-  about 
1  mile,  passing  to  the  Westward  of  these  Islands,  Gull  Rock,  and 
Burial  Island  (which  is  small).  When  past  this  last-named  Island, 
haul  more  Northerly,  and  anchor  off"  the  town  or  in  Broad  Cove. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


263 


The  Flooil  and  Ebb  sets  strong  through  Lubec  Narrows  ;  sailing- 
vessels,  therefore,  cannot  pass  through  them  unless  they  have 
strong  favorable  winds.  When  you  pass  West  Quoddy  Head,  if 
the  tide  is  low,  or  wind  unfavorable,  anchor  in  Quoddy  Roads 
about  200  yards  to  the  Southwest  of  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the 
Middle  Ground,  in  about  3^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


Quoddy  Roads. 

These  Roads,  which  lie  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of 
West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,  are  exposed  to  Southeasterly 
winds,  but  have  a  good  anchorage  in  from  3  to  7  fathoms  water,  with 
winds  from  South  to  N.NE.  by  way  of  West. 


Sailing  Direotions  for  Quoddy  Roads  at  Night-time, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  West  Quoddy  Head  Light  at  least  3^ 
mile  to  the  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  W.NW.  haul  in,  leav- 
ing the  Head,  which  is  quite  bold,  about  300  j-ards  on  the  Port. 
When  past  the  Northern  point  of  Quoddy  Head,  run  from  N.  by 
W.  to  N.NW.  Yi  mile,  and  anchor  in  about  3^  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide,  and  about  6^  at  High  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  with  Easterly  or  Northeasterly  winds,  as 
soon  as  West  Quoddy  Head  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  West, 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  In  order  to  clear  Liberty  Point 
Ledge,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  harbor,  continue  the 
course  until  you  judge  yon  are  }^  mile  from  this  Light,  then  haul 
in  about  North,  and  anchor  with  the  Light  bearing  about  S.SW., 
iu  about  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  7  at  High  Tide. 

Beating  in  at  Night- 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Quoddy  Head  Light  at  least  ^  mile 
to  the  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  NW.  by  W.  haul  sharp  on  the 
wind,  and  in  order  to  avoid  Liberty  Point  Ledge  (which  bears  from 
West  Quoddy  Head  Light  NE.  by  E.  ]4-  E-,  distance  1  mile)  keep 
this  Head  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide,  the  Light  bearing  from  S.SW.  to  SW.  from  you.    From 


264 


ELDIUDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


tho  Eastward,  rnu  for  West  Quoddy  Head  Light,  bearing  "West, 
and  do  not  haul  up  into  tho  Roads  until  you  arc  J^  niilo  IVom  it ; 
then  anchor  as  before  directed.  After  passing  the  Northern  point 
of  West  Quoddy  Head,  bo  caroftd  to  avoid  WornicU's  Ledges, 
which  lie  E.SE.  antl  W.NW.  nearly  y^  mile,  and  are  bare  nt 
very  low  tides ;  their  Northern  part  hears  NW.  J4  W.  from  tho 
Northern  j)art  of  West  Quoddy  Head  ;  distance  about  }{  ntile. 

Both  Coves  on  tho  SoutlnkOMtern  and  No-theastern  sides  of 
Quoddy  lioads  aro  ftdl  of  Shoals,  with  some  Rocks  and  Ledges ; 
and  Flats  extend  olf  on  tho  Northern  part  in  tome  places  nearly  '3 
mile.  lu  summer  tho  Fish  Weirs  are  excellent  guides,  as  their 
outer  parts  are  always  on  tho  edges  of  tho  chuuucl. 

Campobello  Island. 

The  Eastern  shore  of  this  Island  is  bold  and  quite  fVee  from 
dangers.  Vessels  bound  East  or  West,  with  tide  and  wind  ahead, 
may  anchor  in  any  of  tho  coves  on  this  shore,  in  from  5  to  10 
fathoms  water.  •  .  ■      - 

Steam  IVfiistle. 

A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse, 
which  gives  blastki  in  thick  weather  of  8  seconds  at  intervals  of  .■)2 
seconds.  Vessels,  therefore,  in  thick  weather,  coming  fi-om  the 
Westwanl,  should  keep  olf  at  least  ^  mile  fmm  the  Lighthouse 
until  it  liears  W.NW. ;  then  run  for  it  on  tins  course  until  you 
judge  you  are  about  300  yards  ft-om  tho  Whistle,  then  haul  in 
about  North,  keeping  about  800  yanls  from  tho  head,  and  anchor 
about  }^  mile  North  of  it  in  the  Roads,  in  from  3}^  to  5  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  thick  weather,  as  soon  as  the  Whistle  is 
heard  at  West  Quoddy  Head,  bring  it  to  bear  West,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  until  about  300  yards  from  it ;  then  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

Morton*s  Hock. 

Vessels  passing  West  Quoddy  Head  should  beware  of  this  Rock, 
wliifh  lies  near  the  shore  about  2}4  miles  to  the  Westward  of  tho 
Lighthouse  on  this  Head.  This  Rock  is  now  marked  with  a  Rtnl 
liuov. 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


2C5 


Lubeo. 

If  you  aro  bound  to  this  pince,  follow  the  sailing  directions 
before  given  for  Kastport  Harbor,  by  way  of  Lubec  Narrows.  If 
it  is  Low  Water  when  you  arrive  at  West  Quoddy  Head,  anchor  in 
tlio  lioaiis  and  wait  for  High  Water,  when  you  will  have  sluck  tide 
to  go  to  the  Wharves. 

Illgh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Kiistport  on  the  days  of  the  full  and  change 
of  the  moon  at  Hh.  8ni.,  or  about  21  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  18  feet. 


Oobscook  Bay  and  Pembroke  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  lies  between  Estes  Head  (which  is  the 
extreme  Southern  part  of  the  town  of  Kastport)  on  the  North,  and 
Seward's  Neck  on  the  South.  The  entrance  to  IVmbroke  River  is 
Northwesterly  about  5  miles  from  Kastport.  The  town  of  Pem- 
broke is  situated  about  4  miles  from  the  entrance  to  this  River. 
There  are  man}'  dangers  in  entering  Cobscook  Bay  and  Pembroke 
Kiver,  and  the  current,  which  runs  very  strong,  sets  in  several  places 
oil  to  them  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  to  Pem- 
broke to  take  pilots  at  Eastport. 


4  to  5  fathoms 


St.  Oroix  River, 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  N.  %  W.  from  Eastport ; 
distance  about  10  miles.  About  5  fathoms  water  at..Low  Tide  can 
be  carried  up  about  lyi  miles  above  its  entrance ;  here,  the  River 
divides,  the  main  branch  turning  abrujjtly  to  the  Westward,  and 
running  with  some  changes  of  course  for  about  Sj-^  miles  to  the 
town  of  Calais.  This  town  is  built  on  the  South  bank' of  the 
River,  13  miles  above  its  mouth,  and  23  miles  from  Eastport. 
About  11  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  carried  up  to  Ihickman's 
Point  (which  is  on  the  North  bank  of  this  River  about  2  miles 
below  Calais),  and  6  feet  from  this  last  point  to  Calais. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


h 


/. 


^y  "/^V.. 


A 


l/x 


Zc 

^ 


1.0    S-i 


I.I 


1.25 


1^ 


2.5 


■^    12.2 


^  ^  IIIIIM 


1.4 


1.8 


1.6 


V] 


<? 


/] 


.03 


/ 


%  J^ 


^. 


%.J^ 


*<rM    el^'  jS 


y 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


^^ 


,\ 


^> 


<^\^ 


\\ 


s> 


.V 


\ 


6^ 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


'<>\  ^ 
^ 


'<!► 


1% 


266 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


II 


Docket  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Dochet  Island,  which  lies  about  5j4  miles  from  tue  mouth 
of  the  St.  Croix  River ;  and  nearly  in  the  middle,  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  shows  a  Fixed  Light  varied  by  flashes. 

Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Croix  Kiver  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward  follow  the  directions  before 
given  forEastport  Harbor  until  you  are  abreast  this  town ;  then,  if 
you  intend  to  go  up  without  a  pilot,  and  have  the  tide  with  you, 
and  also  a  favorable  wind,  with  a  commanding  breeze,  keep  about 
250  3'ards  from  the  Wharves.  When  you  are  nearly  abreast  the 
Northern  part  of  the  town,  you  will  see  Dog  Island,  which  is  small. 
In  order  to  avoid  the  Whirls  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  passage, 
give  this  last-mentioned  Island  a  berth  of  200  yards,  leaving  it  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  past  Dog  Island,  steer  about  NW.  by  N. 
J^  N.  for  Kendall's  Head;  distance  about  l^^  miles.  Leave  this 
Head  about  350  yards  on  the  Port,  and  when  past  it  you  will  soon 
see  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  which  lies  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Frost's 
Ledges,  which  are  about  2  miles  above  Kendall's  Head,  opposite 
Clam  Cove  Head ;  leave  this  Buo\^  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about 
N.  ^  W.  5}4  miles  across  Passamaquoddy  Bay  to  the  entrance  of 
the  River.  As  you  enter  this  River,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard 
the  Port  of  St.  Andrews,  and  likewise  a  low  sandy  Island  South  of 
this  place  called  Navy  Island  ;  the  Beacon  to  the  Northwest  of  it  is 
on  Nav}'  Island  Reef.  After  passing  this  Beacon,  keep  about  in 
the  middle  of  the  River,  passing  the  village  of  Robbiston..  As 
you  sail  up,  you  will  see  the  Lighthouse,  which  is  on  Dochet  Island, 
nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  River,  and  also,  about  IJ^  miles  South 
of  this  Lighthouse,  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  of  Middle 
Ground.  You  may  leave  this  Buoy  on  either  hand,  but  the  Chan- 
nel to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse  is  the  widest ;  3'ou  will 
therefore  leave  this  Buoy  and  the  Red  Buoy  on  Half-Tide  Ledge, 
together  with  the  Lighthouse,  all  on  the  Port  hand.  After  passing 
this  Lighthouse  there  will  be  seen  to  the  Northward  of  it  another 
Red  Buoy,  which  must  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  this 
last  Buoy,  in  order  to  clear  the  Shoals  which  lie  off  Sandy  Point 
(which  is  on  the  Starboard  side),  steer  for  Devil's  Head,  which  is 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  River,  about  2  miles  above  the  Light- 


■t   III 


>\k  U 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


267 


se, 

les  from  t  Je  mouth 
le,  is  a  Lighthouse 


ir  in  Daytime, 
weather. 

3  directions  before 
this  town  ;  then,  if 
I  the  tide  with  j'ou, 
breeze,  keep  about 
nearly  abreast  the 
md,  which  is  small, 
ide  of  the  passage, 
yards,  leaving  it  on 
about  NW.  by  N. 
miles.    Leave  this 
ast  it  you  will  soon 
tern  part  of  Frost's 
ll's  Head,  opposite 
t,  and  steer  about 
to  the  entrance  of 
e  on  the  Starboard 
y  Island  South  of 
Northwest  of  it  is 
con,  keep  about  in 
Robbiston..    As 
on  Dochet  Island, 
ut  IJ^  miles  South 
em  part  of  Middle 
and,  but  the  Chan- 
widest ;  3'ou  will 
Half-Tide  Ledge, 
id.     After  passing 
ward  of  it  another 
When  past  this 
ie  off  Sandy  Toint 
I's  Head,  which  is 
above  the  Light- 


f 


house ;  haul  close  round  this  Head,  and  when  past  it,  steer  about 
NW.,  leaving  two  Black  Uuoys  close  to  on  the  Port  hand.  This 
last  course  leads  up  to  the  Beacon  on  the  Ledge ;  this  Beacon  is 
3  miles  below  Calais,  and  in  going  up  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  It 
is  advisable  to  anchor  here,  where  you  can  lie  afloat  at  Low  Water, 
and  take  a  pilot  to  Calais. 


St.  Andrew's  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  well  sheltered,  and  has  from  12  to  14  feet 
water  in  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  on  the  East  side  of  the  entrance  to  the 
St.  Croix  River,  about  10 J^  miles  above  uhe  town  of  Eastport.  There 
are  two  entrances,  one  of  which  is  to  thj  Northwest  of  Navy  Island, 
the  other  to  the  Southeast  of  it ;  both  these  passages  are  narrow, 
and  have  but  little  water  in  them  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Andrew's  Harbor. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  bound  to  this  harbor 
may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  I^astport  Harbor  and  St. 
Croix  River  until  they  make  the  Beacon  off  the  Northwest  part  of 
Navy  Island  Reef.  Leave  this  Beacon  about  Vi  mile  on  the  Star- 
board liand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  at  the  Southeastern  par+  of 
the  town  bears  SE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  run  for  it,  passing  about  midway 
between  this  Beacon  and  the  Northern  shore  of  tlie  harbor,  and 
anchor  off  the  town.  If  it  is  Low  Tide  when  you  make  the  Beacon, 
anchor  about  Yi  mile  Northwest  of  it  in  about  4  fathoms  water, 
and  wait  for  Flood  Tide. 

At  High  Water,  with  Southeasterly  winds,  you  may  enter  this 
harbor  to  the  Southeastward  of  Navy  Island  b}'  the  following  direc- 
tions :  Leave  the  Southeast  point  of  this  last-named  Island  (which  is 
opposite  the  town)  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the 
Lighthouse  at  the  Southeastern  part  of  the  town  bears  NW.  J4 
W.,  run  in  between  the  Beacons  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Light- 
house close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  off  the  town. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  St.  Andrew's  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Chiiiige  of  the  Moon  lOh.  50m.,  or  about  39  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise'  about  23  feet. 


268 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


There  is  another  entrance  to  Passamaquoddy  Bay  called  the 
Letite  Pass.  This  Pass  bears  NW.  by  N.  from  the  Lighthouse  on 
the  South  Wolf  Island,  distance  about  10  miles.  This  last-named 
Channel  is  narrow,  and  has  a  number  of  dangers  at  the  entrance, 
and  also  within  it.  Strangers  bound  to  St.  Andrew's  should  there- 
fore go  by  the  way  of  Eastport. 


Bliss  Harbor. 

The  Western  entrance  to  this  excellent  Harbor  bears  from  the 
Lighthouse  at  East  Quoddy  Head  NE. ;  distance  about  4  miles. 
It  has  two  entrances,  one  of  which  is  to  the  Westward  'of  Bliss 
Island,  the  other  to  the  Eastward. 


JSliss  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Bliss  Island,  Southeastern  side  of  entrance  to  this  harbor, 
is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  Arom  Bliss  Island  Lighthouse. 

Sistanoe. 
East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,      .     SW.  }4  W.,  .      4^^^  miles. 
Lighthouse  at  South  Wolf  Island,  .     SE.  by  S.  J4  S.,   7         " 
Lighthouse  at  Point  Lepreau,     .     .     E.  by  S.,  .      •     17         " 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bliss  Harbor  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  Weather. 

From  the  Westward  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East- 
port  Harbor  (by  Ship  Channel)  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  at 
East  Quoddy  Head.  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  1%  miles  on  the 
Port,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  until  the  Lighthouse  at 
Bliss  Harbor  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  run  for  it  on  tliis  course,  leav- 
ing the  Island  called  the  White  Horse  and  also  the  Ledges  called 
the  North  and  South  Rocks  well  to  the  Westward.  In  order  to 
avoid  the  shoal  water  which  extends  off  Southwest  from  the  Light- 
house point,  give  it  a  berth  of  about  ys  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  East- 
ward. When  the  Lighthouse  bears  East,  haul  up  into  the  harbor, 
and  in  order  to  avoid  Man-of-War  Rocks,  which  bear  from  the 
Lighthouse  NE.  by  N.  about  ^  mile,  and  are  bare  at  Half-Tide, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


269 


Bay  called  the 

he  Lighthouse  on 

This  last-named 

i  at  the  entrance, 

w's  should  there- 


r  bears  from  the 
le  about  4  miles. 
Westward  'of  Bliss 


ice  to  this  harbor, 

Lighthouse. 
Diatanoe. 

4J^  miles. 

S.,    7 

.     17         " 

in  Dasrtime, 
eather. 

e  given  for  East- 
he  Lighthouse  at 

1^  miles  on  the 
the  Lighthouse  at 
this  course,  Icav- 

le  Ledges  called 
rd.  In  order  to 
t  from  tlie  Light' 

ig  it  to  the  East- 
into  the  liarbor, 

1  bear  from  the 
ire  at  Ilalf-Tiile, 


follow  the  shore  on  the  Starboard  hand  (which  is  quite  bold) ,  keep- 
ing about  150  yards  from  it.  When  Fisherman's  Cove  opens,  which 
is  the  first  to  the  Southward  after  passing  the  Lighthouse,  haul  in 
midway,  and  anchor  in  about  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  The 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  anchorage  W.  by  S. ;  distance  about 
^  mile. 

Coming  from  the  Southeastward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  the 
South  Wolf  Island  from  J4  to  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  N-NW.  for  Bliss  Island  Lighthouse.  When 
the  Lighthouse  at  this  harbor  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  N.NW., 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Eastward,  with  Easterly  winds,  bound  to  Bliss  Har- 
bor, you  may  enter  it  by  the  Eastern  Passage  by  the  following 
directions.  Leave  the  Lighthouse  at  Point  Lepreau  about  1% 
miles  to  the  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  N.  by  E.,  steer  about 
W.  by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  at  Beaver  Harbor  on  the 
Starboard,  and  the  East  Wolf  Island  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
you  make  the  Lighthouse  on  the  East  side  of  entrance  to  L'Etang 
Harbor,  which  is  about  2  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse 
on  Bliss  Island,  continue  the  course  until  L'Etang  Light  bears 
NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it.  Give  this  Light  a  berth  of  about  ^ 
mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  in  about  N.NW., 
leaving  several  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  onl}-  bare  at  Half-Tide, 
on  the  Port,  and  the  Roaring  Bull  (which  lies  about  300  yards 
Northwest  from  the  Lighthouse,  and  is  awash  at  High  Water)  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  j-ou  will  see  on  the  Port  Mink 
Island,  which  is  small,  and  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  W.  by  N. : 
haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  250  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Port,  and 
when  it  bears  South,  steer  about  W.  by  S.,  leaving  Flea  Island, 
which  is  also  small,  on  the  Starboard.  When  past  this  last-named 
Island,  run  for  the  Lighthouse  on  Bliss  Island,  bearing  SW.  by 
W.,  until  Fisherman's  Cove,  which  is  the  first  on  the  Port  hand, 
open:^ ;  then  run  in,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Bliss  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  llh.  15m.,  or  about  !■!  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  22  feet. 


270 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


L'Etang  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  NE.  by  E.  G  miles  from  the  Light- 
house at  East  Quoddy  Head,  and  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  from  Point 
Lepreau  Lighthouse  ;  distance  15  miles. 

JPea  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Pea  Island,  East  side  of  entrance  to  L'Etang  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  at  this  date  shows  a  Green  Fixed  Light. 

Bearinga  and  Distanoea  firom  Fea  Island  Lighthouse. 

Distanoe. 

East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse      .     SW.  by  W.,    .       6^  miles. 
Lighthouse  on  South  Wolf  Island,     S.  ^  E.,      .     .       7         " 


Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse,  . 


E.  by  S.  %  S.,      Uy, 


Sailing  I  Directions  for  L'Etang  Harbor  in  Dairtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East- 
port  Harbor,  by  Ship  Channel,  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  at 
East  Quoddj'  Head.  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  Ij^  miles  on  the 
Port,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.,  leaving  the  White 
Horse  and  the  Ledges  called  the  North  and  South  Rocks,  and  also 
Bliss  Island  Lighthouse,  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  the  Light- 
house at  the  entrance  of  L'Etang  Harbor  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
N.NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  Yz  mile  from  the 
Lighthouse  ;  then  haul  in  for  a  high  Bluff  (on  the  West  side  of  the 
entrance),  bearing  N.  by  W.  >^  W.,  leaving  the  Colt  and  Mare 
Rocks  (the  former  of  which  is  bare  at  Half-Tide)  on  the  Port,  and 
the  Rock  called  the  Roaring  Bull,  which  lies  a  short  distance  North- 
west from  the  Lighthouse,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  the  Light- 
house bears  E.SE.,  steer  N.  by  E.  until  it  bears  S.SE- ;  on  which 
bearing  keep  it,  and  run  N.NW.,  passing  about  midway  between 
McCann  Island  and  L'Etang  Head  ;  the  shore  of  the  latter,  which 
is  on  the  Starboard,  is  very  bold.  When  past  this  last-named 
Head,  steer  about  N.  ]^  W.,  and  anchor  at  Low  Tide  in  from  7  to 
9  fathoms  water,  the  Southeastern  part  of  the  town  bearing  from 
NE.  by  E.  to  E.NE. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward,  with  Southerly  or  Westerly'  winds, 
bound  to  L'Etang  Harbor,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given 


BLDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


271 


ilea  from  the  Light- 
^  N.  from  Point 


for  Bliss  Harbor  until  past  Man-of-War  Rock  (which  bears  NE.  by 
N.  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Bliss  Island,  distance  ^  mile,  and  ia 
bare  at  Half-Tide)  ;  then  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  leaving 
Flea  and  McCauu's  Islands,  which  are  both  bold,  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  L'Etang  Lighthouse  bears  S.SE.,  steer  N.NW.,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  this  harbor. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  at  Point  Lepreau  about 
V/2  miles  to  the  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  N.  by  E.,  steer 
about  W.  by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  at  Beaver  Harbor 
on  the  Starboard,  and  the  East  Wolf  Island  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  you  make  the  Lighthouse  on  the  East  side  of  entrance  to 
L'Etang,  which  is  about  2  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse 
at  Bliss  Harbor,  continue  the  course  until  L'Etang  Light  bears  NW. 
by  N. ;  then  run  for  it.  Give  this  Light  a  berth  of  about  ^  mile, 
leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  in  about  N.NW.,  leav- 
ing several  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  only  bare  at  Half-Tide,  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  the  Roaring  Bull,  which  lies  about  300  yards 
Northwest  from  the  Lighthouse  (and  is  awash  at  High  Water) ,  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  this  last  danger,  haul  more 
Xortherly  until  the  Lighthouse  bears  S.SE. ;  then  steer  N.NW., 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


!        High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  L'Etang  Harbor  on  the  daj'S  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  llh.  16m.,  or  about  13  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  23  feet. 


Wolf  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Southeast  point  of  Southwest  Wolf  Island  is  a  Light- 
house which  shows  a  White  Light  which  revolves  every  IJ^  min- 
utes ;  this  Lighthouse  is  square,  and  is  painted  White. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Light  on  Southwest  Wolf  Island. 

Distance. 

West  Quoddy  Head,     .     .     .      W.  by  S..  ^  S-,    •     12      miles. 
Fog  Whistle  on  Northeastern  part 

of  Grand  Menan,       ...     SW.  by  S., .      .     .      9         " 
East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.  ^^  W., 
Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse,      .     E.  by  N.  %  N.,      .     14 


272 


ELDBIDQE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Dangers. 

The  Southern  part  of  this  Island  is  bold,  and  may  be  approached 
as  near  as  Ys  mile  without  danger. 

Point  Lepreau  Lighthousd. 

Upon  Point  Lepreau  are  two  Fixed  Lights,  one  above  the  other. 
The  Lighthouse  is  painted  in  Red  and  White  Horizontal  stripes. 

Searings  and  Distances  fi:om  Point  Lepreau  Lights. 

_  Distanoe. 

Steam  Whistle  on  Northern  part 

of  Grand  Menan  Island,  .     .    SW.  by  W.  %  W.,n%  miles. 

Lighthouseon  South  Wolf  Island,  W.  by  S.  ^  S.,  .  14  *' 
Eevolviijg  Red  and  White  Light 

at  Cape  Spencer,    ....    E., .25  " 

Lighthouse  at  Point  Prim,  Digby 

Gut, SE.  by  S.,    .    .    .    36  «« 

Isle  Haut  Lighthouse,     ...    E.  ^  S., ....    64  " 

Steam  Whistle, 

A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which  is  sounded 
twice  a  minute  in  thick  weather. 

Dangers. 

Point  Lepreau  is  very  bold  off  its  Southern  part ;  the  only  danger 
near  it  is  a  Ledge,  which  has  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
This  danger  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  NW.  by  W.  yi  W. ;  dis- 
tance about  %  mile. 


Beavor  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  at  East 
Quoddy  Head  about  E.NE.,  distance  9J4  miles,  and  W.  by  N.  J4 
N.,  11  miles  from  Point  Lepreau  Lights. 

Beaver  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

On  Drew's  Head,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Beaver  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


273 


aay  be  approached 


,e,  which  is  sounded 


Sailing  Directions  for  Beaver  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East* 
port  Harbor  by  way  of  Ship  Channel,  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse 
at  East  Qiioddy  Head.  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  2  miles  on 
the  Port,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  %  E.,  leaving  the 
Island  called  the  White  Horse,  and  also  Bliss  and  L'Etang  Harbor 
Lights,  on  the  Port,  and  the  Wolf  Islands  well  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  When  the  Lighthouse  at  Beaver  Harbor  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  N.  by  W.  J4  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  30U 
judge  3'ou  are  about  yi  mile  from  it ;  then  steer  more  Northerly, 
leaving  the  Lighthouse  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward,  and 
anchor  on  the  Western  side,  close  in  to  the  village,  in  about  2 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  give  Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse  a  berth  of 
about  yl  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  W.  by  N. 
J^  N-,  leaving  the  Eastern  Wolf  Island  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  Beaver  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  N.NW.,  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

This  harbor  is  exposed  to  Southerly  winds,  but  vessels  will  find 
shelter  on  the  Western  side,  close  to  the  village.  A  sunken  Rock 
lies  about  S.  by  E.  from  the  Lighthouse ;  distance  about  800  yards. 
There  is  also  a  shoal  spot  of  13  feet  about  yi  mile  Northeasterly 
from  this  Lighthouse. 


High   Water, 

Itns  High  Water  at  Beaver  Harbor  about  10  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  22  feet. 


Musquash  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  from  Point  Lepreau  Light- 
house E.  byN.,  distance  10j4  miles,  and  W.  %  N.  from  Cape 
Spencer  Lighthouse,  distance  14^  miles. 
18 


274 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


Mttaquaah  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Eastern  point  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  a  Light- 
house which  shows  a  Green  Fixed  Light. 

Reniarka, 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  about  J^  mile  wide,  and  there  is 
good  anchorage  a  little  waj'  in,  with  3J^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide  ;  but 
farther  in  a  Bar  extends  across  the  harbor,  upon  which  there  is  but 
little  water  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  can  cross  this  Bar  at  High 
Water,  and  run  into  the  River,  where  there  is  a  narrow  Channel 
having  tVom  2  to  3  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Musquash  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  give  Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse  a  berth  of 
about  ^  mile,  leaving  it  to  tlie  Northward.  When  it  bears  North, 
make  good  the  course  E.  J-a  N.  10  miles,  or  until  Musquash  Har- 
bor Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
When  the  Harbor  is  fairl}'  open,  run  in  about  N.  bj-  E.,  keeping 
nearest  the  Lighthouse,  which  is  left  on  the  Starboard,  and  anchor 
in  about  3^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  The  Lighthouse  bears 
ft-om  this  anchorage  (which  is  exposed  to  Southerly  winds)  S.SE. 
about  %  mile.     Farther  in  the  water  is  shoal  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  give  Cape  Spencer  a  berth  of  about  1  mile, 
leaving  it  to  the  Northward.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears  North, 
make  good  the  course  W.  %  N.  14j^  miles,  or  until  the  Lighthouse 
on  the  East  side  of  Musquash  Harbor  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  ruu 
in,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


High   Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Musquash  Harbor  about  the  same  time  as  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  24  feet. 


Harbor  of  St.  John. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  by  Ship  Channel,  is  Northeast- 
erly about  47  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  at  West  Quoddy  Head, 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


275 


e  same  time  as  at 


and  about  21  miles  in  the  same  direction  from  Point  Lepreau 
Lighto. 

Partridge  Inland  Lighthouse* 

Upon  Partridge  Island,  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  is  painted  in  Red  and  White  Vertical  stripes,  and  shows  a 
fixed  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Dist  inoes  from  Lighthouse  upon  Partridge 

Island- 

Dlstano*. 

Bryer's  Island  Lighthouse,      .     .     SW.  by  S.,   .     .    61     miles. 
Boar's  Head  (entrance  to  Petit 

Pass), SW.byS.>^  S.,    51        " 

Prim  Point  (entrance   to  Digby 

Gut), S 85J4     " 

Steam  Whistle. 

A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse  which  sounds 
in  thick  weather  10  seconds  tvery  minute. 

ikwater  Light, 

At  this  date  a-iU%feeaTCight  is  placed  on  the  outer  end  of  the 
Breakwater  off  Negro  Point.  This  Light,  which  bears  from  Par- 
tridge Island  Lighthouse  N.  by  W.,  distance  %  mile,  is  said  to  be 
uncertain. 

St.  John  Harbor  Light, 

To  the  Northward  of  Partridge  Island,  on  a  Spit  or  Bar,  which 
extends  off  nearly  }i  mile  from  the  Western  shore,  is  erected  a 
Lighthouse  whj^l^ip/painted  in  Red  and  White  Vertical  stripes,  and 
shows  a  fixed  ¥Ul»>  Light.  This  Lighthouse  bears  from  Partridge 
Island  Light  N.  by  E.  X  E. ;  distance  nearly  1  mile. 

^Remarks, 

There  are  two  entrances  to  this  Harbor.  The  Ship  Channel,  which 
has  a  depth  of  about  16  feet  at  very  Low  Tides,  leads  into  the 
Eastward  of  Partridge  Island;  but  12  feet  of  water,  however,  at 
Low  Tide,  can  be  carried  through  it  on  a  direct  course  for  the  Har- 
bor Light.  The  other  passage,  which  is  to  the  Westward  of  Par- 
tridge Island,  has  about  8  feet  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide. 


276 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  the  Harbor  of  St.  John  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  "Westward,  when  past  Mount  desert  Rock,  which  may 
be  left  about  a  mile  on  citiier  hand,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear 
SW.  by  W.  %  W.,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.  Yx  E.  for  Point 
Lepreau  Lighthouse ;  distance  98  miles.  If  this  course  is  made 
good,  the  largo  Buoy  off  Southeast  Rock,  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stript-s,  and  which  bears  S.  by  E.  4  miles  fVom 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  will  be  left  G  miles  on  the  Port  hand ; 
the  Whistling  Buoy,  which  lies  S.  by  W.  2  miles  from  Moose- A-Bec 
Lighthouse,  3  miles  on  the  Port ;  Libby  Island  Lighthouse,  4J^ 
miles  on  the  Port ;  Little  River  Lighthouse,  2^  miles  on  the  Port ; 
"West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,  3J^  miles  on  the  Port;  and  the 
Lighthouse  on  the  South  Wolf  Island,  2^  miles  on  the  Port  hand. 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthousv  .  will  be  left  about  6^  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  Northern  part  of  Grand  Menan  Island,  which  is 
bold  and  free  from  dangers,  about  2%  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  Point  Lepreau  Llglits  are  made,  bring  them  to  bear  NE.  by 
E.  ^  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Give  this  Lighthouse  a 
berth  of  about  1  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port,  and  when  it  bears 
Korth,  make  good  the  course  about  E-  J^  N.  along  the  shore, 
keeping  not  less  than  ^^^  mile  from  it.  When  Partridge  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course.  If 
intending  to  enter  the  Harbor  by  the  Ship  Channel,  give  Partridge 
Island  a  berth  of  %  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Westward  ;  and  in  order 
to  avoid  the  Reefs  which  lie  to  the  Northeast  of  this  Island,  keep  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Bell  Boat,  which  bears  from  Partridge  Island 
Lighthouse  E.  J^  S. ;  distance  about  yz  mile.  When  this  Bell 
Boat  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port,  and  steer  N.  by  W. 
As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  a  Red  Buoy,  which  is  left  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  past  it,  steer  North  for  the  Harbor 
Lighthouse,  which  may  be  left  about  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  past  the  Lighthouse,  make  good  the  course  N.  K  W.  up  the 
harbor.  In  order  ^  avoid  the  deep  water  and  'filtrong  current, 
anchor  close  in  near  the  Northern  part  of  the  city,  or  a  little  below 
the  Southern  Wharves  on  the  West  side  of  the  river,  in  from  3 
to  5  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  About  12. feet  water  may  be  taken  in 
on  the  above  courses  at  Low  Tide. 

« 

.  If  you  intend  to  enter  the  Harbor  to  the  Westward  of  Partridge 


%^i 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


277 


Island,  follow  the  directions  before  given  until  the  Lighthouse 
on  this  last-named  Island  bears  NE.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course  until  you  mal'"  ♦''"  -^uter  end  of  the  Breakwater  off 
Megro  Point ;  then  haul  to  tlie  Westward  until  the  end  of  the  Break- 
water bears  NE.  ^  N.  ;  then  run  for  it,  and  leave  it  close  to  qn 
the  Port.  When  past  it,  steer  NE.  X  N.  for  a  Red  Buoy ;  leave 
this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  and  run  for  the  Harbor  Light, 
bearing  North,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given.  About 
8  feet  water  can  be  carried  through  this  passage  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  Cape  Spencer  Lighthouse, 
bring  the  Lighthouse  on  Partridge  Island  to  bear  N.  by  W.  ^ 
W.,  and  run  for  it  until  about  y^,  mile  from  it;  then  steer  about  N. 
by  E.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Bell  Boat,  which  lies  to  the 
Eastward  of  Partridge  Island  Reef.  When  this  is  made,  leave  it 
close  to  on  the  Port,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


1  of  Partridge 


Sailing  Directions  for  the  Harbor  of  St.  John,  at 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

If  a  vessel  at  Night,  with  favorable  winds,  take  her  departure 
from  Mount  Desert  Rock  Light,  bound  to  St.  John,  her  best  course 
is  NE.  by  E.  5^  E.  for  Point  Lepreau  ;  distance  98  miles.  If  this 
courje  is  made  good,  the  Fixed  Light,  varied  by  White  Flashes, 
upon  Petit  Menan  Island,  will  be  left  10  milt  to  the  Northward  ; 
15  miles  farther,  the  Flashing  Light  upon  Mistake  Island,  5  miles  to 
Northward  ;  the  Fixed  White  Light  on  Libby  Island,  4^  miles  to 
the  Northward ;  the  Fixed  Light  varied  by  White  Flashes,  at 
Little  River,  2^  miles  to  the  Northward ;  the  Fixed  White  Light 
at  West  Quoddy  Head,  3J^  miles  to  the  Northward  ;  the  Revolving 
Light  upon  the  South  Wolf  Island,  2^  miles  to  the  Northward. 
After  passing  this  last-named  Light,  you  will  make  the  two  Fixed 
Lights,  one  above  the  other,  upon  Point  Lepreau.  On  this  course, 
NE.  by  E.  3^  E.,  from  Mount  Desert  Roek  Light,  the  Machias 
Seal  Island  Lights  will  be  left  6^  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  the 
Northern  part  of  Grand  Menan  Island,  which  is  bold  and  free  from 
dangers,  2j^  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

In  running  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  from  Mount  Desert  Rock 
Light  to  Point  Lepreau,  if  you  judge  your  vessel  is  off  the  line  of 
the  above  course,  you  can  haul  more  Northerly  or  Southerly  as 
circumstance^  require.  /' 


^■Vi 


278 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


From  Point  Lepreau  Lights  to  St.  John  Harbor. 

At  Night,  when  the  two  Fixed  Lights,  one  above  the  other,  are 
made,  upon  Point  Lepreau,  give  them  a  berth  of  about  ljt'2  miles, 
leaving  them  on  the  Port  hand ;  and  as  soon  as  the^'  bear  North 
make  good  the  course  E.  J^  N.  for  the  Revolving  Red  and  White 
Light  at  Cape  Spencer,  distance  26  miles.  On  this  course,  the 
Green  Fixed  Light  at  Musquash  Harbor  will  be  left  about  2%  miles 
on  the  Port  hand.  Whtn  Cape  Spencer  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  E.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  the  Fixed  White 
Light  on  Partridge  Island,  entrance  to  the  harbor  of  St.  John, 
bears  N.NE. ;  then  steer  NE.  by  N.  As  you  sail  in,  3-ou  will 
see,  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of  the  Light  on  Partridge 
Island,  the  Red  Fixed  Light  upon  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater, 
and  also  the  Harbor  Light,  which  is  a  fixed  White  Light.  Con- 
tinue the  course  NE.  by  N.  until  this  last-named  Light  bears  N. 
^  W. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Partridge  Island 
Light  about 'J^  mile  on  the  Port.  Give  the  Harbor  Light  a  berth 
of  about  100  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good 
the  course  N.  J4  W^.  up  the  harbor,  and  anchor  off  the  city. 

In  entering  this  Harbor  at  Night,  after  passing  Partridge  Island 
Light,  a  careful  attention  to  the  current  is  necessary.  It  is  also  a 
good  plan  to  have  plenty  of  chain  overhauled,  as  the  water  in  the 
harbor  is  very  deep  in  some  places.  » 

Vessc' }  of  more  than  1 2  feet  draught,  bound  into  the  harbor  of 
St.  John,  should  not  attempt  to  cross  the  Bar  until  at  least  ^ 
Flood.  ,     •  ■  . 

Tliick  Weather,  * 

In  sailing  from  Mount  Desert  Rock  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  in  thick 
weather,  captains  will  bear  in  mind  that  at  this  time  (1880)  there  is 
placed  at  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  about  2  miles  S. 
by  W.  from  Moose- A-Bec  Lighthouse,  a  Whistling  Buoy ;  at 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  at  West  Quoddy 
Head,  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  at  Bishop's  Head,  Northern  part  of  Grand 
Menan,  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  at  Point  Lepreau,  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  and  at 
Partridge  Island,  entrance  to  the  Harbor  of  St.  John,  a  Fog 
Whistle.  All  these,  in  thick  weather,  should  be  heard  from  6  to 
10  miles ;  therefore,  in  navigating  this  part  of  the  coast,  the  ear, 
assisted  by  the  compass  and  lead,  will  be  pilot. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


279 


in  Harbor. 


High  Water.    . 

It  is  High  Water  in  the  Harbor  of  St.  John  on  the  days  of  the 
Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  llh.  21m. ;  or  about  8  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  25  feet. 


Grand  Menan. 


This  Island,  which  is  about  12  miles  in  length,  has  a  width  of 
from  1  ^  to  6  miles.  On  its  "Western  side  the  cliffs  are  nearly  per- 
pendicular, and  from  li>0  to  400  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 


the  water  in  the 


to  the  harbor  of 
mtil  at  least  J^ 


Dangers. 

Off  the  Western  part  of  Grand  Menan,  from  its  Northeast'to 
Southwest  Heads,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  a  few  Rocks 
which  lie  near  the  Southwest  Head,  close  in  with  the  shore ;  but 
there  are  many  Rocks,  Shoals,  and  Ledges  which  lie  off  to  the 
Southwest,  Southward,  Southeast,  and  Eastward  of  this  Island. 
The  current  of  Ebb  and  Flood  sets  very  strong  across  these  Ledges, 
making  the  navigation,  especially  iii  thick  weather,  extremely  dan- 
gerous in  this  vicinity.  A  better  knowledge  of  these  dangers  can  be 
obtained  by  closely  inspecting  the  charts  than  by  any  written  de- 
scription. 


Seal  Cove,  or  Wood  Island  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  has  a  depth  of  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  in 
it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  near  the  Southern  part  of  Grand  Menan,  and 
is  easy  of  access. 

Gull  Head  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Gull  Head  (Southwest  part  of  Grand  Menan) ,  West  side 
of  entrance  to  Seal  Cove,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  flashing 
Red  and  White  Light. 


i''^ 


280  ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.    \ 

Bearings  and  Distances  troax  Gull  Head  Lighthouse. 

Distanoe. 
West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,     .     N.  ^  E.,    .     .     13      miles. 
Little  River  Lighthouse,  ....    NW.  by  W.,  .     13         " 
Macbias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,  .    W.  by  S.  >4  S.,   10y<,      " 
Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse,      .     .     .     SE.  by  S.  >^  S.,    7j4      " 

Sailing  Directions  for  Seal  Cove  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  on  Gull  Head  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  S>,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course ;  haul 
round  this  Lighthouse  at  a  distance  of  about  }4  mile,  leaving  it  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  NE., 
run  in,  and  in  order  to  avoid  Buck's  Ledge,  which  lies  off  about  yi 
mile  from  tho  Western  side,  a  little  above  the  entrance.  And  is  left 
on  the  Poit  hand,  keep  nearly  midway  the  entrance,  and  anchor  near 
the  Western  shore,  at  the  head  of  the  harbor,  in  about  5  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide,  and  8  at  High  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  the  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Spindle  on  the  Old  Proprietor  about  1^  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  give  the  last-named  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about 
}4  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand.  When  it  bears  SE.  by  S.  % 
S.,  keep  it  on  this  bearing,  and  steer  NW.  by  N.  %  N.  for  Gull 
Head  Lighthouse,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

In  beating  into  this  harbor,  after  passing  Buck's  Rock  (before 
described),  there  are  no  dangers  near  t.  ,  Western  shore,  and  It 
may  be  approached  at  a  distance  of  ^  mile  without  danger. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Seal  Cove  (or  Wood  Island  Harbor)  on  the 
days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  lOh.  54m.,  or  about 
85  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Common  Tides  rise  about  18 
feet. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Grand  Harbor. 


281 


The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Southeastern  part 
of  Grand  Menan  Island,  is  about  7  miles  East  Northerly  from  Gull 
Head  Lighthouse,  and  about  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.  8  miles  from  Gan- 
net  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

About  9  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  this  harbor  at  Low  Tide, 
and  there  is  a  narrow  Channel  of  about  12  feet  water  a  short  dis- 
tance above  the  Lighthouse.  Above  this  the  water  is  shoal,  but 
vessels  may  lie  aground  on  mud  secure  from  all  wiuds. 

Grand  Harbor  Lighthouse* 

Upon  Ross  Island,  East  side  of  entrance  to  Grand  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Lighthouse 
bears  from  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  NE.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  distance 
9j4  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Grand  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  Gull  Head  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  S.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Give  this 
Liglithouse  a  berth  of  about  J^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  S.  J^  S.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will 
see  on  the  Port  hand  the  Wood  Islands,  the  largest  of  which  is 
quite  high,  and  nearly  ahead  will  also  be  seen  the  Three  Islands. 
The  best  Channel  into  Grand  Harbor,  which  is  about  l]^  miles 
wide,  is  between  the  Wood  Islands  and  Three  Islands.  AVhen  this 
passage  is  fairly  open,  run  in,  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  about 
NE.,  keeping  about  midway  the  passage,  leaving  Green  Island, 
which  is  small,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  well  past  this  last- 
named  Island,  haul  more  Easterly  until  the  Lighthouse  bears  NE. 
by  N. ;  then,  with  the  harbor  fairly  open,  run  in,  keeping  nearest 
the  Lighthouse,  and  anchor  about  y^  mile  above  it  in  about  2  fath- 
oms water  at  Low  Tide,  and  5  at  High  Tide.  Above  this  the  water 
is  shoal.  A  short  distance  below  the  Lighthouse,  in  nearly  mid- 
channel,  there  is  said  to  be  a  Rock.  Strangers  entering  this  harbor 
at  Low  Tide  should  therefore  shorten  sail,  and  proceed  with  cau- 
tion. 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  the  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  is 


282 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  ^/^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Spindle  on  the  Old  Proprietor  about  lj4  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  give  the  last-named  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about 
}^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  P.t  hand.  WJ^en  it  bears  South,  keep 
it  on  this  bearing,  and  steer  North  until  the  passage  between  the 
Wood  Islands  and  Three  Islands  is  fairly  open ;  then  run  in  as 
before  directed. 

In  beating  in,  keep  about  midway  between  the  Wood  Islands 
and  Three  Islands,  as  there  are  Ledges  which  extend  off  some  dis- 
tance from  them. 

Vescels  of  more  than  9  feet  draught  bound  into  Grand  Harbor 
should  anchor  near  its  mouth  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide,  and  wait  until  at  least  ^  Flood  before  attempting  to  enter  it. 

Sigh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  .Grand  Harbor  on  the  (flays  of  the  Full  and 
Change  o^  the  Moon  at  llh.  9m.,  or  about  20  minutes  before  it  is 
in  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  19  feet. 


Flag  Cove. 

^>  ■  ■ " 

This  deep  Cove,  which  is  eas}'  of  access,  is  situated  upon  the 
Northern  side  of  Long  Island  Bay,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Grand  Menan  Island,  about  2}4  miles  from  its  Northeast  Head. 

Swallow  Tail  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Swallow  Tail,  north  side  of  entrance  to  Flag  Cove,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  flrom  Swallow  Tail  Lighthouse. 


East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse, 
South  Wolf  Lighthouse,  .... 
Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse,  .  .  . 
Cape  Spencer  Lightliouse,  .  . 
Point  Prim  Lighthouse,  entrance  to 
Digby  Gut, 


Distance. 
N.  by  W.,  .     .     13      miles. 
N.  by  E.  y2  E.,   lOYt     " 
NE.  J^  E.,      .     21 
E.  by  N.  ^  N.,  44 


(( 


E.SE.,   ...    41 


(( 


m 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


283 


then  run  in  as 


Sailing  Directions  for  Flag  Cove  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East- 
port  Harbor  (by  Ship  Channel)  until  Bishop  Head,  the  Northeast 
part  of  Grand  Menan,  bears  E.  by  S. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this 
course.  Leave  this  lti«t-nauied  Head  about  ^  mile  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  steer  about  SSE.,  and  haul  round  the  Lighthouse 
on  the  Swallow  Tail  at  a  distance  of  about  J^  mile,  leaving  Flag 
Ponit,  which  is  the  first  point  to  the  Westward  of  the  Lighthouse, 
about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  this  last- 
named  point,  haul  in  to  the  Northwestward,  and  as  soon  as  you 
strike  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  which  will  be  7  at  High  Tide, 
anchor  with  the  outer  part  of  Flag  Point  bearing  about  E.NE. 

From  the  Eastward,  run  for  the  Lighthouse  on  Swallow  Tail  on 
any  bearing  from  SW.  to  NW.,  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

In  beating  into  this  Cove  the  only  danger  to  be  avoided  is  a  Ledge 
of  Rocks  which  lies  off  about  Ys  mile  Southeast  from  Flag's  Point, 
and  is  bare  at  ^  Ebb. 

This  Cove  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Southeasterly  winds,  but  the 
holding-ground  is  excellent. 


Hag  Cove,  is  a 


Whale  Cove. 

This  deep  Cove,  which  is  exposed  to  Northeasterly  winds,  is 
about  IJ^  miles  Southeasterly  from  the  Northeast  Head  of  Grand 
Menan.  Vessels  beating  down  the  Bay  may  anchor  here,  and  wait 
for  the  turning  of  the  Tide.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  from  10  to 
15  fathoms  water,  about  Yz  mile  from  shore.  Vessels  entering  this 
Co\e  should  always  sownd  before  letting  the  anchor  go. 

Steam  Whistle, 

On  Bishop  Head,  Northeastern  part  of  Grand  Menan,  is  a  Steam 
Whistle,  which  sounds  in  thick  weather.  West  Quoddy  Head 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Steam  Whistle  NW.  by  W.  ^  W., 
distance  7j^  miles;  East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W., 
distance  lU^  miles ;  Lighthouse  on  South  Wolf  Island,  NE.  by 


284 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


N.  K  N.,  distance  9  milos ;  Point  Lepreau  Lights,  NE.  by  E.  }( 
E.,  distance  20^  miles. 

Anchorage, 

Tliere  are  several  more  good  places  of  ancliorage  upon  both  the 
Eastern  and  Southeastern  part  of  Grand  Menan  Island,  but  in  no 
case  should  vessels  attempt  to  enter  them  without  a  pilot. 

Currents, 

The  currents  around  Grand  Menan  Island,  especiall}'  near  its 
Southern,  Southeastern,,  and  Eastern  parts,  run  very  strong. 
Vessels  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  navigate  in  this  vicinity 
•without  a  commanding  breeze. 


.  ' 


\ 


Horse  Island  Harbor. 


This  small  harbor,  in  which  there  is  excellent  anchorage  in  all 
winds,  in  from  2  to  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  is  Nortii  about 
Ayi  miles  from  Cape  Small  Point,  and  East  Northerly  about  10 
miles  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Horse  Island  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  "Westward,  pass  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward  of 
the  Lighthouse  upon  Ilalfwa}-  Rock,  and  bring  it  to  bear  W.  J4 
S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.  J^  N.  for  Bald  Head, 
which  is  distant  about  8^  miles  from  this  Lighthouse,  and  is  the 
first  Head  to  the  Northwestward  of  Cape  Small  Point.  As  you 
approach  Bald  Head,  you  will  see  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Lutnbo's 
Ledge,  which  has  about  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Leave 
this  Buoy  at  least  y^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  after  passing 
it  continue  the  course  E.  }i  N.  for  Bald  Head  until  about  ^  mile 
from  it;  then  steer  about  N.  J^  E.,  leaving  the  low,  bare,  rocky 
Islet  called  the  Brown  Cow,  and  Mark  Island  (which  is  wooded), 
and  also  Vyman's  Ledge,*  which  has  but  3  feet  water  upon  it,  all 

♦  This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  has  but  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide,  lies 
about  K  mile  E.  by  S.  from  the  Southern  end  of  Mark  Island,  and  about  \^ 
miles  NW.  «  W.  from  Bald  Head.    At  this  date,  1880,  it  is  not  buoyed. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


285 


jLts,  NE.  by  E.  % 


)rage  upon  both  the 
in  Island,  but  in  no 
lut  a  pilot. 


especiallj'  near  its 
,  run  very  strong. 
gate  in  this  vicinity 


ent  anchorage  in  all 

ride,  is  North  about 

Northerly  about  10 


on  the  Port  hand  ;  the  Ecd  Buoy  off  Gooseberry  Ledge,  and  also 
Wood  Island,  Tihich  lies  about  1  mile  North  from  the  last-mentioned 
Buoy,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  Wood  Island,  keep  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Spindle  on  the  Southern  part  of  Jami- 
son's Ledge.  "When  this  Spindle  is  made,  leave  it  250  yards  on 
the  Port  and  steer  about  NE.  by  N.  J4  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you 
will  see  on  the  Starboard  a  bare  rocky  Islet,  called  North  Black- 
snake,  which  may  be  left  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  about  250  yards  past  this  last  Islet,  haul  more  Easterly,  and 
when  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N.NE.,  run  in  mid- 
way and  anchor  in  about  3^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  which  will  be  5 
at  High  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  haul  round  Cape  Small  Point  at  a  distance 
of  about  1  mile,  leaving  all  the  Ledges  off  this  point  well  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  When  Bald  Head,  which  lies  Northwest  about  ^ 
mile  from  Cape  Small  Point,  bears  E.  J^  N.,  distance  ^  mile, 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Horse  Island  Harbor  about  21  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


Harbor  in  Day- 
fair  weather. 

;o  the  Southward  of 
it  to  bear  W.  ^ 
N.  for  Bald  Head, 
ithouse,  and  is  the 
lall  Point.  As  yoii 
jainted  in  Red  and 
part  of  Lumbo's 
Low  Tide.  Leave 
d,  and  after  passing 
until  about  ^  mile 
le  low,  bare,  rocky 
(vvhich  is  wooded), 
it  water  upon  it,  all 

ipon  it  at  low  tide,  lies 
Island,  and  iiliout  1"^ 
it  is  not  buoyed. 

■    ■„■).  ,, 


Cundiz  Harbor. 

This  small  harbor,  in  which  there  is  good  anchorage  in  from  S}( 
to  41^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  lies  on  the  Northwestern  side 
of  New  Meadows  River,  about  2  miles  to  the  Northward  of 
entrance  to  Horse  Island  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cundiz  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Horse  Island  Harbor  until  you  make  the  Black  Spindle 
off  the  Southern  part  of  Jamison's  Ledge.  Leave  this  Spindle 
about  300  yards  on  the  Port,  and  make  good  the  course  about  N. 
y2  W.,  leaving  North  Blacksnake  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Red 
Spindle  on  Goudy  Ledge  on  the  Port.     After  passing  this  last- 


"7 


286 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


mentioned  Spindle,  New  Meadows  River  will  be  fairly  open,  bear- 
ing about  N.  by  E.  }i  E. ;  then  run  up,  keeping  midway  the 
entrance.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see,  on  the  Western  side  of  the 
River,  about  1^  miles  from  the  last-mentioned  Spindle,  a  group 
of  bare  Rocks,  lying  N.NE.  and  S.SW.  These  are  Cedar 
Ledges,  which  form  the  Eastern  side  of  Cundiz  Harbor.  Continue 
the  course  of  the  River  until  this  harbor  is  fairly  open  ;  then  run  in 
about  midway,  leaving  the  last-mentioned  Rocks  on  the  Starboard, 
and  anchor  in  from  3^  to  4^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


Weymouth  Back  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  between  Grape  Island  on 
the  North  and  Long  Neck  on  the  South,  bears  S-SE.  from  Pig 
Rock  Beacon  ;  distance  1  mile.  At  High  Tide,  about  17  feet  water 
can  be  carried  to  the  Bradley  Fertilizer  Company's  Works,  which 
is  about  ^  mile  from  its  entrance,  and  about  15  feet  to  the  Coal 
Wharf,  which  is  J^  mile  above  these  works.     •   '    ■   '   . 


Sailing  Directions  for  Weymouth  Back  River  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

B3'  the  following  directions,  at  High  Water,  vessels  of  not  more 
than  10  feet  draught,  with  winds  from  N.NW.  to  NE.,  may  safely 
enter  this  River. 

From  the  Southward  or  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Boston  Harbor  until  Boston  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  E. 
^  E. ;  then  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.  When 
the  passage  called  Nantasket  Gut  *  is  fairly  open,  then  run  in, 
keeping  nearest  Windmill  Point,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
this  Gut ;  bring  this  last-mentioned  Point  to  bear  2'JE.  by  N.  ^ 
N.,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  S.  J^  S.  As  you  sail  in, 
you  will  see  to  the  Southwestward  Pig  Rock  Beacon  ;  continue  the 
course  SW.  by  S-  %  S.  until  this  Beacon  bears  SW.  by  W. ; 

*  The  passage  between  Peddock's  Island  on  the  West  and  Windmill  Point 
on  the  East  is  called  Nantasket  Gut.  The  centre  of  this  Gut  bears  South  from 
George's  Island ;  distance  about  1  mile. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


287 


then  nin  for  it  on  this  course,  passing  between  two  small  Islands 
called  Prince  Head  and  Sheep  Island ;  the  latter,  which  is  low,  is 
left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  J^  mile  from  Pig  Rock  Beacon 
there  will  be  seen,  about  ^  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Sheep  Island, 
another  Island,  which  is  quite  high ;  this  is  called  Grape  Island. 
When  the  Western  part  of  this  last-named  Island  bears  S-  J^  E., 
run  for  it  on  this  course  until  the  Western  part  of  Sheep  Island 
bears  NE.  b}'  N. ;  then  steer  SW.  by  S.  until  Pig  Rock  Beacon 
bears  N.  b}-  W.  If  it  la  Low  Tide,  then  anchor  in  from  3  to  4 
fathoms  water,  with  the  first  Buoy  (Black),  at  the  entrance  of  the 
River,  bearing  SE. ;  distance  about  yi  mile.  At  }^  Flood,  in  order 
to  avoid  the  Shoal  Water  and  Rocks  which  extend  off  from  the 
Northwest  part  of  Grape  Island,  steer  from  this  anchorage  S.SE. 
until  the  first  Buoy  (Blac'i)  at  the  entrance  bears  about  East ;  then 
run  for  it,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port,  and  haul  round  the  next 
Buoy  (Red)  close  to,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard,  and  steer  to  the 
Southward,  leaving  one  Black  Buoy  on  the  Port,  and  two  Red 
Buoys  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  haul  round  the  last  Buoy  off  the 
Point,  and  if  bound  to  the  Bradley  Fertilizer  Companj-'s  Works, 
keep  the  outer  end  of  the  wharf  a  little  on  the  Starboard  bow ;  but 
if  bound  up  to  the  Coal  Wharf,  after  passing  the  above  works  keep 
about  in  the  middle  of  the  River.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to 
beat  into  Weymouth  Back  River. 

It  is  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  10  feet  draught  bound  to 
this  river,  to  anchor  in  Nantasket  Roads  and  employ  a  Tug  Boat. 
Tlie  distance  from  the  above  Roads  to  the  entrance  of  Weymouth 
Back  River  is  3  miles. 


High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Weymouth  Back  River  about  the  same  time 
that  it  is  at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9}2  feet. 


